Are You Going to Wait Too Long?

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

World Economic Forum, Totalitarian Enslavement

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 26, 2022

All technologies will be directly embedded into our bodies by 2030. —Nokia boss, Pekka Lundmark at WEF

Irrational thinking and the embracing of absurdity as a way of life has spread to every corner of the globe—way beyond the first-world countries to the most remote islands in the world. There is no normal anymore, anywhere. Insanity has infected the entire human population. —Dr. Peter McCullough

To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism. —Klaus Schwab

Totalitarianism strives not to despotic dominion over the people, but to establish such a system in which people are completely unnecessary. —Hannah Arendt

If I were asked today to formulate as concisely as possible what was the main cause of the ruinous revolution that swallowed up some 60 million of our people, I could not put it more accurately than to repeat: ‘Men had forgotten God; that is why all this has happened.’ —Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

The Great Reset is caused by government manipulation, with the guidance of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, and other elites, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, etc., who believe they have the right to steer nations and economies into a new “totalitarian world order.” All of this is being fueled by green energy policy lies. The Greta Thunberg fools of the world are so propagandized with fear, it is impossible to reach them with truth. Unfortunately, many Americans have fallen prey to these lies.

The very core of the evil we’re seeing is a hatred of God and His Creation and a desire by those promoting this evil to be in control of humanity and become gods themselves. They belong to their father, the devil, and like those before them, Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Pol Pot, Hitler, Ceaușescu and so many others, their time is short.

Too many Americans surrendered their God-given freedoms out of fear of a lie, a lie promoted by evil entities throughout the world. “Protocols” were installed and millions were murdered in hospitals because we were told there was nothing that could save them except a vaccine! Millions have died and many more are disabled from the dangerous C-19 inoculations. Newstarget recently reported that Pfizers own documents admit that mRNA covid vaccines will result in mass depopulation.

The FDA has now approved these injections for children under five, roughly 18 million youngsters.

Our citizens have lost their ability to think logically and to reason for themselves that governments rarely have good intentions for their subjects.

The First Seeds of Terror and Totalitarianism

Holocaust survivor, political philosopher and author, Hannah Arendt, published her first book in 1951, The Origins of Totalitarianism. Her work describes what we are seeing in America today. She discusses the evolution of classes into masses, the role of propaganda in dealing with the non-totalitarian world, the use of terror, and the nature of isolation and loneliness as preconditions for total domination.

Terror regimes use isolation as a weapon of oppression, and terror arrived in America in 2020 via the mainstream media’s fear propaganda. Even the conservative stations segregated all their hosts and spoke of nothing else but COVID. Anthony Fauci struck even more trepidation in Americans with his constant updates and statements of how dangerous the Wuhan virus would be to everyone. Deborah Birx and Robert Redfield echoed Fauci’s doctrine of lies.

Families were kept apart, children were kept from grandparents, nursing home elderly were sequestered from their loved ones, people were locked in their homes for months, and fearful mothers masked their toddlers. We were kept from each other, kept from standing close, kept from hugging others, kept from coffee and conversation. We were alone out of fear. We stood six feet or more from each other and mask Nazis raged at those who didn’t comply with face diapers. Fear promoted loneliness.

Hannah Arendt spoke of loneliness as the capacity to think and to know ourselves, even when in isolation, depends, in part, by making meaningful connections with others. How much has technology, the internet, smart phones and social media affected how we relate to others? It is obvious when you see people out to dinner or at a gathering, and instead of being engaged in conversation, they are looking at their phones.

Ms. Arendt believed that totalitarianism was able to institute a regime of total terror because modern individuals had lost the ability to trust their very selves since they had abandoned any sense of relation to one another.

She stated, “Terror can rule absolutely only over men who are isolated against each other… Therefore, one of the primary concerns of all tyrannical government is to bring this isolation about. Isolation may be the beginning of terror; it certainly is its most fertile ground; it always is its result. This isolation is, as it were, pre-totalitarian; its hallmark is impotence insofar as power always comes from men acting together…; isolated men are powerless by definition.”

In John Miltimore’s March 2018 article, Hannah Arendt on How Loneliness Breeds Terror, he states, “What we see here is that, according to Arendt, loneliness is not the absence of people but an absence of self-identity, which is attained through companionship and community. But loneliness is preceded by social isolation, and it is in this first stage of isolation where the first seeds of terror and totalitarianism are sewn.”

Two years of living hell for Americans did much to cement fear and compliance, even with those of us who saw through the lies…even though we saw the dangers. Fear and loneliness had embedded itself in our loved ones, friends and neighbors. “Don’t forget your mask,” was the call with the wave from neighbors in their yards.

What does the Lord say? That fear is NOT from Him.

But whoso hearkeneth unto me shall dwell safely, and be quiet from fear of evil. –Proverbs 1:33

For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind. –2 Timothy 1:7

Remembering History

Nazi Germany, in the 1930s and 1940s, promoted fear to rule the people, and that fear was directed at another group of people, a group who meant nothing to the hierarchy in charge. Men and women were used as slaves until they became too weak to work and then they were murdered, cremated and gone. Babies were bludgeoned or shot with their families and dumped into huge burial plots, plots they were forced to dig before being shot. Mothers tried to shield their infants to no avail.

Millions of Jews died, I am convinced far more than the common tally of six million. Yes, the Germans kept excellent records, but they hired townspeople to round up the Jewish citizenry and murder them, many were never recorded. Millions more died, Romany (gypsies), homosexuals, dissenters, one of the most famous being anti-Nazi Lutheran preacher, Dietrich Bonhoeffer who was hanged by Hitler only days before liberation of Flossenburg.

It is so necessary to remember the Holocaust when speaking of the events of the last two years with the COVID Plandemic. Americans no longer know our own or world history. Revisionists write what they want us to believe and the statues and heroes of the past are destroyed. The very memory of the Holocaust should cause us to avoid future human tragedies, yet we find ourselves in the throes of a new and horrible worldwide tyranny that is gaining speed every day.

Build Back Better, aka The Great Reset

Now we have our dementia ridden illegitimate president writing Executive Orders that are dictatorial edicts. EOs are only for administrative purposes, but the executive branch now ignores that fact which makes the president the most powerful person in the land…certainly not what our founders had in mind. Joe’s Special Envoy, John Kerry, has let the world know that, “The notion of a reset is more important now than ever before.” Kerry thinks this will be an exciting time. It sounds potentially lethal for most of humanity.

Ahh, the lovely state of our world. Good ole’ Joe, he’s been on the New World Order bandwagon all his life. And now, WEF member Joe Biden is the puppet in charge of this country with his “Build Back Better.” Our fate is sealed unless we fight. The BBB slogan isn’t even his. Of course not, Joe is an infamous plagiarist. It’s the mantra for “The Great Reset” a la Schwab, Harari, WHO, the world’s leaders, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, Fauci, the Democrat Party and the majority of the Republican Party. Those who defy the globalists are destroyed or eliminated.

Schwab’s Advisor, Yuval Noah Harari

Klaus Schwab tells us that we will never return to normal after COVID. He states, “Nothing will ever return to the ‘broken’ sense of normalcy that prevailed prior to the crisis because the coronavirus pandemic marks a fundamental inflection point in our global trajectory.” I highly doubt most patriotic Americans felt we lived in a “broken” America before the Wuhan virus hit, and what if we don’t want to go on Schwab’s Orwellian chosen course?

All these globalists, including their counterparts in China want to “Reset” the entire world and they call it the “Fourth Industrial Revolution,” but how many people will be left after their depopulation schemes? Far too many died with the fraudulent hospital “protocols,” and now many more are dying from the COVID injections, jabs that didn’t protect anyone from contracting or dying from C-19.

Pfizer CEO, Albert Bourla, Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel, and Johnson and Johnson’s Alex Gorsky are all members of the World Economic Forum. Albert Bourla tells Klaus Schwab that he wants compliance of the populations for his inoculations.

Schwab tells us we’ll never return to normal, but his top advisor, WEF and UN spokesperson, Yuval Noah Harari, tells us in his book, Homo Deus (man god), “The era of free will is over.” Yuval is praised by Klaus Schwab, Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg and Bill Gates, who reviewed his book on the cover of the New York Times Book Review. And Bill Gates, who wants to depopulate the world is funding and running the vaccine industry. If this doesn’t make you back away from every needle, I don’t know what will.

Yuval Harari is considered by Klaus Schwab to be a brilliant futurist. Both claim that by 2030, “You will own nothing and be happy!” Mr. Harari says the Bible and thousands of years of faith in God and Jesus is fake news. He is openly gay and married to Itzic Yahav, who is also his personal manager. They married in a civil ceremony in Toronto, Canada.

Harari’s website homepage states, “History began when humans invented gods, and will end when humans become gods.” Harari believes in massive surveillance, even surveillance inside our bodies. In fact, under the skin surveillance, and even surveillance via ingestible medications that will alert authorities when the medication has been taken.

In January of 2020, Yuval Harari made a blistering speech to Davos. He states:

Old jobs will disappear, new jobs will emerge, but then the new jobs will rapidly change and vanish. Whereas in the past human had to struggle against exploitation, in the twenty-first century the really big struggle will be against irrelevance. And it is much worse to be irrelevant than exploited.

Those who fail in the struggle against irrelevance would constitute a new “useless class” – people who are useless not from the viewpoint of their friends and family, but useless from the viewpoint of the economic and political system. And this useless class will be separated by an ever-growing gap from the ever more powerful elite.

The AI revolution might create unprecedented inequality not just between classes but also between countries.

There’s that word again… “useless.” Unless we fit into the slave mentality of these globalists, we are expendable.

The global elite are obsessed with over population and want six billion people to die. If their dreams come true, it is a return to feudalism.

Most of us just want to be left alone, to raise our families, make our own choices, and live our lives in peace.

Conclusion

Men Who Just Want to be Left Alone

“The most terrifying force of death, comes from the hands of Men who wanted to be left Alone. They try, so very hard, to mind their own business and provide for themselves and those they love.

They resist every impulse to fight back, knowing the forced and permanent change of life that will come from it. They know, that the moment they fight back, their lives as they have lived them, are over.

The moment the Men who wanted to be left alone are forced to fight back, it is a form of suicide. They are literally killing off who they used to be. Which is why, when forced to take up violence, these Men who wanted to be left alone, fight with unholy vengeance against those who murdered their former lives. They fight with raw hate, and a drive that cannot be fathomed by those who are merely play-acting at politics and terror. TRUE TERROR will arrive at these people’s door, and they will cry, scream, and beg for mercy… but it will fall upon the deaf ears of the Men who just wanted to be left alone.” —Soviet Dissident, Alexander Solzhenitsyn

And having done all, we must STAND as ONE against the onslaught of evil.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

America in 2022: Leaderless, Rudderless, Confused, Muddled

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 25, 2022

When you see that the President of the United States must use a cue card to tell him where to sit, stand, speak and shake hands—you might deduce that this country lacks a competent leader. When you see him reading a teleprompter and repeating at the end of a quote, and he reads it, “…end of quote”, you might figure out that he doesn’t know what he’s doing or what he’s saying. You might realize that America stands “leaderless” in the world. Sadly, most world leaders know he’s suffering from dementia…and he makes no sense of anything he’s doing. World leaders must either be grimacing or shaking their heads at America.

Eighteen months ago, we were an energy independent country. As soon as Biden reached the White House, he worked successfully to destroy our energy independence. Now, he’s begging Saudi Arabia, Venezuela and other countries to send us more oil. Does that show leadership or sheer stupidity?

When you see that the leadership of this country gave us double the price hikes of a gallon of gas in the past 18 months, you might figure out that we are “rudderless.” We’re being forced into a “green new deal paradigm” that lacks any ability to sustain itself or deliver enough energy to power this nation.

When the cost of food has blown through the roof, yes, the leadership of this country might be considered “confused.” Or, perhaps “incompetent.” How about simply “corrupt?”

When an 82-year-old woman maintains power over the House of Representatives, but uses her knowledge of defense contracts, computer chips contracts and much more to give her “insider trading” information to grow her personal wealth to over $124 million, you might say that we’ve got a monumental corruption problem in much of the leadership of our country.

Whether it’s a nearly 80-year-old president or an 82-year-old Speaker of the House in Nancy Pelosi, you wouldn’t be hard pressed in realizing that we’re being led by people who have lost their minds and/or who have corrupted the entire system to their own benefit.

When you watch the January 6^th House investigation hearings, you may have forgotten that House member Liz Cheney (R-WY) is the wife of one of the most corrupt politicians in the country, Dick Cheney, and, a man who engineered the Iraq War that got tens of thousands of American kids killed, 7,100 combat or 114,000 suicides, along with Rumsfeld…and who also was the head of Haliburton…which made him and his wife Liz…millions and millions of dollars. All that money came from your tax dollars. Yet, she sits at the head of a table trying to bring down former president Trump, when she, herself, stands as an accomplice to her husband Dick Cheney, which makes them both eligible for prison if anyone ever pursued that thread of corruption.

We could follow the corruption trail to House member Ilhan Omar, a Somalian refugee, who lied about marrying her brother, which is illegal, lied on her immigration papers, and now, condemns the USA as a corrupt, racist nation. When, in fact, she very well may be deported at some point for her own corruption.

But then you look at someone like House Member Maxine Waters, and you wonder if there should be a minimum IQ of 100 in order to serve in Congress. If there was, she would be ineligible. But she knows how to do nothing in Congress while she bilks the American taxpayer…but at the same time, urges violence in speeches to her constituents…but never gets pulled in front of a January 6^th investigation.

We’ve got U.S. Senator Charles Schumer telling two supreme court justices that he’s going to “get them, and that they will reap the whirlwind of consequences.” Now we’ve got people trying to kill Justice Kavanaugh, and another man just tried to kill House Member Lee Zeldin who was on stage promoting his candidacy for governor of New York.

Ironically, we’ve got “pretty boy” Governor Gavin Newsome of California hinting that he will run for the White House when his own state suffers from an astronomical 100,000 homeless Americans in LA and San Francisco, incredible crime rates, and somewhere around 4,000,000 illegal aliens operating in his sanctuary state. You can’t make this stuff up!

And why haven’t the members of Congress passed a “term limit” bill to get rid of such endemic corruption that cannot help but expand and entrench itself when you allow those in power to stay in power for 40 years in Congress?

We’ve got an 18 month invasion of our southern border, which I have personally witnessed, and yet, no one in Congress will contest the current President Joe Biden in his lawless, reckless and totally insane push to dissolve our sovereignty as a nation. The fact is: we are no longer a sovereign nation with secure borders. And, we’re paying for every illegal refugee with our tax dollars.

I’m personally watching my Colorado U.S. Senator Michael Bennet, a man who has done NOTHING while serving for 10 years in the senate to secure our borders, or pay down our $31 trillion debt—did nothing to get us out of Iraq or Afghanistan, watched the BLM riots burn down our cities, and is totally for sanctuary cities of illegal aliens. But now, he’s campaigning to get reelected on his thoughtful record.

What really peeves me off stems from the fact that we can’t get the truth out of NBC, ABC, CBS, 60 Minutes, Anderson Cooper, CNN, NPR, PBS and the rest. All of them followed and presented the Russian Collusion Hoax against Trump for four years. None of them touched or will touch the absolute fraud of the Hunter-Joe Biden corruption in Ukraine and other oil states. None of them reported on the BLM riots or the fact that NO one faced arrest or prosecution.

The Grand Daddy Of All Nightmares We Face: Catastrophic Climate Destabilization

The thing that blows my mind stems from all our leaders crying, screaming and wailing about climate change—but they NEVER connect the dots as to what’s causing it. What makes it worse you ask? Answer: the more you add people, the more they burn energy, and so, the more you accelerate climate change. And, Joe Biden brought in over 2,000,000 more refugees into the USA illegally last year, and he’s on course to import another 3,000,000 illegally this year…on top of the 1,000,000 immigrants arriving legally. Do you think we stand a chance of stopping climate change? Answer: not a snowball’s chance in hell.

This kind of rudderless, mindless, confused, leaderless and corrupt parade of liars, cheats, thieves and worse—makes a regular American want to pull his or her hair out.

Who has failed us the most? Answer: the mainstream media. The big newspapers like the New York Times, Washington Post, The Atlantic Magazine, and the Wall Street Journal possess the power and money in investigate the incredible fraud going on in Washington DC, BUT THEY DON’T. Even the venerable 60 Minutes covers up what’s really going on in DC.

The fact remains: the majority of those people sitting in those seats in Washington DC are NOT serving the American people. They are serving themselves and some higher masters. And, in the end, we’re all going to pay a huge price as our country falls into racial, sociological, linguistic, religious and economic mayhem. If you toss in catastrophic climate destabilization—we’ve got a hell of a mess on our hands. Worse, I’m not sure we’re ever going to pull out of it.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Showdown at the EPA Corral

By Paul Engel

July 25, 2022

Does the Clean Air Act empower the EPA to regulate the national power grid?
What standard should a court use when interpreting the laws of the United States?
Will West Virginia v. EPA change the powers of executive agencies?

Did you ever imagine that a question about air pollution could end up changing the way governments work? That may be exactly what happened with the Supreme Court’s opinion in West Virginia v. Environmental Protection Agency. What started as a question of whether or not the EPA’s plan to reduce carbon-dioxide emissions from the electric grid was constitutional turned into a statement about the limits of discretion granted to executive agencies.

The question before the court in West Virginia v. EPA seemed quite simple:

Since passage of the [Clean Air] Act 50 years ago, EPA has exercised this authority by setting performance standards based on measures that would reduce pollution by causing plants to operate more cleanly. In 2015, however, EPA issued a new rule concluding that the “best system of emission reduction” for existing coal-fired power plants included a requirement that such facilities reduce their own production of electricity, or subsidize increased generation by natural gas, wind, or solar sources.

The question before us is whether this broader conception of EPA’s authority is within the power granted to it by the Clean Air Act.

What was the EPA trying to do with their new rule to reduce emissions?

The point, after all, was to compel the transfer of power generating capacity from existing sources to wind and solar. The White House stated that the Clean Power Plan would “drive a[n] . . . aggressive transformation in the domestic energy industry.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

The EPA claimed the authority to transform electrical generation throughout the country. Was this a power Congress had delegated to the EPA under the Clean Air Act? According to the majority of the court, no.

Under our precedents, this is a major questions case. In arguing that Section 111(d) empowers it to substantially restructure the American energy market, EPA “claim[ed] to discover in a long-extant statute an unheralded power” representing a “transformative expansion in [its] regulatory authority.” … It located that newfound power in the vague language of an “ancillary provision[]” of the Act, … one that was designed to function as a gap filler and had rarely been used in the preceding decades. And the Agency’s discovery allowed it to adopt a regulatory program that Congress had conspicuously and repeatedly declined to enact itself. … Given these circumstances, there is every reason to “hesitate before concluding that Congress” meant to confer on EPA the authority it claims under Section 111(d).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

Not surprisingly, some of the justices disagreed with this assessment. Compare the majority’s statement to how the dissent views the situation:

As I have already explained, nothing in the Clean Air Act (or, for that matter, any other statute) conflicts with EPA’s reading of Section 111. Notably, the majority does not dispute that point. Of course, it views Section 111 (if for unexplained reasons) as less clear than I do.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

This is the true crux of this case. Who decides what a law means, Congress who writes the law or the executive agencies that enforce it? Justice Gorsuch points out how the court goes about deciding this in his concurrence.

One of the Judiciary’s most solemn duties is to ensure that acts of Congress are applied in accordance with the Constitution in the cases that come before us. To help fulfill that duty, courts have developed certain “clear-statement” rules. These rules assume that, absent a clear statement otherwise, Congress means for its laws to operate in congruence with the Constitution rather than test its bounds. In this way, these clear-statement rules help courts “act as faithful agents of the Constitution.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Gorsuch Concurrence

In other words, unless there is a clear statement in the law to the contrary, Congress means for its laws to be enforced following the Constitution, not testing the boundaries of it.

Since the question revolves around how the EPA interpreted the Clean Air Act, let’s start there.

The Agency View

But, the Agency explained, in order to “control[ ] CO2 from affected [plants] at levels . . . necessary to mitigate the dangers presented by climate change,” it could not base the emissions limit on “measures that improve efficiency at the power plants.” … “The quantity of emissions reductions resulting from the application of these measures” would have been “too small.” … Instead, to attain the necessary “critical CO2 reductions,” EPA adopted what it called a “broader, forward-thinking approach to the design” of Section 111 regulations. … Rather than focus on improving the performance of individual sources, it would “improve the overall power system by lowering the carbon intensity of power generation.” … (emphasis added). And it would do that by forcing a shift throughout the power grid from one type of energy source to another. In the words of the then-EPA Administrator, the rule was “not about pollution control” so much as it was “an investment opportunity” for States, especially “investments in renewables and clean energy.” …

This view of EPA’s authority was not only unprecedented; it also effected a “fundamental revision of the statute, changing it from [one sort of] scheme of . . . regulation” into an entirely different kind.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

It appears, in the mind of the EPA Administrator, when Congress said they were to “improve efficiency at power plants”, they really meant protect us all from “climate change”. Furthermore, when Congress said to improve performance of the individual sources of electricity, it really meant to regulate the entire electrical grid. As the EPA administrator was quoted in the opinion, the Clean Air Act wasn’t about pollution control, but investing in renewable energy. But is that what Congress included in the Clean Air Act?

On EPA’s view of Section 111(d), Congress implicitly tasked it, and it alone, with balancing the many vital considerations of national policy implicated in deciding how Americans will get their energy. EPA decides, for instance, how much of a switch from coal to natural gas is practically feasible by 2020, 2025, and 2030 before the grid collapses, and how high energy prices can go as a result before they become unreasonably “exorbitant.” …

There is little reason to think Congress assigned such decisions to the Agency. …

We also find it “highly unlikely that Congress would leave” to “agency discretion” the decision of how much coal-based generation there should be over the coming decades. …(“We are confident that Congress could not have intended to delegate a decision of such economic and political significance to an agency in so cryptic a fashion.”).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

It appears the majority of the court does not agree with the EPA Administrator’s assessment. They seem to think it is highly unlikely that Congress would give an agency discretion to determine how much coal-based electrical power there should be over the decades, and I agree. Especially since Congress has repeatedly rejected the “cap and trade” theory in the past.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

So the court asked the EPA to show the clear congressional authorization to enact their new plan.

Given these circumstances, our precedent counsels skepticism toward EPA’s claim that Section 111 empowers it to devise carbon emissions caps based on a generation shifting approach. To overcome that skepticism, the Government must—under the major questions doctrine—point to “clear congressional authorization” to regulate in that manner. Utility Air, 573 U. S., at 324.

All the Government can offer, however, is the Agency’s authority to establish emissions caps at a level reflecting “the application of the best system of emission reduction . . . adequately demonstrated.” 42 U. S. C. §7411(a)(1).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

The EPA could not show a clear authorization from Congress to implement a policy to force a nationwide change in how we generate electricity. For that reason, the court found for West Virginia, overturned the decision of the Court of Appeals, and sent the case back that court for further proceedings.

Capping carbon dioxide emissions at a level that will force a nationwide transition away from the use of coal to generate electricity may be a sensible “solution to the crisis of the day.” … But it is not plausible that Congress gave EPA the authority to adopt on its own such a regulatory scheme in Section 111(d). A decision of such magnitude and consequence rests with Congress itself, or an agency acting pursuant to a clear delegation from that representative body. The judgment of the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit is reversed, and the cases are remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

Dissent

Three members of the court, justices Kagan, Breyer, and Sotomayor disagreed with the majority.

Today, the Court strips the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) of the power Congress gave it to respond to “the most pressing environmental challenge of our time.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

Interesting, how three justices claim that the court stripped the EPA of a power Congress had not only not specifically given it, but had repeatedly declined to implement themselves.

Climate change’s causes and dangers are no longer subject to serious doubt. Modern science is “unequivocal that human influence”—in particular, the emission of greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide—“has warmed the atmosphere, ocean and land.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

It’s a good thing these justices are not scientists. There is plenty of scientific debate, not only about the severity of “climate change”, but how large a role humans play in it. And what does the severity of greenhouse gases have to do with what Congress has passed into law? The answer is, absolutely nothing. What we see here are members of the court not only changing the subject, but claiming that the executive branch can enact laws not passed by Congress, simply because the court believes there is a serious problem.

The Clean Air Act was major legislation, designed to deal with a major public policy issue. As Congress explained, its goal was to “speed up, expand, and intensify the war against air pollution” in all its forms.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

But did Congress give the EPA the authority for investment into certain technologies in an attempt to move electrical generation in America from coal to other sources? Not even the dissent provided evidence that they did.

Conclusion

The one question that I didn’t see asked in this case was, did the Constitution delegate to the United States the power to control pollution, carbon-dioxide, or regulate power generation? The answer to that question is a definite no. While the court said that Congress had not delegated to the EPA the power to create a cap and trade system, or to regulate how electricity is generated in this country, no one seemed to ask this more basic question: Was this a power deleted to the United States in the first place? However, a fundamental statement was made by this opinion. Executive agencies cannot enact rules beyond the powers specifically delegated to them by legislation. It appears the EPA, along with most if not all of the executive agencies, believe they have the power to run the country. Not a very republican way to do things.

A commonwealth; a state in which the exercise of the sovereign power is lodged in representatives elected by the people.

Republic – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

To me, that is the biggest takeaway from this opinion. Who decides what the laws are, and by extension, what they mean. Is it We the People, through our elected representatives, or is it the unelected bureaucracy that decides our laws? According to the Constitution, the President is to be sure that the laws created by Congress are faithfully executed within the confines of the Constitution. While it has been many years since the courts have followed that structure, I’m glad to see they have in this case.

West Virginia v EPA is one of three cases this year where the court has placed the language of the Constitution and laws of the United States above precedent, tradition, and perceived need. While the three justices who dissented in these cases seem more interested in seeing the government rule rather than following the supreme law of the land, I don’t expect that to change much with the appointment of Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson. I can only hope that the court will continue this fidelity to their oaths to support the Constitution of the United States. It would certainly help decide if America is to rise again to be a republic, or continue to devolve into an oligarchy.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Prosecute COVID Injections Conspirators Now – Number of Dead Staggering

By: Devvy

July 25, 2022

Millions, perhaps tens of millions of words have been written about an alleged “new” virus called SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19. In March 2020, the WORLD was suddenly rocked after Satan’s servants, the WHO (World Health Organization) declared a pandemic. Look out because Marxist WHO director, Tedros, is at it again: WHO declares Monkeypox global health emergency: Five deaths worldwide, July 23, 2022

As far back as December 2019, some of the finest scientific minds on this planet warned people NOT to take those mRNA experimental injections. If you don’t die within the first week, millions will have severe reactions. Anywhere from four to eighteen months (could be as long as 3-5 years) those experimental injections will have been working on destroying your natural immune system. Then comes developing autoimmune diseases (80 with no cures) and then premature deaths.

Freedom of Information Request Reveals 5,522 People have Died Within 28 Days of Receiving COVID-19 Vaccines in Scotland, July 21, 2021 // C19 vax Reactions: “We are a large and ever growing group of Americans who were previously healthy and have been seriously injured by the COVID vaccines (Pfizer, Moderna, J&J as well as Astra Zeneca in the clinical trial stage in the United States).” I have linked to that site before; testimonials from doctors, nurses, teachers – all now unable to work, their lives hell every day.

The prostitute media, governors of both parties, mayors, Hollywood dumbo’s, “health officials” all declared everyone must get shot up – despite thousands dying while they were lying. The media whores very effectively used visual optics to scare this country into compliance and then came the so-called mandates: Either play Russian Roulette with your life or lose your source of income.

As the number of adverse reactions, permanent disability and deaths skyrocketed, Satan’s other thugs like Google, Facebook, Twitter, You Tube etc., had all been censoring every video interview of scientists and doctors telling the scientific truth about those injections which legally are NOT vaccines.

Then came unelected so-called “health officials” and boards moving against any doctor speaking out about early treatment protocols what worked and then threatening them with revoking their medical license. Kelleigh Nelson’s July 22, 2021 column, Criminal Collusion, Medical Malfeasance and Murder

Never in my life – and these past 30 years in the trenches full time with the massive corruption of both political parties in Congress and state capitols – could I ever have imagined what we were living through.

Tyrannical governors shutting down schools, destroying more than 240,000 businesses for good, forcing Americans to destroy their brain with those scientifically proven worthless, dangerous masks. Being denied medical treatment if you refuse to wear one. A must READ: German Neurologist On Face Masks: ‘Oxygen Deprivation Causes Permanent Neurological Damage’, October 21, 2020.

Many lawsuits were filed by nurses and individuals only to lose their jobs to protect their life. The Lawyers and the Judge got it Wrong: The Law, the COVID-19 Injections and Houston Methodist Hospital v Jennifer Bridges et al., Case. My, my. What goes round, comes around: Epoch Times: Hospital Faces Staff Shortages Due to COVID-19 Infections, Despite Vaccine Mandate, July 19, 2022 – “The first hospital in America to mandate a COVID-19 vaccine for all employees is now facing a staffing shortage from infections.

“Houston’s Methodist Hospital has hundreds of employees out of work because they tested positive for the virus that causes COVID-19. At the same hospital in 2021, 153 staff members who refused to get vaccinated quit or were fired. Now Methodist leadership is trying to avert a crisis.

“What is worrisome is the climbing number of our employees who cannot work because they are home sick with COVID-19. Almost 400 employees tested positive last week,” Dr. Robert Phillips, the executive vice president and chief physician executive of Houston Methodist, wrote in an internal email on July 12 obtained by The Epoch Times.”

GUTLESS JUDGES across this country have completely ignored what’s called bodily integrity and the Nurenberg Codes. EVERY ONE OF THOSE JUDGES are a disgrace to their profession and share responsibility for all the dead and maimed.

Gutting our military and National Guard – stripping them of paychecks and benefits is beyond reprehensible. Military Doctor: “The COVID Vaccine Program has Killed More Young Active Duty People Than COVID Did”, August 27, 2021

My dear friend of many decades, Larry Becraft, is a constitutional attorney out of Huntsville, Alabama, a fierce fighter in federal court rooms, filed a lawsuit along with other attorneys: Will the COVID Lawsuit Lead to Indictments? – “Filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, this lawsuit is going after the big boys and girls, i.e., Fauci, et al. I encourage you to take the time to read that lawsuit filed June 10, 2021. Click here. This is a civil trial demanding a jury.” It is now July 25, 2022, and the defendants along with the GUTLESS JUDGE are still doing everything they can to keep the truth from a jury.

On page 41 of the document: D. Whistleblower Testimony: 45,000 Deaths Caused by the Vaccines: “…the true number of deaths caused by the Vaccines is at least 45,000. She notes that in the 1976 Swine Flu vaccine campaign (in which 25% of the U.S. population at that time, 55 million Americans, were vaccinated), the Swine Flu vaccine was deemed dangerous and unsafe, and removed from the market, even though the vaccine resulted in only 53 deaths.”

In the case of these experimental gene editing therapy, the harm is off the charts. If a vaccine kills 5 people, the manufacturer gets a black box warning. But since those COVID injections are not vaccines, the guilty get a free ride. So far.

An Amicus Brief was filed on July 5, 2022, with the U.S. Supreme Court by Larry. In order to understand exactly what’s going on here with the law and true FACTS as to why these lawsuits were being filed, you really do have to take the time to read the filings. You can read the Amicus Brief here.

Oral Argument in Vaccine Lawsuit Begins Wednesday, July 6, 2022

Of course, we have to remember GUTLESS Supreme Court Justice Amy Comey Barrett shot down lawsuits filed to protect students from being denied attending college. She’d rather see them permanently disabled or dead.

Amy Coney Barrett Strikes Surprising Killer Blow Against Vaccine Mandate Defiance, August 13, 2022 – “Supreme Court Associate Justice Amy Coney Barrett struck a surprising blow against those seeking to defy COVID vaccine mandates on Thursday when she dismissed a challenge to a college’s mandate without comment.” (Indiana U)

Lawsuit Filed Against Chicago Company for Mandating the Vaccination of West Virginia Employees (Video)

Tom Renz is another lawyer who is deeply involved in these lawsuits and like millions of us, he refuses to give up and let those responsible for hundreds of thousands of deaths and tens of thousands of Americans now permanently disabled, the number of severe reactions is more than 1 million get away with their crimes against humanity.

This is his web site. Go look at the staggering numbers and ask yourself: WHY are those deadly injections still being pushed along with the worthless booster shots – none of which work because COVID – 19 is NOT a virus.

Those following this nightmare for the past two years are familiar with Dr. David Martin. This is his web site – Prosecute Now – Click on your state to see how many letters have been sent to state officials WHO CONTINUE TO ALLOW THOSE DEADLY INJECTIONS be administered throughout their state. You can also see the lawsuits, Executive Summary of Litigation, The Evidence and much more. This interview with Martin is a MUST WATCH – working with three law enforcement agencies to bring charges against the people responsible for all these deaths.

What about American law and the Nuremberg Codes? I wrote about this several times. This is a VERY important read as the Nuremberg Code IS the basis for many successful lawsuits here in the U.S.

The Significance of the Nuremberg Code, April 4, 2021 – “The universal right of Informed Consent to medical interventions has been recognized in US law since at least 1914.

That year, the New York Court of Appeals established the right to informed consent to medical intervention in a case involving non-consensual surgery. Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital 105 N.E. 92, 93 N.Y. (1914) Justice Benjamin Cardozo articulated the court’s reasoning:

“Every human being of adult years and sound mind has a right to determine what shall be done with his own body; and a surgeon who performs an operation without his patient’s consent commits an assault for which he is liable in damages.”

The 1947 Nuremberg Code is the most important legal document in the history of medical research ethics. It established 10 foundational principles of ethical clinical research.

The first and foremost principle is unequivocal: “The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential”.

“It prohibits research to be conducted on human beings without the informed consent of the individual.” And further into the article: 8. In 2013, the US Supreme Court reiterated the legal principle of informed consent in a case involving a citizen who refused to consent to a blood test. A blood sample was taken against his will on orders of a police officer. In a 6 to 3 ruling, the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the plaintiff — even as the justices recognized that both privacy and harm were minimal. Missouri vs McNeely, 569 US 141 (2013)

“this Court has never retreated from its recognition that any compelled intrusion into the human body implicates significant, constitutionally protected privacy interests…”

The destruction from those COVID experimental injections is hardly minimal.

And, still American scientists’ reaction: crickets. COVID-19: Why Are American Scientists Silent on This?, July 26, 2021 (Mine) – Not only is there no proof this COVID-19 virus has been proven to exist, Dr. Lanka proved it’s not a virus. Why the silence? MASSIVE AMOUNTS – IN THE HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF BORROWED DOLLARS FOR ‘RESEARCH’ ON COVID by labs just in this country. Just a few of the hundreds I’ve saved:

WAYNE ROOT: 33 Dead & Sick Friends Since Our Wedding Only 8 Months Ago. All 33 Vaxxed. A “Vaccine Death & Disease Cluster.” July 22, 2022 (READ) // “A Peasants Revolt” – FDA and the CDC are on Notice/The Casket Industry is Booming, July 6, 2022 – And now injecting babies and children! // The Latest Tragedy: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome, June 20, 2022 – “(Jun. 20, 2022) — In recent weeks, media outlets around the world have started highlighting a medical phenomenon called “sudden adult death syndrome,” or SADS, in what appears to be a clear effort to obscure the reality of COVID jab deaths.” // Governor demands ALL Washington state employees be subject to Covid vaccine, booster requirements in perpetuity, July 1, 2022

Medical Examiner Reveals 24-Year-Old Ex-Miami Hurricanes Football Player Died of a Heart Attack // Former South Carolina Quarterback MVP Phil Petty Dies at 43 — Third Former Football Player to Die in Last 7 Days // SPIKE PROTEIN SYNDROME is sweeping America as deadly disorders are springing up out of nowhere post COVID vaccination, July 12, 2022

Mercola: Pathologist Dr. Ryan Cole On Post-Jab Cancer Explosion And Excess Mortality, July 21, 2022 // Death claims up $6 BILLION: Fifth-largest life insurance company paid out for 163% more working-age deaths in 2021 after covid “vaccines” were unleashed, June 20, 2022 – I wonder if this will bankrupt some of these insurance companies as the number of deaths accelerate?

I cited this from my Nov. 29, 2021 column, Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts“, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – Dr. Charles Hoffe found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine. He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections. This is a must watch short video. This is a very sad prediction: Most of them likely will die within three years.

“If I had been forced to take those experimental injections to keep my job, I would tell my doctor I want a D-dimer test now. Better to know so one can do whatever can be done at this time if the results come back with the worst news.” Of course, the tyrannical Canadian government has gone after Dr. Hoffe with a vengeance for talking about tests and his patients. He did not reveal any patient’s name.

Latest survey shows the COVID vaccines are a disaster: 750,000 dead in US, June 25, 2022 – Steve Kirsch is a multi-millionare and founder of the Vaccine Safety Research Foundation. On his web site: “I will bet anyone $1M that there are now over 100,000 deaths of Americans that were caused by the COVID vaccines. Why won’t anyone take my bet?? Why won’t anyone credible debate me?”

Why, indeed. Naturally he’s been scorched by fools infesting the Internet who are in denial about those injections.

The CDC (Center for Disease Creation) publishes vaccine adverse events, deaths, permanently disabled which represents about 1% of cases. Their latest: 1,350,947 Reports Through July 15, 2022. 29,635 deaths, 4,882 miscarriages, 15,915 heart attacks, 50, 627 Myocarditis/Pericarditis, 55,540 permanently disabled plus all the other categories and some doctor, politician, Hollywood braying ass or governor is going to tell me those experimental injections are safe?

PhD Researcher’s Analysis of VAERS Data Reveals 5,427% Increase in Deaths Following COVID Shots Compared to ALL Vaccines the Past 10 Years, Oct. 21, 2021 // EXCLUSIVE: COVID Whistleblower Claims the VAERS Reporting Database Tracking Vaccine Complications is WRONG and Undercounting by a Factor of 100!, Sept. 16, 2021

Once again – and Columbia University can hardly be considered a bastion of right wing conspiracies: Study: At least 400,000 people in America have died from covid “vaccines”, 12.27.2021: “Columbia University researchers have found that the true death count from Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccination” is substantially higher than the official figures from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

“The CDC claims that only 20,000 people have died from Fauci Flu injections, but Columbia’s under reporting factor estimates that 20 times that number, or around 400,000 deaths, is far more accurate.” Only? I’m sure that’s very comforting for the families to know.

Covid vaccines “most dangerous biological medicinal product rollout in human history,” says Dr. Peter McCullough, Dec. 25, 2021. READ it. Dr. McCullough is one of the great doctors with the courage of a Braveheart. Like thousands of doctors and scientists around the world, a man who was once lauded as brilliant (bio here) is now Satan in the eyes of the COVID death cult supporters. Unelected, pompous (expletive) bureau-RATS are going after the courageous: Medical Board Goes After Dr. McCullough, Sen. Johnson Calls for Public Hearing, June 16, 2022 (Video interview with Dr. McCullough)

Why do so many refuse to recognize the actual scientifically proven danger of those experimental injections? Fear. Denial. Fear all these scientists world-wide with decades of actual experience are right: Those injections are no less a genocide taking place, not just killing recipients, but causing permanent disabilities and incurable autoimmune diseases which within a few short years brings death.

Denial: I got the injection(s) over a year ago and I feel fine. None of all those bad things are going to happen to me. God protect you, but it can take 3-5 years or perhaps a little longer depending on your immune system and how badly the mRNA has been destroying your body inside.

I hate writing about this; all my columns on COVID archived here. FLCCC Alliance has a link on their site to this: Dr. Paul Marik joins lawsuit against FDA over its anti-ivermectin campaign; lawsuit filed June 2, 2022

What can YOU do? Get together a concise (but not too long) ‘white paper’ giving number of deaths, etc, as well as article titles, i.e., Dr. Birx Admits She And Fauci Made Up ‘The Science’ On Lockdowns, Social Distancing, July 21, 2022 and Dr. Deborah Birx: I knew shots would not prevent COVID infection, July 22, 2022. Trump was lied to by the FDA, CDC. Fauci, Birx and all the rest of them need to get indicted, tried and put in federal prisons forever.

Make copies for every member of your county commissioners and city council. Go to their next meeting. Members of the public are generally given 5 minutes to state your case/opinion. Give your statement and then hand out a copy of your ‘white paper’ and ask them: Why are you allowing hospitals, pharmacies and clinics to continue giving experimental injections that have been proven not only deadly, but absolutely worthless?

If we do nothing, nothing gets done.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Pfizer Asks Court to Dismiss Whistleblower Lawsuit Because Government Was Aware of Fraud, July 5, 2022 – “In an interview with The Defender, the lawyer representing whistleblower Brook Jackson said Pfizer is arguing the court should dismiss Jackson’s lawsuit alleging fraud in Pfizer’s COVID-19 clinical trials because the U.S. government knew about the wrongdoings but continued to do business with the vaccine maker.”

Covid-19: Researcher blows the whistle on data integrity issues in Pfizer’s vaccine trial, Nov. 22, 2021 (Brook Jackson interview & text)

Pfizer Whistleblower Brook Jackson Sues Pfizer For $2 Billion Over Falsified mRNA Data Submitted To Obtain FDA Authorization For COVID-19 ‘Vaccines’, Feb. 14, 2022 – Defendants Pfizer Inc, Ventavia Research Group & ICON “deliberately withheld crucial information from the United States that calls the safety and efficacy of their vaccine into question.” – You can view the lawsuit; link embedded in article.

Health experts quit CDC, NIH due to ‘bad science’, July 17, 2022

Gov Kristi Noem Says If You Don’t Like Vaccination Mandates, Just Quit Your Job

Texans for Vaccine Choice – Making your voice heard

Nuremberg Code and the COVID-19 “Vaccines”, February 2, 2022

Are Electric Vehicles The Saving Grace

By Roger Anghis

July 24, 2022

The short answer is no. Not by a long shot. In a previous article, I covered the good and the bad of electric cars. The good thing is they don’t use gas. That’s where it stops. Liberals want electric cars because the internal combustion cars produce all this CO₂that’s baking the planet. Not true. In my article Is alternative Energy that Effective I have a footnote that states: “The effect of CO2 on global temperature, if it exists, is so small that no one has been able to demonstrate or measure it. The touted effect exists solely in computer models whose forecasts to date have all failed. Therefore, there is ZERO proven benefit for mankind in trying to capture harmless CO2 in order to bury it in carbon cemeteries. Worse, it is removing valuable plant food from the biosphere – a step towards global food suicide. Moreover, for every tonne of carbon buried, we bury 2.7 tonnes of the gas of life – oxygen. “The quantities of gas to be handled just from power stations are enormous. For every tonne of coal burnt, about 11 tonnes of gases are exhausted – 7.5 tonnes of nitrogen, 2.5 tonnes of CO2 and one tonne of water vapour. These are all harmless and valuable natural recycled atmospheric gases. Life on earth would be impossible without them.[1] Now don’t act too shocked but that page has been blocked.

People don’t think about some of the things concerning the manufacturing of electric vehicles and MSM is not about to tell you either. All of the raw materials have to be mined. The iron for all the metal in the car, which is mined with diesel-powered vehicles, it is the same with the lithium for the batteries, which includes child labor because we don’t have any lithium. China owns most of it. They want to stop using oil but what will they use to make the plastic interior, the vinyl seats, the composite steering wheel, and the synthetic rubber for the tires. These people remind me of those that say they don’t need oil because they use public transportation.

Then consider how the electricity is generated to charge the car. What is used for that? Coal and natural gas. Both are fossil fuels. Liberals have grand schemes but don’t know how to think them through. I have not been a fan of the EPA for many, many years once they approved of spraying Agent Orange, i.e. Roundup, all over our crops and even bio-engineering it into our food. Viet Nam era folks will remember that health disaster. But even like a broken clock is right twice a day they occasionally get something right. According to the Environmental Protection Agency’s website, particulate emissions are “microscopic solids or liquid droplets that are so small that they can be inhaled and cause serious health problems.” It notes the particles “are also the main cause of reduced visibility (haze) in parts of the United States, including many of our treasured national parks and wilderness areas.”

The EPA defines particle pollution as “inhalable particles,” which are under 10 microns in diameter, and “fine inhalable particles,” 2.5 microns and smaller.

The firm that conducted the study, Emissions Analytics, had previously found in 2020 that particulate emissions from tires could be 1,000 times greater than those from tailpipes. That test was designed to capture worst-case emissions under legal driving, according to the report. But when researchers replicated the test “across a wider range of driving conditions,” they found the number was even higher.[2]

For decades we’ve been trying to make cars lighter but according to a recent study the battery-powered Ford F-150 Lightning weighs 1,600 pounds more than a regular F-150 truck. The Volvo XC40 Recharge packs an extra 1,000 pounds of weight when compared to a Volvo XC40 with an internal-combustion engine.[3] The thought that EVs are less problematic are incorrect. According to J.D. Power, owners of electric or hybrid vehicles cite more problems than do owners of gas-powered vehicles. The latter vehicles average 175 problems per 100 vehicles (PP100), hybrids average 239 PP100, and battery-powered cars — excluding Tesla models — average 240 PP100. Tesla models average 226 PP100. Given the average cost of an electric car is roughly $60,000, about $20,000 more than the cost of a gas-powered car, it seems owners of EVs didn’t get the value they deserve.[4]

The tires are another problem with EVs. Because the car weighs 1000-1500 pounds more than an internal combustion car the tires wear much faster. And those tires are not cheap either. $300-375 a piece.[5] And we saved the big one for the last . . . Then there is the biggest maintenance cost of all – the battery pack. Which will cost you more, because it’s so huge – in order to move the EV at highway speeds for any significant distance. This, in turn, results in it being so heavy – which increases the amount of power needed to move it plus the car it’s installed in, reducing efficiency.

You do get the power – and the acceleration – but it costs you. Especially if you use either as doing so discharges the battery, rapidly – which means needing to recharge it more regularly. The “faster” you do that, the greater the load/stress imposed upon the battery, costing you battery life. And when the time comes to replace the battery, that’ll cost you more than it costs to replace a non-electric car’s transmission or engine – and maybe both, together.[6]

Plus the oil and filter changes.

Will there come a day when EVs will be worth it. Not in my book. We aren’t destroying the planet like they say we are. Plus they aren’t even close to having a back up plan. With wind and solor being less than 20% of our energy and over 80% is fossil fuels and no plans for miniture nuke plants for powering cars, trucks, and airplanes I think fossil fuels are here for a long time.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

http:/carbon-sense.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/carbon-capture.pdf
Just-revealed-electric-vehicles-possess-a-poison-within-them
Just-revealed-electric-vehicles-possess-a-poison-within-them
Studies-show-the-electric-vehicles-Democrats-insist-you-buy-are-worse-for-the-environment
https://www.lewrockwell.com/2022/05/eric-peters/how-evs-dont-save-you-money/
https://www.lewrockwell.com/2022/05/eric-peters/how-evs-dont-save-you-money/

The Summer of Rage

By Rob Pue

July 24, 2022

If you’re still holding out hope for a political solution to the chaos we’ve been enduring the past two-and-a-half years, I’m sorry to tell you, you’re deceived. If you believe that once the Republicans “win” in November, things will get better; if you’re just hanging on for a second Donald Trump presidency in 2024, you’re putting your hope in the carnal things of this world and you’re going to find yourself extremely disappointed — and honestly, you should know better by now.

Jesus Christ, the Good News of the Gospel and the glorious appearing of our Great God and Savior is where we all need to be turning now. I’m not saying that we should “pay no attention to that man behind the curtain,” because we must all know and understand ALL the truth of what’s really going on now — the REAL truth. As Ephesians 6 tells us, we must “be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might.” We must “put on the whole armor of God” so that we may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” Yes, friends, we MUST know the truth, not reject it. If we continue to labor under a delusion of lies, we’re easy prey.

As Christians, WE should be the bearers of truth. If not us, then who? Because most of the world has been gravely deceived and continue to be deceived. John told us, in Chapter 3 of his book that, “The light has come into the world and people loved darkness rather than the light, because their deeds were evil.” And what happens when people reject the light and choose, instead, the darkness of this world? We see in 2 Thessalonians 2 that in the last days, there will be those who seek absolute power and wield it with “signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.” And then we read these words: “And for this cause, God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie, that they all might be damned who believed not the truth but had pleasure in unrighteousness.”

So many today are under strong delusion. If you can’t see the obvious lies, propaganda and brainwashing that have been foisted upon us, in a highly-orchestrated effort to destroy us, our marriages, our children, our families and our nation, then I must question whether or not you have the Holy Spirit within you. Because as true followers of Christ, the Holy Spirit gives us wisdom, insight and counseling that is simply not available to the unsaved, which allows us to understand the things that are spiritually discerned. In other words, we don’t remain blinded by the lies of the enemy. We see, comprehend and understand. The unsaved have only this world. They are the blind leading the blind. They perish for lack of knowledge, as God sends them strong delusion and God — yes GOD Himself — gives them over to the lusts and passions of this world. Their depraved, reprobate minds cannot accept the truth.

Most people today have rejected God and they’re just living secular lives. No time, interest or belief in their Creator anymore. Now, God can save anyone. No one is beyond God’s grace, but unless and until they repent and turn to Christ as their Savior AND their LORD, the scales on their eyes will remain.

Make no mistake, there is a conspiracy going on and it’s world-wide. Let me read for you again, as I’ve shared before, a portion of Psalm 2: “Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against His anointed, saying, ‘Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.’ He that sitteth in the heavens shall laugh: the Lord shall have them in derision.”

Right now, the kings of the earth have set themselves firmly against God. The rulers are taking counsel together against the Lord and His anointed. Their plan is to establish a “New World Order” through their “Great Reset” in direct defiance of God. But Scripture tells us that God laughs at their puny plans and holds them in derision. What is “derision?” Contempt, ridicule, mockery.

Certainly, we know that God wins in the end. Unfortunately, many who believe IN God (but don’t actually know Him) also know this and they DO want to be saved. (Some think they’re entitled to it). They just don’t want it to cost them anything. They want to continue living their secular, carnal, worldly lifestyles, ignoring God, choosing to believe the lies and they think they can “get right with God” sometime later — at a time of their choosing. But man does not get to choose the number of his days. With the world as it is now, many are speaking of the “Last Days” or the “End Times” — but few realize that for nearly 200,000 people in this world, TODAY is their last day. Most of those 200,000 thought they still had plenty of time to “get right with God.” But the clock ran out. Galatians 6: “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.”

Paul told the Thessalonians to “not be shaken in mind or troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word.” I must admit that although my faith in my Savior is strong, I often find myself troubled and grieved. In the work that I do, I follow a steady stream of news and information, coming in 24 hours a day, seven days a week. It’s more than sad — and very depressing — to see all that’s now coming upon this world, and at the same time so many who are so clueless.

Many were joyously celebrating the fall of Roe v Wade when the Supreme Court overturned that 1973 decision on June 24. Especially the millions of professing Christians who have been “pro-life” in name only — never having done anything substantial to rescue the millions of babies that were allowed to be slaughtered. But the pastors of churches who dared never speak a word about the shedding of those rivers of innocent blood for nearly 50 years, for fear of offending someone, STILL had not a word to say that Sunday.

Let’s face it: Christians COULD have stopped baby murder dead in its tracks in 1973 but they didn’t. They wouldn’t. They had nearly 50 years to do so, but most churches would never speak about it. If only the pastors in the land would have led them out to fight the evil. But instead, they simply instructed the “praise and worship team” to sing louder while millions were butchered. The relatively few Christians who actually took action (on their own) against these heinous crimes were more often than not vilified — by their own pastors and by their own so-called “church families.” They were considered “fanatics.” Understand: God will judge each individual for what they did (or didn’t do) on this matter. That should make many of you sleep very uneasily tonight.

Roe was a decision by a court. It was never a law. Courts don’t make laws. But we allowed it. Just like we allow homosexuals to “marry” now. Just like we now allow 72 different “genders.” Just like we allow drag queens and pedophiles to groom our children for exploitation, rape and abuse. The blood is on our hands as a nation and this nation NEEDS to repent, very badly, of many sins — especially the sin and wickedness of apathy toward our unborn neighbor.

Because the blood of the innocent shed in the womb is now running through the streets of our nation. “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.” Mass shootings and murder in big cities is a common occurrence now, along with homelessness, drug abuse, sexual perversion, madness and gross miscarriage of justice. The heathen are raging.

Even prior to the Supreme Court overturning the Roe decision, violence had erupted. Interestingly, it began on Mother’s Day, when anarchists and a group known as “Jane’s Revenge” began attacking and fire-bombing pro-family organizations and pro-life Crisis Pregnancy Centers. And why should that surprise us? The devil’s team was given a month’s advance notice due to a supposed “accidental leak” that the High Court was considering this move. When that information was announced, the devil’s team began preparing. They had a month to work out the details, and since then, anyone who worked to stop the killing has become a target of these anarchist groups. They’ve openly said that pro-lifers are now targeted for death, and more than 40 life-saving Crisis Pregnancy Centers and pro-life organizations have been violently attacked. Marches and protests are taking place nation-wide and the popular chant is “We love killing babies!” They’re calling this the “Summer of Rage.” Indeed, the heathen DO rage.

Our FBI is supposedly investigating. But I’m not holding my breath for any form of justice. We’re talking about the same FBI that’s had all the evidence on Hunter Biden’s laptop for YEARS and still, no justice. You see, there is no justice in a land that spits in the face of God. Isaiah 59:14, “And judgment is turned away backward, and justice standeth afar off: for truth is fallen in the street, and equity cannot enter.”

You likely heard of the mass shooting at a 4th of July parade in a Chicago suburb. Do you realize that there were more than a dozen mass shootings across the country that weekend? Of course, the guns will be blamed and used as a pretense for gun control and confiscation. That’s the plan.

Young children are now being injected with the COVID jab, under an “Emergency Use Authorization” though there is no emergency, nor has there even been one. These shots, which have been proven to have 1291 adverse side effects, including death, are still being pushed and we’re warned of a “new wave” of the deadly disease coming this fall — just before the elections. And the delusional sheeple are wearing their masks again. I’m seeing more and more of them out in public and I just have to shake my head. Also, New York City is now warning it’s citizens to prepare for a nuclear blast.

Meanwhile our energy grid is collapsing, inflation has hit a 50 year high, food processing plants and food distribution hubs are mysteriously going up in flames, transgenderism has become yesterday’s news as “acceptance” of pedophilia is the latest new thing we’re being conditioned to ignore; China, North Korea, Iran and Russia are rumbling, our country’s being invaded from the south, Communism has taken hold to our north, and as our US dollar is being de-valued, a new One World Digital Currency is ready to be rolled out. Friends, NONE of this is “just happening.” The heathen are raging and the rulers are conspiring against God and His anointed as they look to create their Globalist utopia.

But wait. Let’s read again that last portion I quoted from Psalm 2: “He who sits in the heavens shall laugh. The Lord shall hold them in derision.” I can imagine Him laughing heartily on July 5, as lightning struck the New World Order’s most famous depopulation monument known as the “Georgia Guidestones.” I know the media will tell you it was an act of vandalism and an explosion that caused the damage. But videos of the initial impact are clear. A day later, the remains of that wicked monument to Satan were bulldozed into dust. God will not be mocked. And it seems His patience is wearing thin with those who hate Him.

In this world we will have tribulation. But take heart. Jesus Christ, our Lord, has overcome the world. For now, we remain in a spiritual battle against the forces of darkness as we endure a “Summer of Rage.” Yes, the heathen are raging. But God’s about to unleash His rage as well. Undoubtedly this battle will cost many of us our lives. Others will give in under pressure and betray Christ. What side will you be on when the wrath of God is fully revealed? If you’ve not yet made that decision, I’d advise you do so today.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 365.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Charlatan Pastor Runs for State Representative in Kansas

By Ms. Smallback

July 23, 2022

There’s a charlatan running for State Representative in Kansas. By profession and testimony he is a “Christian pastor” of a “Christian Church” in Topeka, Kansas. Allegedly they use the same Bible as the Christian faith, and profess to be “Christians”, adherents of the teachings of Christ. In practice they endorse same sex marriage and abortion.

From his church facebook page:

Whether he has also deceived himself as well as his followers is uncertain yet, but it appears he has deceived himself to believe that a follower of Christ is to openly practice sin, even murder, and to also endorse it as a tenet of the Christian faith.

I expect such a belief system in the Democratic party (and other political ideologies), but it is counter to the principles of the Christian faith. And if Tobias Schlingensiepen was just another Democratic candidate, I would not bother to point out the heinous fallacies of his posturing for the redundancy of the current political climate. But it is because he alleges to be a spokesperson for the God I serve, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the God of Christ, I am compelled to contend for the faith and expose the deception at work.

To espouse such political ideology as congruent with Christianity indicates either a gross ignorance of the Christian faith or a deliberate perversion of it. Those using a paid and titled position of leadership in an alleged so-called Christian church to deceive those entrusted to one’s care are reminiscent of the Pharisees of Christ’s day.

To be clear, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob is also the God of Creation and the Father of Christ. This is one and the same God of the Christian Bible. God established a created order at Creation that is neither ambivalent nor vague. The established created order by the Creator of all life created humanity as two genders necessary for one another for procreation on the earth. Any other union is not sanctioned by God and rejected as a perversion to the created order.

[The gods of the world (Baal, Moloch, Isis, Rah, Zeus, etc.) openly practice such perversions because they defy the Supreme God and seek to pollute the world with fruits of darkness in their effort to usurp God by entrenching the world in darkness. Study Baal-Peor rituals and worship to understand the origins of no-boundary sex[1]. Scripture is PLAIN about God’s views of such.] [See: Enemies Within the Church]

The days of Noah were precisely of this scenario. The sons of God, the presumed fallen deity of the divine council of Psalm 82, schemed to corrupt God’s creation of mankind. Enoch lays it out plainly, telling us they came down in the days of Jared to corrupt human flesh, and made a pact together for their actions. Moses speaks of it in Genesis as well. Most of modern Christendom doesn’t delve into the origins like this. Most Christians are content to just accept God at His word that certain acts are sin, separate from the will of God.

Sin separates us from God, which is why the powers of darkness deceive humanity in order to enslave them…. “Did God really say?” [Genesis 3:1] Once we rebel from God’s authority and embrace whatever seems right to us or desirable for us, the power of darkness succeeds at estranging humanity from God. We become enslaved to powers of darkness, which pollutes the land and increases the (spiritual) darkness in the land.

You cannot read Leviticus 18:22 (what Tobias followers call the “Klobber passages”) and be hazy on the intentions. The act of homosexual sex is abhorrent to God, an abomination, and perverts the created order of procreation (and is impossible for procreation). This was given to Moses from God Himself, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the same God of the whole Bible.

You cannot read Romans 1:18-32 and be hazy on the intentions of the writer (Paul). These “lusts of impurity” – spelled out plainly and called “degrading passions” – are the result of rejecting the rule of God and His established order in one’s life. Such people see fit to not acknowledge God and His ways, and as a result, God gives them over to their lusts and depraved minds.

Tobias Schlingensiepen openly marries gays in his church (or wherever they choose) in a state that does not acknowledge gay marriage and in fact, still has laws against it[2]. He does so as an alleged spokesperson of the Christian church. He openly flies the gay flag and adorns his pulpit with it, all while proclaiming this is “love”. No. It is disobedience to the precepts of God. It is rebellion. It is perversion. It is a lot of things, but it is not representative of God whatsoever, no matter how much you object that it is.

Schlingensiepen supports abortion, even advocates for it as “women’s healthcare”. Yet when I commented on his Facebook page and asked if he would advocate for all women and their healthcare needs such as women who do not want a vaccination, my comment disappeared shortly after with no answer or explanation.

How disingenuous to label unrestrained abortion as “healthcare”. Maybe before the sonogram we could be excused for such ignorance, but no more. Everyone who knows anything knows a baby is murdered to obtain an abortion. [If it’s not a baby, you’re not pregnant.] Before that baby has done good or bad, it is cruelly dismembered, or burned, or otherwise tortured and murdered. THAT is innocent blood on the hands of men and women, industries, legislators, and a whole host of willing participants.

You don’t have to look long or hard in Scripture to know what God thinks of the shedding of innocent blood. At the very first murder we are told the blood of the victim cried out to God from the ground. There is an accounting for innocent bloodshed, and God is neither blind nor deaf to it. To promote it as a Christian principle and a human liberty is to disregard and mock every principle of God’s created order. To feign love or Christianity through the advocacy of baby murder is not just disingenuous but wicked and deceptive. (I would think an honest heart would see through such a facade, but alas, even honest hearts are led astray with the cunning lies of smooth lips and darkened hearts.)

So in District 55 of Kansas, near the center of Topeka itself, sits an alleged Christian church with a salaried pastor who not only condones and applauds homosexual marriages, but also performs them in defiance of state law and God’s law, and who also advocates for the murder of babies under the lie of “healthcare”. He proudly promotes his beliefs under the hypocrisy of “Christian”, and runs his political campaign with such beliefs heralded. (as a democrat, of course)

I openly call upon Mr. Schlingensiepen to repent of his lies about God and who God is, and to change his mind and turn from an open advocacy for sin and murder. Repent and stop leading others astray from the path of righteousness. Repent, and if you won’t do that, resign from a position of leadership in the arena of Christianity. Your heralded beliefs are an affront to the laws of God and Christ, and do not represent the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the God of Christ and the Bible.

Know, Mr. Schlingensiepen, that God loves you and has provided you an opportunity to repent from maligning His Name and leading the simple and wayward from God and His Ways. Know that God is merciful and will extend mercy to you if you just repent and align with His Word.

If you will neither repent nor resign, I call upon the Ancient of Days and I make my appeal to the God of Creation, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and to Christ Himself to judge and remove the rebellious imposter of the Christian faith in whatever manner Heaven sees fit. I make my appeal to Heaven and to the courts of Heaven to reign sovereign in this matter, that all those in District 55 of Kansas may know and see there is a God in Heaven who is merciful and gracious, long suffering and abounding in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and sin, but by no means clearing the guilty³.

I call on the Supreme God to reign supreme over the works of Baal and the workers of darkness pretending to be servants of God, but instead promoting the works of darkness. I ask God to make a distinction between those who serve Him and those who do not, and I beseech the Ancient of Days to rule against the unholiness of Mr. Schlingensiepen if he refuses to repent. This is my appeal to Heaven.

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Footnotes:

[1] Email me if you want more information on Baal-Peor and the customs and rituals connected to it, and how it ties to sexual perversions and lauds licentious acts for its rituals. The motive behind such action is to corrupt the pure order God established for humanity and to corrupt humanity itself. Some articles are explicit so I have chosen to share them by request only.

[2] The Kansas Constitution, in Article 15, subsection 16 (page 27 of link), the Kansas Constitution defines marriage “between one man and one woman only” and classifies any other union as void. This has neither been repealed or amended. The DOMA (Defense of Marriage Act) reinforced the state laws, but individual counties are choosing to not enforce the law. And this article touches on the issue specific to Kansas as well.

[3] Exodus 34:6-7

Americans Have Only Two Choices

By Lex Greene

July 23, 2022

As Americans across the political spectrum suffer the consequences of the most fraudulent election in human history in 2020, they rush to figure out how to prevent it from happening again in 2022.

If you think democrats won’t attempt to cheat even more than they did in 2020, read my previous column, How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022?, and think again!

Unfortunately, a majority of the mail I have received from that piece was from alleged “patriots” who took the time to tell me “nothing will work” and there’s no purpose in even trying, because “it’s too far gone” and “we are in the end times.” As a lifelong student of Holy scripture, I have taken the following three things as fact…

Through Christ, ALL things are possible
We are NEVER in this fight alone
The Book of Revelations foretells of how “the people” end themselves via their free will

Two types of people NEVER win anything. The type that never leave the starting gate, and the type that quit before they reach the finish line. It is the most certain way to lose 100% of the time.

Americans have only two choices and it’s the same two choices the people always have…

DO SOMETHING (or) DO NOTHING!

First, shall we consider the option of doing nothing at all? This doesn’t require any imagination, expertise, or a long explanation. The outcome of doing nothing is always 100% certain. “All that is required for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.“ If you even think we have a choice, you are wrong. You need to read how they are driving us into their modern day Nazi ovens!

End of story!

So, shall we consider doing something instead?

Let’s agree that no plan or strategy is 100% guaranteed for success, in stark contrast to the reality related to doing nothing, the outcome of which is 100% guaranteed…no plan or strategy for confronting the evil we are under today is guaranteed at all.

This is no acceptable excuse for not trying!

What if our nation’s founders had decided they had no chance of defeating the Redcoats, and therefore, never even bothered to try? Our country and our past freedoms would have never existed. What if we had no medicine at all…because everyone decided it was too difficult to come up with any treatments or cures for illnesses?

Thomas Alva Edison, born in Ohio on February 11, 1847, was one of the most well-known inventors of all time. He spent a few of his early years in formal schooling, but he received most of his education at home. People have claimed for many years that Edison tried to create a light bulb more than 10,000-times and failed, before finally succeeding. What if Edison had given up at any point in his 10,000 attempts? What if Edison had never even tried?

America was not built by extraordinary people doing amazing things. Instead, tt was created and built by very ordinary people, doing extraordinary things. Our war fighters are rightfully called “heroes,” yet they too are ordinary Americans who do extraordinary things. What if they give up because it’s just too hard, or the odds are often against them?

At this late date, after decades of average American Citizens making an assumption that has never been true and never will be, the odds are indeed heavily against us. Doing nothing about the political corruption and criminality in our country for many years, is exactly how we got here.

Every time Citizens saw something they didn’t like, be it locally, within their state or at the federal level, in government, or within their own chosen political party, they simply quit, walked away in disgust, took their football, and went home to sit on the sidelines, waiting to see what happens when “the people” fail to be “forever vigilant” in defense of their own freedom, liberty, justice, and decency.

Well, how do you like how that has turned out?

You distrust your own political party…why? Because you left the party in the hands of people you rightfully distrust, instead of cleaning up your own house.

You now distrust the politicians you voted for…why? Because you failed to hold them accountable for breaking the promises they made to you, in order to gain your vote, and maybe even your campaign donations.

You’re frustrated, even mad! GOOD! Join the club…Maybe this means you are ready to do something now.

The very first thing we had better do together is figure how to prevent the fraud that clearly happened in 2020 from happening again in 2022, at an even higher level.

How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022? Unless WE do something serious and fast, 2022 fraud promises to be worse than it was in 2020. If we do nothing, there will be no RED WAVE come November, despite an election cycle wherein the opposition party represents the most unpopular politicians in U.S. history. In fact, since every half-intelligent democrat in the country knows there is a RED WAVE the size of a tsunami headed their way, they may not even allow an election to take place, under another strategically planned “crisis” over the latest Donkey-virus or Global Marxist Climate Change hoax.

If you have any idea what the global Marxists are leading the world into, then you know, doing nothing isn’t even an option. Countries all over the globe are collapsing due to citizen uprisings. Economies are collapsing, as are many national currencies. Our own is teetering on the brink…

So, given that we only have two choices, one of which is no choice at all, what’s YOUR plan? WRITE ME DIRECT – If you’re not on the field, you’re not in the game!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Men of Courage, Men of Love

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

July 23, 2022

This essay is part of an upcoming book called
The Living Compass of Kindness and Compassionate Love:
Essays on Love, Beauty, and the Mystical Path, by the author.

~ Much of this essay applies to women as well because men and women share a divine source. Yet, since I am not a woman, and because I believe that men need to deeply explore this topic, I have addressed it to men.

When I sit on the rocks of the Maine coast, breathe in the fragrance of the ocean, and cast my gaze out to the horizon, I am reminded that I am part of something grander than myself. Life is more than toiling, hunched over one’s work, with four walls and a roof pressing against one’s soul.

With the magnificence of nature, I can rise above the muck of life and thrill in the revelation that my soul has no boundaries. My mind, my spirit, my soul, and my heart cannot be contained. The pain and brutality and meanness of life cannot stop the soaring freedom of our minds. When I commune with nature, I am convinced that we were created to become magnificent.

Jakob Böhme, the sixteenth-century German mystic, wrote, “In this light my spirit soon saw through all things, and in all creatures, in herb and grass, knew God—who He is, how He is, and what is His will.”[1] Quoting from the Upanishads, Rabindranath Tagore, the twentieth-century Indian poet, wrote that “everything has sprung from immortal life and is vibrating with life, for life is immense.”[2]

Life is immense, and we (both men and women) are meant to be immense and magnificent in our divinity. Yet, as Ralph Waldo Emerson wrote, “We but half express ourselves, and are ashamed of that divine idea which each of us represents.”[3] Too often, we find ourselves trapped by the strictures of society, by business rules that suffocate our souls. Men who seek to give flower to their innate divinity are brave creatures in a world that is usually too busy for such nonsense.

The magnificent divinity of men is not a popular topic. It has, however, an enthusiastic ally. Many women yearn for men to grow in their good-heartedness and internal character. I believe that women want their men to be strong, but to be strong in more than musculature. Being rescued by a knight is most rewarding when the knight’s armor is actually shining with the spiritual nobility of the man inside.

Men can relate to nobility. Who doesn’t want to be noble—a man “of an exalted moral or mental character or excellence”?[4] The dictionary offers synonyms for “noble,” such as “lofty, elevated, high-minded, virtuous, magnanimous, benevolent, honorable, humane, worthy, and meritorious.”[5]

Nobility will take us far. When I heard Legolas cry, “The horn of Gondor!” as he rushed to the aid of the embattled Boromir in the movie The Fellowship of the Ring,[6] my eyes filled with tears that might have come from ancestral knights who lived and died in valor. Every one of us has ancestors who lived noble lives, who may indeed be hoping that we inherit their nobility.

In our efforts to defend our wives, our families, and our lands, we have sometimes forgotten that our divinity is shared by all men, even by the enemies who attack us. The third-century scholar Rabbi Johanan bar Nappaha wrote, “The ministering angels wanted to sing a hymn at the destruction of the Egyptians, but God said: ‘My children lie drowned in the sea, and you would sing?’”[7]

Treating a vanquished enemy with compassion requires empathy, defined by the Collins English Dictionary as: “the power of understanding and imaginatively entering into another person’s feelings.”[8] Charging a hill against an aggressor who threatens our homes may not be an action that lends itself to empathy. Yet, when the battle is over, extending the hand of friendship can turn enemies into friends, as was demonstrated by the heightened friendship between the United States, Germany, and Japan after World War II.

Empathy is often ignored by men, who sometimes content themselves with winning and an external life of success. Doing so is a risky enterprise. In The Varieties of Religious Experience, William James wrote that life without “an eternal moral order” and “an immortal significance” will not end well. He wrote that creating a life surrounded by “the curdling cold and gloom and absence of all permanent meaning” will mean that “old age has the last word: the purely naturalistic look at life, however enthusiastically it may begin, is sure to end in sadness.”[9]

Fortunately, our lives do not have to be swathed in curdling cold and gloom. My artist mother told me that she often flew in her dreams. Whether we explore the universe in our dreams or simply in our imagination, the invisible realms beckon to us with the promise of illumination. The seventeenth-century physician Sir Thomas Browne could have been talking about quantum physics when he wrote, “Live unto the Dignity of thy Nature, and leave it not disputable at last, whether thou hast been a Man . . . Desert not thy title to a Divine particle and union with invisibles.”[10]

Like a title to an acre of land, have we been given the title to a divine particle that represents our point of birth within the magnificence of God? Are we in union with invisible aspects of the Divine? I believe so. I love the term “incarnational spirituality,” based on the view that every individual is a unique incarnation of the Divine. Meister Eckhart wrote that “things are all the same in God: they are God himself.”[11] Whatever our theologies may be, if we believe that an Intelligence created the universe, does it not make sense to view everything in creation as an aspect of the Divine?

Holding the title to a divine particle implies that each of us is formed from a specific blueprint or part of God that is unlike any other. If we delve within ourselves, searching for all the virtues that we can find, we will eventually discover magnificence. I no longer believe that God is “somewhere out there.” Instead, I believe that logic, intuition, and love all lead us to the inevitable conclusion that God not only lives inside us but also is us. My daily prayer contains the sentence, “Dear Beloved, You are all of me, and I am part of You.”

If God has no beginning, if God is omnipresent, if all energy is part of the fabric and body of God, then everything is God. I find it tremendously inspiring to look at nature and see the presence and manifestation of God. I have a deep love for trees for this reason. Even more inspiring is the thought that God is all of me, that God doesn’t just dwell in my heart but lives in every part of me. As we walk down the street, doesn’t God look through our eyes at the people in front of us? I have begun to feel like the driver of a car who suddenly realizes that he is a child, sitting in the lap of his parent, holding the steering wheel together with his parent. It is a thrilling, sobering, yet comforting realization that God is always present, even as He allows us to turn the wheel in the wrong direction.

When we turn the wheel toward darkness, we would do well to remember the words of the Hebrew Morning Service and whisper in our moments of despair, “O my God, the soul which Thou gavest me is pure.”[12]

Men today need to turn inward to the invisible realms to reclaim their magnificent divinity. Sir Thomas Browne advised men to “think of things long past, and long to come.”[13] Men have been proud of their ability to act, to be “doers,” and to solve problems. They have often been impatient with the idea that they need to stop and sit and think. Thus, their ability to contemplate empathy and explore their feelings—and then talk about them with others—has sometimes atrophied like a withered limb. How can a man become divine if he is unable to sense and articulate resonance with the attributes of divinity?

Contemplation doesn’t need to be esoteric. Contemplation involves awareness and meditative thought that we can engage in at any time. We can contemplate the reality and feelings of a waiter placing a dish of food in front of us. Building our empathic sense of love toward others starts with noticing them, with sensing their presence and internal world. In the Father Brown story “The Invisible Man,” G. K. Chesterton wrote that “nobody ever notices postmen.”[14] Why not? Both in the realm of quantum physics and incarnational spirituality, we and our postmen are connected. In the book Anam Cara, John O’Donohue wrote:

“If we believe that the body is in the soul and the soul is divine ground, then the presence of the divine is completely here, close with us. … Your senses link you intimately with the divine within you and around you. Attunement to the senses can limber up the stiffened belief and gentle the hardened outlook. It can warm and heal the atrophied feelings that are the barriers exiling us from ourselves and separating us from each other. Then we are no longer in exile from the wonderful harvest of divinity that is always secretly gathering within us.”[15]

Our desire to become men of empathy and men of love will be more quickly fulfilled when we remember that the means to the end are the same as the end. We reclaim our divinity as we progress along the path of love. It’s not a short path, and it’s often difficult, especially when we look in the mirror and realize how undivine we may have been. It is important to state that becoming a man of empathy and love requires courage and emotional strength. It requires indefatigable guts and fighting spirit, especially when we are challenged to love those with whom we emotionally struggle. Expressing love, over and over again, is not for the weak or faint of heart. To put it plainly, a “strong, masculine man” should add the quality of strong, compassionate love to his list of strengths so that he can tell himself: “I may be able to lift heavy weights, and I can fight the good fight, but I can also love people with compassion and kindness.”

When we are faced with the impact of our misdeeds, however small or large, we can once again find hope when we remember that our core, our golden core, is incorruptible. We can trust the deepest part of our heart, the part that bursts with an uncontrollable cry to the God who made us.

A most wonderful result of contemplating incarnational spirituality is that we can affirm that God’s incarnation as each of us allows us to say that “we”—meaning “God and I”—are love. We are transmitters of love together. We are sharing feelings of empathy together. God is always with us and is constantly encouraging the growth of every virtue, welling up from within our being. God is also leading our creativity, our uniqueness, and our brilliance.

With God as our ally and deepest soul mate, we can have confidence that our divinity will grow, fueled by our desire to give more and love more. As Emerson wrote, we can become “redeemers and benefactors.”[16] We can become purveyors of joy and manifest the prayer, “The God in me greets the God in you.” The women in our lives will be overjoyed to watch us flower.

As men of magnificent divinity, we will be able to resonate with and fulfill the words of Jan van Ruusbroec, the fourteenth-century Dutch mystic who wrote, “God in the depths of us receives God who comes to us: it is God contemplating God.”[17]

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

1. Jakob Böhme, quoted in the “Introduction,” by Joseph Bernhart, Translated by Willard R. Trask, in Theologia Germanica, possibly authored by Johannes de Francfordia. (New York, Pantheon, 1949), 28

Quote is from Jakob Böhme’s unfinished manuscript, Aurora. A slightly different translation is in: Jakob Böhme, Aurora, Translated by John Sparrow. (London, Printed by John Streater for Giles Calvert, 1656), Chapter 19, Item 13.

2. Rabindranath Tagore, ”The Relation of the Individual to the Universe,” in Sadhana: The Realization of Life.
(New York, Three Leaves Press, Doubleday, 2004), 17.

3. Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Self Reliance,” in Essays, First and Second Series.
(Boston and New York, The Houghton Mifflin Company, 1876), 48-49.

4. Random House Unabridged Dictionary, s.v. “noble (n.),” accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.dictionary.com/browse/noble.

5. Random House Unabridged Dictionary / Thesaurus, s.v. “noble (adj.),” accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.thesaurus.com/browse/noble.

6. The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring, directed by Peter Jackson.
(New Line Cinema / Wingnut Films, 2001), DVD (New Line Home Entertainment, 2002), 2:37:51-2:37:55

7. Rabbi Johanan, quoted in “The Nature and Character of God and His Relations with Man,” in A Rabbinic Anthology, ed. C. G. Montefiore and H. Loewe. (New York, Schocken Books, 1974), 52.

8. Collins English Dictionary, s.v. “empathy (n.),” in British English, accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/empathy.

9. William James, “The Sick Soul,” in The Varieties of Religious Experience.
(New York, University Books, 1963), 140-141.

10. Sir Thomas Browne, Christian Morals. (London, University Press, 1716), 77.

11. Meister Eckhart, “Riddance,” in Meister Eckhart, Vol. 1, ed. Franz Pfeiffer, Translated by C. de B. Evans. (London, John M. Watkins, 1924), 240.

12. “Morning Service,” in Abridged Prayer Book for Jews in the Army and Navy of the United States. (Philadelphia, The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1917), 3.

13. Browne, Christian Morals, 78.

14. G. K. Chesterton, “The Invisible Man,” in The Complete Father Brown.
(New York, Dodd, Mead & Company, 1951), 99.

15. John O’Donohue, “Toward a Spirituality of the Senses,” in Anam Cara: A Book of Celtic Wisdom. (New York, Harper Perennial, 2004), 59.

16. Emerson, Essays, First and Second Series, 49.

17. Jan van Ruusbroec, in An Anthology of Mysticism and Mystical Philosophy, ed. William Kingsland. (London, Methuen and Company Limited, 1927), 94.

Image Credit

“Saved.” Painting by Charles Vigor, 1891–1892
Oil on canvas, Height: 195.58 cm, Width: 134.62 cm.
Image Courtesy of The Firefighters Memorial Trust
Southampton, England, United Kingdom

The Specter of White Genocide, Part 1

By Sidney Secular

July 22, 2022

It’s a slow building spectacle. The momentum is momentous as gravity gives it gravitas. The snowball is snowballing as it careens downhill to bury Whites. There are just the sounds of silence as we remain silent about our fate. White America stands on the cusp of oblivion, of annihilation in the plain literal sense. It’s not hyperbole to state that the White race is racing towards extinction — not just demographic conquest and dispossession; not just humiliation, discrimination. and civil rights abuses, but EXTINCTION with the likelihood of attendant violence. We’ve been oblivious to oblivion, but hopefully, the instinct of self-preservation will kick in, in time to turn the tide, to stop the careen into the abyss. We have to recognize this reality and not retreat from it. The starting point and time to end this mindless madness must be now because it is mere minutes to Midnight before the permanent night of extinction ensues. We have to work backwards up a difficult slope from where we presently are or we will slide further downhill as the West further devolves.

Once immigration began, a transformation of the basically White world of the US to the Third World in 1965 ensured. That meant the end of the so-called “melting pot” in which hitherto various European ethnicities could meld together rather seamlessly and assimilate into an altogether different White reality represented by the bounty and boundless boundary/frontier testing spirit of America. Instead, there could now be only an inevitable meltdown as the new totally foreign elements added an untenable type of diversity in which the ingredients cannot mesh together into an edible stew. This new recipe led to a cheesy imitation of the America designed by the founders that flounders along without the necessary moral compass of a common religious or cultural base to keep it on track. As the foreign elements increased as a percentage of the overall stew, the founding stock was increasingly charged as having egg on its face by the race hustlers as they unfairly “eggzaturated” and mischaracterized alleged past misdeeds of the native White stock. Every defect, deficiency, or even duplicity of the newcomers and the never-to-be-satisfied – and never acculturated Blacks – could be palmed off or blamed on non-existent “white privilege” or the nearly non-existent “white supremacism,” a figment of the imagination of fervid and fevered minds. Once the foreigners achieved sufficient clout and cred, assimilation could be thrown under the bus by the leftists who were now in the driver’s seat in their drive for “diversity”. Senseless equality of outcomes was the natural outcome of trying to satisfy all foreign comers and non-white up-and-comers regardless of their native capabilities and IQs.

There is an unfortunately common talking and take-off point that dominates mainstream conservatism, a.k.a. civic nationalism, mainstream patriotism, inclusive populism, cuckservatism, neo-conservatism, Americanism, etc. – and it is that the ruling classes or deep staters are conjuring up racial division out of whole cloth in order to keep us divided and thus easier to control and manipulate. These dupes and possible “duplicitives” include such icons as Rush, Tucker Carlson, Dennis Prager, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck, et al. All are in thrall to explain that they are not racists and therefore should be taken seriously. They are akin to the Marxists who are in thrall with the classic class and economic distinctions of rich vs, poor, or the haves vs, the have-nots or, as in post modernism – the “new” Marxism – the oppressed and the oppressor. They see these dichotomies as fractious factions. The reason for sticking with these ingrained talking points is that the average conservative cannot admit to himself that the 20th Century experiment in multiracial egalitarian democracy was not only a catastrophic failure, but in fact was doomed from the get-go. Going along with the flood-like flow of the “main- stream,” the term “racist’ has been turned into the epithet that elicits the most revulsion and repulsion, and mainstream conservatism has been caught up in the flood of going along to get along “sickophantism”. Even a serial killer like necrophile cannibal Jeffrey Dahmer didn’t mind being called any kind of monster except “racist.” Bush league George W. Bush groveled to a point lower than a snake’s belly when Kanye West accused him of not caring about Black people in connection with the Hurricane Katrina fiasco in which the true nature of most Blacks became apparent.

Discrimination occurs when a dominant group uses legal structures and political power to exclude weaker groups from full participation in society. A parasitic ruling class today exercises all but total dominance over media, finance, business, academia, science and government – a dominance enhanced through ethnic and other networking – and is indeed engaged in a coordinated effort to disenfranchise White Americans from society. This strategy has been called “Jim Snow.” Through affirmative action and the forced and foolish diversity enhancement schemes that followed, White men were and are systemically and systematically excluded from or underrepresented in work forces and university admissions across the class spectrum. There are seemingly an unlimited number of government contract, grant, and welfare programs for all so-called minorities, but none specifically for Whites while the other such programs specifically exclude them. There are programs to promote economic development in certain areas with high concentrations of unemployment or “underemployment” that happen to be predominantly White areas, but the thrust is not to assist Whites per se. Whites have had taxation without specific representation for almost the entire life of the country, but in a pronounced manner since about 1965 when the immigration system was rigged against them. In fact, we are literally expected to provide for our own replacement by minorities in individual cases when ordered by employers to train our replacements to meet affirmative action and diversity program goals. Many laid-off white employees who refuse to train their replacements are denied the severance packages that came with their employment contract. In my personal experience, my late “significant other” quit her job rather than comply with this indignity, especially since it was apparent she would be more competent than her replacement.

As if that was not disturbing enough, in connection to the artificial and engineered COVID calamity we have witnessed the emergence of medical discrimination with treatment for non-whites being prioritized. Integration didn’t stop the Blacks from wanting to stick to their own kind in social and educational environments, so it’s demand is gradually being phased out. “Reverse segregation” seems to be seeping into society in which contact with Whites is frowned upon lest the overly sensitive Blacks suffer discomfort from claimed but concocted cases of micro-aggression. Universities, which lead the charge into nihilism, are setting aside dormitories where Whites are not welcome and are increasingly offering race-specific graduation ceremonies for non-Whites. A movement to create and foster White student unions at a few universities a few years ago met opposition from the usual suspects and was abandoned when the prerequisite faculty sponsors would not volunteer to steer the efforts. Whites are absolutely not permitted to exclude non-Whites from anything while non-Whites are privileged and encouraged to exclude Whites from their “spaces.” There are no fields of endeavor or even social activities where Whites can have the field to themselves without non-whites butting/horning in and forcing their acceptance even if it takes legal action to do so. When they do so it is celebrated as a special conquest or worthy achievement. Freedom of association as discussed in another article in this newsletter has long gone by the boards. It’s disappearance was a catalyst in the current efforts to break up White social assembly and coherence. NASCAR, the country music scene, winter sports, and even hockey are the latest victims of this movement to deny Whites a sense of self/racial consciousness and a sense that they have any special talents or a history of special achievement.

At a certain stage of genocide, dehumanization and polarization affect the victim group. This stage is far advanced in the US and Europe. When this stage is reached, the very humanity of the targeted group is denied as a prerequisite for overcoming the natural revulsion against mass murder. Hate propaganda is deployed to demonize and depersonalize the target group with the aim of implanting the germ of a growing idea that “we would be better off without them.” This is especially visible in the present war against history in which the glories of Western – that is White – Civilization is being slowly cancelled. At present, you can now get away with saying anything about Whites, no matter how dark, brutal, or gruesome in what used to be their countries. When this phenomenon gets embedded in comedy routines, you know the situation isn’t funny anymore, because the perps are trying to make you laugh it off and not take it seriously. Jokes about dumb blondes were a forerunner of this seeming folderol. We could trot out one example after another. but two cases are illustrative of what “goes down”.

Black Rutgers University professor Brittney Cooper, at an event where the opening address was delivered by impostor President Joe Biden, celebrated the decline of white birthrates. In her own words, she said White birthrates are falling so precipitously “because they cannot afford to put newer generations into the middle class or sustain their own lives and that Whites deserved to go extinct!” Indeed, she’d like to accelerate the pace declaring that her fellow Blacks “gotta take the m– – – f– – – ers out.” Rutgers and the pres-iding Biden refused to condemn the remarks. At the Yale School of Medicine, Pakistani psychiatrist Anna Khilanani fantasized along the same lines, waxing lyrical about “unloading a revolver into the head of any White person that gets in my way, burying their body and wiping my bloody hands as I walked away guiltless with a bounce in my step, like I did the world a favor.” She referred to Whites as “demented, violent predators”. Jon Leibowitz — more commonly known by his crypsis name, Jon Stewart – recently hosted a program called “The Problem With White People” in which he insidiously ranted against White farmers and their “resentment” in South Africa for being dispossessed of their farmlands and murdered in the process. This has overtones of the Holodomor. Every day, on every news program, on every talk show, in every classroom, in every boardroom, in every government office, Whites are spoken about in language that cannot be describes as anything other than genocidal.

The words that typically surround “racism” and racist are intentionally pathological and medicalized – such as “virulent”. Racism is inherently characterized as a White phenomenon of which other races are deemed incapable. Dozens of municipalities across the country have declared “racism” to be a “public health emergency.” With the advent of the medical tyranny and the vast concentration of power and influence that medical bureaucracies now have, as enhanced by the COVID power grab that has gone “viral,” making ‘racism” into a disease could give diseased minds more latitude to consider Whites as pathogens or pathogenic purveyors of a kind of mental disease.

Cultural genocide and the bad-mouthing of Whites would be the natural forerunners of physical genocide. Before they slaughter us, they have to grind our heroes into the dust, take down our statues, strip us of our roots and turn our callow, immature and strident children against us. By denying us our history and legacies, they deny us our identity and roots, and thus leaving us without a sense of community and purpose. Their actions constitute a sublimated rage of what they would like to do to us if they could get their hands on us and get away with it – and the fact is, that such a situation is now definitely possible!

The cucked “Republicants” led the charge against Southern history. National Review celebrated the cultural destruction of the South. Of course, that was just a “prelewd” to the obliteration of all White history and the falsification of what remains to meet the new memes. History itself is not thought of as an important subject to study since it is more or less the story of what Whites have done and so it is disappearing from college curricula. It is “his-story’ and not enough “her-story” anyway. Politically incorrect books are being removed from purchase from Amazon and mainstream outlets. Universities and public libraries in general are removing old history books and even classics from circulation. Many books considered essential reading until recently are now banned as racist or sexist or not meeting the new Communist program and so are subject to an “ink-quisition”. Diversity of opinion dies as uniformity and conformity become de rigueur. Many classics wind up as cheap reads in Salvation Army, Goodwill Industries, and other thrift store book sections as libraries donate them for tax write-offs so as to survive in an environment in which people hardly read books anymore. Thrift stores do a surprising amount of on-line mailorder sales of discarded books sold through Amazon and E-bay. At least the classics can become affordable reads for people with diminishing real incomes and some real sense that way.

The teaching of American history has already been fundamentally anti-white for several generations. Slavery, the Holocaust (TM), and the “civil rights” movement together with anything else to enhance white guilt, dominate the dialogue. Middle schools in teaching the history of their particular state frequently turn these courses into muddled diatribes of politically correct poop.

With the forced adoption of anti-white Critical Race Theory, government schools and no small number of private and “Christian” schools have transformed into full-fledged torture camps for the brainwashing of White children. As a result, these children come home in tears, ashamed of their race and angry at their parents for bringing them into the world. The brutal elimination of white identity is surely a significant factor in the increasing incidence of race mixing and the large number of abortions that result therefrom. For lack of any normal identity, the increasing number of children identifying as the weird LGBT and other hard to believe sexual oddities under the grooming regimen of their predator teachers, nurses, counselors and psychiatrists is a metastasizing lunacy launched by the left. Sometimes it becomes for younger children especially a matter of gaining approval of the culture through gender choice if one’s race is unacceptable! Children need acceptance and if they cannot change their race, they can always change their gender – or so they’re told.

If you turn on the TV or flip through a magazine, you’ll flip over the number of Blacks featured in the ads. I have a dream that one day I can stop seeing Blacks as role models and being elevated to the top of the social pyramid. If you see a White in an ad, they are most likely to be homosexual, in an interracial relationship, have friends that are all the “united colors of Benetton,” are morbidly obese, or are cast in a subservient or secondary role. Healthy, strong especially White males are persona non grata in the advertising industry. The overarching purpose of ads is to more often than not reinforce the “new normal” culture, sell darkness or smut, sell big pharma’s bag of faddish cures or vanity-driven beauty products or advertise travel or cruise opportunities to people who don’t know what to do with their ill-gotten gains. Of even more concern, Hollywood churns out big-budget film and TV productions which glorify violence against Whites. “Inglorious Basterds,” “Django Unchained,” “Unchained,” Get out,” “Hunters” and “Watchmen” are examples of this degenerate genre and are exercises in genocidal pre-programming. There are many films that make fun of whites, showing them as inferior to Blacks despite being socially superior. One such film was “The Help” which contain a situation in which a black employee gave her white employer a pie made with her own feces! White heroes, both fictional and historical, are now routinely recast as non-white. Whites are not permitted to visualize themselves via movies or TV as doing anything notable or noble. Often these depictions are ridiculous, such as BBC’s black Anne Boleyn or Netflix’s black Viking Queen. Such is the atrocious ignorance of modern audiences that such trash is not consigned to the trash bin by critics and those with some supposed sense or sense of propriety. Humiliation is the key, erasing us from our own history, stealing our achievements and crediting others with them.

We have allowed sex perverts and our racial enemies to define American culture for a century, our reality shaped by those who want us dead or hollow shells of ourselves. We have been redefined as a nearly untouchable caste, but our women are still the envy of the other races for their beauty and so are raped in enormous numbers creating great dangers to themselves that they do not appreciate since many have not been made aware of the dangers they face by a news media that spike any stories that do not conform to the new narrative.

We know police departments, intelligence agencies, and the military have been severely compromised with an anti-white mindset, at least at the upper levels. The process started during the Obama Administration, accelerated while Trump was in office, and is being finalized under the Biden regime. The degree to which the rank-and-file have been penetrated or compromised is still uncertain. Unbelievably, we know that non-white criminal gangs have long penetrated the military, that recruitment standards continue to fall (we examined the situation at West Point in a previous newsletter), and that the military academies are indistinguishable from civilian universities in their commitments to leftism and anti-white diversity, which are fervently promoted from on high by the Pentagon (Pentagram?). As well, we know that the military’s COVID vaxx injection mandates are being used to drive out conservative, independently-minded White men.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

What is Happening To Us in America?

By Glynn Adams

July 22, 2022

Hopefully, I am going to answer what is happening to us in America but in the process of doing that, I am going to drop some bombshells on you!!! The first bombshell is if you are currently in a church system, whether denominational, Pentecostal, or Protestant, we are being lied to. We are lying to ourselves, our flesh is lying to us, our church systems are lying to us, the pastors as well as the false pastors are lying to us, the world is lying to us, and Satan is lying to us. Following Jesus is not all about going to a church building, peace, love, comfort, and ease. It’s about war, resisting Satan, and the consequences if we neglect obedience to our King and if we refuse to resist evil against Satan and the powers of darkness.

Churches in America have become like the Prodigal Son in Luke 15:11-32, who left the covering and authority of the Father to escape his responsibilities of being a son. It’s called religion. There is no difference in ending up in the pig pen and in religion. In the First Century, Jesus encountered religion of the Scribes and Pharisees. They used the name of God, the Old Testament Scriptures, the Law, prayed, and thought they were spiritual but religion only see things from their point of view and not God’s!! These religious had their own way worked out and no one was going to change it not even the Son of God. That is where we are today in America – in a pig pen of made up religious matrix that is deadly to our nation!!! [See: Enemies Within the Church]

What separates religion today and the church Jesus said He would build is we are to live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God, we don’t pick and choose what Scriptures we obey or ignore – we teach and preach the whole council of God. We are direct representatives of Jesus Christ on this earth and we are to be conformed into the image and likeness of Jesus Christ, we seek first the Kingdom of God because that is the message Jesus preached, the Kingdom conduct He exhibited,, and the Kingdom Ministry He expects us to do – to the lost, those in bondage, those who are hungry, thirsty, in prison, and hurting. We are to assume and carry out our spiritual responsibilities in the Word of God,- be a witness, go make disciples, teaching them to observe all that I commanded you, cast out demons, bring down demonic strongholds, heal the sick, resist evil, and resist anyone exalting themselves against the Word of God.

We will never obey God and “do His will on earth as it is done in heaven” until we will within ourselves to do it. The Prodigal Son was in the pig pen and He willed in his heart to return to the Father. Jesus knew the pain and suffering that was ahead of Him at the Cross so He went to Gethsemane and there He won the battle before Him because Jesus wills, “Thy will be done” with God for it to happen. The one who wills with God will pray and find God fights His battles through His Body of believers on earth.

Where has religion taken us in America? God has a moral compass but religion in America has no moral compass for our culture. Demonic occults and heretical sects are multiplying and gaining power in America. Drugs that blow the mind and kill have taken captive many of the upcoming generations. Enemy attacks has brought its casualties in every part of life in America – the corporate life, the family, the educational system, the judicial system, and even the church. The pattern of religion being practiced in America today is to compromise, to tolerate evil, remain silent, passive, and to break away from God’s fixed moral standards. The picture our religious churches present today is a bunch of cowards on the defensive, huddled in their church buildings but never on the offense resisting Satan and his demonic powers of darkness!! For whoever wishes to save his life shall lose it but whoever loses his life for MY sake shall find it. For what will a man be profited if he gains the whole world and forfeits his soul?” (Matthew 16:25)

Those in religion protecting themselves has allowed a flood of evil to pour into this nation and at the same time, the passivity of these in religion as they view what is happening to us in America, their ignorance is clearly seen that they are not aware of the part God expects them to play in his warfare against Satan. In these last days, Satan knows his time is running out but the Body of Christ sees no need to resist evil but seek détente, coexistence, tolerance, and peace through compromise!!! You can be set free from religion right now by willing what the Prodigal willed!!! In God’s world, this is called repentance; religion has no such word. A warning from Jesus in Matthew 5:20, “That unless your righteousness surpasses that of the Scribes and Pharisees, you shall not enter the kingdom of heaven.” HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

Here is the second bombshell of truth. While the Word of God calls us sons, another function we have as a member of the Body of Christ, is that of a warrior. Religion teaches us nothing about being a warrior or spiritual warfare because religious people cannot see a war going on. But the Bible has many Scriptures that a constant war is going on between God/Satan, heaven/hell, and between our flesh and Satan, and between all members of the Body of Christ and Satan. In our religion we are being lied to. Our false pastors tell us that following Jesus is comfortable and all about love, peace, ease, and we are not required to resist evil. That is a lie from hell from a false pastor trying to grow his church larger and is not equipping anyone for resisting evil or any type of spiritual warfare!!!

Some pastors and some in the Body of Christ are resisting evil in this nation. As warriors for Christ, we understand completely the mandate and danger associated with resisting evil and spiritual warfare. The Bible and world history of the saints in every age have recorded the exploits of brave men and women in resisting Satan in spiritual warfare. At His Gethsemane struggle, the Lord Jesus teaches us two important things: “Submit to God” and “resist the devil.” Those who will within themselves to obey God and resist evil make themselves available as a willing instrument, ready for His use in His warfare. We have to will to the teaching of Scripture about our part in the spiritual warfare;

The vocabulary of leaving the church building and going on the offense to attack Satan and his powers of darkness is not popular today. Some in the Body of Christ are prayer warriors who will mount up in the full assurance of faith that they are indeed “seated with Christ in heavenly places.” And then from this position move to resist the enemy and “they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb and because of the word of their testimony and they did not love their life even to death.” (Revelation 12:11)

The Bible is absolutely full of spiritual warfare and resisting Satan in the Bible. One-third of the ministry of Jesus on this earth was resisting Satan in the wilderness to defeating him on the cross. Part of the Kingdom of God ministry Jesus did was casting out demons, and healing the sick of which many were caused by Satan. This war started in Genesis 3 with Adam and Eve. God in Genesis 3:15, pronounced war on Satan, “And I will put enmity between you and the woman and between your seed and her seed; He shall bruise you on the head and you shall bruise him on the heel.” This prophecy came true at the cross with the crucifixion of Christ and this defeated Satan.

The Old Testament is about spiritual warfare and how to defeat your enemies. The warrior and soldier role is pictured for us throughout the Old and New Testaments. The history of the saints of God in every age is one of conflict. The pathway the disciples’ of Christ trends as they follow the Lord is one of certain warfare. The victory on the cross over the powers of evil by Jesus and its application in the world of men is now in the hands of the Body of Christ on earth and the bitter enmity of Satan is now directed against the Body of Christ in order to vent his bitterness against the Head through the members of His Body. Now, let me ask you a question: Are you expressing the enmity God put between the devil and the church’s Head? Or, are you seeking détente, coexistence, and peace through compromise? If you are refusing to resist Satan where you are and in the nation in which you live, then you are committing a blatant sin against Jesus and the cross!!! “Silence in the face of evil is evil in itself and God will not hold you guiltless. Not to speak is to speak; not to act is to act.” (Dietrich Bonhoeffer)

Do you remember the prayer Jesus gave us, “Thy kingdom come, thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven.” Here is how God’s work is being done God’s way, God wills it in heaven and man wills it on earth. Whether you want to believe it or not, we are God’s warriors and soldiers. In Matthew 10:1, Jesus gave the disciples authority over unclean demonic spirits. In Matthew 10:16, “Behold I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves; therefore be shrewd as serpents and innocent as doves.” Paul says we are more than conquerors in Christ….We always triumph in Jesus Name all military terms, Paul says in 2 Timothy, 2:3, “Suffer hardship with me as a good soldier of Christ Jesus.

The last bombshell of truth is we must get the true facts straight here. Always remember, God does not tolerate His followers to blame others for our blatant, disobedient failures!!! The reason America has been captured and overtaken by evil is the Body of Christ in America has blatantly refused to fight against evil or to take a stand against evil or to resist evil. That is religion. Don’t you dare blame the Democrats and Occult New World Order for what has happened to us in America!!! They are only useful idiots following and obedient to their god who has been defeated. If the Body of Christ in America, who has access to the power of God, had been following and obedient to our God, we would not have ALLOWED Satan and the New World Order demonic occults to steal and capture this nation and make it a dwelling place for demons!!! We have been lied to by our pastors and to ourselves. Whenever Jesus sends His faithful followers out as lambs among wolves, that is not comfort, ease, or peaceful; that is spiritual warfare!!! It is truly a proven fact, “If you do not resist evil, evil will overtake you.”

The America we grew up in the 40s, 50s, 60s, and 70s is gone. The only way we will get it back is a sovereign move of God and a Great Awakening among the people in America!!! Our Founding Fathers gave us a Republic where WE THE PEOPLE determine what kind of government we will have and warned us we cannot maintain a Republic without a moral and righteous people. We have had many failures that has led up to the cause of what is happening to us in America today. The false pastor and too many has embraced an easy religion having forsaken the ways of God plus we have not tended to our Republic form of government. We have been lied to by false pastors and religion which requires no accountability. We ignore Scripture, we disobey Scripture at will and we think nothing of it. In America, we disregard a sermon or an article and we choose not to obey it or disregard what we heard. To God that is serious but to Americans not so. We don’t understand the Sovereignty of God or King Jesus. When they speak through the Word or Holy Spirit, that is law and we have no opinion or private interpretation of it, but to obey it…period!!! We conveniently forget that accountability will eventually come to everyone!!!

Many of the faithful will press on to the high calling of Christ and keep on resisting this evil overtaking our nation. It is sad that so many people are blind and cannot see their false pastors and their false religion!!! My prayer is we will wake up before it is too late!!! God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the insight of R. Arthur Matthew and his book, “Born to Battle.”

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022?

By Lex Greene

July 21, 2022

The short answer is, worse than in 2020.

It’s no secret that the Biden (Obama 3.0) administration is the most unpopular administration in U.S. history, and for plenty of good reasons. No previous administration has ever created such a huge dumpster fire across the country and around the world in such a short period of time.

Clearly, Joe Biden lacks the mental capacity to read a teleprompter correctly, much less run anything, or even know where he is, or why, most of the time. Kamala Harris is even worse than Biden, but not due to late stage dementia. She’s always been dumber than a box of rocks. Biden is down to a 28% approval rating, but Kamala is even lower.

So, Americans predicting a “red wave” on November 8^th can read these tea leaves and draw the conclusion that democrats across the country will be politically slaughtered in the 2022 mid-terms. But there’s a key element to that prediction that most are ignoring…we don’t have legitimate elections.

2020 isn’t the first time democrats worked to perfect the art of stealing an election. In 2000, they tried to seat Al Gore in the Oval Office by denying the certification of the overseas Military vote, while knocking “hanging chads” from paper ballots on the floor in endless Florida recounts…A fraudulent process eventually stopped by the U.S. Supreme Court.

All the way back in 1936, the Democrat E. H. Crump political machine based in Memphis, which controlled much of Tennessee, extended to McMinn County with the introduction of Paul Cantrell as the Democratic candidate for sheriff. Cantrell engaged in electoral fraud, both by intimidating voters who voted against him, and by allowing ineligible people to vote. The U.S. Department of Justice had investigated allegations of electoral fraud in McMinn County in 1940, 1942, and 1944, but had never taken any action.

But by 2020, the Democrat Party had perfected a plethora of election fraud methods and they used all of them, making the 2020 elections the most fraudulent election in human history! The entire world knows it, and they can’t figure out why Americans have allowed it to stand.

For decades, the Democrat Party has been cheating in elections, by any means necessary. The Republican Party has allowed it to continue for decades, in part due to a legal agreement called a Consent Decree, which the GOP made with the Democrat Party back in 1982. Since 1982, the Republican Party had been legally prohibited from contesting elections due to suspected vote fraud. Of course, Republican voters and donors never agreed to any such thing, and most never even knew about it. A Federal Court allowed that agreement to expire in 2018, just ahead of the mid-terms.

Still, with massive fraud on open global display in the 2020 elections, the Republican Party sat quiet as the worst administration in U.S. history stole the White House and numerous Congressional seats in broad daylight, or the dark of night when it came to after-hours DNC ballot drops at key swing state distracts, captured on film. Republican Vice President Mike Pence participated in the steal and continues to participate in the coverup, as do many other Republican officials, the worst among them, Liz Cheney (WY) and Mitt Romney (UT).

Countless groups have worked around the clock to evidence and expose the massive 2020 fraud since, as all news networks and both political parties continue to deny any wrongdoing even today. The evidence isn’t just compelling, it’s overwhelming, despite an obvious effort to cover it all up.

So, just how bad will the democrat party fraud be in November 2022?

Well, when there are no consequences for committing massive election fraud in front of the entire world, there is no reason to stop committing that fraud. In fact, it encourages the cheaters to up the ante in election after election until someone finally puts a stop to it. All they needed was a little cover, such as the fake COVID19 scamdemic used to open up unverifiable mail-in and drop box balloting, along with illegal ballot harvesting and election machine hacking. It worked once, so they will most surely do it again!

Because nothing at all has been done about the fraud in 2020, there is no reason to expect that democrats won’t continue that practice in 2022. No one in the USA has successfully challenged their crimes.

How far are they willing to go in 2022?

Again, the short answer is, however far they need to go to make sure they retain political power after November. Nothing, and I do mean NOTHING AT ALL, is off the table in 2022.

Democrats know they are highly unpopular today, even among many lifelong democrats who foolishly voted for them in 2020. They know they have no chance of legitimately winning any election this November. As a result, they also know that they will have to cheat more in 2022 than they did in 2020 and they are already doing it across the country.

Will democrats use all of the fraudulent methods they used in 2020? YES
Will they launch another scamdemic to force unverifiable voting? YES
Will they continue to ratchet up war with Russia in Ukraine? YES
Will they continue to sell USA resources to Communist China? YES
Will they continue to demolish the US Military? YES
Will they continue to put illegal invaders and convicts on the streets everywhere? YES
Will they continue to target all law enforcement and border agents? YES
Will they continue to threaten and attack all Constitutionally Protected Rights? YES
Will they continue to destroy our schools and churches? YES
Will they continue to flood the USA with bioweapons and fentanyl? YES
Will they continue to plant terror cells in every city? YES
Will they continue to intentionally destroy our economy? YES
Will they continue to cause massive inflation and supply chain shortages? YES
Will they do all they can to cause a total economic collapse before November? YES
Will they continue to unleash Marxist terrorists like BLM and ANTIFA on the public? YES
Will they use “false flag” events to gaslight unsuspecting citizens? YES
Will they use the Military against Citizens if need be? YES
Will they continue to create a never ending stream of “emergencies” to win? YES
Will they continue to lie to win? YES

All the above is a known given… no need for any imagination, since we have watched democrats do it all for many years.

The democrat party also teaches their candidates in RED districts in open primary states, to run on Republican tickets. They also teach democrat voters to cross over in open GOP primaries to vote for the republican candidate, whom they want to run against in the general election.

Even worse, the democrat party is spending millions on republican candidates in open republican primaries, just to manipulate GOP elections and hand pick the candidate they think they can defeat in the general elections.

And of course, there is nothing new about global nation-wreckers like Nazi George Soros spending billions to manipulate elections from the top of the ballot to the bottom, coast to coast.

Will they flood our country with criminals and terrorists from every 3^rd world toilet, replacing uncontrollable Americans with easily controllable 3^rd world voters? YES

In my opinion, they are even willing to sponsor mass shootings, BLM and ANTIFA riots, or even nuke U.S. cities with dirty bombs they can blame on Putin, just to retain their ill-gotten power in an election year they are doomed to lose BIG! These criminals are highly capable of doing anything to retain power and any casualties of their crimes are acceptable collateral damage to whatever they deem necessary.

So, how bad will election fraud be in 2022?

Far worse than in 2020, and this time, they won’t limit their tactics to merely stuffing and stealing votes. They are desperate, and desperate people are very dangerous.

Unless American Citizens make it their business to do whatever it takes to secure the November elections, a RED WAVE remains highly unlikely, despite running against the most unpopular administration in U.S. history. There are many things the people can and should do to turn the tide, they just have to do it.

I work with TNALC.org that just released their most recent Citizen Call to Action. Anyone can do this, and everyone should, unless you have already surrendered. More action items will be issued by the group, so get connected with us to get properly engaged.

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Crazier and Crazier

by Lee Duigon

July 21, 2022

I have found the El Dorado of idiocy, the pot of pure twaddle at the end of the rainbow. Check it out.

“A new school of thought within archaeology pushes scientists to think twice about assigning gender to ancient human remains”.

A “school of thought”? Did they say “thought”? Wrong word, sunshine! If you have “thoughts” like this, you need a new brain.

And as for “assigning gender” to skeletons—well, God already did that, back when He created them. Nevertheless, as reported by The College Fix, “Anthropologists [Is that what they are?] call for an end to classifying human remains by biological gender.”

Why? You’re gonna love this. Because “they cannot gauge how a person identified at the time.” They can’t ask the skeletons which “gender” they “identified as” when they were alive—as if there were a bunch of Cro-Magnon men claiming to be women and demanding the right to compete in women’s sports.

This is the work of “gender activists” calling themselves The Trans Doe Task Force. Every pack of nincompoops has to have a task force or the other ninnies won’t take them seriously. Just to make sure we understand how the times they are a-changin’, they put quotes around “male” and “female” to remind us there are no such things.

It’s like someone, somewhere, threw a goofy switch and turned on all the crazy. So we have a Supreme Court justice who says she doesn’t know what a woman is, and the president of a “women’s law” society who says yeah, she’s a woman—because that’s what she “identifies as.” Saying so makes it so, as far as she’s concerned. And we have Church of England bishops who say that they don’t know, either.

Are they trying to erase women? Is there something about women that just plain freaks them out?

These are people who are supposedly adults, many of whom occupy highly-paid, high-profile, high-prestige positions in both the public and the private sectors. They can’t all be lunatics—can they? They can’t possibly be that ignorant. So either they’re simply saying things they know are not true, or something else more sinister is going on with them.

Let me propose a challenge. Is there anyone out there who can give a reason, even a thumping silly reason, why we should be doing this, and how we can possibly benefit from it in any way, even a galloping ridiculous way? Don’t be shy—give us a reason!

Once upon a time, in the middle of the 19^th century, the Xhosa people in southern Africa thought they could run the British out of Africa—but only if they first killed off all their livestock (this was history’s first Green New Deal) and burnt up all their crops. A (ahem!) prophetess told them this, and they believed her, so they did what she advised.

And starved very nearly to extinction. And the British colonists stayed.

It’s dangerous to listen to preposterously bad advice. And if it’s not actively a threat to life, it can at least be absurd, shameful, comical, and an assault on sanity and dignity.

We are getting that kind of advice here and now, in the 21^st century. The world’s on fire with it. Our ruling class has lost its marbles. Have you seen video of the massive riots in Sri Lanka that chased its president out of the country? That could be us. Or Canada, or the Netherlands, or Australia. SloJo Biden is not the only world leader who’s gone non compos mentis.

“Male and female created He them.” They want to tear down God’s creation and replace it with their own.

The people of Sri Lanka have rebelled against insane government policies that were reducing them to poverty and want. Our government, in addition to creating food and energy and baby formula shortages, is trying to poison us with “gender fluid.” Pushing transgender as if their lives depended on it.

This has to stop. It really has to stop.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit… before they come for your gender. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Bloody Hill

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

July 21, 2022

www.stophate.com

They have lied to us. Our government I am speaking about.

The government-media complex is one of the most wicked partnerships in the history of this nation.

Lie. That is all that they do. They have seized the levers of power and all they do is lie to advance their Luciferian agenda.

They hide the Truth. Censor the Truth. Deny the Truth. Ignore the Truth. Their father is a liar and they are doing his handiwork.

America is a nation under siege. The enemies are within the gates. They occupy the positions of power throughout every area of this nation. The Media. Education. Entertainment. Medicine. Religion.

Lies rule the day. The bigger the lie the more convincing it is. Government would never harm you. Science is honest. Education is moral. Churches are apolitical. Lies. All lies.

Churches are bought. Pulpits have been pilfered. Pastors are cowardly. The Bible calls them “ignorant…dumb dogs…afraid to bark…loving to slumber…greedy dogs…” [See the DVD, “Enemies Within the Church“]

I’m sick of it. You should be too.

But you listen to the boys on TV. They call themselves “conservatives” yet they hide the Truth. They talk about Jan 6 as an “insurrection” as if 2 million men and women marching on Washington is some kind of crime. They poison your brain. They tell you there is nothing wrong…that it is all in your head. That you are a conspiracy theorist…that the pharmaceutical companies can be trusted.

Prices are sky-rocketing…fuel is off the charts…shelves are thinning…Build Back Better is the way forward. Fake News. Fake Genders. Fake Conservatives.

They are poisoning the mind of your children. Perverts are trolling for your children in public schools. You wink and nod as they explain their sexual perversion is normal. You are the screwed up one. You are the bigot. You are the hate monger as they cram debauchery into the minds of our young children. And, get away with it!

I could go on and on. Lies are everywhere you look and the church won’t even stand up and fight for Truth. Accepting perversion is “loving” as they deviants judge you for judging them.

Divide and conquer is the oldest trick in the book. They shut down the churches. They told you to stay at home. They destroyed small businesses while Big Box stores thrived. You took the jab. You gave it to your children. Now they are sick. Many are dying. Most are damaged. It is only the beginning.

Biden was never elected. Use your damn brain. It has all been a sham.

They told us they were going to do it. We didn’t believe them. We trusted our “elected” officials even though many of them were never elected. We looked the other way. We cowered in fear…still do…afraid that one of your friends might call you a name.

Pussies. Cowards. Idiots. Fools. What name would you use for the average American?

Your prissy pastor…if you still go to church…hides behind the pulpit while evil flourishes right outside the door. He (or she…not much difference) won’t mix the “sacred with the secular” or mix “religion and politics” as the Devil eats our children. We were warned.

“The only thing necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.” Are there any good men anymore? How do you recognize them? Where do you find them? Do good men EVER push back? How did the average American male become so womanly?

Womanly. We have a Supreme Court justice who cannot define woman. She, a woman, either lied or is ignorant. Both should disqualify her. We appoint “crossdressers” to the highest offices in the land. We act as if this behavior is normal.

They are sick. No wait…WE ARE SICK for tolerating this horse manure. We let them eat us alive. We cower in the corner afraid to defend Truth. They destroy everything that is good. We applaud their debauchery. We know the Truth but refuse to defend it. We fold easier than a grandmother’s bra.

We are pansies. Christian men are effeminate and cowardly. Hooked on porn and sports…unwilling to defend their faith and their family. Living by lies. Trump is coming back. Everything is going to be fine!

Fools. Damn fools. Dumb dogs. Afraid to bark.

I’m going to give you an opportunity to get involved. A chance to awaken your friends.

They lied to us about Jan 6^th. It was a GOVERNMENT insurrection against the people. Over 75% of those currently locked in jail in Washington DC are veterans. Maybe you need to read that again. VETERANS are locked up in DC for peacefully demanding a redress of a stolen election. Over 18 months in jail for simply exercising their God-given right to question their government. How many Republicans are fighting to free them?

Your government wants you dead. Can’t you see it? Luciferians are running the show.

Watch this documentary. Bloody Hill. SHARE it. YOU MUST SHARE IT with your friends. Let your fellow Americans SEE what was done to God-fearing Americans. Veterans. Those who fought for our freedoms…now locked in the Government Gulag.

Watch it and share it. Grow a pair. Stand up and fight, damnit!!

Your grandkids are counting on you.

Woof! Woof!!

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

What’s This Non-American Demographic Going To Look Like In 30 Years?

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 21, 2022

Next question: what will it do to our culture, ethos, quality of life and standard of living? What will it do to improve climate change, cultural cohesion and our English language commonality?

Most Americans go about their daily lives by eating breakfast, going to work for eight to 10 hours per day, and driving home to dinner with their families. Most Americans don’t really know what’s going on in Washington DC, because the mainstream media hides pertinent information that affects us now, and into the future.

Why do we no longer trust ABC, NBC, CBS, NPR, PBS, CNN and so many of the mainstream media? Answer: they misinform us, or they simply delete any important news they don’t want us to see.

For instance, last year with endless tons of fentanyl being imported across our southern borders, a whopping 107,000 Americans died of opioid overdoses. That wasn’t reported until year’s end.

Last year, in excess of 2,000,000 illegal migrants crossed our borders. In 2022, already, we watched 1.5 million cross by June and expect another 1.5 million to cross by December to add up to a mind-numbing 3,000,000 added refugees invited in, against our laws, by Joe Biden. But you have no idea of the impact of THAT many people because Biden and the MSM don’t want you to know.

Here’s some sobering facts as to what’s really happening to our entire society.

In 2022, there are in excess of 70,000,000 foreign-born people living within the USA. At least 20,000,000 live here illegally, off the radar, using our educational systems, free school lunches, without paying taxes, using our welfare systems and robbing us blind whether it is shoplifting, anchor babies at 300,000 of them annually that we pay for, rapes, robberies and/or killings.
Today, one in four babies are birthed by foreign-born people living in the USA. That’s going to add up to an enormous number of people that are not Americans by 2040. They bring incompatible cultures, poverty and decay to our society. One look at the 100,000 homeless in California should give you an idea of our future in every state.
One-third of the people living in Los Angeles, one-third in San Francisco, one-third in Miami, one-third in Chicago and one-third in NYC…are foreign-born. (Source: US Census Bureau)
By 2042, European-Americans will become the newest minority in their own country. Latinos, Hispanics, Mexicans will become the new majority. (Source: www.pewresearchcenter.org)
Around 2040, English will not be the dominate language in America. There will be hundreds of languages spoken in enclaves around the country, especially in big cities. Any understanding of people working on the same page will be a thing of the past. We face racial, cultural, religious and linguistic conflict on a scale unheard of in all of history.
By 2050, we will see an added 100,000,000 more people added to this country by immigrants and their birth rates. We will have jumped from 335 million to over 440 million. (Source: www.numbersusa.com ; “Population Projections USA” by Fogel/Martin, www.PewResearchCenter.org , U.S. Census Bureau.)

Have you heard or read about any of these numbers by David Muir, Norah O’Donnell, Lester Holt, Anderson Cooper, NPR, PBS, Terry Gross or Scott Simon? Answer: of course not! Why is that? Answer: they want to or must keep you in the dark, so you won’t understand the ramifications of THAT many people.

Please understand that this scenario is not an “if”! What’s coming is a “when” reality if we don’t change course by stopping all immigration.

Do you realize that we will NOT be able to secure enough water, energy and resources to support THAT many people? Just wrap your arms around trying to sustain another 100,000,000 people!

What would you do if you could ask one of those national broadcast personalities about what we face? What kind of answers would you demand?

Would you ask them why they remain silent on the gravest issue facing America in the 21^st century? Their kids will be victims, too.

With climate change burning up our continent with droughts and extraordinarily high temperatures—how do you think adding another 100 million people will solve anything for future generations? How will another 100 million improve our quality of life, our gridlocked cities, our schools, our cultural cohesion, our environment, our farmland, our rivers, our national parks? Just about everything we take for granted—won’t be there for our kids in 2050. Heck, with another 35 million added by the end of 2029, we will be hard pressed to sustain ourselves.

If I can ask you one thing as to the realities we face, it’s for you to take action for your children. Cut and paste this letter, and email it to: 60M@cbsnews.com . Send another one to Jesse Waters at watters@fox.com . Send another letter to carlson@fox.com . Send a letter to Terry Gross and Scott Simon at NPR. Send to Anderson Cooper. Send to David Muir and Lester Holt. Send letters to everyone in the national media. If you have their email addresses, send me a list of addresses.

Dear 60 Minutes Leslie Stahl, Forrest Whitaker, Scott Pelley, Norah O’Donnell:

Thank you for your ongoing presentations of problems facing Americans and humans across the globe. It’s time to address the greatest and gravest crisis facing America and all humanity in the 21^st century: human overpopulation. Right now, the USA remains on course to jump from 335 million to 440 million by 2050. Yes, it’s driven by endless immigration and their birthrates. No, we cannot sustain THAT many more people within the USA as to water, energy and resources.

We need a national discussion-debate on what kind of civilization we’re handing over to our children. One that’s sustainable and thriving…or one that’s overpopulated, destitute of resources and collapsing under the crush of too many people.

These two links will give you an idea of what we face. This is a future we can change now, toward a viable one, instead of a living nightmare that so much of the world experiences in 2022.

Thank you,

Your name, address and phone number

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Marxist Instructions: Never Talk About Politics & Religion, Don’t Trust Your Parents and be the Silent Majority

By Karen Schoen

July 20, 2022

A newly released report from Steve Moore, states that there is no one, NOT ONE, ZERO person in the OBiden regime that knows anything about business. think about this: These people are pushing their untried, untested, complete failure policies on We the People because they don’t care about people or results. They only care about power.

It seems as though our SCOTUS believes in the US Constitution. We won great decisions in the Supreme Court but got screwed by the Gutless Outrageous Prostitutes = GOP. (Thank you Sally Baptiste for that great new name for the GOP.) Are you still going to vote for the same traitors again? Chaney is out begging democrats to vote for her. I hope that even Wyoming Democrats are not that stupid.

To understand what’s going on today we really have to go back and look at the 60s-70s. Most Americans pushing abortion are Boomers from that era. The boomers, myself included were the hippies, the flower children, the rock n rollers, anti-G-d, Anti-family and Anti-America. Morality was tossed out the window when G-d was removed from public buildings, due to 1person complaining in Engel v. Vitale . Then we accepted perversion, drugs, liquor, sex as the new lifestyle. We would do anything our parents didn’t do. We hated the establishment.

In the 60s-70s we were so despondent and in such despair at seeing our great American heroes being assassinated in front of our very eyes. We strongly believed that the assassinations were part of a government coup. Of course we were told we were conspiracy nuts. HA! John F Kennedy, Martin Luther King JR, Robert Kennedy, our hope for a bright future was slowly fading. We were forced into a war by draft in Vietnam that no one wanted. We were forced to fight a war in Vietnam against communism while promoting communism at home in school. How sick was that? We were taught to lay our hatred on the heroes that were forced to fight. While those who avoided the draft became teachers in this new education called Social Studies/sustainability aka communism.

And so like all other peoples of the world when we were abused we responded. We were angry .We demonstrated, we marched and we rioted. We destroyed statues, burned buildings and listened to the emotional news about the war even though we knew they were lying.

We were taught to divert our attention into sex and drugs which we learned in school through a variety of “new” SEX Ed courses and we learned fast. After all we learned in school so it had to be OK. We had multiple outlets to express our new found “free love” like Studio 54, Plato’s Retreat and Playboy Club. We often took out our hostility in our music and art. Bill Ayers (Obama’s mentor and leader of the Weather Underground responsible for multiple bombings of federal buildings, now a professor) asked John Lennon to write a song for the revolution. John wrote “Revolution”. Bill was pissed. (read the lyrics https://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/johnlennon/revolution.html)

We took massive quantities of drugs and had Love Ins with sex, drugs and lots of liquor hooking up at any time with anyone. Nothing has changed. Those teens, grew up and are now running America using their never tried utopian/Marxist theories that they write when under the influence of something. If they wanted the drug war over, they would end it instead of participating in it. These insane illogical theories don’t work, can’t work, will never work. They are instead designed to take forever and be way over budget. If their programs worked, they couldn’t bleed us dry.

What did we learn? Well my group of teenagers were told never talk about politics and religion. Don’t trust your parents after all anyone over 30 doesn’t know what is going on. Be the silent majority. Never talk about the war. We were told the government knows best. We grew up to being so anti-establishment that it didn’t matter what the establishment did or said we figured they were just lying. The GOP and DNC are filled with these globalists who vow to take down America’s greatness and steal everything they can’t get legally. . Check out the “GOP-Gutless Outrageous Prostitutes” who just voted to take away the only protection we have with our guns while they bring terrorists into America. They hate Americans. They want us to suffer so we will be happy with their government crumbs. We will do more for less while they take everything and we will be happy with drugs and video games. Yuval Noah Harari from World Economic Forum describes their intent, video.

War makes their problem of too many useless eaters, easy to dispose of. These globalists will protect the border of Ukraine and provide Ukraine guns while disarming Americans. All they want is for us to DIE (Diversity, Inclusion, Equity) so they can steal our property and keep power.

Where did we turn to vent our frustration and agree to transform America? Our educators took care of that. In 1989, Shirley Mc Cune from the McRel Foundation told the Governors Association:

We will change education from fact based to value based (on emotion) learning.

(Emotional people are easier to control using emotional triggers.)

We will stop focusing on the individual, and focus on the collective (we can conform everyone to the group mentality.)

We will train for work, not educate for life. (We need workers not thinkers or experts).

Communists learned that uneducated people are easier to control.

While all eyes looked at colleges, they infiltrated K-12 while convincing the family to “keep up with the Jones” by overspending so both mom and dad had to work ensuring the breakup of the family. The evolution of the family went from Father Knows Best to All in the Family to Married with Children showing how dysfunctional families are really the norm.

Today we suffer the results of those teachings as our government officials and experts are only capable of reading their talking points. I am just following directions, you will hear as their excuse for their third world actions of government against the people. Our police, after being emasculated (the goal of the feminist movement), will stand and watch as children are being slaughtered because they are just following directions. The hell with the Americans. They are just useless eaters. Less people is better they have been taught. According to Stalin, “Less people, less problems.”

We turned to a new type of government called socialism. It sounded so social, fun and inviting. It sounded so nice. All people will look after each other. Everyone would share. It will be wonderful. Everyone will all have the same stuff. And so the confused children turned to the communists who were so ready to open their arms for their new flock. The commies changed all the words and definitions to reflect Peace and Love. We followed Saul Alinsky’s Rules for Radicals and they offered the people exactly what Khrushchev said. I will feed you little bits of socialism and one day you will be a communist.

Now we have America’s new normal. How does that work?

Kevin Sorbo on Twitter:
” Can I drive your car? No, you’re 5
Can I have a beer? No, you’re 5
Can I have a cigarette? No, you’re 5
Can I have a gun? No, you’re 5
Can I take hormones and change my gender? Of Course, you know what’s best.”

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

My conversation (Italics) with a Greenie:
Greenie: I am getting an EV. I will save tons of money on fossil fuel since it will soon be outlawed. I can depend on clean green energy from wind or sun. No dirty fuel for me.
That is great but what do you do if there is no wind or sun. It won’t matter because I will plug my car in the wall socket.
Where does the electricity in the socket come from? It comes from the wires. Where does the electricity in the wires come from? It comes from the power company. Where does the electricity in the power company come from? From the grid. Where does the electricity from the grid come from? DUH! OOPS OK Where? Fossil fuel.) NO FOSSIL FUEL = NO ELECTRICITY. We are assisting in our own failure.

……………………………………………………………………………………..

CO2 is necessary to produce food not climate change. America is having a food shortage crisis. CO2 helps plants aka food to grow. CO2 is about .03% of the atmosphere and is a result of warming, NOT the cause. Joe said he doesn’t know why or what to do about the food shortages but Joe has a plan. He increased ethanol aka corn aka soy in gas which burns our food for fuel resulting in less food at a higher cost for Americans and more expensive gas.

“Growing ethanol not food wastes: 5Billion tons of N Fertilizer; 68 Trillion BTU of natural gas; 57000sq MILES (not acres) of farmland.” Dr. Sarah Taber. Joe has opened border for illegals to eat our food giving Americans less food; higher cost.

Then Joe wrote an EO forcing new furnaces to eliminate CO2. No CO2 = No Food. Since over 20 processing plants were attacked, Joe signed an EO to give $1Billion to farmers to build new plants. Only the EPA regulations make it cost prohibitive. Is it Joe’s intent to starve Americans so he can trade food for guns?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

American government schools teach their students to be mediocre. Multiple educators, myself included know that Common Core insures America’s children will be 2 years below average. Now we are surprised that they are.

https://www.yahoo.com/news/identical-twins-raised-apart-korea-185552767.html

Based on their IQ test results, the woman from the U.S. scored 16 points lower than that of her sibling in Korea.

https://floridaphoenix.com/2022/05/31/fls-state-reading-results-troubling-about-25-percent-of-3rd-graders-could-read-proficiently/ This is a recent article regarding the low # of 3^rd Graders who can read at proficiency level of 4 or 5 on the scale of 1-5

These programs DON’T WORK

https://populistpress.com/san-franciscos-lowell-high-school-returns-to-merit-based-admissions-after-lottery-system-was-a-disaster/

We just had LGBTQ month. Where is the Hetero Month? or the Cisgender Month. After all we are the majority and in a “Democracy” the majority wins. So why are we not recognized? These labels are just used to divide the people. Really who cares what anyone does in their bedroom? My question is: Can you do the job? It is obvious in this failed regime the answer is No, but not to worry their departments met their DIE quota.

Now the big question: Is America worth saving? What will you do about it?

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Gun Owners, Are You Tired of Being Accused of Crimes of the Guilty?

By Bradlee Dean

July 20, 2022

It was reported over this last weekend how many criminals used a weapon to illegally to murder another human being (Exodus 20:13).

Of course, and without fail, the purposeful lying and deceptive media, working hand in glove with corrupt politicians, did their best to divert Americans into accusing the weapon for the crimes rather than the one that made the choice to pull the trigger (Deuteronomy 30:19). The act, my friends, is not apart from the actor (Romans 6:16).

If only the American people would take the time and see through the obvious when it comes to what it is that these politicians leave undone, enforcement of the law, in deterring the crimes rather than accusing and attempting to disarm the innocent (Proverbs 17:15).

We should also observe what it is that they are responsible for when it comes to these illegal gun free zones where 94-96% of all these mass shooters.

It is for the American people to remove the corrupt politicians (Article II, Section 4; Article I, Section 3, Clause 7 U.S. Constitution) before the people are disarmed and subjugated to them.

[Link]

Please watch and share this brand-new short video: Gun Owners – Why Are The Innocent Accused Of The Crimes Of The Guilty?

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

The Global Food System and Totalitarian Control

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 19, 2022

Politicians are more or less so warped by party feeling, by selfishness, or prejudices, that their minds are not altogether balanced. They are the most difficult to cure of all insane people. —Robert E. Lee, from his personal journal, circa 1860

A decline in courage may be the most striking feature that an outside observer notices in the West today. The Western world has lost its civic courage. Such a decline in courage is particularly noticeable among the ruling and intellectual elite, causing an impression of a loss of courage by the entire society. —Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn

Sick cultures show a complex of symptoms such as you have named…but a dying culture invariably exhibits personal rudeness. Bad manners. Lack of consideration for others in minor matters. A loss of politeness, of gentle manners, is more significant than is a riot. —Robert A. Heinlein, in his book Friday

For us in Russia, communism is a dead dog, while, for many people in the West, it is still a living lion. —Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

As a youngster, my church and my family educated me as to what was coming in the future, Biblically and politically. I knew about communism, but back then I didn’t know it had been around since the early 19^th century. President Kennedy was shot and killed when I was a junior in high school. Then came the murders of Martin Luther King and two months later, Bobby Kennedy. Tanks rolled down the streets of Chicago in April and August of 1968, and a 10 p.m. curfew was declared for the entire city. Apartment buildings were boarded in case of attacks by rioters. Chicago was on fire, looting and burning was everywhere after King’s death. Mayor Richard J. Daley told the police, shoot to injure if they are stealing, shoot to kill if they’re starting fires.

Fires were dotted across the South Side and the Near North Side. Six hundred fires burned destroying 28 blocks on Chicago’s West Side. Daley, looking down from a police helicopter, broke into tears. He asked, “What did they do to my city?” That was 1968.

I don’t believe I fully realized the enormous consequences of what had happened back then, and it wasn’t the beginning; it was just another piece of the slow destruction of our beloved nation.

Murders on the world stage, every one of them for an evil purpose.

In 2020, the assassinations were aimed at the “Rule of Law” and our culture. Antifa, BLM and smaller communist groups joined together to riot and destroy public property and to set fire to anything that would burn, all allegedly because of George Floyd’s death. Police were injured and some killed, often outnumbered, or told to stand down while cities and towns were set ablaze. Monetary damages reached two billion.

Instead of mayors telling the police to halt the violence by shooting those who set fire, they encouraged the riots. Kamala Harris promoted the Minnesota Freedom Fund that bailed out a twice-convicted rapist accused of sexual assault, an alleged murderer and a woman accused of shooting at police. And no one can forget Maxine Waters urging rioters to attack people when they see them in restaurants, at gas stations, etc. She actually asked Minnesota rioters to get more “confrontational.”

Our once courteous and well-bred culture has been purposely eviscerated.

Now we face an even worse threat. Alex Berenson reports that official Canadian data show vaccines now RAISE the risk of death from Covid. It’s much the same in Britain and worldwide. We all know it, but Big Pharma, WHO, FDA, CDC, NIH all continue.

Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum, made it clear when he said, “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine and reset our world.”

There’s only one conclusion, they want us dead. Those who survive will be enslaved.

Control of food production will guarantee massive genocide.

Blackrock, Vanguard and State Street

In August of 2021, Jim O’Neill wrote a stunning expose of Blackrock, Vanguard and State Street entitled Monolithic Monopoly. Take a gander at it. Jim has listed the large companies of which Vanguard, Blackrock and State Street are top shareholders. His article first alerted me to Blackrock’s Chairman and CEO, Larry Fink.

In March of 2022, Investopedia reported, “BlackRock Inc. (BLK) is by some measures the biggest investment management company across the globe, with more than $10.0 trillion in assets under management (AUM) as of Dec. 31, 2021. [1] As a major publicly traded company with a market capitalization of about $112.3 billion, Black Rock provides investment and technology services to both institutional and retail clients around the world.”

According to a May 1, 2022 Newstarget article, Blackrock and Vanguard have taken over centralized food production technologies and will have near-total control over the future food supply in America. It’s been under the radar for the majority of America, and it certainly doesn’t bode well for the future. Remember Kissinger’s famous quote, “Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; who controls money can control the world.”

The USDA and FDA have already approved lab grown meat, genetically modified cattle, and are funding the globalists to research and develop cellular agriculture as well as indoor growers and genetics companies, while they slack on regulations for gene-edited produce.

Union Pacific is mandating railroad shipping reductions by 20%, impacting CF Industries Holdings, the world’s largest fertilizer company. Vanguard, BlackRock, and State Street happen to be the top shareholders of Union Pacific, and BlackRock and Vanguard are in the top 3 shareholders of CF Industries Holdings.

Only 10 companies control almost every food and beverage brand in the world. Vanguard and Blackrock are the top shareholders in most of these companies. Their plans include owning all the seeds, produce and meat. Everything will be grown inside secured facilities after a gene splice or inside a petri dish, and farmland will become dormant due to overreaching regulations, lack of supplies, and manufactured inflation.

No more farmer’s markets.

If you missed Kathleen Marquardt’s latest article, Being BlackRocked = Being Cancelled by a Global Public Private Partnership, dig into it because it’s all about our taxpayer dollars going into these global public/private partnerships which is a network of the world’s stakeholders!

Think we’re kidding?! Over 100 food processing plants have caught fire and been destroyed. Conspiracy theory? Hardly!

Vertical Farming

Bill Gates owns tons of our farmland, 242,000 acres, but insists that all foods will eventually be grown in huge indoor vertical farming and will be in urban areas where people will migrate to, more like forced into. Who gets to sit at the table with healthy produce served up by Gates while the rest of the population eats gene-edited produce from locked-down facilities, delivered to their local grocery store, and accessed only through a digital ID? Check out the 11-minute video of one of these farms in Wyoming.

But guess what else Gates owns? In an April 27, 2022 article on controlled food systems, we read, “The Consultative Group of International Agriculture Research (CGIAR) holds the world’s largest private seed banks consisting of 10% of the worldwide germplasm across the globe, which is controlled by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, and World Bank, managing 768,576 accessions of hijacked farmers seeds.” How lovely! Total control by total evil!

In one of Dr. Joseph Mercola’s articles, he stated the following:

“In August 2020, Monsanto/Bayer helped found a startup called Unfold, which develops new vegetable seed varieties specifically geared for vertical farms. According to investigative journalist, Corey Lynn, ‘GMOs already account for 75 to 80% of food Americans consume,’ and once fresh produce is under patent, that percentage will inch closer to 100%.

The University of California is also working on plant-based mRNA vaccines. The idea there is to disseminate vaccines through the conventional food supply, which puts a whole new spin on the old adage to ‘Let thy food be thy medicine.’” (Oh yummy!)

Good old Monsanto/Bayer who has allegedly poisoned the planet with Roundup’s cancer-causing glyphosate has a long and evil history. Eva Moses Kor and her twin were in Auschwitz. Mrs. Kor sued Bayer and stated, “They were right there with Dr. Joseph Mengele at Auschwitz.” The parties negotiated a settlement establishing the creation of a $5 billion fund for the Foundation Remembrance, Responsibility and Future. I was fortunate to have had a lengthy conversation with Eva in 1997; what an unbelievably amazing woman.

German companies, Bayer and BASF, two of the world’s largest suppliers of seed, are both heavily involved with the vertical farm industry.

It was during the Obama administration in 2014 when congress established the Foundation for Food and Agriculture Research Act (FFAR) through the Farm Bill, which ultimately created a non-profit organization outside of the government with a $200 million kickoff from taxpayer dollars and additional millions in support from Bill Gates as seen here, and here. Then a 15-member board of directors was appointed which unsurprisingly included deputy director Dr. Robert Horsch of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and high-ranking employees from Cargill and the Aspen Institute, among others.

UN Agenda 21 author and promoter, Maurice Strong, was the Director of the Aspen Institute for some years.

UN Agenda 21/30

In June of 1992, the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development was held in Rio de Janeiro. It is known as the “Earth Summit.” In the book, “Earth Summit, Agenda 21, The United Nations Programme of Action from Rio,” the foreword is written by Maurice Strong, who was at the time, the Secretary-General, United Nations Conference on Environment and Development.

He starts out telling us that humanity is in the midst of a profound civilization change and we can see the signs everywhere and that all the people who attended the Rio summit and all the people of the world, there are exhilarating and uplifting signs.

He states, “While it is still too early to provide a precisely calibrated measure of the ultimate success of the Earth Summit, I believe it has ignited a wildfire of interest and support at every level of society in every corner of the planet.” He goes on to tell us that since the Summit, “There has been a profusion of conferences, seminars, symposia and other organized colloquies of major sectoral groups. Industrialists, economists, financiers, engineers, scientists – those who, in truth, hold the levers of economic power and change –have joined the constituency of earnest environmentalists in a commitment to the fulfillment of the hopes and aspirations engendered by Rio.”

Strong continues, “In short, the movement to turn the world from its self-consumptive course to one of renewal and sustenance has unmistakably spread from the grass roots to the brass roots. The Declaration of Rio and its Agenda 21 action programme are now, it seems clear, on everyone’s agenda.”

United Nations Agenda 21/30 is now called the “Great Reset.” All of this was planned long ago and it is fast coming to fruition.

Conclusion

Fifty-nine years ago, President Kennedy was murdered in Dallas. Five years later, Martin Luther King was fatally shot in Memphis, Tennessee. On April 4^th, 1968, Robert F. Kennedy, who just announced his presidential candidacy, delivered the news to a predominantly black neighborhood in Indianapolis that King had died. That night, amid one of the most chaotic years in American history, the country burned. Riots broke out in more than 100 cities, including Washington, where at least a dozen people died. Two months later, Robert F. Kennedy was gunned down at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. The country reeled in shock, horror, and disbelief.

In March of 2020, America was locked down due to COVID. We lost many of our unalienable rights, especially those of the first amendment. That summer, Antifa and Black Lives Matter looted and torched the entire country.

America was set ablaze, but the Insurrection Act was never used. There were no Mayors like Richard J. Daley.

Communism isn’t on its way, it’s already here.

Klaus Schwab wants to “reflect, reimagine and reset our world.”

Yes, a reset to totalitarian control. The world population and all its resources will be run by governments empowered to “fairly” distribute goods and services to the people.

Food production is the number one target of control by the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset. The key to genocide is food control and a totalitarian slave system.

As Americans, we must make Schwab’s “rare but narrow window” an impossibility.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Is the Biden Regime Going to War—Against the Veterans?

by Rees Lloyd

July 19, 2022

President Joseph Biden began his first days as Commander-in-Chief of America’s armed forces by a disastrous surrender to the Taliban and a disgraceful withdrawal from Afghanistan.

Now, the question must be raised: Is Commander-in-Chief Joseph Biden, who never served a day in defense of America, going to war—against Veterans serving now, and Veterans who have served?

This question is necessitated by at least three of the Biden regime’s policies:

BIDEN REGIME COVID VACCINE MANDATE PUNISHMENTS

First, tens of thousands of active duty military, National Guard, and Reserves, are facing “adverse administrative action,” up to and including “discharge,” for declining to submit to mandatory CCP Covid shots—including on religious objection grounds.

Over 700 Air Force pilots and more than 40,000 members of the Army National Guard and 22,000 reservists, are facing loss of pay or benefits —and possible discharge—for failure to submit to mandatory CCP Covid shots, many of whom have claimed exemption on religious grounds.

The deadline for National Guard members and Reservists to submit to two shots passed on June 30, 2022. The next day, July 1, the Army announced that it would begin enforcing the vaccine mandate, threatening that all those without a pending or approved exemption would be subject to “adverse administrative actions.”

As of July 1, 13% of the Guard and 12% of the Reserve remained unvaccinated; and over 1,000 active-duty soldiers were purged from the service for failure to take the shots.

Americans who volunteer to defend the nation with their lives do not lose their constitutional rights when entering military service.

A number of lawsuits have been filed across the country alleging that the Biden Covid shots mandate violates the military members’ Constitutional First Amendment right to Free Exercise of Religion, the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, and the military’s duty to “accommodate” religious claims.

Several courts have issued restraining orders against the Biden policy, and at least two have certified the complaints as “ class actions.”

The first injunction was issued in a case brought for a single Air Force officer in Georgia by the Thomas More Society, which is now seeking class action status.

First Liberty Institute in Texas has achieved a preliminary injunction and class action status in a case brought for Navy SEALS which now protects all serving in the Navy. (U.S. Navy SEALS 1-26 v. Austin).

Another important action is pending in Nebraska, brought by 36 Air Force active duty, National Guard and Reserve, 17 of whom are “pilots” fully and expensively trained to fly the most sophisticated air craft, according to their attorney, Kris Kobach, General Counsel of the Alliance for Free Citizens. He alleges that despite its duty to accommodate, “the Air force has granted only 17 religious exemption requests, but has denied 4,637 of them.”

The most recent court decision was on July 14, 2022, in the case of Doster vs. Kendall in the Southern District of Ohio. U.S. District Court Judge Matthew W. McFarland granted a restraining order against Biden’s policy, and certified the case as a class action protecting all Air Force personnel.

In doing so, he made this finding, which appears to be applicable generally to Biden’s policy as Commander-in-Chief:

“The facts show Defendants have engaged in a pattern of denying religious accommodation requests. Indeed, of the over nine thousand religious exemption requests, only 109 have been granted by either initial determination or appeal.…This amounts to only 1% of religious accommodation requests being granted. ‘It is hard to imagine a more consistent display of discrimination.” (Quoting the discrimination finding of the Texas court in U.S. Navy Seals 1-26 v. Austin.”

BIDEN PLAN TO DIVERT VA RESOURCES TO THE BORDER

Second, the Biden administration has been forced to admit that it has been developing a plan to divert Veterans Administration doctors, nurses, other medical personnel, and funds, from providing medical care to Veterans who have defended America, to serving aliens at the southern border who are illegally breaking the immigration laws of America.

Admission that such planning was taking place was reluctantly made by Biden’s Homeland Security Secretary, Alejandro Mayorkas, only after persistent questioning by Rep. Ashley Hinson (R-Iowa) at hearings of the House Appropriates Committee at the end of April.

In response to that revelation, Senate Bill S.4082 to block the diversion of funds and medical personnel from the VA to the border has been filed, sponsored by Sen. John Boozman (R-AR), joined by ten Senators so far (all Republicans).

Significantly, The American Legion—the nation’s largest veterans’ service organization — is in support of Senate Bill S.4082, in order to protect VA resources for Veterans (as was confirmed to me upon inquiry to the Legion’s Legislative Dept.)

BIDEN REGIME’S ILLEGAL SUSPENSION OF VA BENEFITS

Third, in an outrageous case, the Biden administration has illegally suspended the earned VA benefits of a disabled American veteran solely on the “accusation” that he participated in the Jan 6 protests in Washington D.C.

Disabled veteran Kenneth Harrelson, and his wife, Angel, received notification from the VA that it was suspending earned VA benefits pursuant to “38 U.S. Code Sec. 38 U.S. Code Sec. 6105 — Forfeiture for subversive activities,” because he had been “indicted” by the Grand Jury apparently in last June.

What makes the VA’s action so outrageous is that 38 U.S. Code Sec. 6105 — expressly states that it authorizes suspension of benefits only after a “conviction” of a veteran, not an accusation, which is what an indictment is.

Further, It must be noted that disabled veteran, Kenneth Harrelson, has been in jail, without trial or right to bail, since being arrested at his home in Florida in March 2021. That is, he has been in jail for almost a year and a half. No “speedy trial.” No bail. And now, illegal suspension of earned VA benefits.

It should be noticed that there is no allegation that Harrelson had personally engaged in any violent conduct against any person on Jan 6.

I note that because too he estimated 574 violent riots of the self-declared Marxist Black Lives Matter (BLM) and its Marxist allies in Antifa, violent riots which included millions of dollars in damage to personal businesses, and governmental buildings (e.g. burned down police precinct in Minneapolis, attempts to burn down the Federal Court House in Portland, OR), and physical injury to hundreds of police and others, while chanting “burn it down.” As far as is known, there has not been a single prosecution for “Seditious Conspiracy” of BLM or Antifa members.

The manifestly illegal suspension of VA benefits has hit Kenneth, Angel, and their three kids hard, as they are dependent on Kenneth’s earned VA benefits.He remains incarcerated, denied bail.

Whatever anyone’s position is regarding Jan 6, it is absolutely clear that there is a failure of “equal protection of the law” in this case, manifest discriminatory enforcement of the law, and a clear violation of the rights of the Harrelson.

Notwithstanding, the media has generally ignored this story.

The Patriot Freedom Project has denounced as outrageous actions of the DOJ, the VA, and the Biden regime; and is attempting to assist the family — which they desperately need, and deserve.

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

Raping US Taxpayers to Fund Corrupt Ukraine

By: Devvy

July 18, 2022

I must start out by saying all wars are nothing but horror, death, destruction and mourning. Yes, I’ve seen all the terrible videos of the dead, wounded; pleas from Ukraine to help save dogs. All the allegations of torture and murder by both Russians and Ukraine troops.

War should be the very last option for any feuding countries. Here, the last constitutional war – meaning a declaration of war by Congress – was WWII. Article I, Section 8, Clause 11 of the U.S. Constitution grants Congress the power to declare war. FDR wanted the U.S. to go to war:

FDR and the Pearl Harbor attack, May 20, 2005 – “Stinnett spent 16 years doing his research and fighting in the courts to obtain a plethora of shocking documents under the Freedom of Information Act – their authenticity cannot be denied. This link to a .pdf file provides a few of the official documents, i.e., “It (official document) directs the Hawaiian U.S. Army commander, Lt. Gen. Walter Short, to follow an official U.S. government desire: ‘The United States desires that Japan commit the first overt act.'”

“Pearl Harbor was no surprise. “Day of infamy,” indeed.

“There were 2,403 Americans who died at Pearl Harbor. According to Stinnett, who backs up FDR, those 2,403 Americans were acceptable casualties in order to take America into war. Stinnett goes on to say (same page), “Had the facts uncovered in this book been known immediately after the war ended, and had Roosevelt explained his war strategies and tactics to the families who lost their sons at Pearl Harbor, how different American history might be viewed today.”

I feel confident in saying that the families of those 2,403 Americans slaughtered at Pearl Harbor with the full knowledge of a sitting president of the United States would not have been very understanding. I was further shocked by Stinnett’s next comments (same page), “The truth that has been told here does not diminish FDR’s magnificent contributions to the American people. His legacy should not be tarnished by the truth. As with all American presidents, Roosevelt must be viewed in the total context of his administration, not just Pearl Harbor.” Quite frankly, I would be ashamed to say such a thing.” *End*

As soon as the fighting broke out between Russia and Ukraine, the prostitute media began their scripted, manufactured lies. Russia – Ukraine War Propaganda Exposed, March 3, 2022 – “Kim Iversen from “The Hill” breaks down what’s true and what’s false about Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Using images of past wars to depict the current conflict is blatant propaganda. Iversen noted that she mistakenly promoted a picture of Zelensky in full military gear that was taken in April 2021, and honestly owned up to her mistake with an apology. The fake news has spread from the average social media user to the mainstream media, all of who seem to be supporting the same agenda. Even journalists are confused as to what is real.

“Although Zelensky is receiving praise from the world for staying with the troops, he is far from a Julius Caesar leading his troops in battle with a red cloak on the frontlines. Everyone fails to mention that Zelensky’s policies pushed Russia from defensive to aggressive. Imagine if we were told Biden would remain in power for over eight years without receiving a proper vote on the matter?

“Media outlets throughout the world are misreporting this war. The video above notes a German news channel accidentally aired an explosion leak that occurred years ago in China, claiming it was current footage from the ongoing war. We were shown images of Ukrainian troops dying on Snake Island, only to hear a follow-up that they are still alive.”

Iverson apologized because she got caught. But, how many Americans were told about her ‘oops’ on the nightly propaganda news?

The Lying Media’s Ukraine Propaganda, April 9, 2022

The usual Hollywood imbeciles began holding fund raisers – tens of MILLIONS of dollars – for the Ukrainian people. Those donors will never know where the money went.

The same “stars” and “super models” who bellowed Nelson Mandela, upon his death, was the Second Coming. Mandella was a true Red right up to his last breath – something I and many others wrote about a long time ago. New Evidence Emerges about Nelson Mandela and His Secret Communist Past, Jan. 19, 2014. (Yet, those bastions of history wailed and wore black as they attended Mandella’s funeral.)

The American people, touched by the savagery of war between Russia and Ukraine, Putin vs. Zelinsky, opened their hearts and wallets. But what do they really know about why Putin – who believe me – is a ruthless, authoritarian (it’s his way or the cemetery) moved against Ukraine? Those who think Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky is some choir boy need to understand that former comedian is just as ruthless and corrupt as they come. Don’t let that little boy innocent face fool you for a second.

Pandora Papers: Zelensky Stole Public Money To Fund His Rise to Power, March 7, 2022 – “Ukrainian puppet President Volodymyr Zelensky’s rise to power was funded through stolen public money funneled to him by corrupt Oligarchs, according to leaked documents.”

Blockbuster: ‘Drag Queen’ Zelensky found a billion dollars and a villa in Miami, March 2, 2022 – “Zelensky’s name appeared prominently in both the Panama Papers and the Pandora Papers (as did the name of his key backer, Kolomoisky). His connections to the neo-Nazi Azov battalion are now well-known.”

Ukraine is and has been known as the biggest money-laundering country for decades. Zelensky was going to clean it up while making sure he got his share of the pie first. Ukrainian Corruption: “It is being reported that Zelensky has stashed over $800 million in offshore accounts while demanding $7 billion per month in aid. Even the IMF cut off Ukraine because it is so corrupt. You cannot do business in Ukraine – period! There is NOTHING that Zelensky says which can be verified independently and he will say whatever necessary to keep the money pouring in.

“Ukrainian corruption has been a systemic problem that the IMF has been complaining about since 2016. I am warning people that the corruption in Ukraine is off the charts. Reliable sources have warned that you have to pay bribes, and if you pay the wrong people, you and your family are still beaten because there is a wholesale level of corruption by many groups.

“Ukraine has long been a place where you do not do business for you really have to count your fingers after shaking hands. Even the Ukraine press warns that reforms are always blocked. Even Ukraine’s former governor Valeria Gontareva of its central bank has come out and told the International Monetary Fund they must act decisively to protect the independence of Ukraine’s central bank against Zelensky.

“And yet the world runs to Zelensky’s aid while he stuffs his pockets with their cash. What fools…” – The Liberator

Protecting Zelensky, shipping him military equipment, using our troops to train them and the deliberate lies vomited by the prostitute media is to protect the truth about Ukraine, money laundering by BIG, powerful names and, of course, Hunter & Joe Biden’s criminal activities.

Book mark and read the two articles below. Time well spent.

Ukraine: Situation and Background – “Brzezinski predicted that between 2005 and 2010, Ukraine “should become ready for serious negotiations with both the EU and NATO”. In 2004/2005, the US helped organize the successful “Orange Revolution” in Kiev; when its results were reversed in 2010, the US helped organize the more forceful “EuroMaidan” in 2013/2014. In response, Russia took control over Crimea and supported the de facto secession of Russian-speaking parts of Eastern Ukraine.

“To explore the many “NGOs” that helped prepare the Ukrainian revolutions or regime changes, see our extensive list of 1600 organizations (including British “Bellingcat”) funded by the US National Endowment for Democracy (NED), essentially a civil society front of the CIA.

“To relive the famous “fuck the EU” phone call between then US Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland and then US Ambassador to Ukraine, Geoffrey Pyatt, see the transcript and audio version on the BBC website. During the call, which was held prior to the Euromaidan revolution or regime change in February 2014, Nuland and Pyatt discussed who should “go into” the future Ukrainian government. Victoria Nuland today is US Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs.

“To learn more about the “Maidan massacre” in February 2014, watch The Snipers’ Massacre on the Maidan in Ukraine (18+) by University of Ottawa professor Ivan Katchanovski. Essentially, it looks like the US employed Ukrainian nationalist combatants and foreign mercenary snipers (mainly from Georgia) to escalate the situation in Kiev and achieve a second revolution or regime change.”

A no-nonsense analysis of the ongoing Ukraine war and its global impact. (120 days in)

You, me, our children and grand children will be paying the debt for these geopolitical games for power the rest of our lives while the major players don’t give a damn how many they have to kill to achieve their agendas and power.

The fake president in the first stage of Altzheimer’s, life-long crook, Joe Biden, continues to rape We the People with phantom money being shipped to Ukraine. Phantom money because there is none; the people’s purse is overdrawn more than $30 TRILLION dollars. Nothing but more unpayable debt heaped on our backs stolen from your paycheck, for what?

To protect Biden’s son’s business dealings with crooks in Ukraine which come right back to old Uncle Joe and “American” and foreign millionaires and billionaires who’ve been in bed with corrupt Ukraine over the decades.

Detailed Proof of the Breathtaking Graft and Corruption of Joe Biden, March 7, 2022 – “On or before June 22, 2020, a joint press conference was held with Interfax Ukrainian News Agency, during which a member of the Ukrainian Parliament, Andrii Derkach, and the head of a group of Ukrainian prosecutors in the General Prosecutor’s Office of Ukraine (GPO), Konstantin Kulyk, explained in detail the evidence of bribery and corruption against Joe Biden and his son, Hunter Biden, acting as his front-man.

“They uncovered kickback payments from Burisma of $3.4 million dollars to the Morgan Stanley account of Rosemon Seneca Bohai LLC, a company controlled by Hunter Biden. That was only part of the payments made to Hunter Biden who was the conduit and front-man for Joe Biden.”

Do take the time to read that piece. All hidden and covered up to protect (during 2020) a dementia addled old man the king makers behind the scenes needed to get into the WH. Biden never wanted to run but he knew getting into the WH – even in his befuddled mind – he should be able to protect his gutter trash son and himself from prosecution with a new corrupt Attorney General. Biden Was Fed Pills to Function During Campaign, Supervised by Dr. Jill; Before Dosing Biden Was ‘Like a Small Child’: Tucker Carlson Source, July 16, 2022. (The DNC knew they were running a mentally impaired crook incapable of performing duties as president of these United States, but Biden was just what the shadow government needed – NOT Donald Trump.)

It’s become obvious to a huge portion of the American people Biden is mentally gone, his illegitimate administration is being run by FOOLS, IDIOTS and IMBECILES who don’t know what the Hell they’re doing – except destroying this country with their “green” climate change bull sh*t and incompetence.

The “talk of the town” is usurper, Biden, will not last his first illegitimate term. One can see the prostitute media has started turning on Biden. The thought of that whore who advanced her career on her back, Kamala Harris – another one with little brain matter – sitting in the oval office is almost more than most of us can stomach. The first candidate to drop out of the presidential race because no one wanted her except voters who voted skin color and female anatomy.

Calls to Replace Kamala ‘Intensify’, July 12, 2022 – “And Kamala? Biden’s first (and only) priority was to choose a “woman of color.” Never mind that Harris’s mindblowing ineptitude and ridiculous word salads have become humiliatingly legendary.” *End* I believe the shadow government will try to keep Biden upright until November and then we’re going to see a constitutional crisis.

NATO on my mind

Afghanistan is the TENTH massive failure by the U.S. sticking our military where we don’t belong. Many are too young to remember what happened with the ‘Balkan War’ from 1992-1995, a steaming pile America’s favorite adulterer, Bill Clinton, stepped right into. (If you haven’t seen the movie, Wag The Dog (1997), by all means, watch it. Amazon and a dozen other streaming platforms. Clinton was drowning in the semen stains on Monica Lewinsky’s little blue dress; his DNA was confirmed. So, to distract the American people, a Hollywood producer simply invented a war, filmed it and sold it to the American people. Wag the Dog. Amazing. It takes years to get a major movie into theaters. Wag the Dog was done in 90 days.)

The Balkan Wars drew my attention to NATO, really for first-time research so I could better understand. 1990s Balkan Conflicts – “The involvement of NATO, during the 1995 Operation Deliberate Force against the positions of the Army of Republika Srpska internationalized the conflict, but only in its final stages. The war was brought to an end after the signing of the General Framework Agreement for Peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina in Paris on 14 December 1995. Peace negotiations were finalized on 21 December 1995. The accords are known as the Dayton Agreement.

“Despite this agreement the situation in Kosovo remained largely unaddressed and by 1996 the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA), had started offering armed resistance to Serbian security forces, resulting in early stages of the Kosovo War. By 1998, as the violence had worsened and displaced scores of Albanians, Western interest had increased. The Serbian authorities were compelled to sign a ceasefire and partial retreat, monitored by OSCE observers according to an agreement negotiated by Richard Holbrooke. However, the ceasefire did not hold and fighting resumed in December 1998.

“The Račak massacre in January 1999 in particular brought new international attention to the conflict. Within weeks, a multilateral international conference was convened and by March had prepared a draft agreement known as the Rambouillet Accords, calling for restoration of Kosovo’s autonomy and deployment of NATO forces. The Serbs found the terms unacceptable and refused to sign the draft. Between March 24 and June 10, 1999, NATO intervened by bombing Yugoslavia aimed to force Milošević to withdraw his forces from Kosovo. Ultimately by June Milošević had agreed to a foreign military presence within Kosovo and withdrawal of his troops.”

If you think the bloody, God-awful killing going on right now in the Russia-Ukraine war is bad, Lord, the butchering that went on in the Balkan Wars was simply horrifying – a mirror image of the slaughter in Rwanda. And yes, Clinton sent in American troops who spilled their blood – for what?

While I am no fan of the CATO Institute in DC by any stretch of the imagination, don’t throw out the baby with the bathwater. Ted Galen Carpenter wrote a superb book titled, Beyond NATO: Staying Out of Europe’s Wars published by CATO. And while it dealt with the post-Cold War European Security, (published in 1994), it is even more relevant today regarding the Russia-Ukraine war going on.

There are too many Republicans who continue to serve in Congress who’ve never met a war they didn’t love. Neo-cons believe interventionism across the “great pond” is absolutely essential for America’s national security completely ignoring the wisdom of President George Washington in his Farewell Address: “The great rule of conduct for us in regard to foreign nations is in extending our commercial relations, to have with them as little political connection as possible. So far as we have already formed engagements, let them be fulfilled with perfect good faith. Here let us stop. Europe has a set of primary interests which to us have none; or a very remote relation. Hence she must be engaged in frequent controversies, the causes of which are essentially foreign to our concerns. Hence, therefore, it must be unwise in us to implicate ourselves by artificial ties in the ordinary vicissitudes of her politics, or the ordinary combinations and collisions of her friendships or enmities.”

And the Monroe Doctrine message conveyed by President James Monroe: “During the president’s customary message to Congress on December 2, 1823, Monroe expressed the basic tenets of what would later become known as the Monroe Doctrine. According to Monroe’s message (drafted largely by Adams), the Old World and the New World were fundamentally different, and should be two different spheres of influence. The United States, for its part, would not interfere in the political affairs of Europe, or with existing European colonies in the Western Hemisphere.”

The U.S. needs to get out of NATO. It is a war machine which produces unimaginable wealth for those who peddle war equipment of every sort. Let Europe take care of their own squabbles and keep killing each other instead of working together for actual peace among nations. War is big business (fighter jet manufacturers, munitions, outside civilian contractors and the list goes on – a lot of US jobs) and it sure as hell was BIG business for Iraq & Afghanistan. Left Behind: Billions in U.S. Equipment for the Afghanistan Taliban to Use Against… Us – $83 BILLION BORROWED dollars in military equipment from planes, tanks, you name it. Biden’s Blunder not only got 13 Americans killed, we left behind a massive amount of military hardware that WILL be used against us, make no mistake about that.

Oh, I can hear the wailing and gasps from GOP neo-cons and even members of the Democrat/Communist Party USA in Congress and think tanks. OMG, we can’t pull out of NATO! It’s a critical component of our national security!

Bollocks I say. Take time to listen to a video by Maj. Gen. Smedley D. Butler. It’s his audio book free: War is a Racket and he would know. Americans Who Tell the Truth: “At the time of his death, Major General Smedley Darlington Butler, also known as “The Fighting Quaker”, was the most decorated Marine in US history; he was the only person to be awarded a Marine Corps Brevet Medal and a Medal of Honor for two separate military actions. He had also become an unrelenting voice against the business of war.

“I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent most of my time being a high-class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism. I suspected I was just part of the racket all the time. Now I am sure of it.”

Now so here we are again, using BORROWED DEBT to send to a corrupt regime in Ukraine. For God’s sake, we’re borrowing some of this new debt from our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese! Sen Rand Paul: “We actually borrow money from China to send it to Ukraine” – short video. How do you feel about that insanity?

How much has the illegitimate brain-dead puppet in the WH taken it upon himself to send to a corrupt foreign president, Zelensky, for his war with Russia? Well, back in March, Biden pulled BILLIONS of phantom money out of his arse: The U.S. has moved a massive amount of arms into Ukraine since Russia’s invasion, but the window is closing

“Within 48 hours of President Biden approving a $350 billion security aid package for Ukraine on Feb. 26, two days after Russia invaded the country, the first shipment of U.S. weapons were arriving at airfields near Ukraine’s border, ready for transfer to Ukrainian Soviet-era transport planes, U.S. officials tell The New York Times. “In less than a week, the United States and NATO have pushed more than 17,000 antitank weapons, including Javelin missiles, over the borders of Poland and Romania,” to Kyiv and other major cities.”

But old Joe didn’t stop there. Biden to Send Yet Another ‘Large’ Military Aid Package Into ‘Black Hole’ in Ukraine, April 20, 2022 // Biden Wanted $33B More For Ukraine. Congress Quickly Raised it to $40B. Who Benefits?, May 12, 2022 / / Biden Commits Another $400 Million Of Your Taxpayer Dollars To Ukraine, July 9, 2022 (See short list of Republicans who voted no. Thankfully, one is my congressman, Jodey Arrington. I took the time to call his office and remind him NO WHERE in Art. 1 Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution does it authorize Congress to rape We the People for all this spending debt for a foreign country.)

Biden To Spend $1.7 Billion For Healthcare…In Ukraine!, July 13, 2022 // Obvious agenda: Biden forces hospitals in the US to fire unvaccinated nurses while sending American taxpayer dollars overseas to pay the salaries of Ukrainian nurses, July 14, 2022

We are sending our weapon arsenal supplies to Ukraine which is insanity. The war in Ukraine is depleting America’s weapons stocks and the U.S. defense industry is struggling to make replacements, April 25, 2022 // NATO pushing for Kaliningrad CATASTROPHE by provoking Russia into global nuclear war, June 21, 2022 // Pentagon: ‘Vast majority’ of $350M in lethal aid to Ukraine has been delivered, March 4, 2022

Nuclear Sea-Launched Cruise Missile: Badly Needed for Deterrence, June 22, 2022 – “U.S. President Joe Biden, overruling his top generals and military advisors in the Pentagon, has defunded development of the Sea-Launched Cruise Missile-Nuclear (SLCM-N). They warn, correctly, that SLCM-N is vitally necessary for nuclear deterrence.

Throughout the Cold War, and today, in order to prevent nuclear war, it is foundational to the concept of deterrence that the U.S. should allow no nuclear adversary to achieve significant advantages in the balance of nuclear power.
Indeed, the U.S. under President Biden is not willing to risk nuclear escalation on behalf of Ukraine, which is why Russian nuclear blackmail is succeeding.”

Americans really need to understand the area, the history and what really set Putin off. Many do, but most adults in this country by the millions only watch the manufactured lies on ABC, CBS, NBC, MSNBC and, increasingly FOX News Network. (Except Tucker Carlson.)

While there are a lot of links in this column, I’m closing with a strong recommendation you watch the video (16:23) linked below. The narrator is not a professional journalist or politician although he did run for office in 2021. Unfortunately, he didn’t win which is not surprising considering his beliefs: IF ELECTED I PLEDGE TO: work for what concerns the citizens of Whitby and the country. I will work to have families pay less tax and make it easier and more affordable to purchase a home. I promise to fight for freedom: conscience, thought, religion and speech. This means Bill C-10 must not pass.” Unfortunately, Androvic wasn’t elected. Canadians have been losing their freedoms even faster than us under puppet Dictator Trudeau.

While Thomas Androvic was born in Canada, his parents were immigrants who fled Czechoslovakia in 1968. He is someone who knows the history of the former Soviet Union, Ukraine declaring independence and Putin’s only concern: NATO on his door step. While I have watched many videos on that horrible war going on, I think Androvic’s video is not too long but filled with historical truth, oil pipelines and bio labs. It is food for thought for everyone, agree with him or not, as this war between Russia and Ukraine must end soon for many reasons. But, as long as We the People continue to be raped sending tens and tens of BILLIONS of BORROWED dollars to Ukraine and NATO doing their war part, the nightmare will only worsen.

Watch here: Putin putting a wrench into WEF agenda – Thomas Androvic talks UKRAINE – RUSSIA – IrnieracingNews

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net (I simply have to say while I really do appreciate emails, I receive several hundred a day except Christmas and New Year’s Day. I simply cannot answer all of them asking for advice, please help me with my case and other requests because it’s just me. I try to work some of the requests and answer questions into my columns but I can only do so much. I thank you for understanding.)

Think pedophile daddy Joe didn’t know? More Details on Hunter’s International Investigation, July 14, 2022 – “Hunter’s payments to a Ukrainian woman linked to an Eastern European trafficking and prostitution ring were flagged by JP Morgan Chase in 2018 in a report filed with the federal government. According to the documents, prosecutors now have a case for federal prostitution against Hunter Biden.”

How Biden’s Sanctions on Russian Energy Are Playing Right into Putin’s Hands, July 1, 2022

BREAKING: Jack Maxey Declares Hunter Biden Laptop Shows ‘Secret Biological Projects’ In Ukraine, March 24, 2022 – “Former War Room Pandemic host Jack Maxey, who is now in Switzerland releasing the entire contents of the Hunter Biden ‘laptop from Hell’ on a private server for the world to see, has declared that evidence on the computer shows the Department of Defense, along with the Biden Crime Family, and Ukrainian organized crime, were running ‘secret biological projects’ in Ukraine.” As the months have gone by, we now know this is fact.

Bosnian War (1992-1995) – Bosnia, Intelligence and Clinton’s Presidency, CIA, State Department, Department of Defense & White House Files

Book: The Road to Kosovo: A Balkan Diary by Greg Campbell, available at the usual book outlets and on line stores.

NYSRPA v. Bruen

By Paul Engel

July 18, 2022

Is your right to self-defense enough “good cause” to carry a concealed weapon?
Does a state like New York have the legal authority to only issue carry licenses if they think it is appropriate?
How will the decision in the case New York State Rifle and Pistol Association v. Bruen effect the other “may issue” states?

Can a state arbitrarily decide whether or not you get to exercise a right protected by the Constitution of the United States? That is the question in the case New York State Rifle and Pistol Association (NYSRPA) v. Bruen, Superintendent of the New York State Police. New York State is a “may issue” state, meaning that you may not get your carry license even if you’ve met all of the legal requirement and you had to show you had a “good cause” to carry a firearm in public. However, self-defense was not considered a “good cause” by the New York courts. You had to show you had a special need for self-defense, greater than the general public. Does that sound like infringement on your right to keep and bear arms to you?

What limits can a state put on a person’s right to keep and bear arms?

The State of New York makes it a crime to possess a firearm without a license, whether inside or outside the home. An individual who wants to carry a firearm outside his home may obtain an unrestricted license to “have and carry” a concealed “pistol or revolver” if he can prove that “proper cause exists” for doing so.

Let’s start with the obvious. The Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, makes this New York State law invalid and void.

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

The Constitution says that your right to keep and bear arms “shall not be infringed.” I cannot understand how making the exercising of a right illegal is not an infringement of it.

To break, as contracts; to violate, either positively by contravention, or negatively by non-fulfillment or neglect of performance.

INFRINGE – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

New York, and other states, claim that it is not an infringement because you can get a permission slip from the government to exercise your right, but New York State law is quite clear: The keeping and bearing of arms is illegal. Then the State of New York furthers the infringement by placing special conditions on the issuing of that permission slip and makes you show “proper cause”.

Petitioners Brandon Koch and Robert Nash are adult, law-abiding New York residents who both applied for unrestricted licenses to carry a handgun in public based on their generalized interest in self-defense. The State denied both of their applications for unrestricted licenses, allegedly because Koch and Nash failed to satisfy the “proper cause” requirement.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Why did the state of New York deny both Koch and Nash their carry licenses? Because they did not show that they had a “proper cause” to carry in public. But isn’t self-defense a good enough reason to carry a weapon in public? Isn’t the right to defend oneself “proper cause” to be able to use the most effective tool to do so?

An applicant satisfies the “proper cause” requirement only if he can “demonstrate a special need for self-protection distinguishable from that of the general community.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruyn

According to New York State, you need to show you have a special need to defend yourself in order to have proper cause to defend yourself or your family. Interestingly, the State of New York recognizes the carrying of large sums of money or valuables as “proper cause”, but not living in a dangerous neighborhood.

This was the core question in this case. Does New York State’s requirement to show a special need for self-protection violate the Constitution of the United States?

Petitioners then sued respondents—state officials who oversee the processing of licensing applications—for declaratory and injunctive relief, alleging that respondents violated their Second and Fourteenth Amendment rights by denying their unrestricted-license applications for failure to demonstrate a unique need for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

OK, the Second Amendment seems pretty simple, and I’ve already shown how New York State is violating the right of the people to keep and bear arms. So what does the Fourteenth Amendment have to do with this case?

Strictly speaking, New York is bound to respect the right to keep and bear arms because of the Fourteenth Amendment, not the Second.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The court has continued to hold that the Bill of Rights is somehow not completely a part of the Constitution. Even though the language of the Second Amendment says nothing about limiting its effect to the federal government, the court has used their doctrine of “selective incorporation” to determine if and when they will hold the states accountable to the supreme law of the land. This is why the Fourteenth Amendment was brought into the case. While the court believes the Bill of Rights does not apply to the states, unless they want it to, Section 1 of the Fourteenth Amendment explicitly says it does:

… No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 1

Which is why, I believe, the court ultimately wrote the holding in their decision the way they did.

Held: New York’s proper-cause requirement violates the Fourteenth Amendment by preventing law-abiding citizens with ordinary self-defense needs from exercising their Second Amendment right to keep and bear arms in public for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The court isn’t wrong; the State of New York was denying its citizens the right to keep and bear arms in public. I would have liked to see the court recognize that the legislature and officials of the State of New York were required to fulfill their oath to support the Constitution of the United States, including the Second Amendment, but that isn’t how they got there. Instead, in the tradition of the court, they used previous opinions to come to their conclusion.

Since Heller and McDonald, the Courts of Appeals have developed a “two-step” framework for analyzing Second Amendment challenges that combines history with means-end scrutiny. The Court rejects that two-part approach as having one step too many. Step one is broadly consistent with Heller, which demands a test rooted in the Second Amendment’s text, as informed by history. But Heller and McDonald do not support a second step that applies means-end scrutiny in the Second Amendment context. Heller’s methodology centered on constitutional text and history. It did not invoke any means-end test such as strict or intermediate scrutiny, and it expressly rejected any interest-balancing inquiry akin to intermediate scrutiny.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Justice Thomas, who wrote he opinion, pointed out what the court saw as a problem with the two-step process the Courts of Appeals had adopted. The first step, that of looking to the text and history of the Second Amendment did not bother the court. The second step did.

The second of the two-step approach involves a means-ends analysis. “Means-ends” is a problem solving technique whereby the difference between impact of the means when compared to the impact of the ends, is minimized. Put another way, do the ends justify the means? The one problem is that the Constitution of the United States doesn’t say your rights are protected unless the government has a good enough reason not to do so.

One of the objections frequently heard about regulating arms is that the Founding Fathers could never have imagined an AR-15 or other arms popular today. Justice Thomas dealt with that as well.

But the Constitution can, and must, apply to circumstances beyond those the Founders specifically anticipated, even though its meaning is fixed according to the understandings of those who ratified it. … Indeed, the Court recognized in Heller at least one way in which the Second Amendment’s historically fixed meaning applies to new circumstances: Its reference to “arms” does not apply “only [to] those arms in existence in the 18th century.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

I’ve always found it foolish when people claim that the Second Amendment meant you only had a right to keep and bear muskets, because they were the arms of the day when the Second Amendment was written. After all, they extended the freedom of speech and press to include the telegraph, then radio, television, and even the Internet. Why not do the same for the right to keep and bear arms? Sure, there were also cannons, swords, and other weapons, but so many have become focused on the firearm that they fail to realize that the Second Amendment protects the right to keep and bear “arms”:

Weapons of offense, or armor for defense and protection of the body.

ARMS – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The other common claim made by those who wish to strictly regulate firearms is the purpose of the Second Amendment as stated in its opening few words.

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

But this ignores that plain language of the rest of the text.

the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

The court recognized that when the Constitution refers to the people, it means the rights of everyday, ordinary, individual people.

It is undisputed that petitioners Koch and Nash—two ordinary, law-abiding, adult citizens—are part of “the people” whom the Second Amendment protects. … And no party disputes that handguns are weapons “in common use” today for self-defense. … The Court has little difficulty concluding also that the plain text of the Second Amendment protects Koch’s and Nash’s proposed course of conduct—carrying handguns publicly for self-defense. Nothing in the Second Amendment’s text draws a home/public distinction with respect to the right to keep and bear arms, and the definition of “bear” naturally encompasses public carry. Moreover, the Second Amendment guarantees an “individual right to possess and carry weapons in case of confrontation,” …, and confrontation can surely take place outside the home.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Based on these facts, and the court’s predilection for placing government interests above the constitutionally protected rights of the people, the court expects the respondents (in this case the Superintendent Of New York State Police), to prove why their regulations are consistent with history and tradition.

The burden then falls on respondents to show that New York’s proper-cause requirement is consistent with this Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation. To do so, respondents appeal to a variety of historical sources from the late 1200s to the early 1900s. But when it comes to interpreting the Constitution, not all history is created equal. “Constitutional rights are enshrined with the scope they were understood to have when the people adopted them.” … The Second Amendment was adopted in 1791; the Fourteenth in 1868. Historical evidence that long predates or postdates either time may not illuminate the scope of the right. With these principles in mind, the Court concludes that respondents have failed to meet their burden to identify an American tradition justifying New York’s proper-cause requirement.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Here we see why the court’s history and tradition standard is so dangerous. When in history do we look? What traditions do we consider? New York State went all the way back to English history in the 1200s in an attempt to justify their actions. But not only did the American colonies not exist in the 1200s, they declared themselves independent from the crown in 1776.

Respondents’ substantial reliance on English history and custom before the founding makes some sense given Heller’s statement that the Second Amendment “codified a right ‘inherited from our English ancestors.’ ” … But the Court finds that history ambiguous at best and sees little reason to think that the Framers would have thought it applicable in the New World. The Court cannot conclude from this historical record that, by the time of the founding, English law would have justified restricting the right to publicly bear arms suited for self-defense only to those who demonstrate some special need for self-protection.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The State of New York looked at other pieces of history. The state gave only gave three restrictions on public carry from the colonial era and early republic, but they prohibited the bearing of arms that intended to spread fear. But Koch and Nash were not seeking permission to carry in a way to spread fear, since according to New York law, if they had received their carry licenses, they would be required to carry concealed. Because of that, under New York State law, if they allowed their weapons to become unconcealed while in public they were committing a crime.

After reviewing the Anglo-American history of public carry, the Court concludes that respondents have not met their burden to identify an American tradition justifying New York’s proper-cause requirement. Apart from a few late-19th-century outlier jurisdictions, American governments simply have not broadly prohibited the public carry of commonly used firearms for personal defense. Nor have they generally required law-abiding, responsible citizens to “demonstrate a special need for self-protection distinguishable from that of the general community” to carry arms in public.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

In short, the State of New York did not make its case. They showed no history, tradition, or even good reason for their requirement that an individual needed to demonstrate a special need for self-defense.

The constitutional right to bear arms in public for self-defense is not “a second-class right, subject to an entirely different body of rules than the other Bill of Rights guarantees.”… The exercise of other constitutional rights does not require individuals to demonstrate to government officers some special need. The Second Amendment right to carry arms in public for self-defense is no different. New York’s proper-cause requirement violates the Fourteenth Amendment by preventing law-abiding citizens with ordinary self-defense needs from exercising their right to keep and bear arms in public.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

Probably my favorite phrase from Justice Thomas’ opinion is that the right to keep and bear arms is not a second-class right. It must be treated like any other right protected by the Bill of Rights.

Dissent

As is so often the case, not all of the justices agreed.

In 2020, 45,222 Americans were killed by firearms. See Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Fast Facts: Firearm Violence Prevention (last updated May 4, 2022) (CDC, Fast Facts), https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/ firearms/fastfact.html. Since the start of this year (2022), there have been 277 reported mass shootings—an average of more than one per day. See Gun Violence Archive (last visited June 20, 2022), https://www.gunviolence archive.org. Gun violence has now surpassed motor vehicle crashes as the leading cause of death among children and adolescents. J. Goldstick, R. Cunningham, & P. Carter, Current Causes of Death in Children and Adolescents in the United States, 386 New England J. Med. 1955 (May 19, 2022) (Goldstick).

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

The dissent here sounds more like they are making an argument on the floor of Congress rather than debating the legality of the law in question. The judicial power of the United States extends to deciding the controversies of cases, not developing the policies of the nation. This appeal to people’s emotions rather than the law did not get past Justice Alito in his concurrence:

What is the relevance of statistics about the use of guns to commit suicide? … Does the dissent think that a lot of people who possess guns in their homes will be stopped or deterred from shooting themselves if they cannot lawfully take them outside?

The dissent cites statistics about the use of guns in domestic disputes, … but it does not explain why these statistics are relevant to the question presented in this case. How many of the cases involving the use of a gun in a domestic dispute occur outside the home, and how many are prevented by laws like New York’s?

The dissent cites statistics on children and adolescents killed by guns, … but what does this have to do with the question whether an adult who is licensed to possess a handgun may be prohibited from carrying it outside the home? Our decision, as noted, does not expand the categories of people who may lawfully possess a gun, and federal law generally forbids the possession of a handgun by a person who is under the age of 18, 18 U.S.C. §§922(x)(2)–(5), and bars the sale of a handgun to anyone under the age of 21, §§922(b)(1), (c)(1).

The dissent cites the large number of guns in private hands—nearly 400 million—but it does not explain what this statistic has to do with the question whether a person who already has the right to keep a gun in the home for self-defense is likely to be deterred from acquiring a gun by the knowledge that the gun cannot be carried outside the home. … And while the dissent seemingly thinks that the ubiquity of guns and our country’s high level of gun violence provide reasons for sustaining the New York law, the dissent appears not to understand that it is these very facts that cause law-abiding citizens to feel the need to carry a gun for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Alito Concurrence

The dissenting justices also noted the importance of the case:

The question before us concerns the extent to which the Second Amendment prevents democratically elected officials from enacting laws to address the serious problem of gun violence. And yet the Court today purports to answer that question without discussing the nature or severity of that problem.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

Does the Constitution prevent “democratically elected officials” from enacting laws contrary to its language? This is exactly the point. The question before the court is not how severe a problem gun violence is, but does the state law violate the supreme law of the land? It seems the dissent wants to ignore the Constitution as long as it’s an attempt to deal with a truly severe problem. But if We the People wanted states to be able to restrict our right to keep and bear arms if gun violence got really bad, we would have said so when we had the states ratify the Second Amendment.

Indeed, the Court’s application of its history-only test in this case demonstrates the very pitfalls described above. The historical evidence reveals a 700-year Anglo-American tradition of regulating the public carriage of firearms in general, and concealed or concealable firearms in particular. The Court spends more than half of its opinion trying to discredit this tradition. But, in my view, the robust evidence of such a tradition cannot be so easily explained away.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

May I remind the dissenters that this is not the Anglo-American States of America, but the United States of America. As I’ve already pointed out, we fought a war to get away from much of the first 450 years of the Anglo-American tradition that the court wishes to subject us to. In fact, one of the grievances listed in that document in which we declared our independence from the Anglo-American tradition of monarchal rule was:

He has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving his Assent to their Acts of pretended Legislation:

Declaration of Independence

It appears, the dissenters of this court are also willing to subject us to jurisdictions foreign to our Constituiton and unacknowledged by our laws.

The historical examples of regulations similar to New York’s licensing regime are legion. Closely analogous English laws were enacted beginning in the 13th century, and similar American regulations were passed during the colonial period, the founding era, the 19th century, and the 20th century. Not all of these laws were identical to New York’s, but that is inevitable in an analysis that demands examination of seven centuries of history. At a minimum, the laws I have recounted resembled New York’s law, similarly restricting the right to publicly carry weapons and serving roughly similar purposes. That is all that the Court’s test, which allows and even encourages “analogical reasoning,” purports to require.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

Funny, I did not know that three examples constitute a “legion”. Yes, there were ancient English laws that restricted the carrying of arms, but we a no longer an English colony, neither are we part of the English commonwealth. As for the regulations from the colonial period to the early 20th century, as Justice Alito noted, they regulated the use of firearms in public, and none of them required a special need for self-defense to bear arms in public.

Conclusion

In sum, the Courts of Appeals’ second step is inconsistent with Heller’s historical approach and its rejection of means-end scrutiny. We reiterate that the standard for applying the Second Amendment is as follows: When the Second Amendment’s plain text covers an individual’s conduct, the Constitution presumptively protects that conduct. The government must then justify its regulation by demonstrating that it is consistent with the Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation. Only then may a court conclude that the individual’s conduct falls outside the Second Amendment’s “unqualified command.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

In other words, it is up to the state to prove that the ends justify the needs, not the courts. But this places the states above not only the Constitution, but the people themselves. It also places, supreme over all, the very court Justice Thomas sits on. This time, the court decided that the state did not justify the need to infringe on people’s rights protected by the Constitution. I can only hope that future justices would uphold their oath to the Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, above the perceived “needs” of the state.

Finally, we come to the biggest question brought up by this court.

New York is not alone in requiring a permit to carry a handgun in public. But the vast majority of States—43 by our count—are “shall issue” jurisdictions, where authorities must issue concealed-carry licenses whenever applicants satisfy certain threshold requirements, without granting licensing officials discretion to deny licenses based on a perceived lack of need or suitability. Meanwhile, only six States and the District of Columbia have “may issue” licensing laws, under which authorities have discretion to deny concealed-carry licenses even when the applicant satisfies the statutory criteria, usually because the applicant has not demonstrated cause or suitability for the relevant license. Aside from New York, then, only California, the District of Columbia, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, and New Jersey have analogues to the “proper cause” standard. All of these “proper cause” analogues have been upheld by the Courts of Appeals, save for the District of Columbia’s, which has been permanently enjoined since 2017.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

What will the officials in these six states and the District of Columbia do? Will they recognize their mistake, that placing discretionary requirements on the exercise of a constitutionally protect right is both arbitrary and capricious? Will they learn from this opinion and begin to correct their infringements on the rights of the people they purport to serve? Based on what I’ve seen in the news so far, my guess is the answer is no. That these states will only recognize the Second Amendment if and when the citizens of their states force them or the other states in the compact punish them for their violation of the agreement. I’m not holding my breath for either solution to be tried in the near future.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

We’ve Lost Our Moral Footing: Hang Them All In The Public Square

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 18, 2022

With my last column titled, “America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet” July 14, 2022, your responses dropped in like paratroopers landing in France during WWII. Many of you expressed your fury as to what’s happening to our country. Others felt saddened. All of you “see” what’s happening to the United States, and it’s not pretty. Half of America stands at odds with the other half. Liberal versus Conservative.

On Friday, July 15, 2022, FOX NEWS’ Tucker Carlson spoke out directly to the fact that Joe Biden suffers from severe dementia and is incapable of leading this country. Carlson showed where Biden exhibited his dementia in 2019. His wife gave him pills of some sort to pump him up when he gave speeches. Today, not even pep pills can help his addled mind. He’s clearly on his last legs both mentally and physically. He shakes hands with the air after he steps away from the podium. If not for the teleprompter, he would not be able to give a coherent speech.

What’s disgusting remains the fact that Biden’s wife, Jill, concealed it, his handlers hid it, and the mainstream media continues to hide Biden’s dementia. The 25^th Amendment needs to be brought into play. Even if it gives us that “willy-nilly” and totally incompetent Kamala Harris, something must be done. Biden stands at the doorstep of a stroke, heart attack or simply total exhaustion.

Biden’s entire cabinet cannot solve our nation’s problems. They are all standing at the door of the Peter Principle, i.e., people in the Western world keep getting promoted to their highest level of incompetence. Whether it’s Pete Buttigieg, Kamala Harris, that transgender guy pretending to be a woman by wearing dresses in the Department of Human Services, or Mr. Mayorkas of DHS who will not stop the invasion of our southern border. It has topped 2,000,000 illegal migrants as of Sunday, July 17, 2022.

One reader said, “Like you I see the same “news” and it is NOT pleasant. I only differ in one area…HANG THEM ALL IN THE PUBLIC SQUARE and start with the lawless criminals of Washington, DC…work from the top down!

“It is VERY hard to vote anyone in/out with nationwide voter fraud and I know they are ramping it up. These people are surely not coming clean or arrest themselves.”

We are losing our moral footing

Another reader said, “The question is: Whose ethics, morality and decency? Every worldview holds a position on these topics but those positions of one worldview are usually at great odds against those of another worldview. What you described about the crimes in the cities and the criminal behaviors of our elected officials match the acceptable ethics, morality and decency of cultural Marxism…they are all relative and match the agenda for anarchy. What you have hinted at should be restoration of the ethics, morality and decency found in the Judeo/Christian based Western Civilization.” Richard

Our second president, John Adams said it best:

While our country remains untainted with the principles and manners which are now producing desolation in so many parts of the world; while she continues sincere, and incapable of insidious and impious policy, we shall have the strongest reason to rejoice in the local destination assigned us by Providence. But should the people of America once become capable of that deep simulation towards one another, and towards foreign nations, which assumes the language of justice and moderation while it is practicing iniquity and extravagance, and displays in the most captivating manner the charming pictures of candor, frankness, and sincerity, while it is rioting in rapine and insolence, this country will be the most miserable habitation in the world; because we have no government armed with power capable of contending with human passions unbridled by morality and religion. Avarice, ambition, revenge, or gallantry would break the strongest cords of our Constitution as a whale goes through a net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other. (….11 October, 1798)

As we lose the “rule of law” because of such people like Chicago’s Mayor Lightfoot, or AG Kim Foxx, or AG George Gascon in LA or Alvin Bragg in NYC…we’re in BIG trouble. One African-American judge said, “I don’t like to be around cops.” That’s not a good indication that she supports law and order. But it doesn’t end with “black” because “white” AG Gascon in LA is pathetically anti-laws.

Another reader wrote, “Thank you for your article on accountability.

I believe and many more believe …Until justice is implemented on criminals at ALL levels and our police forces are allowed to do their job according to our laws, we will continue to slide into hell.” J.

Another wrote, “I am a Christian Conservative Black female, and I just read your article. I agree in part and disagree in part.

“I agree that evil and crime are running rampant in America, and too Black Attorney Generals’ are doing absolutely nothing to help solve the crime problem. In fact, many are directly contributing to it.

“I disagree that, at this point, criminals are intimidated by jail time. Many brag that they have a free bed, and free meals, in an air-conditioned building. Anything less in America, would be considered, maltreatment of prisoners.

“I believe the death penalty needs to be used more against these menaces to society. They need to be put to death, many of them, and only then will you see the crime rate drop. Criminals will never take American laws seriously because the laws are too lenient on criminals.”

A reader wrote, “You did it again! You hit that nail square on the head again, with your article, America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet! In that article, you make it so plain that anyone with even a half a brain could understand what’s happening in our country. Except, I think we’re buttin’ our heads against a wall – ‘cause there’s not enough people getting to read your article! I don’t know how to get it out to all of the nation, and all of the nation needs to read it. This is another one of your articles that needs to go viral – nationwide. Then we all need to band together – maybe it would be in mind, only, but that would be good enough – and then hit the poles with knowledge of what those we’re voting for, stand for. How do we make it all happen? We’re going to hell in a handbasket!”

In the final analysis, we need to impose strict law enforcement, and the harshest jail terms to get those lawless animals off the streets. We start very strict educational standards to bring our kids up to understand their obligations toward their own society. We must indoctrinate them to be “good citizens” by making sure they understand that if they break our laws, they will severely pay a very severe price.

Do we want to continue down this current path? Will we survive this division within our country? If you have better ideas on how to “right” our ship of state, please come forward.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

‘Toxic Masculinity’ – The Lie

By Rob Pue

July 16, 2022

There’s a new “buzz phrase” going around these days — and it’s catching on; becoming another MOVEMENT — promoted by Leftist, “Progressive,” feminist activists. I’m sure you’ve heard of it. It’s called “Toxic Masculinity.” “Toxic Masculinity” is a new mindset these “progressive” feminists are attempting to force into the cultural talking points, which vilifies traditional manhood and all things “masculine.”
——
The Leftists have been incredibly successful over the past few years in pushing their crazy ideas. What was once UNTHINKABLE in America has now become the “norm.” Good has become “bad,” and BAD has become “good.” While most of these ideas are only accepted now by a small, but VOCAL minority, if things do not change, it won’t be long before this nonsense is embraced by an overwhelming majority…like everything else they’ve come up with.

So what IS ‘Toxic Masculinity?’ According to FEM Magazine,“toxic masculinity harms all genders. It promotes sexism, misogyny, violence and rape culture, while enforcing dangerous sterotypes of masculinity and femininity. It is a fundamental pillar in the patriarchy and its normalization throughout cultures demands action. Next time you hear comments that promote toxic masculinity, remember to call them out; taking actions to disband this mentality are necessary in order to dismantle the patriarchal structure.”

There you have it, in their own words…. the ultimate goal is the demise of manhood, the dismantling of what they call the ‘patriarchal structure.” In other words, “Men BAD, women GOOD.” More division. You see, the Left is not content to divide us by ethnicity, religion, or political ideology. Now they must ALSO divide us by gender, which I find ironic, because it is these same Leftists who want us to accept as fact that there are now as many as 13 different “genders” — an insane idea which they insist we must all embrace as truth. And WOE to the poor soul who makes the “mistake” of calling someone by the “wrong” pronoun!

FEM Magazine goes even further in their fight to destroy manhood. In an article from December of 2016, they wrote, “Machismo leads to homophobia, sexual harassment and murder, as violence becomes a channel through which to acquire control.” And so these radical feminists are now portraying men as sexists, misogynists, rapists and murderers. It was not long ago that it would have been unthinkable for people to accept the idea of “transgenderism,” much less the idea that there are now THIRTEEN distinctly, different “genders.” But now, “transgenderism” is being forced upon an unsuspecting, but largely apathetic populace under the force of law… “Get your mind ‘right’ and accept all these different genders or you will pay the consequences.”

Isn’t it interesting, though, that the same people who want to vilify males as rapists and murderers are the same ones who want to do away with the TRUTH of the matter, which is, there REALLY ARE only TWO genders: male and female. For goodness’ sake, even the ANIMAL world understands this. You do not see male dogs confused over their gender. You don’t see male birds confused over their genders. God made all created things male and female. One is not “better” or “worse” than the other. On the contrary, the TWO (and there ARE only TWO) different genders were designed by God to COMPLIMENT one another.

Are there men who abuse women and act wickedly? Absolutely, and that is behavior that we have NEVER accepted in civilized society. Abusers of women and children and those who are bullies have NEVER been considered “good” men. They have been looked at as the rude, crude JERKS that they are. But the same can be said of women. If you have any doubt, just look at the recent Womens’ marches that have been taking place around the nation, ostensibly to support “womens’ rights.” Consider the foul-mouthed speakers at their rallies and the mean-spirited hateful vitriol that flows from their mouths as they proudly wear their “vagina hats!” Most of these feminist activists are more vulgar than any men I have ever known. Yet THEIR actions are considered just fine — simply because they are female….

But wait a minute: I thought we were not supposed to focus on gender. I thought there were 13 different “genders,” and all of them were “equally good.” But it turns out, I guess, TWELVE of them are “good,” but ONE is very, very BAD. It is very, very BAD to be male or “masculine.” That just cannot be tolerated any longer. Masculinity, they say, MUST BE DISMANTLED, along with our “traditional patriarchal structure.” The clear and obvious hypocrisy of the Left never ceases to amaze me.

There is no question that manhood is under full assault in America today. Just like the LGBT movement, the idea of “toxic masculinity” is now becoming more and more widely accepted. And as usual, it starts with the indoctrination of young boys in preschool, grade-school, middle school, high school… and then this idea that masculinity is a horrible, awful thing is solidified in their young minds in college. This is why we are seeing more and more young “men” embracing feminism; dressing —and acting — more and more like women. I dare say that MANY young men in our public colleges today are, in many cases, more feminine in their behavior than the young women are. They have been indoctrinated WELL by the propaganda that has been drilled into their heads all their lives.

Let me ask you a question: if you wanted to bring down a nation; if you wanted to DESTROY a nation from within, how would you start? By destroying the natural family. By twisting the truth and deceiving the minds of milllions of young people over a period of just 12-16 years, the time it takes for a child to go through public school and college. Drill your lies into their heads for just 16 years and you can fundamentally change an entire culture and society. Mission accomplished.

This is what has taken place in America. The first step in destroying the natural family was to bring down the HEAD of the family, the Dad. And so, not so long ago, we began seeing fathers portrayed in TV sitcoms and movies as bumbling fools and idiots. Not so long ago, we began drugging our children — mostly young BOYS — to alleviate the “problem” of ADHD. (By the way, have you noticed there aren’t many young GIRLS who have ADHD and must be drugged with Ritalin?) No… it’s always the BOYS who suffer from this malady. If they act too masculine or display too many male traits in school, that is simply unacceptable. And “for the good of the child,”they tell us, “they must be treated for ADHD.” And so we drug our children, on the advice of the so-called “professionals.”

We’ve been lied to, folks. We’ve turned our children over to the mercy of the almighty State and after 12 years of public school and 4 years of college, and much medication, our boys finally manage to “get their minds right.” Now our young men eagerly join the Womens’ marches, the “pride” parades, and embrace transgenderism. Not to mention the holocaust known as “a woman’s right to choose.” Now they dress like women, act like women, speak like women. These are not the young men of that Greatest Generation that fought for freedom in World War II. My own Dad left school at the age of 17 and enlisted in the US Navy. He was among our fighting men in the South Pacific and HE WAS THERE when we liberated the Phillipines. Can you imagine a 17-year-old boy doing such a thing today? Or, are they more likely to join ANTIFA and wreak havoc on their own country? Or simply sit at home and watch porn and play video games in their Mom’s basement while wearing their “skinny jeans,” painting their toenails and poofing up their hair? You tell me.

It goes without saying, they have also abandoned the God of the Bible. If they have any “faith” at all, it’s in some weird religion. Many young people today worship the Earth. Many worship the pagan “goddess” of feminism — or as they are now calling it, the “Gynarchy.” Many seek out satanism, eastern mysticism or ancient demons masquerading as “angels.” And many are simply atheist or agnostic. This is the easiest route, because it gives them the perceived “freedom” to do as they please. Like the satanist Aleister Crowley wrote, inspired by the devil himself, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”

So to bring down a nation without firing a shot, first you destroy the family, and you start that by destroying the head of the family — the Dad. Then you feminize the boys, and confuse their minds, so that many of them actually believe they were meant to be girls. Those who still have a little common sense left find themselves in deep, dark turmoil in their souls. They instinctively KNOW they are male, yet they are not allowed to BE male. Everything all around them in the culture tells them: “masculinity is BAD!” They are so conflicted in their spirits…. and then we wonder why we’ve seen such a dramatic spike in the suicide rate — especially among young men and boys.

There is NO SUCH THING as ‘Toxic Masculinity,’ friends. God made us male and female. And make no mistake: there are only TWO genders, designed by God Himself to compliment one another. Even our physical anatomy proves this out. DIFFERENT, but equal… and BOTH ARE NEEDED to procreate AND to raise spiritually, mentally and physically healthy children to be responsible, well rounded adults. When my children were young, they would walk BETWEEN my wife and I and each of us would hold one of their hands. My wife would hold our kids’ left hand, and I would hold their right. Because a child NEEDS BOTH PARENTS to feel safe and secure, and to grow up healthy in mind, body and spirit. Two men cannot do that. Nor can two women. It takes a Mom AND a Dad.

“Toxic Masculinity” is a lie from the pits of hell. It is so sad for our young men. They are ashamed of themselves, just because they are male… and if they happen to be WHITE males, then they’re even more ashamed, because as we all know now, the Leftist mantra has been: “white males are BAD, ‘people of color’ — especially ‘WOMEN of color’ — are oppressed victims, who must be PROFUSELY apologized to and then celebrated, worshiped and adored.”

Meanwhile, our families disintegrate, relationships between fathers and sons are destroyed, the minds of our young people are radically confused and twisted, and suicide rates are increasing exponentially. ‘Toxic Masculinity’ is a lie. It’s just another brick in the wall the Leftists are building to further divide us and separate us from the truth, from rational thinking, from God’s natural order and design. When a nation no longer accepts and follows God’s natural design, it reaps the consequences, which are too many to mention, but suffice to say, we are seeing all those consequences play out in living color before our very eyes this very day. So how’s that working for us?

But what IS true masculinity? What is the role of the man in God’s natural order? First, the man is to submit to God, his Creator, follow His commandments, and with the guidance and counsel of the Holy Spirit, take up his cross daily and follow Christ. He’s to be the husband of one wife, taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ. Once united to his wife in Holy Matrimony, he is then to be the MINISTER of his home — the spiritual leader. He is to SERVE his wife, protect his wife, and provide for her. He is NOT to use his authority as head of the household as a tyrant, but rather as a SERVANT.

Then, together, the husband and wife are to be fruitful and multiply. As the wife follows her husband as he follows Christ, the children then see modeled for them how to “do life right.” They grow up with a Mom and a Dad in the home, actively involved, guiding, nurturing and training them up in the fear and admonition of the Lord…. as Jesus said, “teaching them to obey all He commanded.” THIS, my friends, is what makes for a strong, solid FAMILY, and the family is the FOUNDATION of a civilized nation. Destroy the family and you’ve destroyed the nation. The first step is taking down the head of the home, the man… the husband and father.

So men: do not let the agenda of pop culture shame you because of your gender. STAND UP! BE the MAN God created you to be, with all the attributes and virtues of a REAL man of God. Remember, it only took 12 men — Jesus’ 12 disciples — to turn the whole world upside down. So embrace the freedom you have in Christ — or perhaps a better way to state it — embrace the DUTY you have been given by God Himself, to be counter-cultural, world changers, watchmen on the walls and truth tellers.

I can tell you, this will not make you “popular” or well-liked by most; especially those in your own home, your own church. But as you life out and model true masculinity, those around you will begin to “get it.” Real men love babies, real men stand up for those unjustly led to slaughter. Real men push back and fight evil. Real men protect, lead, provide for — and SERVE — their wives and families. Real men have a PURPOSE, ordained by God. Be a REAL man.

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at (715) 486-8066 or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 247.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

America’s Fight To Stay Free, Part 4

By Roger Anghis

July6 17, 2022

When our Founders established our nation they set it on a foundation of integrity and honesty. Our government today is far from what they gave us. We have what is called the Deep State which is nothing but a bunch of power-hungry and greedy elites that believe they have the right to control everything you do. We no longer have the representative government the Founders gave us. Because we have not paid the proper attention to who we have put into office we have allowed serious lowlifes to sit in places of authority. Patrick Henry warned us: Bad men cannot make good citizens. It is impossible that a nation of infidels or idolaters should be a nation of freemen. It is when a people forget God that tyrants forge their chains. A vitiated state of morals, a corrupted public conscience, is incompatible with freedom. No free government, or the blessings of liberty, can be preserved to any people but by a firm adherence to justice, moderation, temperance, frugality, and virtue; and by a frequent recurrence to fundamental principles.

Samuel Adams gave us a warning as well: “The public cannot be too curious concerning the characters of public men.” We have not been curious enough in the last hundred years. Our freedoms have been eroded to where our First Amendment has been restricted to only what Big Tech agrees with. Our religious freedoms are restricted to inside the walls of the church building and even in the last couple of years, we haven’t even been allowed to do that. George Washington warned about power-hungry men: “Cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the Power of the People and to usurp for themselves the reins of Government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.” Washington also stated: “No compact among men … can be pronounced everlasting and inviolable, and if I may so express myself, that no wall of words, that no mound of parchment can be so formed as to stand against the sweeping torrent of boundless ambition on the one side, aided by the sapping current of corrupted morals on the other.”

We will not maintain our freedoms nor the free nation the Founders gave us until we get back to what they built this nation on. We are allowing one of the most inept world organizations, the United Nations, to control everything on the planet. Here is the Preamble of the UN’s Agenda 2030: This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognize that eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimensions, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development. All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan. We are resolved to free the human race from the tyranny of poverty and want and to heal and secure our planet. We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind. The 17 Sustainable Development Goals and 169 targets which we are announcing today demonstrate the scale and ambition of this new universal Agenda. They seek to build on the Millennium Development Goals and complete what these did not achieve. They seek to realize the human rights of all and to achieve gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls. They are integrated and indivisible and balance the three dimensions of sustainable development: the economic, social and environmental.

The Goals and targets will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet.[1]

Everything in this declaration is to control agriculture, transportation, manufacturing, housing, and healthcare. Their plan is to redistribute the wealth of rich nations and make all people equal. That’s nothing less than communism and our elected officials have swallowed this line of BS hook line and sinker and are willing to give up the sovereignty of America to these world dictators. Their declarations seem noble but are impossible with destroying the lives of many people. In their Declaration #3 they state: We resolve, between now and 2030, to end poverty and hunger everywhere; to combat inequalities within and among countries; to build peaceful, just and inclusive societies; to protect human rights and promote gender equality and the empowerment of women and girls; and to ensure the lasting protection of the planet and its natural resources. We resolve also to create conditions for sustainable, inclusive and sustained economic growth, shared prosperity and decent work for all, taking into account different levels of national development and capacities.[2] Without forced labor and the removal of wealth from people who have earned that wealth, this will never happen. Keep in mind this is only eight years away.

Under the Biden administration as under the Obama administration, we are seeing the opposition being attacked by the FBI and Department of Justice. The people involved in the so-called insurrection of January 6^th are being treated like foreign terrorists instead of American citizens. Our Constitution gives us the right to a speedy trial. Those arrested for simply being on the grounds of the capital have been held in solitary confinement and are held with being charged with anything. This is the action of a dictatorship, not a constitutional republic.

Governor Gretchen Whitmer (D) of Michigan had the Republican candidate running against her arrested just for being on the grounds of the Capital on January 6^th. Biden has had several of Trump’s inner circle arrested in obvious attempts to intimidate his opposition. When the leak from the Supreme Court came out and protestors surrounded the homes of the Supreme Court Justices, which is illegal, not one person was arrested except the one that announced that he wanted to kill Kavanaugh. Even Harry Truman knew that this behavior would lead us down a path we, as a people, don’t want to go. In a special message on August 8, 1950, to Congress on the Internal Security of the United States, he said: “Once a government is committed to the principle of silencing the voice of opposition, it has only one way to go, and that is down the path of increasingly repressive measures, until it becomes a source of terror to all its citizens and creates a country where everyone lives in fear.” Nixon did this, Bill Clinton did this, Obama did this, and now Biden is doing this.

There is a two-tiered justice system with Democrats not having to abide by the laws and Republicans having to obey the law to the letter. If you doubt ask yourself why is Hillary still free when she deleted 30,000 emails AFTER they were subpoenaed, she paid for the Steel dossier illegally bringing foreign involvement into the election. Why is Joe Biden free when he used the pay to play to protect his son from his involvement in the corrupt oil company in Ukraine. By the way, Pelosi’s son, John Kerry’s son, and Mit Romney’s son are all involved in businesses in Ukraine. We have proof that Joe Biden was involved in shady dealings with the Communist Chinese government. How about Obama’s involvement in the spying on the Trump campaign AND the Trump presidency.

They raided Roger Stone’s house with a swat team, Paul Manaforts’s house with a swat team, and Jeffery Clark’s home was hit with a pre-dawn raid: The head of the Center for Renewing America, where Clark is a fellow, in a statement called the visit “a pre-dawn raid” by “more than a dozen DOJ law enforcement officials” who seized Clark’s electronic devices as he stood outside on the street in his pajamas.[3] But no raids on Democrats no matter how their actions prove that they are traitors. We are on the path Harry Truman warned us about.

We can no longer let things be run as they have been for the last hundred years. We have term limits for the president but we need it more for Congress and the Senate. The Great Reset we need is to get back to what the Founders gave us not what the corrupt UN wants. Only the citizens of this great country can accomplish that and accomplish that we must.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

Mother of all Famines on the Horizon as World Food Production Falters From the Green New Fraud

By Sidney Secular

July 16, 2022

World food production is projected to decline precipitously in 2022. The wheat harvest alone is expected to drop by 10 million metric tons from last year while other grains and food staples are in similar dire straits. A record 45 million people are on the brink of starvation and a further 800 million lack a reliable source of daily food. Farmers in the world’s leading farm belts outside of Russia and the Ukraine as well as the US, Canada, Europe and India are being forced to protest simply for the right to produce this much needed food. Earlier in 2022 there were reports that American farmers would be offered subsidies if they destroyed their crops and farmers in the Netherlands are now blocking streets in protest over the situation as have farmers in Germany for the past 3 years.

The food crisis is the direct result of the “Green agenda” in which productive investment in water, power, and other infrastructures essential to agriculture are blocked by governments acting on the part of the mega food cartels, Goldman Sachs, hedge fund managers, and the billionaire royal-elitist class. The plutocrats are fronted by the World Wildlife Fund and other major environmental groups to which money is funneled by deep pocket leftists and foundations. “Carbon-concerned” cultivation and climate change clamor are causing money to flow into Green finance swindles while farmers and ranchers are ruined! Of course, the result is that people are now or will be starving by the millions in a government policy akin to Stalin’s genocide in the Ukraine in which statistics say over nine million starved in what the Ukrainians called the Holodomore (the Hunger). As happened then, this matter is being blacked out by the blackguards of the mainstream media in the US and around the world, the same liars who messed up the minds of the masses with the concocted COVID coverage.

The control over food production and the attempted control of humanity in toto began with the 1992 Rio Earth Summit which introduced the institutional version of the ongoing green fraud. This was followed by the reinforcement and implementation of resolutions coming under the aegis of the North Atlantic Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) in 1994 and the World Trade Organization in 1995 and was further facilitated by the 2008 repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933. The latter event was a major factor in the meltdown of the housing market that year as the result of unscrupulous lending practices. People were being quietly induced to return to urban areas as they sought to escape from the foreclosures forced upon them. The said 1992 Rio Earth Summit unleashed the global warming/climate change bugaboo and its accompanying campaign for the maintenance of biological diversity and population limitation.

From that time, the New World Eco-order has dominated the international dialog calling for the restriction of human activity ostensibly to prevent the emission of too much greenhouse gases supposedly in the fear that the Earth’s climate will skyrocket! These “environmental” folks have also called for severely restricting the areas of the planet occupied by humans lest the “wilderness” and its animal and plant species go extinct. The “stack and pack” campaign that sought to further concentrate people within cities resulted in ever increasing urban sprawl without concern or restriction even of the ecological kind. Of course, the sprawl itself was the result of increases in population almost entirely due to the unrestricted inflow of refugees and immigrants from the third world who were needed, we were assured, to increase our “diversity.” Parenthetically, the increase certainly didn’t arise from native citizen birth rates as every Western country including the US did not present with even a replacement population birthrate much less an increase.

Unfortunately for the nations of the West, far from these Third World “blessings” being appreciative of their welcome, they were demanding of the rights of citizens including welfare and other government goodies. On the other hand, these “imports” could do no wrong according to our government and were to be coddled and appeased lest they have reason to complain about anything. In this as in all other stupid leftist policies, liberals have been permitted to “have it both ways” while American citizens are permitted to notice or say nothing about the destruction of our culture and the nullification of our laws. The simple fact is that as long as a policy “feels good” to our leftist leaders and their minions, the rest of us are “left” to accept whatever consequences ensue.

International conferences to promote the aforesaid goals have been held regularly over the years. These include the noteworthy “COP26” “climate summit” conference in Scotland in November 2021, the 15th biodiversity summit in China held in October 2015 (COP15), and the COP21 conference held in Paris also in 2015 in which dozens of nations agreed to provide “Nationally Determined Contributions” or plans to reduce those nations’ output of “greenhouse” gases. The predictable results of these confabs are now seen in worsening electricity and fuel crises resulting from the takedown of coal and nuclear power generating stations as well as the buildup of unreliable wind and solar power and the deregulation of energy prices. More Texas-type freezes such as occurred in January 2021 can be expected to topple power grids dependent upon unreliable solar and wind sources.

Of course, these policies affect more than the electrical power used in homes and businesses. Two of our leading grain states – Iowa for corn and Kansas for wheat – depend heavily upon unreliable solar and wind for half of their electricity. European agriculture has also been hit hard. Farmers can’t afford or obtain reliable fuel for their machinery or for drying crops and other necessary agricultural functions. Also, with the rising price of fuel, large numbers of high-yield Dutch greenhouses can’t afford electricity. In what is rapidly becoming a world-wide disaster, rising fuel prices have crippled nitrogen fertilizer production. It’s feedstock is natural gas whose price has soared and whose supply is uncertain. Farmers can neither afford nor obtain if they were able to afford, the fertilizer essential for good yields of corn and wheat. The EU is actually decreasing their food output on purpose! In May 2020, the EU enacted the “Farm to Fork” Green Deal calling for the reduction of land use for agriculture by 10%; fertilizer use by 20%; and the use of pesticides by 50% even though these measures would eliminate the food needed by an estimated 185 million people. One has to wonder if the “kill rate” of COVID “vaccines” is not what is driving the use of such policies! After all, if enough people die by “healthcare” the food output reduction becomes far less a threat! In another idiocy, the British government has declared that the main function of farmers will now be enhancing the environment [!] while the production of food will become a secondary “benefit.” Of course, rewards and punishments will be utilized to force the implementation of these new policies. It is at times like this that the old Greek saying demands a restatement: “Whom the gods would destroy, they first make mad!”

Illegitimate “President” Biden, immediately upon taking office issued Executive Order 14008, in which Section 216 requires that by 2030, 30% of US lands and waters must be removed from any human use! At present, some 13% of US lands and waters are under some form of government limitation. Agriculture is directly threatened as can be seen by the state of New Mexico setting aside 30% of its land for removal from human use. In Montana, a billionaire is promoting the “American Serengeti” whereby the new “American Prairie Reserve” would bring back bison and ban cattle and sheep grazing in an area the size of Lebanon. In the US, 85% of all meatpacking is controlled by just a few transnational entities– Cargill, Tysons, Smithfield [a company that has been purchased by China!], Marfrig and JBS. A pilot program is in place called the Ranch Systems and Viability Planning Project (RSVP) which will dictate a program for cattlemen to sharply reduce carbon emissions by removing the cattle that produce it. Meanwhile, Bill Gates is promoting a program for all “rich countries” to move to 100% synthetic beef! Many carbon curbing programs are also being initiated. Cargill is in charge of a program called “Regenerative Agriculture” to capture carbon in the soils of six states. Farmers will be surveilled remotely for compliance through the program that is known as “Regrow.”

“Biofuels” are a longstanding swindle begun by G.W. Bush and promoted by every president since. Now 40% of the US corn crop which itself constitutes one-third of the world’s corn harvest, goes into ethanol production. It is a major diversion of agricultural capacity to an unworthy effort to make energy “vegan.” So much soy oil is going for biodiesel that bakers and food processors are appealing for government intervention because of the shortage of vegetable oils with the resultant soaring prices of those oils. Internationally, edible oil prices have gone up 60% in one year. The British Crown think tank Chatham House bluntly states that depopulation is the goal to save the planet and asserts that food production is harmful since it degrades or destroys natural habitat and contributes to species extinction. Of course, OUR extinction apparently is less problematic than that of the buffalo or the butterfly.

The methodology of these “well meaning” bio-fascists is to change dietary patterns to reduce the demand for certain foodstuffs, including meat! If the US switched from beef to beans (or bugs!), the claim is that such a program would free up former cropland for other uses such as eco-system restoration. But taking out the “inputs” to farming will make farming unfeasible – with all that means to human survival. The dietary preferences of most cultures of the world relate to one or another of the top grains, e.g., corn (tortillas), wheat (bread or pasta), rice (alone or as noodles), etc. The majority of humanity’s caloric intake comes from grains. Outside of China, India and Russia, there is essentially no attempt being made to guarantee an adequate food supply. Instead, with the blessing of world governments, the transnational food cartels will get to decide who can – and cannot – afford to eat. All of Sub-Saharan Africa depends on imports for 40% of its people’s grain consumption. Under the emerging circumstances, a future of major famine looms there. Remember, this area of Africa is the only area of the world with an exploding population! You can bet they will be swarming across the borders of their more fortunate neighbors soon! We are looking at a stark dark and savage future ahead for all mankind if this wickedness is not stopped.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

The Intellectual Suicide of Academia and Corporate Media

By Steven Yates

July 16, 2022

-The Khiara Bridges Chapter–

Just recently, an exchange between Josh Hawley (R.-Mo.) and a law professor at UC-Berkeley named Khiara Bridges at a Senate Judiciary Committee meeting in the wake of the overturning of Roe v Wade went viral. The exchange went like this:

JOSH HAWLEY: Professor Bridges, you said several times, you’ve used a phrase I want to make sure I understand what you mean by it. You’ve referred to people with a capacity for pregnancy. Would that be women?

KHIARA BRIDGES: Many women, cis women, have the capacity for pregnancy. Many cis women do not have the capacity for pregnancy. There are also trans men who are capable of pregnancy, as well as non-binary people who are capable of pregnancy.

J.H.: So this isn’t really a women’s rights issue, it’s a—

K.B.: We can recognize that this impacts women, while also recognizing that it impacts other groups. Those things are not mutually exclusive, Senator Hawley.

J.H.: So your view is that the core of this right then is about what?

K.B.: So I want to recognize that your line of questioning is transphobic and it opens up trans people to violence by not recognizing them.

J.H.: Wow, you’re saying that I’m opening up people to violence by asking whether or not women are the folks who can have pregnancies?

K.B.: So I’m— I want to note that one out of five transgender persons have attempted suicide. So I think it’s important—

J.H.: Because of my line of questioning?

K.B.: Because—

J.H.: So we can’t talk about it?

K.B.: Because denying that trans people exist and pretending not to know that they exist—

J.H.: I’m denying that trans people exist by asking—

K.B.: Are you?

J.H.: —if you’re talking about—

K.B.: Are you? Are you?

J.H.: —about women—

K.B.: Are you?

J.H.: —having pregnancies?

K.B.: Do you believe that men can get pregnant?

J.H.: No, I don’t think men can get pregnant.

K.B.: So you are denying that trans people exist! Thank you!

J.H.: And that leads to violence? Is this how you run your classroom? Are students allowed to question you—

K.B.: Absolutely!

J.H.: —or are they also treated like this where—

K.B.: No, no, no, they’re allowed to question!

J.H.: —they’re told they’re opening up people to violence by questioning?

K.B.: We have a good time in my class! You should join!

J.H.: I bet!

K.B.: You might learn a lot!

J.H.: Wow, I would learn a lot. I’ve learned a lot—

K.B.: I know!

J.H.: —just in this exchange.

K.B.: Absolutely!

J.H.: Extraordinary.

K.B.: Yep.

So what did Sen. Hawley learn? Judging from the look on his face, I would surmise he left the exchange convinced he was dealing with a certifiable nutjob. With a nose ring at that, symbolic of the regression to tribalism heralded by identity politics.

He might also have inferred: one of many, in American academia. For obviously Professor Bridges did not hire herself. Academic hiring (which I saw up close a few times, back in the day) is a lengthy, bureaucratic process. Numerous higher-ups must sign off on permanent appointments. Many of these higher-ups have agendas. Filling quotas of “underrepresented groups” — women, ethnic minorities, and more recently, sexual minorities — has been one of them for quite a while now.

We see the result, with bizarre neologisms like cis women and trans men (now common in academia), and the wild, impulsive leaps Professor Bridges makes from seemingly banal questions like, Are we talking about women? to insinuations of violence and suicide.

American academia has fallen to the point where one is not allowed to state openly that those capable of normal pregnancy are biological women.

That’s intellectual suicide.

Also of interest is how corporate media handled the exchange. The idea that Sen. Hawley somehow lost the encounter, or engaged in a “transphobic” line of questioning, was picked up. The mental confusion over who can get pregnant was missed.

This is corporate media suicide.

Just the titles of the various reports are enough.

From the initial article I ran across (Yahoo, aggregating from ultra-left HuffPo): Professor Schools Sen. Josh Hawley for His Transphobic Questions During Abortion Hearing.

Or, from the same source: Law Professor Takes Down Josh Hawley.

Really? Did whoever wrote these headlines actually view the exchange?

From Yahoo News itself: Professor Scolds Sen. Josh Hawley During Abortion Hearing: ‘Your Line of Questioning Is Transphobic’.

From the hard-left The Advocate (also courtesy of Yahoo’s news feed): Watch Law Professor Khiara Bridges Blast Josh Hawley’s Transphobia.

From Vox (picked up by MSN and other feeds): Josh Hawley’s Viral Transphobic Comments Explained.

From NBC News: Law Professor Khiara Bridges Calls Senator Josh Hawley’s Questions About Pregnancy ‘Transphobic’.

From Business Insider: Berkeley Law Professor Tells Josh Hawley He’s Paving the Way for Violence Against Transgender People By ‘Denying That Trans People Exist’ and Can Be Pregnant.

Those should do. If you are so inclined, gentle reader, you can find more accounts of how major news media online and offline reported this incident here.

Lemmings could not do better.

It should go without saying, Hawley was not “denying that trans people exist” or can get pregnant. He was denying, by implication at least, that “trans men” are really men. If they can get pregnant, it is because they are not men but women. Period.

This should not be rocket science, but this is where we are in 2022, when a national senator is no longer allowed to say that only women can get pregnant without getting “schooled” for it (interesting word, that!), and when intellectually suicidal law professors deny biological reality in order to use “inclusive language.”

And when corporate media, given its leftward leap into wokery over the past couple of decades, describes an exchange such as this as “taking down” one of the few political figures who seems to have a grip on reality.

I recently explained this to a friend, who finally interrupted with something like, “How can someone get to be a law professor and be that stupid?!”

My response may have sounded, at first glance, like I was coming to Khiara Bridges’ defense. I pointed out that she has a doctorate in anthropology as well as a law degree. She’s written a couple of books, even if one of them is on critical race theory.

The point isn’t easy to grasp at first, but this isn’t about intelligence. It’s about your basic worldview and the direction you take it. Your reasoning — good, bad, or indifferent — and the lens through which you see the world, will follow your worldview.

Some philosophical materialists, for example, are brilliant thinkers — and if their thinking is brilliant enough it will take them into a mental cul-de-sac, which they may recognize as such or not. An example is the British-born philosopher Colin McGinn (b. 1950), who spent much of his career trying to answer, “How can human consciousness exist in a material universe?” He eventually concluded that the human brain isn’t “wired” to understand itself. Some call this the “new mysterianism.” It is a way of throwing up one’s hands in a gesture of despair. Most academic philosophers feel compelled to see everything through the lens of materialism, just like most academic scientists.

I thought it a good idea to toss a nonpolitical example in here, because readers can consider it dispassionately. For if someone begins with the political premise behind, say, critical race theory (that racism has been built into the structure of the American Constitutional political and legal system from the start, and so permeates American life whether we know it or like it or not), that person will see every situation through that lens, never question it, and hit a parallel cul-de-sac: how could the best-intentioned social engineers end racism from American society without ending American society itself? (Which may, of course, be the real goal of critical race theory.)

That such considerations are over the heads of cultural leftists is to be expected. I would be interested in a survey of how many of Professor Bridges’ students could get the year of the U.S. Constitution’s ratification right, or what they would come up with if asked to write about — for example — Federalist Papers 10 or 51. Or, more broadly, how they would respond to queries about the influence of various strains of Christianity on the history of the legal system in the U.S.

In short, if her students are learning anything.

Have they been taught anything except case law and how to view the American legal system through any lens other than race and sexual confusion?

This is the seemingly unstoppable train American academia has been on at least since the late 1980s, and when we watch exchanges such as the above, we see that train going over an intellectually suicidal cliff. When viewing how corporate media has reported the exchange to the public, we see that cliff broadening, as like lemmings, woke-era presstitutes mindlessly follow the academic “experts.”

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands in contrast to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding. Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site. Nor is the site especially truth-teller friendly.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive (I accept donations via PayPal). Do not do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, and from furthering the idea that persons and freedom have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just 100 people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 extra each month in defense of truth-telling!

The Emasculation of the American Male

by Servando Gonzalez

July 15, 2022

According to what it was reported in the press, as soon as they heard about the ongoing situation at the Uvalde school, some of the mothers ran to the place in an effort to protect the lives of their children. Unfortunately, the Uvalde police did not treat them well.

We saw dramatic scenes of Uvalde police mistreating and harassing desperate mothers. Some of them were gassed, tased, handcuffed and treated as criminals. It was a shameful day for America.

Anyway, as in the classic Sherlock Holmes novel, the dog that didn’t bark is the key to understand what really happened there. Evidently most Americans failed to notice the absence of key actors in this tragedy: the fathers. Where were they?

The events at the Uvalde school extended for close to an hour and a half. Even if some of the fathers were at work, there was enough time for some of them to go home, grab their AR-15s and extra mags, get their sidearms, and run to the school to save their children. At least, that is what I expected true American men would have done if one of their children had been taken hostage at the school.

Once there, they would have located the perpetrator, shoot him and rescue the children. Moreover, they would have shot anybody, and I mean anybody, who have tried to stop them from rescuing their children. Unfortunately, American men, the most armed population on planet Earth, do not act like men anymore. Seemingly, they lack what makes men act like men.

What has happened to the American men? Why the most heavily armed group of men in the world are currently acting like sissies? Well, there might be some answers to such questions.

Scientific evidence indicates that, particularly after the Covid shots, there has been a substantial decline on sperm count in American males.[1] Moreover, Some studies show that American men’s testosterone levels have been declining for decades. The most prominent, a 2007 study in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, revealed a “substantial” drop in U.S. men’s testosterone levels since the 1980s, with average levels declining by about 1% per year.[2]

According to these studies, this dramatic decline in testosterone levels is almost certainly linked to higher rates of obesity (which suppresses testosterone) and may be linked to lower rates of smoking in men. In the 2007 study, however, the age-matched declines persisted after controlling for these variables. Many observers put more weight on increased exposure to environmental toxins, such as pesticides, and chemicals common in household products like phthalates and bisphenol A, as well as bST hormone on milk.

Moreover, some other scientists have found that residues of birth-control pills are adding 10 millions of hormones to our wastewater every single day. Most likely, some of that estrogen ends up in our drinking water and may be the cause of lowering testosterone levels in American males.[3]

But there is more than meets the eye that seemingly those studies have failed to acknowledge: what if some of these changes in testosterone levels in American men have been intentionally provoked? May it be that the globalist conspirators are intentionally destroying masculinity in the U.S.? Well, maybe they are.

According to some U.S. government documents, it was known that since 1994 the U.S. military had been developing what they called a “gay bomb”, which would made enemy soldiers “sexually irresistible” to each other.[4] The plan for a so-called “love bomb” envisaged an aphrodisiac chemical that would provoke widespread homosexual behavior among troops, causing what the military called a “distasteful but completely non-lethal” blow to morale.

The so-called “gay bomb” is the name for a non-lethal psychochemical weapon that a United States Air Force research laboratory speculated about producing. The idea was discharging sex pheromones over enemy forces in order to make them sexually attracted to each other. In 1994 the Wright Laboratory in Ohio, a predecessor to today’s United States Air Force Research Laboratory, produced a three-page proposal on a variety of possible nonlethal chemical weapons, which, according to official sources, were never developed.

But, what if they lied about it, as they usually do? Why if the globalist conspirators who fully control our armed forces actually gave the green light and they developed the “gay bomb” and have been using it against their potential domestic enemies: American men?

It is known that the CIA conducted experiments on LSD and other drugs on unaware American citizens in San Francisco and New York’s subways. So, it would not be farfetched to think that there be more reasons apart from propaganda and indoctrination explaining why American men are nor acting like men anymore.

Obviously, the globalist conspirators who are working hard to push their New Word Order upon us don’t like real men. Eventually real men may rebel and violently respond to these attacks on their country, their way of living, their family and their masculinity. This explains why the strong promotion of femininity and anti-masculinity has become a key part of the globalist conspirators’ agenda.

Currently, the globalist conspirators are devoting a lot of their time and money to push women and unmanly men into positions of political power. This is not, as they claim, because they want to give women an equal role in society, but because they think that women are easier to manipulate and control than real men. Unfortunately, examples such as Hillary Clinton, Nancy Pelosi, Liz Cheney, Chicago’s mayor and The Squad prove they are right.

As a result of the social law that any political vacuum of power is rapidly occupied, we are experiencing a situation in which women and non-acting men are more and more grabbing that political power. Seemingly, the only real man left in this country is Tom Cruise. Unfortunately, I have the feeling that most of his macho man acting is just that: acting.

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

Oprah’s Next Candidate for President

By Cliff Kincaid

July 15, 2022

Oprah Winfrey’s last major foray into politics was backing Barack Hussein Obama, who promised a fundamental transformation of America and delivered. Now, Oprah is backing Wes Moore for governor of Maryland. He is supposed to be the next Obama, assuming he can win the July 19 primary. In a campaign ad, she says, “The type of transformational leader that these times demand – that’s Wes Moore for Maryland governor.”

Moore promises to legalize dope in Maryland and once served on the board of a marijuana company, which paid him more than $1.6 million.

Remember that Obama started out as an Illinois State Senator before he was elected to the United States Senate and then ran for president.

“This moment that we’re in demands of different type of leader,” says Oprah, who is reportedly an occasional user of the drug. “For governor in Maryland, you have one in my friend Wes Moore.”

Of course, Democrats are now clamoring for a “different type of leader” on the national level.

Even if Moore doesn’t win the Democratic Party nomination for Maryland governor and the general election, he could easily surface as a Democratic Party presidential candidate in 2024. Oprah, a billionaire, carries a lot of clout.

Moore is a very controversial character, having served on the board of a marijuana company, Green Thumb Industries, as people are gradually becoming aware of marijuana’s link to mental illness and some of America’s mass shootings in recent months and years.

Of course, this isn’t of any concern to politicians trying to make money from this deadly addiction, which generates a “consumer” who comes back for more until the psychosis causes the stoner to go haywire, become homeless on the streets, or enter a mental ward.

Oprah’s endorsement of Wes Moore, a cannabis industry mouthpiece, should remind us of her own flirtation with the drug culture.

In my book about Obama, Permanent Revolution, New Age expert Constance Cumbey examined Oprah Winfrey’s career, explaining how she had gone beyond promoting kooky New Age ideas to recommending drugs for her mostly female readers. The April 2018 edition of her “Oprah Magazine” featured the article, “Is Marijuana the New Merlot?” Another article, “Mom’s Guide to Not Getting Busted,” advised women how to use dope “without getting into trouble.”

Nevertheless, Oprah still remains an icon. “Watching Oprah,” an exhibition at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of African American History and Culture, presented the billionaire as a role model (Oprah gave the museum $21 million) and noted she has received eight awards from GLAAD for “LGBTQ acceptance” and positive portrayals of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer people.

Moore is committed to a “green” economy in ways other than legalizing marijuana. He wants a “climate corps” to implement a “green energy economy.”

Al Hunt, the former executive editor of Bloomberg News, admits, however, that there are a “few controversies” involving this super star candidate but then tries to dismiss them. One is that “he implied — and allowed others misleadingly to claim — that both grew up in Baltimore. He was born in another part of Maryland, moved to the Bronx and came to Baltimore for college.” Another is that he “is under some criticism for not correcting interviewers who said that he won a Bronze Star in Afghanistan.”

We are supposed to look beyond these issues.

But why would one of the major marijuana businesses in the world reach out to hire Wes Moore and put him on its board? As noted by Capital news Service, “In 2018, Moore was awarded more than $1.6 million in stocks in a marijuana company that does extensive business in Maryland and served on its board while a candidate. His connection to Chicago-based Green Thumb Industries (GTI), one of the largest cannabis companies in the world, represents a possible conflict of interest if he becomes governor as the office appoints the commission overseeing the state’s medical marijuana industry.”

Similar questions are being raised in Florida, where, as noted by the Daily Caller, Democratic Florida gubernatorial candidate Nikki Fried, who pledged to legalize marijuana if elected, “owns a sizable stake in a pot dispensary company, according to a financial disclosure.” She is so committed to dope that a Tampa newspaper labeled her as the politician who “wants to be the marijuana governor.” A local journalist by the name of Brian Burgess has raised serious questions about her “secret” connections to the marijuana industry and unexplained personal wealth.

But most journalists, who probably smoke the mind-altering substance for “recreational” purposes, don’t bother to report the political influence of Big Marijuana.

Dope is clearly a big part of the new “green” economy that Democrats have planned for the United States as a whole. Indeed, marijuana is the Soma of America’s Brave New World and the plan is to go far beyond marijuana. For those who didn’t read the Aldous Huxley classic, Spark Notes provides this information: “Soma is a drug that is handed out for free to all the citizens of the World State. In small doses, soma makes people feel good. In large doses, it creates pleasant hallucinations and a sense of timelessness.”

It also makes people believe things that are not true, such as that men can become pregnant and that more federal spending will lower inflation.

Mass murderer Nikolas Cruz blamed marijuana and other drugs for the 2018 massacre in Florida that killed 17 people.

At an America’s Survival conference in 2017, Dr. Tina Trent explained how the movement to legalize drugs now wants to make “mind-expanding” drugs more available, even mandatory, in order to erase traditional Christianity and transform consciousness through “New Age” practices.

Indeed, Measure 110 (also known as Initiative Petition 44) passed in Oregon, with the support of George Soros, Mark Zuckerberg, and the Oregon Democratic Party, and decriminalized dangerous drugs like meth, cocaine, Oxycodone and heroin. As a result, to no one’s surprise, substance abuse is rising.

This seems to be the plan.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Big Government, Small Liberty

by Lee Duigon

July 14, 2022

You’ll own nothing, have no privacy… and you’ll be happy! Such is the promise offered to humanity by Klaus Schwab, Mr. World Economic Forum.

How’s that promise shaping up for us?

In Sri Lanka, ham-fisted government policies reminiscent of our own Green New Deal have exasperated the people beyond their means to tolerate it—booming inflation, shortages of food and other necessaries. They can’t stand it anymore; so they stormed the presidential palace and have chased their lunatic “president” out of the country. He was to have departed yesterday.

In the Netherlands the government’s goons are shooting at farmers who have been protesting equally insane new policies that will destroy their livelihoods. All in the service of Saving The Planet, dontcha know. There’s no indication that this mess will calm down anytime soon.

And in Canada, libs allied to the Trudeau Regime want the government to monitor “private communications” (which won’t be private anymore—so there!) so they can come down on anyone who has a difference of opinion with the rulers. Dissent in Canada has a new name: “misinformation.” We have not been told how they plan to control what is said in private communications. Will they steam open people’s letters? Create algorithms that will rat them out for any discouraging words posted on the social media? They’ll come up with something.

Is this whole world sliding into tyranny? Is freedom an endangered species?

Our Declaration of Independence, our country’s founding document, states that we “are endowed by [our] Creator with certain inalienable rights.” That means our rights are God-given and cannot and may not be sold or taken away from us. Not even by the government.

Oh, but they try! If they can’t buy our rights, they’ll use force. They’ll use fear—and chaos. Riots and all that. So they have the FBI spy on parents who don’t like what the teachers’ unions and race-baiting educators are “teaching” their children. Our national border is ruptured—on purpose. And the Biden Regime still has its sights set on establishing some kind of “Disinformation Governance Board” which would come down on anyone whose mind’s not right. It seems we don’t need no stinkin’ inalienable rights.

They want a world government, run by themselves, so passionately, they can taste it. And they don’t care who they have to hurt to get it.

As Plutarch observed some two thousand years ago, it’s not hard to impose a tyrannical regime on a city or a nation. The hard part is keeping it in being. He also remarked that tyranny is a nice lofty perch—but there’s no safe way down from it.

(And to think that all that King George III wanted was a stamp tax…)

They’ve thoroughly enjoyed subjecting us to mandates, lockdowns, an invasion of illegal immigrants, hysterical warnings of “insurrection,” Critical Race Theory, and transgender mania. Enjoyed every minute of it. This has to stop. If we can stop it with an election, good for us. But it does have to stop.

Let freedom ring! And when they try to stifle us… sing louder! And appeal to a righteous God who sets up nations and sets them down as He sees fit.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 14, 2022

Have you noticed what’s happening across our country every time you read or watch a news broadcast? Countless acts of cruelty, crime, and mayhem erupt in our cities from California to Boston. Chicago to Miami. Houston to Denver, et al.

Last night in Portland, Oregon, an 82 year old waited at a bus stop to be beaten to death by a four-time felon.

“Multnomah County District Attorney Mike Schmidt said the elderly men, Donald Pierce and Edward Lichenstein, were waiting for a bus at SW 5^th Street and Hall when they were attacked. Keffer J. White approached them, began to yell, made fun of them for being older and became more aggressive.

“’White headbutted Lichenstein and shoved him to the ground,’ the DA said. ‘Pierce, using a cane for balance, was pushed into the street and onto the ground where White kicked him in the head and face several times. Both men tried to get up and get away but, Schmidt said, ‘White continued his attack on both. Lichenstein died of his injuries.’” (Source: CBS News, COIN News 6, Portland)

June 29, 2022, New York City, another lady pushing her child in a stroller suffered death from a black guy coming up from behind to shoot her in the back of the head. Child instantly without a mother!

As reported in the previous column, 220 shooting deaths and 589 wounded during the 4^th of July weekend…all in our big cities. Most of the shootings from minorities over turf, drugs, family quarrels, car jackings, and robberies.

Not to be left out, we’ve got a plethora of mass shootings at our elementary and high schools. From Uvalde to Columbine to King Soopers in Boulder to the next killing event…and there will be another massacre somewhere in America.

Our big cities: war zones! What else would you call that much killing? Why can’t these people talk things over, talk things out, compromise, and then, choose to live?

While a bunch of useless politicians try to make January 6^th something more than it was, they ignored the $2 billion in burning, looting and killings from the summer of 2021. Why? It didn’t fit their narrative.

We have attorney generals in Chicago like Kim Foxx, who is an affirmative-action law graduate and totally incompetent. We’ve got AG Gascon in Los Angeles who is clearly corrupt. Oh, and don’t forget AG Alvin Bragg in NYC who doesn’t know a law book from a comic book—literally pushing felons back onto the streets within hours, what do you expect?

In San Francisco, street thieves rob cars on every block. They break windows and steal suitcases, cameras and anything of value. You cannot leave your car parked on Fisherman’s Wharf because it WILL be broken and smashed when you return. How did I know? It happened to my wife and me last summer.

Yesterday, police discovered a homeless cave in San Jose, California with $100,000.00 in shoplifted goods. Police arrested six homeless thieves.

But that’s only the tip of the iceberg. Another $52 billion in mercantile goods will be shoplifted out of American stores in 2022 just like $52 billion was shoplifted out of stores in 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018…etc.

We’re talking a LOT of stealing by a LOT of people. They steal from grocery stores, clothing, sports, convenient stores, Home Depot, just about any store that doesn’t monitor who goes out the doors with what. We’ve got immigrant gangs stealing in groups because that’s what they did back in Somalia, Mexico, India, South Africa, Columbia, et al.

We’ve got inner-city (ghetto) kids stealing as a way of life. They steal and deal drugs. They steal and sell Air Jordan’s. They steal anything they can find.

Last year, thieves stole $50,000.00 worth of goods from my brother’s and my farm in LeRoy, Michigan, population 500. We worked hard all our lives for that gear, and in a few trailer loads, they were gone…never to be caught. Where? We bet all our gear made it to flea markets in Ohio or other states where there was not chance for us to catch them.

In a bodega this past week, an African-America multiple felon robbed and beat a convenient store clerk in NYC. Only this time, the clerk stabbed the felon, who ultimately died, and AG Bragg brought murder charges against the clerk. If he had not defended himself, he would have been dead at the hands of the felon. You can see it on the video.

Our own president breaks our laws daily. He invites, houses, and transports illegal border jumpers to all part of the country. He’s up to his ears in complicity with oil deals with his son Hunter who is a drug addict, sex addict and totally filthy human being. Our own president invites drug cartels to move their drugs into our country to addict our children and kill 100,000 Americans annually. That’s President Joe Biden. He’s a criminal. He’s a liar. He should be impeached. He should be sent to an assisted living resort for senior citizen criminals suffering from dementia.

So, what does all that say about morality, ethics and decency in America?

It means that we are losing the foundation of basic honesty, integrity, personal accountability and personal responsibility in America—in a growing percentage of our citizens…and non-citizens. It means we’re losing the basic tenants of bringing up our children to be responsible, honest and contributing adults in America. It means that we all pay for that $52 billion in stolen goods annually. It means that anyone of us can get killed by felons let back onto the streets. It means we are importing crime, drugs and criminals as a way of life from other countries.

We cannot keep going forward into this lawless, defund the cops, future. We cannot become a lawless civilization. We’ll be no better than Somalia, Congo, Sudan, Mexico or Ethiopia.

What do we average Americans do to save ourselves?

We need to vote AG’s, Mayors, Governors and top lawyers into positions to enforce our laws, period. Give criminals big, fat, long jail sentences.
We need TV ad campaigns showing criminals the jail times for petty shoplifting, carjacking, driving while drunk, stealing of any kind. We’ll be happy to pay for their three squares and a cot. It would be a savings over losing $52 billion in shoplifting losses.
We need to put the fear of God into every criminal by showing them on TV what they face in prison for every crime they might commit.
Hire and pay police offers top salaries for serving the public. Make sure they have AG’s and the best support from their communities.
Teach respect for law and order in schools. Give sobering classes to students as to what it’s going to cost them to live a life of crime. And, what’s it like in prison. Make them watch real-life videos of prison life.
Especially show what it’s going to cost them to drink and drive. Loss of car, loss of license for 10 years, jail time, charges dramatically increased for insurance. Make it much worse for them to drink and drive. Same with drugs! Same with texting. Make it really hurt to break our laws.
Whatever it takes, short of public hangings, we need to enforce our laws to maintain a civil society.

Because if we don’t, this current nightmare will accelerate. You want that?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

To the Ends of the Earth: Lost White Migrations and Civilizations, Part 2

By Sidney Secular

July 13, 2022

THE LOST KINGDOMS OF THE ANASAZI AND HOHOKAM

Up until recently, the origination and racial derivation of the culturally advanced civilization of the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples who lived in the American Southwest around 1,000 years ago were basically obscure but they were assumed to be just “Native American” tribes who were ancestors to the Hopi, Navaho and other pueblo Indian peoples who today reside in that area. The two peoples in question inhabited a large swath of the desert Southwest but their settlements were more or less were centered in the Four Corners region where Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado meet.

That these peoples were “Native Americans” in the accepted meaning of that term could not be further from the truth! Indeed, the folklore “history” of the resident “Indians/Native Americans” readily admit to that fact, acknowledging that the Anasazi and Hohokam were ancient enemies of their own people at a time when those civilizations were ending. As a matter of fact, the Native American populations were instrumental in destroying both cultures in a sort of precursor of the same fate of those “Indians” at the hands of the white man in the American west of the 1870s! What goes around, comes around, they say.

From what is known, the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples arrived seemingly out of nowhere, dominating their areas of settlement from just before 1,000 AD until approximately 1,250 AD. Racially, both peoples were white as indicated by the fact that a majority of both “tribes” were red-headed! This physical fact alone puts to rest any claim that they were “Native Americans!” Furthermore, both groups were far more advanced than their “native” neighbors, a fact that continues to feed the myth that Native Americans were at one time far more advanced since by arbitrary decree and definition all Pre-Columbian cultures in the Americas are deemed to be Native American – that is, Indian, a Mongoloid race of people.

Conventional archeologists just can’t seem to let go of their out-of-date paradigm that non-Native American advanced civilizations in North America could not have existed before Columbus arrived in the New World. They willingly acknowledge “Native American” civilizations such as the Aztec, Inca, Maya and Nazca,* all of whom are considered far advanced. But even in that acknowledgement there is more recent evidence of a much deeper understanding of astronomy and the cosmos – all of which was gained without the telescope and modern instrumentation. (*The Nazca Lines are a collection of giant geoglyphs—designs or motifs etched into the ground—located in the Peruvian coastal plain about 250 miles south of Lima, Peru. Created by the ancient Nazca Indians in South America and depicting various plants, animals, and geometric shapes, the 2,000-year-old Nazca Lines can only be fully appreciated when viewed from the air [!] given their massive size. Despite being studied for over 80 years, these geoglyphs are still a mystery to researchers.

Some authors in the field such as Erich Von Däniken, believe that this “knowledge” was brought to Earth by “extra-terrestrials” in that historic period and that these civilizations were, in turn, consumed in the attempt to understand where they fit into the overall scheme of creation and to live in accordance with universal principles. Living in accordance with the natural order and conducting religious ceremonies to curry the favor of those whom they considered “the gods” was more important to these supposedly culturally “primitive” people than is the case with our present godless materialistic modern society! The Anasazi and Hohokam were fanatically (by our standards) consumed with such spiritually oriented practices and employed highly developed technologies to implement their visions in a practical manner that included advanced understandings of the use of herbs, natural cures, earth energies, trance-inducing plants, shamanism and esoteric practices usually associated with stone age peoples (like the Indians) but in addition were extremely competent agriculturalists with a knowledge of how to grow plentiful crops, introduce new crops where they had never grown in a particular area before, and conduct bio-engineering to create new varieties of food plants including the strain of blue corn we still consume today.

These people were not hunter-gatherers as were the great majority of those “Native Americans” who either moved from place to place following their food source or farmed on a far more primitive level. Both the Anasazi and Hohokam were able to make barren landscapes productive and had developed an urban style of structured settlements far more advanced than that of the Pueblo Indians who replaced them. They also developed extremely sophisticated canal and irrigation systems to fully utilize the precious and often sparse availability of water in their areas of settlement.

The Anasazi set up their main base of operations in the Chaco Canyon in Arizona. They created edifices of superb masonry known as “great houses,” lofty affairs sometimes five stories high with extensive horizontal additions over time that could add up to hundreds of rooms, all according to formalized floor plans. Finely plastered, high-ceiling rooms were organized into suites. These structures spread across the canyon floor in a leveled area two miles wide by nine miles long. For every twenty-nine rooms or so, a ceremonial pit known as a kiva was built. These were geometrically elegant features of plastered dry stone sunk up to fifteen feet into the ground. A bench was fashioned around the inside perimeter of the circular wall. Religious ceremonies and enactments were the primary focus of Anasazi life. A common theme of the enactments was the re-emergence of humanity after the Great Flood, an almost universal pre-occupation of ancient civilizations, which is also, of course, a major theme of our Bible. Anasazi kivas are preserved amongst the remnants of the Anasazi cliff dwellings within Bandelier National Monument in New Mexico. About 16% of the kivas investigated were integrated with underground temples called sipapus. The overall number of these temples is unknown.

At Yellowjacket Canyon, 400 kivas have been excavated, the largest of which is 81 feet in diameter. The Great Houses had walls of dressed sandstone blocks coated with a matrix of clay and mortar, then covered with layers of dried mud within which were inserted surfacing stones in distinctive patterns. The entire Great House complex was tastefully landscaped suggesting that the houses might not have been residences at all but just ceremonial centers on holy ground visited only on religious occasions! This interpretation is supported somewhat by what appear to be residential areas surrounding the Great Houses. The Chaco Canyon complex expanded over time to include 70 or more outlying towns and trading posts covering 25,000 square miles of the San Juan basin. The grandest of all the Great Houses is called Pueblo Bonito, or “Beautiful Village.” It has 5 stories covering 2 acres – 3 times the area of the White House in Washington, DC. and was about the size of the Roman coliseum, containing 800 spacious rooms. The walls were 3 feet thick to support the overall ceiling that weighed 90 tons!

There were no significant trash middens (piles) found in the area, something supporting the idea that the site was ceremonial rather than a housing structure. This belief is also supported by the presence of many kivas within the complex. These Great Houses are curiously D-shaped, apparently denoting part of a sacred architectural canon. Altogether, building all these “great houses” required 900 million stones and a quarter-million conifer trees – and their felling and transportation would not have been an easy affair. After having exhausted all the local stands by the mid-eleventh century, the ponderosa pine, spruce and fir required for construction would have had to come from mountain ranges up to 70 miles away. How this was accomplished was a great mystery made even greater by the fact that none of the lumber used bore a single mar or scratch mark on them! At the least, an extensive road system would have been required and speaking of road systems, Anasazi settlements were connected by six skillfully engineered systems covering 95,000 square miles. The lone surviving example, the Great North Road stretches from the San Juan River to Pueblo Alto where the massive turquoise processing and chert tool production sites were located. In one Great House alone, a pair of richly dressed adult human skeletons lay on a bed of 56,000 pieces of turquoise and other precious grave goods. In one kiva, archeologists removed a turquoise necklace that was 17 feet long!

Anasazi roads had a bed of caliche (hardpan), a natural cement that is still used today in the manufacture of Portland cement. Anasazi roads averaged 30 feet wide and were clearly defined at the edges by earthen beams or rock walls. Because of the type of ground over which they ran, the roads had no shoulders that might lead to a load of valuable material being overturned and thus damaged. Amazingly, the roads ran in unerringly straight lines oblivious to any obstacles in the way. Very large boulders that could not be removed were provided with steps or other means used to get over them while steep cliffs were simply bored through to avoid deviations or detours. While many today ponder how the ancient Egyptians built the pyramids, it would seem that a similar miracle took place in the American West by another “primitive” people.

Being a profoundly religious people, 70 mile-long spiritual pilgrimages were undertaken by large numbers of Anasazi through the worst of the New Mexican deserts. Neither were these haphazard but the pilgrims were provided with support by groups that included food suppliers, medical personnel, and guards. Participants engaged in prayer and meditation in these ancient worship practices in order to create a transcendental experience. Timing for these events was determined by celestial cycles and/or events that had a particular association with the pilgrimage. The Anasazi operated a form of pre-Internet information superhighway. Signal posts were set up at regular intervals along the entire network of roads and during daylight hours, data was passed from one relay station to the next with the use of polished obsidian mirrors. Obviously, this worked very well in the desert climate of the place! At night, bonfires transmitted information. As noted, overcast skies and rain were infrequent and thus not a hindrance to the transmissions.

The full complexity of the Anasazi road system was not apparent until the year 2000 when the known data of the system was fed into high powered computers for analysis. Every land feature – roads, kivas, great houses, rivers, and even prominent geological structures were all deliberately aligned in a sort of sacred landscape. The alignments themselves reflected astronomical alignments with respect to the positions of the sun and moon at the solstices and equinoxes and other astronomical configurations and cycles. This type of activity in trying to align what goes on in the heavens to what is aligned on the earth seems to be a feature of all highly developed ancient civilizations such as Egypt and Mesopotamia, as well as the advanced Mesoamerican civilizations mentioned at the beginning of this article. Julius Evola, in his metaphysical writings, described these correspondences with the formula: “As above, so below.” Ceremonies observing these astronomical alignments and regularities were aimed at establishing a type of peaceful and proper correspondence between the human and natural worlds that would find favor with the gods.

Several engineering feats illustrate the Anasazi’s prodigious mechanical capabilities and the ability to carry out very large-scale operations. A spectacularly huge dam was found in New Mexico’s Animas Valley in 1892 measuring 5.5 miles across with provisions for the creation of a large reservoir. The structure was created from a mind-boggling 8 to 10 million cubic yards of material. As a means of comparison, Boulder Dam is only 1,244 feet across at the top meaning that it would take more than four dams the size of Boulder Dam to match the Animas Valley Dam. Another large scale water management project was the Weritos Dam near Pueblo Alto that created a reservoir to control storm water runoff. That project involved extraction of hundreds of thousands if not millions of tons of quartzite, a hard metamorphic rock beginning as pure quartz sandstone and converted into quartzite through heating and pressure usually related to tectonic compression. A huge complex of Anasazi quarries has been found about 125 miles north of Cheyenne, Wyoming. These vast projects were accomplished with strict adherence to existing guidelines that prevented the marring or polluting the local sites.

As well, Anasazi pottery methodology was in a class by itself compared to the more primitive techniques employed by the local Indians. All of this is beyond amazing since there is no evidence the Anasazi had a written language with the possible exception of the petroglyphs found on rocky surfaces near the cliff dwellings that they occupied during the latter part of their stay in the Southwest. From the civilization’s florescence around 1000 AD until its disappearance 140 years later, there is no indication that they had any recognized defensive measures in place. There were no warriors or walls or fortifications. Neither were there any slaves, prisons or poverty. Evidence of statecraft – that is, governing structure(s) or an existing bureaucracy is largely absent. It appears that when word spread among neighboring tribes that the Anasazi were turning a desert scrub wasteland into a paradise and needed laborers for their immense engineering projects, word spread and the other tribal people of the southwest migrated to Chaco Canyon to fill this need. Unfortunately, allowing these foreigners and non-whites to become integrated into their society was the Anasazi’s downfall. All great white civilizations have perished eventually when that occurred as we see in the West today. It is what doomed ancient Egypt, the Romans, the ancient Persians, the Anasazi and many others.

The Southwest’s climate turned more arid about 1150 AD and the drought was too severe to alleviate especially with the large numbers of people who had to be succored. When one adds the extended period of increased volcanism that consumed the region beginning at that time, the more primitive Indian cultures who had conceived of the Anasazi as gods then saw them as evil spirits who were destroying everything that they in fact had created. The consequences of the falling away of their past worshippers were terminal and the Anasazis paid for their elevated culture, lack of military preparedness and humane naivete with their extermination and the destruction of nearly all they had created so that today there is very little evidence that an advanced civilization ever occupied the region. More details on that eventuality anon.

There was another distinct but complimentary white people who settled a large area south of Chaco Canyon. These people had arrived simultaneously with the Anasazi and were named the Hohokam. Interestingly enough, the Hohokam had been allies of the Anasazi for many generations before they migrated together from South America. What distinguished the two peoples from one another was their fundamentally different approaches to agriculture. The Anasazi were dry land farmers who relied on sufficient rainfall and upon their skills in building reservoirs for the distribution of water to crops. For a period of time matters worked out until, as we have seen, severe drought conditions led to their undoing. Meanwhile, the Hohokam who had settled in extremely dry southern Arizona were sophisticated hydraulic engineers who were able to utilize local river systems to create an amazing irrigation system which curled around to create a 1,000 mile long system of canals comparable in sophistication to anything extant today. To illustrate the size of these systems, had they been laid end to end they would have reached the Canadian border. With this system the Hohokam were able to create a twice annual growing season with a profusion and variety of crops where nothing comparable had grown before or since. Today, all these canals have been obliterated by urban development, modern farming, and the destruction wrought by the Indians. However, two of their canals have been preserved at the Pueblo Grande Museum and Agricultural Park in Phoenix, Arizona. Pueblo Grande (“Big Town”) was the Hohokam’s largest city. Today’s so-called experts, assuming the Hohokam were just another tribe of “Native Americans” assume that the Hohokam had no draft animals and that they would have had to dig through the hard sun-baked soil using hoes, axes, and digging sticks. If that were the case, it would have taken generations to construct their irrigation system. The Hohokam also developed an extensive salt mining system to preserve the superabundant quantities of produce they grew. The wealth produced by trading their prolific quantities of produce and salt allowed for extensive trading with the inhabitants of the Mississippi Valley and the Valley of Mexico (Mexico City area).

The Hohokam decorated their pottery with distinctive variations of the symbol of the swastika, a symbol used by many ancient civilizations to represent sun worship. Hohokam residential areas were comprised of clusters of homes opening on a common, open-air courtyard. Homes were fabricated to standardized measurements. They usually housed spacious workshops for arts and crafts activities, jewelry making, and weaving. Over ten local minerals including turquoise, amethyst and jade were used in these crafts and as a result, the Hohokam undertook extensive turquoise mining operations. They supplied the product in massive quantities to their Anasazi allies and exported it in large quantities to the Indians and to the rest of Latin America from Mexico to Chile. In other significant accomplishments, the Hohokam invented acid etching hundreds of years before it was independently developed in Renaissance Europe, that enabled the creation of remarkable works of art. They were also advanced metal smiths producing silver, copper and bronze bells.

The golden age of “white prehistory” (“white” American history supposedly began with Columbus) in the American Southwest lasted only 140 years. The glittering civilizations of the Anasazi and Hohokam attracted upwards of 250,000 Indians who invaded and inundated the developed area much as the “barbarians” invaded the Roman Empire from its edges. The Southwestern civilizations were very fragile since they were founded upon sophisticated technology and dried up when there wasn’t enough water to sustain the system due to severe and extended “climate change” – and, yes, this was the result of actual “climate change!” As their civilizations failed, the ignorant mass of Indians turned against them with a savagery beyond belief and destroyed those who had been their benefactors as well as nearly all the great creations of those civilizations.

Perhaps these great white cultures did not realize that their more primitive neighbors saw them as “divine” and so, when they failed, they suffered not just from the ordinary problem of “inter-tribal” hostility, but the consequences of blasphemy! For their former worshippers blamed the natural events on the very people they knew to be capable of creating “miracles.” Thus, the very people who had brought them wonders were now believed to be evil spirits that had to be destroyed in order to save what little could be saved. Violence raged through Chaco Canyon incinerating the Great Houses and many of their “elitist” occupants. The entire fabric of civilized life was torn apart. The remaining Anasazis and Hohokam understood that their formally successful experiments in advanced civilization on the Colorado Plateau had come to an end and organized evacuation was the only option. A trek of 400 miles south to the thriving commercial center of Paquimé in Mexico was considered, but they decided to employ a less risky strategy – retreat to higher elevations such as Mesa Verde and Canyon de Chelly where they could live free from fear of attack in unassailable cliff dwellings while protecting the farmers working the fields below. Defensively, stone towers of refuge constructed in the fields would afford immediate protection to those same farmers. For though none believed that the massive drought would last forever, yet the real question is why these advanced peoples believed that the Indian menace would cease or, in the alternative, could be overcome. However, not having any military tradition or training is a good indication these were peaceful people who suffered from a lack of understanding of the hostility of others as do many of today’s clueless liberals.

Nonetheless, they were not totally unthinking for besides the cliff dwellings, there were several other developments in their mountain strongholds that can be seen as the equivalent of today’s gated communities. But the strength of these strategies was a mirage as it took less than 40 years for the Indians to overcome them, one by one. The lack of any military background certainly facilitated their destruction. The Anasazi had one castle-like defensive fortification which is preserved today at Hovenweep National Monument in Utah. It is pointless to go into the gory details of how the “Native Americans” dealt their former benefactors! Simply put, these peaceful, intelligent, cultured people were killed, mutilated, and burned and all traces of their civilized cultures obliterated to the greatest extent possible. On the other hand, it does provide an interesting comparison to the howls of rage against the white man and his interaction with the Plains Indians in the 1870s when those Indians were seen purely as victims of the evil and greedy whites. It’s not that the claim was altogether wrong, but the matter was not nearly so one-sided. For by 1970, some 500 cannibalized skeletal remains had been assembled from forty Anasazi locations. And while some of these advanced people managed to escape to Mexico, at least 40,000 were savagely killed, the networks of roads they built destroyed and covered over and the temples built for their religious practices turned into banquet halls for cannibal feasts. Almost all traces of the engineering marvels built by the Anasazi and Hohokam have been buried by the sands in their former kingdoms.

The Anasazi and Hohokam were not native to the American Southwest. They had already developed their engineering and artistic skills when they were known as the Huari and the Moche peoples, prosperous pre-Inca civilizations in Peru. The time in which these people were forced to leave South America by their enemies in that place was coincidental with the sudden rise of the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples in the Southwest thus leading us to connect the groups. The Huari, Moche, Anasazi and Hohokam shared enough cultural traits to reveal their common roots.

Today, the Southwest continues to suffer from an extended drought and shrinking water reserves while nothing is being done about it. It can be properly asked is this a prelude to a scenario where the illegals and never-do-wells take over California despite the high tech Silicon Valley culture that rules it today? If that becomes the case, the parallels with the fate of the Anasazi and Hohokam are there for us to contemplate.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

If YOU Can’t be Trusted to Protect Your Own Child

By Lex Greene

July 13, 2022

Isn’t it ironic that it’s only the most critical questions of all, that are deemed politically incorrect to ask?

If YOU can’t be trusted to protect your own child, can you be trusted with anything else? If you have demonstrated no regard for human life at all, should any human anywhere trust you with their life? If you don’t believe in the most foundational Right to Life, what other Rights could you possibly believe in?

Allow me to continue…

Since none of the experimental CV19 so-called “vaccines” can prevent catching CV19, prevent severe illness or death related to CV19, what is the purpose of the jab? Since more people have taken ill or died after the “vaccines” than from CV19 itself, should we still be forcing people to get the “vaccines?”

Since no amount of social distancing or mask wearing prevented CV19 from infecting people regardless of these measures, what is the purpose of these measures?

Since the 2020 elections violated State Election Laws in every State of the Union, how could the results of that unlawful election process, be lawful?

Why do you think democrats are on your side when it was Republicans who freed the slaves and advanced every Civil Rights law in the USA, while the democrat party fought against both, every step of the way?

Why do you think Republicans are “racist” when it’s democrats who started and operate the KKK, including the Senate hero for all democrats, Senator Robert KKK Byrd?

Now that Jeffrey Epstein’s key human pedophile trafficker Ghislaine Maxwell has been convicted for these crimes, shouldn’t every JOHN who participated in the rape and abuse of these young girls also be prosecuted to the full extent of the law? Is it right for our federal government to protect the identity of these horrific pedophiles? Do you really think the news media doesn’t already have the real list of rapists and pedophiles?

Unless we ask the right questions, we will never get the right answers… shall I continue?

Why do you believe that conservatives or republicans are “warmongers” when history shows us that it has been democrats who started nearly every war since our nation’s founding?

Why should anyone believe in socialism and communism when both have failed everywhere they have ever been tried?

If socialism is such a great idea, why are people from socialist countries invading our southern border to escape it, and why has the USA sent foreign aid to all socialist countries for decades? Has any foreign nation ever sent aid to the USA because capitalism failed?

Why do we fight amongst ourselves when our government is the common enemy of us all, constantly working around the clock to divide our people beyond repair? Have you never heard of “divide and conquer?”

If Trump was to blame for everything that happened during his four year tenure, why isn’t Biden to blame for everything that has happened during his tenure?

88% of people recently polled in the USA agree that the USA is on the wrong track and headed for total collapse, and they are right. But do you expect this reality to change how they vote in November? Shouldn’t it?

If democrats make better government leaders, why are all of the worst, most deadly, most corrupt cities in the USA, all run by democrats?

Do you really think the same party that has already destroyed every major city in the USA, can somehow make all of America anything better?

Do you really expect people who refuse to even protect the lives of their own children, to protect you or your loved ones?

How much have you been lied too? How long have you been lied to? We have all been lied to, repeatedly, for many years. Are we now no longer able to discern truth from lies?

If you don’t trust politicians, lawyers, judges, news media, doctors, or scientists, why do you place your faith in man at all? Our Founders knew better, why don’t you?

Do you even grasp the difference between inalienable Natural Rights of every human being vs. negotiable privileges temporarily granted by some government official, usually to benefit their own power and wealth?

Everyone and their cousin is trying to tell you what to think and what to do, from politicians to judges, news anchors to social media addicts. Instead, I’m desperately trying to get you to think. I want to know what YOU think this time.

Instead of telling you what I think and why I think it, which I have done many times for many years, I’m asking you the most critical questions of the era and hoping you will take the time to answer these most critical questions.

I look forward to your answers… WRITE ME AT: nwvlexgreene@gmail.com

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Bloodguiltiness: It Isn’t Over Yet- There Will Be Recompense On The Heads Of The Guilty

By Bradlee Dean

July 13, 2022

“Let justice be done though the heavens fall.” –The Maxim signifies the belief that justice must be realized regardless of consequences.

Blood Guiltiness: The guilt or crime of shedding blood.

After the Roe vs Wade decision made by the Supreme Court of the United States came down, it was interesting to see the ignorance displayed by the American people (Hosea 4:6).

It was almost, as if to suggest, it was ever legal to murder their own baby in the first place.

The government in this country has no business whatsoever giving permission to the people, under the guise of “choice,” to murder the fruit of their wombs. It is the government’s purpose to condemn such an act, not to advocate for it (Proverbs 17:15).

What is more disturbing than this is when the American people somehow saw it their way to advocate the murder of the innocent in the first place especially, when it comes to those who pretend to be what they clearly are not (Titus 1:16; 1 John 2:4)!

Some might say, Well, I didn’t have an abortion.” I respond with 63 million babies have been murdered since 1973. I have to ask you, where have you been?

Maybe you have forgotten that you are your brother’s keeper.

Simply put, if you are not standing against it, then you are guilty of it! Their blood is on your hands (Proverbs 6:17).

One professor posted an arrogantly, flippant statement: “Prayers heard,” as if that was enough. “Faith without works is dead” (James 2:14-26).

Friends, Scripture tells us: “He that turneth away his ear from hearing the law, even his prayer shall be abomination” (Proverbs 28:9).

God’s law states, “Thou shalt not murder” (Exodus 20:13), and if these biblically ignorant ones understood what this meant, they would have understood that the Lord does not hear their prayers. Why, you may ask? They did not enforce the law against those who were doing the murdering (Deuteronomy 19;19). In other words, these bystanders were made accomplices of the crimes that were being committed.

Another woman went on and said, “Praise God, the curse has been removed.” Once again, this comes from an individual who has not taken the time to search the Scriptures to know the heart of God (2 Timothy 2:15). Friends, I am here to tell you that there will be recompense bestowed on this nation for every single drop of innocent blood that has been shed… every drop (Nahum 1:13).

Their blood cries from the ground.

Genesis 4:10: “…the voice of thy brother’s blood crieth unto me from the ground.”

“Whoso sheddeth man’s blood, by man shall his blood be shed.” -Genesis 9:6

Numbers 35:33 also tells us: “So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.”

Also, read 2 Samuel 21:9, 2 Kings 21, Galatians 6:7, etc.

In conclusion: This woman making unbiblical posts in response to me calling her out, even went on to say that what I am saying only applies to the wicked.

I, of course, responded that the wicked, as defined in Websters 1828 Dictionary, are those that have deviated from the divine law (Exodus 20), and you know who that is (Jeremiah 5:28).

‘Ludicrous’: Illegal aliens arrested for trespassing sue Texas governor, other officials for “violating their rights”, May 5, 2022

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Being BlackRocked = Being Cancelled by a Global Public Private Partnership

by Kathleen Marquardt

July 12, 2022

While most of us thought that we had a government of the people, by the people and for the people, we do not and have not had one for many decades. The transformation has been in the works for over 100 years, but the final weapon to take us to a one-world government was the two-part President’s Council on Sustainable Development/National Partnership for Reinventing Government. The first part embedded Agenda 21 into even the most minor areas of government — from federal to Podunkville. The second, while we heard even less about it, is the dangerous “focus on leading a fundamental culture change in the government”, that transfers(ed) power from Congress to the bureaucracy; from representatives of the people to unelected bodies (and thus we have no ability to oust them) who “ultimately control international finance, all corporate & business activity, government policy, and international relations.” And thus, they “have constructed a system that will enable them to seize the “global commons (ed: control of the entire world). ”[1]

This transfer of power “destroyed the check and balances in the Constitution at the local level, and therefore destroy(ed) representative government. This power shift is a philosophical shift to a completely new form of government. It is a merger between government, corporations, and non-governmental organizations.[2] This established Public/Private Partnerships (PPP) to become the new nucleus of the government. The Preamble to the Earth Summit/Agenda 21, stated flat-out that Public Private Partnerships were the future. And the Earth Summit/Agenda 21, p. 15 tells us that “Government, business and industry, including transnational corporations, strengthen partnerships to implement the principles and criteria for sustainable development.”

Now that 30-some years have passed since the Globalists began putting this into effect, we are seeing the results – and they are hideous and overwhelming. The PPPs have morphed into one Global Public/Private Partnership (GPPP), too big to fail — they hope. The term “too big to fail” is used to describe a company that’s “so entwined in the global economy that its failure would be catastrophic” If it doesn’t fail, it will be the end of civilization on this earth. But it will fail. There are too many power-hungry maniacs running things; there will be fights on who’s “king of the mountain”, who’s in charge today. When it fails, it will still be an ugly and dangerous world, but not one in which tyrants will be in control of every area of our lives. But let’s look at what the GPPP is now.

The Global Public/Private Partnership is a network of the world’s stakeholder capitalists. What is stakeholder capitalism? It is the notion that “a firm focuses on meeting the needs of all its stakeholders: customers, employees, partners, the community, and society as a whole”. Dream on. You and I, and the customers, employees, the community, and society as a whole (if that were even possible), are not, and never will be, stakeholders. The stakeholders are those rich men and women, those who run the central banks and a few government leaders. No ordinary people allowed! Think about it; it is impossible to meet the needs of all its stakeholders that they list – unless those stakeholders are told what they want, i.e., “you will own nothing and be happy”. That is the only way this can work; there are too many competing interests with that large a sphere of categories to cater to.

The stakeholders of the GPPP are global corporations, central banks, governments, billionaire foundations, think-tanks, major academic and scientific institutions, non-governmental organizations, and even labor unions. What entity did they leave out? Uh, we citizens. We will have no say (not that we have much now). Not that the governments that are considered their stakeholder partners have any say either. If you look at the U.S., you can see that the government bureaucrats hold all the power of Congress; while the executive branch is controlling those entities, the Globalists (with the Deep State) are controlling the executive.

Free-market capitalism has been dominant in the Western world since the breakup of feudalism, in which most means of production are privately owned, production is guided, and income is distributed largely through the operation of markets. And history shows that free-market capitalism has been the best economic system ever yet devised. We have not been living under a free-market system for decades; it has been gradually morphed into what we have today, a corrupted, manipulated, and controlled mess with no central structure and a monetary system with nothing to back it. And most or all of the world’s economic systems are on the verge of collapse. A planned collapse so the GPPP can step in and take over. “Since the creation of the US Federal Reserve over a century ago, every major financial market collapse has been deliberately triggered for political motives by the central bank. . .. today the US Fed is acting with its interest rate weapon (another tool of asymmetrical warfare) what is the greatest speculative financial bubble in human history, a bubble it created) [3]. All to create globalism.

Right now, we are dealing with severe land-use and housing regulations that are forcing people into cities (now called human habitats – as opposed to the rural areas which are to become part of the animal habitat). Single-family homes are considered damaging for the environment (see Sustainable by Tom DeWeese) so people need to be urged (driven) out of them and into Stack-n-Pack housing (see The Ideal Communist City). [4] Calling suburbia “sprawl” to denigrate big yards and neighborhoods with yards, barbeques, and lots of kids running around, is another tool of asymmetrical warfare. But many, if not most, of those living in suburbia in their single-family homes are middle class; the backbone of America building on the American Dream. Those desiring to own a home are finding fewer available, so they are losing a chance to build equity. Economic freedom is at stake, and with it free-market capitalism – a cornerstone of American liberty.

Now, let’s look at probably the most dangerous Global Public Private Partner, BlackRock. It is the world’s single most powerful financial institution with assets now at 9.6 trillion dollars. As Tucker Carlson said, “… that fact gives the CEO, Larry Fink, unparalleled control over the U.S. economy”. Not a pleasant thought that one person has so much power. BlackRock advises central banks and has connections with state leaders of the world. Apple and Microsoft are just two of their investments. BlackRock established a new investment fund in China; the first owned entirely by a foreign firm. Chinese investors have put a billion dollars into it. It has already attracted over 111,000 investors.

But I want to focus on BlackRock’s investing here in the U.S. – pensions and property. Re pensions: Consumers’ Research is warning that BlackRock is taking pension funds that are invested through BlackRock and putting that money into investments in China. As Consumers’ Research states, “What we’ve seen is that while BlackRock is virtue signaling[5] in the U.S., they’re aiding our adversaries with American pension dollars.” They also list the ten states whose “public pension funds are most deeply invested in Blackrock: Washington, Florida, New York, Nevada, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Montana, and West Virginia.”

What about property? We at American Policy Center have been writing and speaking for years about how the world’s bureaucrats have been making laws, regulations, rules, and reinventing governments to establish Agenda 21 through the U.N., World Economic Forum (WEF), and the GPPP. One of the many outcomes of a completed Agenda21/2030 world would be “no private property”.

The federal government (i.e., Deep State and Globalists running D.C.) incentivized Wall Street to get into the housing market. “In early 2012, it launched a pilot program that allowed private investors to easily purchase foreclosed homes by the hundreds from the government agency Fannie Mae. These new owners would then rent out the homes, creating more housing in areas heavily hit by foreclosures.” [1]

Sounds great; government has the answer. Wait. The renters of these single-family homes have discovered that a big, deep-pocket company as landlord isn’t all it’s cracked up to be. And the companies are finding out that, while they may consider these homes are, basically, cookie cutter homes and the tenants are cookie cutter tenants, life may work that way in technocracy, but it doesn’t in real life. But the tenants are the ones paying for the glitches. (See the Atlantic article on Wall Street landlords. [6] That was last year; then BlackRock was a minor figure in real estate.

BlackRock is now aiming to become one of the largest landlords in the U.S.; they already own $34 billion in real estate here. And more than half of our country’s properties are owned by institutional investors (BlackRock and other stakeholders of the GPPP). According to the New York Times, BlackRock is buying every single-family house they can find, paying 20-50% above asking price and outbidding usual home buyers.” (And before you ask, BlackRock is connected to Black Stone, but that is another story.)

BlackRock and one of the other GPPPs are also “. . . taking over centralized food production technologies and will have near-total control over the future food supply in America”. [7] They also largely own the world’s top ten food companies. And owner, Larry Fink, says it is time to force people’s behavior to change. What behavior is that? Where we live, what we eat, if we procreate? Those are the general Agenda21/GPPP/Great Reset points. To “build back better” in Marxism means to destroy everything of moral value and individual freedom and leave a rotten, fallow, world behind. Marxism cannot build back anything; it is built on the Hegelian Dialectic which tears down step after step – with no reconstruction. So, according to the GPPP, building back better means taking full control of the global commons. The global commons used to mean “those parts of the planet that fall outside national jurisdictions and to which all nations have access”. Now they mean “and all the other parts of the planet, too”.

Will they succeed? In my opinion, no. They have rushed their plan in attempt to complete it – it being Agenda 21 and one-world government – by 2030, rather than their 2050 initial date. There are other factors that will undo them, including that no matter how big your computer, you cannot factor in every variable necessary to build that tyrannical rule. In fact, there are schisms amongst the players right now. And the biggie – we Americans who still have functioning brains and moral compasses are not ready to be serfs or be composted for fertilizer.

We will prevail, but because so many waited so long to wake up, it will be an ugly, dystopian world because the “building back better” only builds, at best, brownfields.

Being BlackRocked is a dream of the GPPP and a “nightmare of all nightmares” for sane, rational, moral people.

The Lion may be battered and bruised, but he will still Roar.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2019/02/single-family-landlords-wall-street/582394/

[1] Iain Davis, “Seizing Everything: the Theft of the Global Commons, Pt. I https://off-guardian.org/2021/11/08/seizing-everything-the-theft-of-the-global-commons-part-2/

[2] Joan Veon, The United Nations’ Global Straitjacket, p. 88

[3] https://qoshe.com/new-eastern-outlook-en/f-william-engdahl/global-planned-financial-tsunami-has-just-begun/140959347

[4] https://americanpolicy.org/2019/04/02/form-based-codes-replacing-the-everyday-american-city-with-the-ideal-communist-city/

[5] Real Clear energy: Virtue signaling is defined as the act of publicly expressing opinions in order to demonstrate that you are a good person. However, this has become muddied with placing more importance on the appearance of moral correctness, than the correctness itself.

[6] https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2019/02/single-family-landlords-wall-street/582394/

[7] https://www.naturalnews.com/2022-05-01-blackrock-vanguard-controlling-america-centralized-food-production.html

The Great Reset is Communism’s Final Solution

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 12, 2022

We will see how contact tracing has an unequalled capacity and a quasi-essential place in the armory needed to combat COVID-19, while at the same time being positioned to become an enabler of mass surveillance. —Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum

The theory of Communism may be summed up in one sentence: Abolish all private property. —Karl Marx

I consider that the Communist Party of the United States is one of the few Communist Parties to which history has given decisive tasks from the point of view of revolutionary movement. You must forge real revolutionary cadres and leaders of the proletariat, who will be capable of leading millions of American workers toward the revolutionary class wars. —Joseph Stalin in his speech to the American Communist delegation in Moscow, May 6, 1929

The 19^th Century Victorian scholar of freedom, Lord Acton, made it plain to the people when he said, “Socialism is slavery.” It is also starvation and death.

“Terror By Starvation” is Charles Scaliger’s latest article in the June 13^th issue of the New American Magazine. He states, “The practice of deliberate starvation as a tool of war and oppression was fine-tuned by communists in the 20^th Century.”

Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known by the pseudonym Lenin, died on the 21^st of January 1924, having killed an estimated 3 million of his people and that’s beyond the six million who died in the civil war with the Marxists gaining power. He had built a totalitarian horror, and it fell to a monster after his death.

The communist state took the place of God. Under the rhetoric of liberation, Lenin’s Red Terror plundered the rural middle class, known as Kulaks, and when they resisted, it slaughtered. The confiscation and redistribution of grains from Kulaks in Ukraine and Russia led to starvation on an epic scale. The urban middle classes in general, and free-thinkers in particular, suffered a similar fate.

Other mass murderers followed Lenin. Stalin, who through mass starvation murdered at least 20 million, and Chairman Mao, most prominent among them, who starved at least 45 million Chinese. Scaliger writes, “Mao Tse-tung’s Great Leap Forward, which resulted in the deaths of tens of millions of Chinese, primarily by starvation, was a deliberate imitation of Stalin’s Great Turn.”

Millions upon millions died of starvation when communism’s collectivism took over farms, production and ultimately property. By the time the Soviet Union collapsed the engineered famines and sweeping purges of Lenin and Stalin had murdered from 40 to 60 million, probably even more.

Remember the truckers of Canada and now the farmers of the Netherlands. We’re seeing the beginning “tools of oppression” ultimately leading once again to mass starvation. It was the key in the 20^th Century and it’s now the 21^st Century plan for the entire world and it started long, long ago.

Communists Emigrate to America

In previous articles, I’ve mentioned the 48ers, European communists who emigrated to America in 1848. The 48ers left Europe after a series of revolutions, including Germany where Marx and his colleagues worked and fought. Bourgeois liberals and communists fled their countries and emigrated to various countries across the world, including the United States. The 48ers played a large roll in American leftist movements in the middle and late 1800s.

But they weren’t the first communists to come to the US. There is a tradition of socialism and communism in the United States tracing back almost to the very origins of the movements and much further back than many of the things we consider “American” today. Matthew Britt, author of The First Communists in the United States writes, “Only a selective reading of American history will tell you that socialism and communism don’t have a place in America’s history or society today.”

Not long after America’s founding, members of the first Marxist organization known as the Communist League moved to the states to avoid political persecution in Europe. Robert Owen, a socialist from Wales, emigrated to America in 1824.

Owen created the Utopian Socialist Society of New Harmony, Indiana in 1825. He tested some of his writings and speeches in both Scotland and Indiana and his experiments were very influential on Marx, Engels, and other socialists and communists at the time and later on. This led to Owen being mentioned in the Communist Manifesto and would lead to the creation of other utopian societies around the country.

Robert Owen’s influence reached key members of society. In February and March of 1825, Owen gave two speeches to Congress when figures such as John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, James Monroe, John Quincy Adams, and others were present. Wouldn’t you love to know what our early presidents and founders thought of Owen’s speeches!

One of Owen’s sons later became a member of Congress from Indiana. Robert Dale Owen was a Democrat steeped in his father’s utopian socialism. Later in life, he was into spiritualism as were President Lincoln and his wife, Mary.

Many of the early American communists were figures in history and have been mentioned in numerous books and articles. Let’s take a look at just a few of the many.

Edward Bellamy, born in 1850 in Massachusetts, was another latter 19^th century utopian socialist. His claim to fame was his best-selling book, Looking Backward. His book, still popular today, is nothing more than a socialist polemic promoting a communist society for America. Charles Beard and John Dewey (the famous Dewey of progressive/leftist education, no relation to the John Dewey of the decimal system) considered Bellamy’s book to be the second most important book of the 19th century. The book cited by Beard and Dewey as the most influential book of the 19^th century was Marx and Engels’ Das Capital.

On page 16 of Crimes of the Educators by Samuel Blumenfeld and Alex Newman, the authors state, “Even after the rise of Hitler’s National Socialism in Germany and the Marxist-Leninist communism in Russia, Dewey still clung to Bellamy’s vision of socialist America.” On page 17 of Crimes of the Educators, the authors write, “Dewey, who spent his professional life trying to transform Bellamy’s fantasy into American reality, is responsible for the dysfunctional public education we have today—a minimal interest in the development of intellectual, scientific, and literacy skills, and a maximal effort to produce socialized, politically correct individuals who can barely read.”

Education was a massive target of the early communists.

Francis Bellamy was the socialist minister cousin of Edward Bellamy and the original author of the Pledge of Allegiance. Francis believed the Civil War was the defining event in American history and desired a pledge that would reinforce the meaning of the North’s victory over the south, (and the centralized federal government). On page 292 of Lincoln’s Marxists, the author Al Benson Jr. and Walter Donald Kennedy write, “His pledge was designed to incorporate into the mind-set of all Americans the views of Abraham Lincoln, Daniel Webster, and the radical abolitionists, who he believed held the correct view of what America should be.” (One nation, indivisible.)

Joseph Weydemeyer was one of the first major figures to arrive as a forty-eighter. He was part of the League of Communists and headed its Frankfurt chapter before moving to the US. Prior to emigrating, Weydemeyer participated in the 1848 revolution and was a close friend of Marx and Engels. In 1852, Weydemeyer founded the first Marxist organization in the US called the American Workers League.

In 1860, he became involved in the campaign to elect Abraham Lincoln. Weydemeyer joined the army soon after Lincoln was elected, and during the Civil War, he led volunteer units from Missouri. With his socialist faith in strong central government, he was an avid supporter of the Union cause.

Marx even wrote a letter to Lincoln on behalf of the International Workingmen’s Association congratulating him on his second electoral victory, which you can read here.

Weydemeyer stayed politically active, which continued after the end of the war, even handing out copies of Marx’s Inaugural Address of the International Working Men’s Association to troops under his command. In his post-war career, he was elected as a county auditor in Missouri.

August Willich was a Brigadier General in the Union Army and was often referred to as “the Reddest of the Red 48ers.” He fought in the 1848 Revolution in Germany and Friedrich Engels was his aide-de-camp, which is basically the highest-level personal aide. Marx called Willich a “communist with a heart,” even though Willich had publicly insulted him and called him too conservative. Willich was actually more “radical” than Marx, and was part of the opposition group against Marx when the Communist League split. He wasn’t fond of Lincoln’s close ties with big-business interests, but he still supported the Republican Party and the Union’s war efforts against the South.

William Tecumseh Sherman – On page 296 of Al Benson Jr. and Walter Donald Kennedy’s book, Lincoln’s Marxists, is the following:

While doing research for this book, the author came across Sherman’s name in a list of “approved” socialists/communists in America. The press of the Communist Party of the United States published the book from which this name, as well as the names of other leading socialists/communists, was taken. The editor of this communist book noted that Sherman was an “outstanding” general of the Union Army. It should be noted that the co-founder of modern-day communism, Fredrick Engels, also held this opinion. Both Gen. William Sherman and Sen. John Sherman, his brother, believed in a strong, indivisible, central government.

General William Tecumseh Sherman’s Union “Army of the West” marched from Atlanta, Ga., to the seaport of Savannah. Enroute, Sherman’s forces intentionally devastated a 60-mile-wide swath of countryside. Sherman’s March to the Sea was a hideous five-week destruction of “total war.” Sherman’s engineers and foraging “bummers” — were scorched-earth devils, burning Atlanta and then plundering the countryside.

Sherman’s order was clear: Thoroughly destroy every building and every piece of equipment that might be militarily valuable. Lincoln’s army, especially those under the command of Sherman, left a swath of destruction. Congressman Zachariah Chandler said this about the rights of Southerners, “A rebel has sacrificed all his rights. He has no right to life, liberty, property, or the pursuit of happiness. Everything you give him, even life itself, is a boon which he has forfeited.” (Congressional Globe, 37th Congress, 1^st sess.)

Horrors were visited on the civilian population of the South, even upon women and children; mass starvation, pillaging of homes and churches, rapes of both white and black, yes, raped and murdered, thousands of citizens, both white and black, left homeless and forced to forage for whatever morsel of food they could find in the rubble left desolate after the slaughter. Destruction of all means of production, even of medicines and medical supplies, cemeteries were looted, colleges and libraries were obliterated, a massive blight on the land and her people.

Sherman, upon hearing in 1864 that continued attacks on his army were being conducted by Southern partisans, said this, “There is a class of people (Southerners) men, women and children, who must be killed or banished before you can hope for peace and order.” Sherman wasn’t the only one, Grant was in on the murder of non-combatants. Grant stated, “It is our duty to weaken the enemy by destroying their means of subsistence, withdrawing their means of cultivating their fields, and every other way possible.” And it was an order from on high, Lincoln did not dissuade his Union Army from these atrocities on Southern Americans.

With the blessing of President Abraham Lincoln, General Sherman and his 62,000
battle-hardened Union troops fulfilled his promise, raping, pillaging and burning their way through South Carolina and Georgia.

General Henry Halleck, Army Chief of Staff wrote to General Grant the order to annihilate the south, “…make all the valley south of the Baltimore and Ohio road a desert.”

Sherman obliterated the ability for men, women and children, and the elderly and infirm to sustain life. One need only search, “The War Crimes of William T. Sherman.”

Sherman didn’t retire after the war. He took his “scorched earth” tactics to the American Indians and wiped out their food supply. In the late 1860s and early 1870s, nearly every Buffalo herd of the plains was slaughtered by Sherman and his men. In an 1867 letter to Grant, Sherman referred to his policy against the native Americans as “the final solution to the Indian problem,” the same sentence Hitler said some 70 years later.

Nationwide Infiltration

In the late 1940s and early 1950s, Wisconsin Senator Joseph McCarthy tried to warn the American people that communists had infiltrated every branch and department of government, and society.

Hollywood romanticized communism by promoting “world peace” in the 1933 movie, Gabriel Over the White House. The movie was a promotion for the 1945 United Nations Charter and was funded by William Randolph Hearst.

The pulpits of America were slowly infiltrated with black churches being the first targets for subversion.

But the real quarry was education.

As Lenin stated so long ago, “Give me just one generation of youth, and I’ll transform the whole world.”

John Dewey’s plan to dumb down America was launched in 1898 and today it is alive, well, and flourishing with communist propaganda. Academic education is gone, a collective utopia runs in the veins of every public school and most private and religious schools. Dewey has destroyed the literacy of millions upon millions of American children, most of whom have attained only a third-grade level of reading. Phonics is long gone, English literature is a thing of the past, simple math has become a nightmare.

Dr. Theodore Brameld, an avowed communist, was professor of education at New York University and right-hand man of Dean Ernest 0. Melby. Dean Melby was perhaps the most conspicuous champion of progressive education, and also was most vocal in his criticism of any investigation of subversion in education.

The Turning of the Tides by Paul W. Shafer and John Howland Snow was first published in 1953. It is an expose of the destruction of academic education in America by the communists. On Page 47, the authors expose Dr. Brameld’s device for circumventing opposition via slyness and outright deception.

In 1935, Brameld said, “Teachers favorable to the collectivist philosophy and program must influence their students, subtly, if necessary, frankly, if possible, toward acceptance of the same position.”

It is the method referred to in the May 1937 issue of The Communist: Only when teachers have really mastered Marxism-Leninism will they be able skillfully to inject it into their teaching at the least risk of exposure, and at the same time to conduct struggles around the schools in a truly Bolshevik manner.

They trained the teachers. And we willingly gave them our children!

Homeschool your babies and grandbabies!

Conclusion

The tentacles of socialism/communism are deeply ensconced in our culture, but the Great Reset is nothing new. It has been around from the beginning of time, the desire of man to eliminate opposition and subjugate survivors into slavery. It’s the same serpent from the Garden and his fallen minions. The Great Reset may be communism’s final solution, but an all-powerful Creator is still in control.

We’ve recently seen breathtaking answers to prayer. We must keep working in our local communities, keep praying, and as my friend Roger Anghis says, “God has everything in control. It’s time to get the popcorn.”

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

It’s Trump Versus Obama/Biden/Hogan in Maryland

By Cliff Kincaid

July 12, 2022

In the deep blue state of Maryland, as primary elections approach, an anti-Trump Republican governor, Larry Hogan, is attempting to curry more favor with Democrats by passing the baton to Kelly Schulz, another liberal anti-Trump Republican regarded as the RINO-anointed heir to Hogan. Hogan, considered a major RINO, is term-limited. On the other hand, the Democrats are offering what some observers are calling “another Obama,” a black advocate of marijuana legalization by the name of Wes Moore.

Attempting to disrupt this pitiful choice is the Trump-endorsed state Delegate Dan Cox, running in the Republican primary against Schulz on July 19. If he can win Maryland, Trump-backed candidates can win anywhere.

Maryland is an example of what’s happening nationally – Democrats and RINOs are teaming up to defeat and destroy Trump Republicans.

Kelly Schulz is running commercials on Fox News claiming that she is a conservative candidate for Governor in Maryland. But on her website she touts her endorsement from the liberal Washington Post. The paper, a long-time voice of the national Democratic Party and the Deep State, claims Schulz’ win in the primary on July 19 against conservative Dan Cox would make Maryland into “a vibrant two-party system” when she has backed out of several debates with Cox because she knows her views are unpopular with conservatives.

But she has RINO money, just like Liz Cheney.

The real story, which should be of interest to Fox viewers, is that some “Republicans” such as Schulz and Hogan are working to destroy the Trump movement in the party. What’s more, Maryland Democrats have intervened in the race, running commercials and producing fliers claiming that “Dangerous Dan Cox is Too Conservative for Maryland.” Schulz claims those efforts are meant to elect Cox, not defeat him.

Sounding like Liz Cheney attacking Trump, Schulz has accused Cox of being “QAnon” and a “fringe” candidate because he dares question Biden’s election.

In fact, however, Cox was not alone in calling for election integrity. Thousands of people from his home state of Maryland attended the January 6, 2021, rally to protest Biden’s “election.” A leader of the Frederick County (Maryland) Conservative Club, Seth Eisenberg, reported that members filled 3 buses and headed to Washington D.C. to exercise their first amendment rights. “No other club in Frederick has ever accomplished getting that many people together to attend a rally in DC before,” he said.

None participated in any violence.

But after he posted a video of the crowd, on January 8, “I woke up to find an official Facebook notice calling the video a ‘violation of community standards on dangerous individuals and organizations.’”

A similar thing happened to me, but in much bigger form, as YouTube terminated my channel, with 500 videos, because I questioned the legitimacy of the Biden and Obama presidencies.

I don’t take positions in political contests, being a journalist, but I covered a recent Cox for governor rally and saw no evidence of “QAnon or “conspiracy” theories. What I found was a group of over 500 people concerned about their rights, the miseducation of their children in Maryland schools, and high crime in the cities.

Cox, a State Delegate who is backed by former President Trump, has been relentlessly attacked by liberal elements in the Maryland Republican Party and the liberal Big Media.

“Kelly Schulz has five times the cash I do, and has paid her team around $800,000 in salaries, has spent $1.3 million at least on negative ads against me, and yet our campaign for Freedom is beating her,” says Cox, who is leading in the polls.

Showing his backbone, Cox, a state delegate, had filed impeachment charges against Hogan himself over the governor’s handling of Covid-19 and related matters. He demonstrated that he will hold both political parties “accountable” for the mess we’re in.

Having introduced a parental rights bill in the state legislature, Cox is also standing up for the fundamental rights of parents to direct their child’s medical needs, education, religion and family morals.

During Covid, Hogan closed down churches and left pot shops open. Indeed, “medical cannabis growers, processors, and dispensaries” were considered public heath establishments.

Like many states, Maryland is home to a booming “medical marijuana” industry that developed under Hogan and Schulz. Yet, on marijuana legalization, Schulz said “she doesn’t yet have a policy position,” one report indicated. Cox is opposed.

Like many areas of the nation, drug use in Maryland is out of control, thanks in part to the increasing availability of marijuana, domestically grown and imported from Mexico by the cartels.

Under RINO Governor Larry Hogan, Maryland’s medical cannabis industry has hit $600 million in revenue. Marijuana can trigger paranoia and violence and primes the brain for opioid addiction. A “Review of Cases of Marijuana and Violence” exposed the danger in all of this, finding numerous cases of marijuana linked to violence and mass murder.

On May 24, 2022, Salvador Ramos fatally shot nineteen students and two teachers and wounded seventeen others at Robb Elementary School in Uvalde, Texas. Earlier that day, the perpetrator shot his grandmother in the face, severely wounding her. It appears he was another mass murderer who used pot. He said he hated his mother and grandmother who restricted his marijuana use.

Robert “Bobby” Crimo, who killed seven people and wounded more than 40 in a July 4th parade, was described by friends as an “isolated stoner” into “alternate reality.” Police reports document his drug use, including marijuana.

RINO Governor Hogan went so far as to direct his Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs (GOMA) to initiate a “disparity study” of Maryland’s “regulated medical cannabis industry,” in order to identify and ensure “appropriate opportunities for minority participation.”

In other words, rather than save blacks from this drug scourge, he wants some blacks to make money by getting other blacks hooked on the dope.

On the Democratic Party side, Wes Moore, who leads the fundraising pack, wants to go further, advocating full-blown legalization. This would be payback to Green Thumb Industries, one of the largest marijuana companies in the world, on whose board he served. However, he has to win the Democratic Party nomination on July 19 and is competing against nine other Democrats.

House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer has endorsed him, even though questions have been raised about Moore’s claims regarding his own military service and background.

“I’m inspired by the leadership of President Obama and President Biden and forever grateful for their service to our country,” says Moore.

This is Maryland’s future, unless Dan Cox can vanquish Kelly Schulz on July 19 and then defeat the Democrats in November.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Illegals Invasion: Sheriff Says Enough

By: Devvy

July 11, 2022

The open border invasion – because that’s EXACTLY what’s been going on for decades -continues destroying this country as I thoroughly covered in my column, Illegal Aliens Stealing Our Jobs, Food, Housing, Water, Clogging the Courts & Health Care System, June 20, 2022. Illegals are counted in the census (despite Trump’s efforts to stop it) so they can get a chunk of YOUR paycheck.

The minute illegitimate president and life-long crook, Joe Biden, was sworn into office, border governors should have immediately declared the hordes an invasion and put the National Guard – armed – on the border. At hot spots and the Rio Grande. Do not try to step on U.S. soil. Turn around and go back to Mexico and let them deal with you.

In AZ, where I have been on the border and seen the destruction myself, our brave Border Patrol know the established runs and paths used by illegals, coyotes and the drug cartel. Same for Texas. Forget California. My beautiful home state wrecked by freeloaders, leeches and criminals will now get free healthcare paid for by California taxpayers, many who can barely afford their own health care premiums or are going without. Violation of federal immigration laws about aiding and abetting but California has become nothing but a lawless free-for-all thanks to their legislature and governor Gavin Newsom: California Gives Free Healthcare To Illegal Immigrants, July 2, 2022

Along came President Trump who had to fight RINO’s as well as maggots in Congress, the Democrat/Communist Party USA and partisan judges who did everything they could to keep “the wall” from being built.

Biden’s handlers have done a good job having their puppet destroy just about everything Trump did to keep illegals on the Mexican side of the border. Dirty filthy traitor: DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas is vowing an end to the “Remain in Mexico” program despite its success in drastically cutting asylum fraud, July 1, 2022

Well, one sheriff and God bless him, took matters into his own hands in his own county:

Texas sheriff takes migrant crisis into own hands, drives detainees back to border, June 30, 2022 – “Kinney County, Texas Sheriff Brad Coe said he had no choice but to take matters into his own hands at the southern border as the influx of illegal immigrants continues…

“I’ll always place the safety of the residents of Kinney County, the residents of Texas, above the comfort of anybody that’s illegally entered this country,” he said. “My job is, as an elected official in Kinney County, is to protect these people. And that’s my job and that’s what I will continue to do until further notice.”

“According to the sheriff, Biden’s open border policies are anything but compassionate and tragedies like the 53 migrants killed in a human trafficking operation will continue to happen until the administration begins to enforce border laws.”

Oh, you can’t do that! The federals are the ones who enforce immigration laws! The human invasion has been political from the moment Ronald Reagan sold out this country when he signed an immigration “reform” bill that would end the illegals invasion once and for all! What he did was open the door and invite millions to come on in and suck off hard working Americans. Thousands and thousands of dead Americans at the hands of illegals since then while guns and drugs flood across the border every day of the week.

DHS anticipates an average of 441 unaccompanied children per day at border this year, a new record – President Biden’s DHS expects between 148,000 and 161,000 encounters, dwarfing the previous record, July 10. 2022

Art. 1, Sec. 8, Clause 15 of the U.S. Constitution says: To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the union, suppress insurrections and repel invasions

As Dr. Edwin Vieira has written so many times in his superb columns it’s a legitimate president’s job to protect these united States of America and that includes repelling an invasion. How the President Can Secure the Borders by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Jr., Ph.D., J.D.,
August 18, 2015

Of course, we have no constitutional militia in any state of the Union. Second Amendment: A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

Too bad no one on the U.S. Supreme Court pays any attention to the true meaning of the Second Amendment. Gun owners in this country READ: True vs. False Militia and Why the Difference Matters by Dr. Edwin Vieira, July 30, 2007

Our governor, Greg Abbott (who I did NOT vote for in our March primary) has taken some actions long after the cows were out of the barn and at the slaughterhouse:

To build Abbott’s border barrier, Texas will use surplus wall panels from the federal government, Feb. 15, 2022 – “The 1,700 unused wall panels are being stored in Eagle Pass. Texas didn’t have to explain its plans for the panels when it secured the federal donation.”

EXCLUSIVE VIDEO: Texas Restarts Border Wall Project Cancelled by Biden, Says Governor, March 14, 2022 – “EAGLE PASS, Texas — The State acquired a large quantity of 30-foot wall panels from the Biden Administration to utilize in the construction of a border wall. The materials came from federal contracts cancelled in January 2021.

“Texas is the first state ever to build a border wall,” Governor Abbott began in an exclusive interview. “A lot of the border wall is being built by border wall material that there was a contract for, Texas bought it from contractors who built the wall for President Trump. We’re building the exact same wall.”

Abbott, however, refuses to declare an invasion underway to the delight of the president of Mexico. Watch: ‘One of the Largest Groups We’ve Ever Seen’ – Mob of 500 Illegals Swarms Texas – Enormous horde of illegals followed by another enter Eagle Pass hours apart, July 7, 2022

JUST IN: Governor Abbott Authorizes Texas National Guard, State Troopers to Apprehend Illegal Aliens and Return Them to Ports of Entry, July 7, 2022 – “Texas Governor Greg Abbott (R) on Thursday authorized the Texas National Guard and state troopers to apprehend illegal aliens and return them to ports of entry. This is the first time the state has ever done something like this.

LONG overdue, but oh, wait! Gov. Abbott Allows Illegals to Be Taken to Border, But Not Removed – “No significant changes to current policy. This is still catch and release.” – Ken Cuccinelli, July 7, 2022

“This authorization by the governor follows several South Texas counties’—Kinney, Goliad, Uvalde, Val Verde, Terrell, and Zavala—announced intent to declare the border crisis an invasion themselves, as well as the Republican Party of Texas calling Abbott to declare an invasion and invoke Article I, Section 10, Clause 3 of the U.S. Constitution to protect Texans.

“Additionally, National Border Patrol Council Vice President Art Del Cueto called out Abbott earlier this week for his hesitancy in declaring the crisis an invasion, stating Texas “should’ve declared an invasion a long time ago.”

No doubt the illegitimate Biden Administration will have their illegitimate Attorney General, buffoon Merrick Garland, file a lawsuit. But, there’s the problem of losing tens of thousands of National Guard who refuse to have their human rights violated by being forced to take those deadly experimental gene therapy injections being passed off as vaccines.

Army Reserve and Guard members who refused COVID vaccine now banned from drills, training, July 1, 2022 – “Guard officials told CBS News they hope that missing a paycheck for drill weekends will change the minds of the vaccine holdouts. Over time, those who remain unvaccinated will not only forfeit paychecks by missing weekend drilling, but they could also lose their proficiency, no longer be able to perform their mission, and face a discharge.”

Exclusive: Vaccine Mandate Will Force Over 700 Pilots, 40,000 National Guard Troops to Be Discharged, July 4, 2022 – So many who’ve served 18, 19 years will lose all their benefits. Short video to watch. Absolutely disgusting.

The solution to the human and drug invasion has been sitting since 1993. I’ve been pounding on this since 2014. Below is a letter I sent last week to Gov. Ron DeSantis [R-FL) as neither Abbott or our AG are remotely interested. Encluded was page one of the bill so he can have his staff look it up. I also sent a copy with a short cover letter to Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] who is the most constitutionally grounded member of the U.S. House asking him to introduce the bill – along with the bill name, number and page one.

Dear Gov. DeSantis:

I saw recently you said “Enough is enough” regarding the illegals invasion. This planned nightmare could have been over by 2017. In 1993, (now deceased) Senator Dirty Harry Reid introduced the strongest most constitutionally effective and legal bill that will force millions of illegals to self-deport.

That bill, 76 pages, covers everything and one very important section blows the “legal” myth called “anchor babies” right out of the water. I’m dead serious when I say that bill IS the permanent solution. Of course, later Dirty Harry changed his mind purely for political gain and became a champion of illegal aliens.

The big magnet is welfare in all forms. Reid’s bill wipes it all out including very clearly the asylum issue. It was NOT meant to give asylum for domestic violence and while one can be sympathetic to the conditions in El Salvador, Honduras, Guatemala and Mexico, abuse of our asylum laws is just an excuse to come suck off the government teat paid for by working Americans who can barely make it every month.

Three months after President-Elect Trump was sworn in (2017), I sent him a letter (overnight express mail) along with the bill; also a copy to Stephen Miller who was Trump’s Senior Advisor and very vocal against illegals and supported “build the wall”. Not even a canned letter response.

I also sent the information to six GOP reps and six GOP senators who claim to be fighting to close the border. Rep. Louis Gohmert, Ted Cruz, Rand Paul, etc.

I told them to introduce Dirty Harry’s old bill. You own Congress and Trump will sign it, of that I have no doubt. I never received a response from any of them. I waited three more months and repeated my efforts. To this day, not a peep from any member of Congress about the permanent solution. I have NO doubt China’s lapdog, crook Mitch McConnell will never support the bill.

No doubt in my mind Dirty Harry did NOT write that bill. It was likely written by their top attorneys to withstand court challenges. Reid wasn’t very intelligent but he was a cunning scoundrel.

Our governor owned by big money here in Texas has refused to do what needs to be done so he’s been putting a Band Aid on a patient hemorrhaging on the operating table. Greg Abbott is NOT the big hero people think he is or a great conservative. Rubbish.

I’m sending a copy of this to Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] who is the most constitutionally grounded member of Congress. A true warrior who fights like a lion against the RINOs in Congress who care nothing for the Constitution.

You, Gov. DeSantis, make things happen and I don’t say this lightly having nothing but contempt and disgust for Congress – especially Republicans. They had control of both chambers of Congress for 17 months under Trump and could have gotten Reid’s bill passed and onto Trump’s desk.

I hope you will use your considerable power in the Republican Party to get this bill, not only in front of Republican governors, but to the public. I’ve been trying since 2014 through my weekly column. I know tons of my readers have written or emailed their GOP reps and senators about Reid’s bill and receive either no response or some canned BS email response.

Hoping also Rep. Massie will re-introduce the bill even though the communists currently control both chambers of Congress for now. But, that bill should be the talk of America and rub it in the face of dementia addled Nancy Pelosi, Schumer and the rest of the scum in the Democrat/Communist Party USA.

Attached is the announcement by Reid back in 1993 for his bill. *End*

To read Dirty Harry’s press release on booting out illegals, here’s my column. A Bill: Stop All Public Welfare in Any Form for Illegal Aliens, August 24, 2014. If you can’t read it now, book mark and read later because not only is it the strongest bill to self-deport millions of illegals, I discuss an important court case.

DeSantis has tremendous pull in the GOP. If the “big red wave” does happen in November, hopefully Rep. Massie will introduce it again and that’s when the big push by the American people needs to be heard around the world. Unless and until ALL forms of welfare and illegal minors are removed from OUR schools, the wall sections will help some, but it won’t stop the hordes until they’re caught. And NO AMNESTY. Rewarding those who break our laws to get into this country only invites more illegals. Time has shown that to be a fact.

If there is a super majority in the House and enough votes in the Senate (and tell Mitch McConnell to go to Hell) they can over ride a veto penned by whoever is stinking up the White House by January 2023. OUR HOUSE.

There is one consideration which I’ve written about before and I focused on the ag belt in California. Yes, there are workable programs that can fairly benefit seasonal workers and Americans the right way.

If the solution isn’t signed into law and enforced America will no longer be America. As planned, our sovereignty will be dead, over run with tens more millions of illegals from more than 100 countries.

If you live in Florida, call or write a letter to DeSantis encouraging him to pursue this with every GOP house member and senators in his state: Make that bill the talk of his state. If you live in Rep. Thomas Massie’s district [KY], call or send him a short letter about Harry Reid’s bill and ask him to re-introduce it now and in January.

Of course, one of the big problems is the same incumbents who haven’t cured the problem – both parties – allegedly winning their primaries, will likely win in November and go right back to DC to do nothing unless We the People demand that bill get passed by both chambers of Congress.

One senator will have to introduce Reid’s bill. It won’t be this POS: Republican John Thune Asks Biden for More Foreign Workers to Fill U.S. Jobs as Millions of Americans Jobless, July 6, 2022. “Senate Minority Whip John Thune (R-SD) is joining Democrats, as well as the big business lobby, in asking President Joe Biden for more legal immigration to the United States to fill American jobs.”

Thune allegedly won his primary and will likely win in November. He is the quintessential example of why the Seventeenth Amendment must be abolished. It’s a damn shame Rep. Mo Books [R-AL] allegedly lost his bid for the senate in Alabama while a poltroon like Thune wins.

We are the solution but not if we don’t act so get involved here. Keep up to date on the illegals invasion here. Encourage your border sheriffs to do the same as Kinney County, Texas Sheriff Brad Coe mentioned at the top. Want a show down with the federals? Bring it on.

Call talk radio and make that bill the discussion instead of more Biden this or that. The American people can see he’s nothing but a brain impaired old man manipulated by his wife and handlers. We either go for the solution or we, our children and grandchildren are doomed. America is turning into a third world sh*t hole and if you think it won’t affect you or your family, you’re in denial. Take a look at the two illegals in the photo below.

Take a look at this long list of very young to seniors killed by illegal aliens. Think it can’t happen to you or your family? I can guarantee you their families are still grieving and today another 12-14 Americans will die at the hands of an illegal alien.

Related:

Short video to watch: Tomi Lahren: This is why Democrats are allowing the border crisis to continue, July 8, 2022

CBP finds ‘no evidence’ Border Patrol agents whipped Haitian migrants, but still seeks to discipline them, July 8, 2022. We must remember what Biden, now in the first stages of Altzheimer’s, said, reading from his first grade instruction card: “To see people treated like they did, horses barely running over, people being strapped — it’s outrageous,” Biden told reporters, making a whipping motion with his hand. “I promise you, those people will pay. There will be an investigation underway now and there will be consequences. There will be consequences.”

Illegal Aliens Plotted July 4th Mass Shooting, Thwarted by ‘Hero Citizen’, July 7, 2022 – “The pair of suspects arrested for allegedly plotting to “shoot up” a Fourth of July celebration in Richmond, Virginia — thwarted by an American citizen — are illegal aliens, court records state.

“On Wednesday, as Breitbart News reported, the Richmond Police Department announced the arrests of Guatemalan nationals 52-year-old illegal alien Julio Alvardo Dubon and 38-year-old illegal alien Rolman Balacarcel Ac for allegedly plotting a mass shooting at the city’s July 4th celebration.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

By Paul Engel

July 11, 2022

After almost 50 years, the Supreme Court opinions in Roe and Casey have been overturned.
The right to obtain an abortion is not in the language of the Constitution, neither is it in the history of this country before 1973.
While this decision has certainly caused an uproar, this is an opportunity to review the court’s opinion.

After almost 50 years, a landmark decision of the Supreme Court has been overturned. Will it be remembered with other decisions like Dred Scott or Plessy v. Ferguson? Only time will tell. After all of the furor when a draft of the opinion was leaked, we finally get a chance to review that actual opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health in its final form.

At 213 pages, the opinion and dissents in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Heath is not only large in size but in scope. There are so many quotable phrases, it can easily become overwhelming. For that reason, and my own sanity, I’ve focused mainly on the syllabus and the summary of the opinion, adding quotes from the opinion, concurrences, and dissent only as necessary. As with all cases before the Supreme Court, this one started with a question.

Mississippi’s Gestational Age Act provides that “[e]xcept in a medical emergency or in the case of a severe fetal abnormality, a person shall not intentionally or knowingly perform . . . or induce an abortion of an unborn human being if the probable gestational age of the unborn human being has been determined to be greater than fifteen (15) weeks.” Miss. Code Ann. §41–41–191. Respondents—Jackson Women’s Health Organization, an abortion clinic, and one of its doctors—challenged the Act in Federal District Court, alleging that it violated this Court’s precedents establishing a constitutional right to abortion, in particular Roe v. Wade, 410 U. S. 113, and Planned Parenthood of Southeastern Pa. v. Casey, 505 U. S. 833.

The framing of a question is just as important as the question itself. Mississippi passed a law that limits abortions after fifteen weeks gestation. Jackson Women’s Health Organization and one of its doctors believed that the law “violated this Court’s precedents establishing a constitutional right to abortion.” Notice two very important things in that statement. Jackson Women’s Health did not claim that Mississippi’s law violated federal law or the Constitution of the United States, but judicial precedent. Judicial precedent is not law, neither is it recognized by the Constitution as supreme over the laws and constitutions of the states.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Jackson Women’s Health is asking the court to place a previous opinion of the court above the supreme law of the land. That really isn’t surprising, since the court has been doing that for decades, though please notice the second part of the original plaintiff’s statement. The court, through its precedent, established a constitutional right to abortion. I have not reviewed the Planned Parenthood v. Casey opinion, but I have reviewed the Roe v. Wade opinion, and you know what I did not find: A claim of a “constitutional right to abortion”. Rather, the court claimed that the decision to have an abortion was private between the woman and her doctor, and that Texas’ law criminalizing abortion represented an unreasonable seizure of her body. For almost 50 years, courts have used the precedent set in Roe and Casey, frequently referring to this so called constitutional right to abortion. If the Supreme Court said there was a right to abortion, then there’s a right to abortion.

However, in the Dobbs case, the majority of the court, rather than relying on the opinions of previous justices, looked at the Constitution and made a startling discovery.

Held: The Constitution does not confer a right to abortion; Roe and Casey are overruled; and the authority to regulate abortion is returned to the people and their elected representatives.

Most people I’ve read or heard discuss this opinion, have rightly focused on the overruling of Roe and Casey. But did you notice the Tenth Amendment undertones in the holding? If the Constitution does not confer a right to abortion, then it’s not within the judicial power of the court to protect it. It’s therefore reserved to the people and their elected representatives.

How did the court come to such a decision?

(a) The critical question is whether the Constitution, properly understood, confers a right to obtain an abortion. Casey’s controlling opinion skipped over that question and reaffirmed Roe solely on the basis of stare decisis. A proper application of stare decisis, however, requires an assessment of the strength of the grounds on which Roe was based. The Court therefore turns to the question that the Casey plurality did not consider.

As I’ve already pointed out, the Constitution, not court precedent, is the supreme law of the land. The Casey court, like so many others, placed the idea of “stare decisis” (Latin for “Let the decision stand”), above all other considerations. Since judges and justices are human, there must be a recognition of their fallibility. Courts get things wrong. If a court opinion could not be reviewed, courts would still enforce segregation laws and the concept of separate but equal. So are the grounds of Roe and Casey strong enough to survive a constitutional review?

The Constitution makes no express reference to a right to obtain an abortion, but several constitutional provisions have been offered as potential homes for an implicit constitutional right. Roe held that the abortion right is part of a right to privacy that springs from the First, Fourth, Fifth, Ninth, and Fourteenth Amendments. … The Casey Court grounded its decision solely on the theory that the right to obtain an abortion is part of the “liberty” protected by the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IX

The Ninth Amendment to the Constitution makes it quite clear:

The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.

So, is the right to an abortion among those that while not enumerated in the Constitution, are still protected by it? To find out, the court needed to look at the history of this so called right to abortion.

Next, the Court examines whether the right to obtain an abortion is rooted in the Nation’s history and tradition and whether it is an essential component of “ordered liberty.” The Court finds that the right to abortion is not deeply rooted in the Nation’s history and tradition. The underlying theory on which Casey rested—that the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause provides substantive, as well as procedural, protection for “liberty”—has long been controversial.

Ordered Liberty, Encyclopedia.com

Let’s start by asking what is this “ordered liberty” the court is so concerned about?

A loosely used term, diversely applied in scholarly literature and judicial opinions, “ordered liberty” suggests that fundamental constitutional rights are not absolute but are determined by a balancing of the public (societal) welfare against individual (personal) rights.

The concept of “ordered liberty” is itself a violation of the Constitution of the United States. Remember when I quoted Article VI, Clause 2?

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The Constitution is the supreme law of the land, not a court’s attempt to balance your constitutionally protect rights against a public interest. “Ordered liberty” is the court usurping the role of supreme law of the land.

What did the court find in America’s history and traditions around abortion?

For the first 185 years after the adoption of the Constitution, each State was permitted to address this issue in accordance with the views of its citizens. Then, in 1973, this Court decided Roe v. Wade, … Even though the Constitution makes no mention of abortion, the Court held that it confers a broad right to obtain one. It did not claim that American law or the common law had ever recognized such a right, and its survey of history ranged from the constitutionally irrelevant (e.g., its discussion of abortion in antiquity) to the plainly incorrect (e.g., its assertion that abortion was probably never a crime under the common law). After cataloging a wealth of other information having no bearing on the meaning of the Constitution, the opinion concluded with a numbered set of rules much like those that might be found in a statute enacted by a legislature.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Opinion of the Court

The court looked at the history and traditions of abortion in the United States and did not find it sufficient to establish as a right that was not enumerated in the Constitution, and therefore protected by the Ninth Amendment. It was not considered a constitutionally protected right for the first 185 years of the Constitution, and it was not recognized under either American law or common law. Although the Roe court attempted to come up with a history to justify their preferred outcome, their reasoning used both the irrelevant and the incorrect to find this missing right.

Which leaves us with a simple question. What will govern our nation, the Constitution of the United States or the previous opinion of justices?

The doctrine of stare decisis does not counsel continued acceptance of Roe and Casey. Stare decisis plays an important role and protects the interests of those who have taken action in reliance on a past decision. It “reduces incentives for challenging settled precedents, saving parties and courts the expense of endless relitigation.” …. It “contributes to the actual and perceived integrity of the judicial process.” … And it restrains judicial hubris by respecting the judgment of those who grappled with important questions in the past. But stare decisis is not an inexorable command,

Stare decisis does have its place, but not at the expense of the law. When looking at a case, is it wise for judges and justices to look at the opinions of their predecessors? Yes. But to place the opinions of judges above the laws of our land is not only a violation of the judges’ oath of office, but an attack on self-government and an imposition of a dictatorial oligarchy on the American people. I’m not saying that precedent should be ignored, merely kept in proper perspective. And a majority of the court agrees.

The dissent argues that we have “abandon[ed]” stare decisis, … but we have done no such thing, and it is the dissent’s understanding of stare decisis that breaks with tradition. The dissent’s foundational contention is that the Court should never (or perhaps almost never) overrule an egregiously wrong constitutional precedent unless the Court can “poin[t] to major legal or factual changes undermining [the] decision’s original basis.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

So when precedents as poorly founded as Roe and Casey are challenged, the court must act, or violate the very reason for their existence.

Like the infamous decision in Plessy v. Ferguson, Roe was also egregiously wrong and on a collision course with the Constitution from the day it was decided. Casey perpetuated its errors, calling both sides of the national controversy to resolve their debate, but in doing so, Casey necessarily declared a winning side. Those on the losing side—those who sought to advance the State’s interest in fetal life—could no longer seek to persuade their elected representatives to adopt policies consistent with their views. The Court short-circuited the democratic process by closing it to the large number of Americans who disagreed with Roe.

As I said, Roe and Casey substituted the opinions of oligarchs for the rule of law.

Without any grounding in the constitutional text, history, or precedent, Roe imposed on the entire country a detailed set of rules for pregnancy divided into trimesters much like those that one might expect to find in a statute or regulation. … Roe’s failure even to note the overwhelming consensus of state laws in effect in 1868 is striking, and what it said about the common law was simply wrong.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 1

Based on these facts and the law, the court had no other legitimate course of action.

We hold that Roe and Casey must be overruled. The Constitution makes no reference to abortion, and no such right is implicitly protected by any constitutional provision, including the one on which the defenders of Roe and Casey now chiefly rely—the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. That provision has been held to guarantee some rights that are not mentioned in the Constitution, but any such right must be “deeply rooted in this Nation’s history and tradition” and “implicit in the concept of ordered liberty.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Opinion of the Court

There is no right to abortion, either in the text of the Constitution or in the history and traditions of the nation. On a personal note, I find it interesting that both Roe and Casey based their claims of a right to abortion in the Fourteenth Amendment’s due process clause:

nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

The very right to have your life protected is the right these two courts claimed gave a women the right to take the life of an unborn child. The court went on:

The inescapable conclusion is that a right to abortion is not deeply rooted in the Nation’s history and traditions. On the contrary, an unbroken tradition of prohibiting abortion on pain of criminal punishment persisted from the earliest days of the common law until 1973. The Court in Roe could have said of abortion exactly what Glucksberg said of assisted suicide: “Attitudes toward [abortion] have changed since Bracton, but our laws have consistently condemned, and continue to prohibit, [that practice].”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

This is the hubris of the court. Without any legal basis, the Roe court made up a supposed right to abortion, and inflicted it on the nation. Then the Casey court abdicated their duty to review the law and simply allowed this abuse to continue.

The Dissent

Of course, not all of the justices agreed:

When overruling constitutional precedent, the Court has almost always pointed to major legal or factual changes undermining a decision’s original basis.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

In other words, those in the dissent assume no prior court could possibly be wrong. Without “major legal or factual changes undermining a decision’s original basis”, we are to forever be stuck with the decision. The possibility that a court has been wrong is not allowed.

The majority’s core legal postulate, then, is that we in the 21st century must read the Fourteenth Amendment just as its ratifiers did. And that is indeed what the majority emphasizes over and over again. … If the ratifiers did not understand something as central to freedom, then neither can we. Or said more particularly: If those people did not understand reproductive rights as part of the guarantee of liberty conferred in the Fourteenth Amendment, then those rights do not exist.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

And thus we again see the hubris of the court and all those who believe the “living, breathing document” theory. These dissenting justices claim the authority to ignore the language of the Constitution, and the basic tenets of contract law (the Constitution is after all a compact between the states), and determine for themselves the understanding of rights. This is not a power delegated to the judicial branch. If, as these dissenters believe, the understanding of what is central to freedom changes, it is up to the people and the states to change the Constitution, not nine high priests in black robes. As Alito pointed out in the opinion of the court:

The Court in Roe could have said of abortion exactly what Glucksberg said of assisted suicide: “Attitudes toward [abortion] have changed since Bracton, but our laws have consistently condemned, and continue to prohibit, [that practice].”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

The dissenting justices furthered their heavy-handed opinions when it comes to the application of state laws.

Enforcement of all these draconian restrictions will also be left largely to the States’ devices. A State can of course impose criminal penalties on abortion providers, including lengthy prison sentences. But some States will not stop there. Perhaps, in the wake of today’s decision, a state law will criminalize the woman’s conduct too, incarcerating or fining her for daring to seek or obtain an abortion. And as Texas has recently shown, a State can turn neighbor against neighbor, enlisting fellow citizens in the effort to root out anyone who tries to get an abortion, or to assist another in doing so.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

Once again we see justices of the Supreme Court placing their opinions above not only the law, but of the people’s right to govern themselves. If an abortion is the claiming of a human life, and it is done illegally, should not all who participate be subject to judgment? After all, if two people conspire to murder another, both are charged with a crime. As for Breyer’s comment about the state of Texas, I would remind him that it was the Supreme Court that prohibited the state of Texas in the Roe case from criminally punishing abortion providers. Meaning, Texas was merely finding a way to fulfill its duty to prevent the taking of human life without due process within the ridiculous restrictions placed on it by the Roe court.

Can a State bar women from traveling to another State to obtain an abortion? Can a State prohibit advertising out-of-state abortions or helping women get to out-of-state providers? Can a State interfere with the mailing of drugs used for medication abortions? The Constitution protects travel and speech and interstate commerce, so today’s ruling will give rise to a host of new constitutional questions. Far from removing the Court from the abortion issue, the majority puts the Court at the center of the coming “interjurisdictional abortion wars.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

Are the states sovereign or vassals of Washington, D.C.? That is the question Breyer brings up here. Apparently, in the mind of the dissenters, the states are mere vassals to their opinions. These justices act as if the rest of the Constituiton does not exist when it supports their rhetorical purposes. But remember, the question presented to this court was not travel, advertising, or mailing, but the legality of Mississippi’s law regulating abortions.

For half a century, Roe v. Wade,… and Planned Parenthood of Southeastern Pa. v. Casey,… have protected the liberty and equality of women. Roe held, and Casey reaffirmed, that the Constitution safeguards a woman’s right to decide for herself whether to bear a child. Roe held, and Casey reaffirmed, that in the first stages of pregnancy, the government could not make that choice for women. The government could not control a woman’s body or the course of a woman’s life: It could not determine what the woman’s future would be. … Respecting a woman as an autonomous being, and granting her full equality, meant giving her substantial choice over this most personal and most consequential of all life decisions.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

Once again we see justices misleading those who read their opinions in an emotional attempt to promote their political agenda. The question in Roe, Casey, and Dobbs was not whether or not a woman could decide for herself whether or not to bear a child, but if and when the killing of the life in her womb is protected by the Constitution. Put another way, was the taking of a human life a legal form of contraception? As Alito noted in the opinion he wrote:

The dissent is very candid that it cannot show that a constitutional right to abortion has any foundation, let alone a “‘deeply rooted’” one, “‘in this Nation’s history and tradition.’ ”

… The most striking feature of the dissent is the absence of any serious discussion of the legitimacy of the States’ interest in protecting fetal life.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

The dissent’s case reminds me of a story I heard:

There is an old trial lawyers’ saying “When the facts are on your side, pound the facts. When the law is on your side, pound the law. When neither is on you side, pound the table.”

1975 December 30, Chicago Tribune, Mr. Ford, meet Mr. Harris by Patrick Buchanan

Conclusion

Even in a generally well thought out opinion, courts often get things wrong. The concept of “ordered liberty” the court used is a violation of the Constitution, and therefore a violation of the justices’ oaths to support it.

The Roe opinion was so badly decided, not because people disagreed with it, but because it failed the most basic concepts of judicial scrutiny. It should become a lesson on the dangers of “ordered liberty”, stare decisis, and our court’s slavish devotion to precedent above the laws they have sworn to uphold. As Justice Kavanaugh noted in his concurrence:

The Constitution does not grant the nine unelected Members of this Court the unilateral authority to rewrite the Constitution to create new rights and liberties based on our own moral or policy views. As Justice Rehnquist stated, this Court has not “been granted a roving commission, either by the Founding Fathers or by the framers of the Fourteenth Amendment, to strike down laws that are based upon notions of policy or morality suddenly found unacceptable by a majority of this Court.”

This Court therefore does not possess the authority either to declare a constitutional right to abortion or to declare a constitutional prohibition of abortion.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Kavanaugh Concurrence

In so much of the hype about this opinion, one very important thing is frequently lost. This decision does not make abortion illegal in the United States nor does it does not take away a women’s right to get an abortion. It does not even claim that abortion could not be protected by law. It only says that the laws and Constitution of the United States do not provide for a right to an abortion. Those who want legal abortions in this country will have to go to the representatives’ legislative branch to get it, rather than relying on a ruling body in the courts.

May the courts, Congress, the Whitehouse, and each and every America learn the lesson of the dangers both of stare decisis and the hubris of courts issuing “rulings”. Otherwise, all it will take for those oligarchs in black robes to rule over this nation as kings and queens is the right person to not let a crisis go to waste.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

What’s Happening To Our Country?

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 11, 2022

These Crazy, Insane 2020’s

Have you ever wondered how crazy people operate? What makes them do stupid things? What makes them commit crazy acts of self-mutilation? Or stick that first drug needle into their vein, or drive while drunk, or shoot someone on the street? Or rob a store? Or make a video where they ride a bicycle off a roof to crash onto a cement driveway?

They’re out there all over America! They make videos of some of the dumbest, most dangerous and insane acts that any human being can imagine.

But what happens when our own elected officials commit some of the dumbest, stupidest, and terribly consequential acts upon us, the American people?

This past month, gasoline hit a record $5.00 per gallon. Exactly 18 months ago, the United States enjoyed energy independence. Gas cost around $2.00 a gallon. But then Joe Biden, shut down the Keystone Pipeline, shut down drilling permits, and now he’s begging OPEC to pump more oil to sell us. Not only that, as reported on all the news networks, he just sold millions of barrels of our oil reserves to China. Yes, we’re starving for gasoline, but Dementia Joe sold our oil to our enemy that’s trying to undermine us.

Did you watch a press conference where he repeated everything on the teleprompter all the way to the end, and then, read “end of quote.” In other words, Joe Biden isn’t leading this country…the guy who writes his speeches for the teleprompter is leading our country. Ironically, we don’t possess a clue as to his or her identity. But it’s for damned certain, that Joe Biden is not in charge.

You would think that a rational wife who knows Joe Biden suffers from extreme dementia, for sure she would expose him, and encourage the 25^th Amendment to be put into play. For the good of our country! But instead, she clings to power as her husband loses his mental faculties.

Which begs the question? Who is in charge of the presidency and where is that person (s) taking our country?

Last week, I listened to one of NPR’s top water experts spend a half hour explaining how every state west of the Rocky Mountains is experiencing an eight-year “exceptional drought.” Dry woods, drying- up rivers, drying-up lakes, aquifers being exhausted, Colorado River severely down, Lake Mead and Lake Powell down over 137 feet, and climate change not about to let up! With another 50 feet drop, water will not turn the last turbine at Hoover Dam. Las Vegas will go dark without electricity.

The lady water expert said that 50 million people in California, Nevada and Arizona face severe water shortages, so much so, she couldn’t see any solutions. During the entire interview, she never spoke once about the fact that California remains on course to add 20 million, Arizona to add 3 million, and Nevada to add 1 million within 28 years. All of those numbers of people caused by mass immigration and their birth rates! Why won’t anyone address that fact?

And yet, I sent NPR my population book in 2009 and invited Terry Gross, Scott Simon, Steve Inskeep, Lakshmi Singh and their producers to interview my work: America On the Brink: The Next 100 Million Americans by Frosty Wooldridge. In 2021, with another 35 million people added to the USA in 12 years since my 2009 book, we punched up to 335 million people, I sent them my latest book: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge. I sent it out to 40 top news networks and TV hosts.

Not one single response from any of them!

I’ve sent Tucker Carlson, Anderson Cooper, John Dickerson, Chuck Todd, Bret Baier, Dana Perino, Martha McCallum, Bill Hemmer, David Muir, Norah O’Donnell, Lester Holt, 60 Minutes, Meet the Press, Face the Nation, News Nation, local TV stations in Denver, and radio talk show hosts the horrible facts that our leaders are driving our country toward another added 100,000,000 more immigrants within 28 years. Results: nothing! It’s obvious they could care less about their own kids’ lives and yours in 2050.

Who and why are the top networks ignoring, even suppressing the gravest issue America faces in the 21^st century? How are we going to feed, water, house, work and sustain another 100 million people added to American society? Is anyone thinking about that?

Another nightmare: we’ve got big city inner-cities exploding with gunfire nightly and especially on weekends. Over 220 shot dead and 589 wounded over the 4^th of July, 2022. And, yet mayors, attorney generals, city councils and police will not stop it. That’s right! THEY WILL NOT STOP THE KILLING! They could by enforcing our laws, but they don’t because, why? Well, I don’t possess a clue.

Does anyone understand that if we keep shoving huge numbers of people into our cities, that it’s the same as rats in a cage? First, they fight with one another, and then, they start eating one another. Same kind of animal behavior for humans—killing each other.

Why would anyone want to see the breakdown of our entire society? Why would they not want the laws enforced to FORCE criminals into prisons, and FORCE anyone thinking of crime to stop because they KNOW they will be sent to prison? How does such incompetence like Chicago’s Lori Lightfoot continue? Or Adams in New York City? Or, Mayor Breed of San Francisco? Or, Brandon Scott of Baltimore?

All of them are minority mayors in minority dominated cities that suffer devastating breakdown of the rule of law. Why? What do they do all day in their offices?

Then, look at the southern border. NBC’s Lester Holt reported that 1.5 million illegal alien migrants crossed the border in the first six months of 2022. That’s more than 500,000 more than the first six months in 2021. Biden uses your tax dollars to fly, bus and distribute them all over the country. In other words, Biden is on course, to reach 3,000,000 illegal aliens migrants that must be fed, housed, medically cared-for, educated, and, in the end, totally dependent on long-term welfare out of your tax dollars. Worse, Biden is knowingly breaking our laws!

Why aren’t the mainstream media people reporting on this incredible, if not CRAZY criminal behavior?

Why aren’t the people at Face the Nation, Meet the Press, NPR and PBS reporting on any of these disasters occurring right before our eyes?

Instead, Congress continues on the absolutely STUPID rehashing of January 6, 2021.

At the same time, we’ve got 6’4” inch DNA transgender men pretending to be women, and competing against 5’4” women in swimming, track, wrestling and more. We’ve got mothers being turned into “birth persons” because someone said that DNA men can have babies. HORSEFEATHERS! We’ve got “mathematics” now on the list for being “racist” because some minority students can’t do the equations because they either don’t attend class and do the homework, or they simply don’t possess the intellectual horsepower to do the work. It’s biological, it’s their intellectual condition…and has nothing to do with being racist. If it was, water, blue sky, rain and dirt would all be racist. Every time you turn around, it’s “racist” this and “racist” that.

We see our baby boomers as the fattest, most obese generation ever on the face of the planet. We’re seeing their kids following in their footsteps. We’ve got millions upon millions of kids tattooing their bodies into total “ink disfigurement.” And, countless millions of kids addicted to cell phones, so much so, they can’t operate without those phones. Pity the future of our country!

It’s my contention that this decade of the 2020’s, must be the most insane, totally crazy and absolutely NUTS period in U.S. history. Worse, it’s going to get worse, and then, worse than that.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

There Is a New Country

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 10, 2022

In Peter Jackson’s 2003 movie adaptation of J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King, the Dark Lord Sauron sent an enormous force of Orcs, trolls, and Easterlings to besiege the city of Minas Tirith and overthrow it during the War of the Ring. The commander of his army, the witch-king of Angmar, brought numerous siege engines and towers and catapulted incendiary missiles into the lower city, setting it ablaze. By nightfall, the Orcs brought out their largest battering-ram, called Grond, which managed to penetrate and destroy the city’s gate. Though Gandalf and the soldiers of Gondor defending the city fought bravely, they were overwhelmed by the Orcs and trolls pouring through the broken gate and had to retreat to second of the city’s seven levels.

Throughout the night, the Sauron’s forces engaged in pell-mell combat with the exhausted soldiers of Gondor, inflicting heavy losses. The defenders of Minis Tirith would fight, but then retreat to the next level of the city. Eventually, the Orcs and trolls pushed them to the fifth level. As Gandalf and the remaining soldiers of Gondor stood at the ready, waiting for a troll with an exceptionally large hammer to break down the door and allow the Orcs to stream in for the final slaughter, his friend Pippin ruefully commented:

Pippin: I didn’t think it would end this way.

Gandalf: End? No, the journey doesn’t end here. Death is just another path, one that we all must take. The grey rain-curtain of this world rolls back, and all turns to silver glass, and then you see it.

Pippin: What? Gandalf? See what?

Gandalf: White shores, and beyond, a far green country under a swift sunrise.

Pippin: Well, that isn’t so bad.

Gandalf: No. No, it isn’t.

With these words Pippin, though not looking forward to meeting death breaking through the door, was encouraged by this hope and set his face forward with resolve. Whatever happened, he looked beyond his current circumstances to a new and better country.

In the southernmost portion of ancient Sumer (Mesopotamia) was a land called Chaldea (in modern-day Iraq), and the most important Sumerian city located on the western portion of the Euphrates River was called Ur. The land of Chaldea contained wealth beyond imagination, and Ur was preeminent in knowledge, culture, and commerce. It is said by some that the history of this region exceeded that of the land of Egypt at the height of its greatness.

It was into this environment that Abram was born, growing up in probably the most advanced culture of his day with all the comforts and modern-day conveniences it afforded. It was from here that God called him to leave the familiarity of home to travel to a new land, where he would become a great nation and a blessing to the whole world.

“Now the LORD said to Abram, “Go forth from your country, and from your relatives and from your father’s house, to the land which I will show you; and I will make you a great nation, and I will bless you, and make your name great; and so you shall be a blessing; and I will bless those who bless you, and the one who curses you I will curse. And in you all the families of the earth will be blessed.” (Genesis 12:1-3)

Abraham wandered from place to place in this land his innumerable descendants would receive as an inheritance, not making any permanent dwelling, but living in tents. Though not seeing the fulfillment of the promise, he trusted God to accomplish it long after his earthly journey was done. As a foreigner, a stranger in a strange land, he looked even farther into the future with gladness to the One who would establish his permanent dwelling in the new country to come (John 8:56).

“By faith Abraham, when he was called, obeyed by going out to a place which he was to receive for an inheritance; and he went out, not knowing where he was going. By faith he lived as an alien in the land of promise, as in a foreign land, dwelling in tents with Isaac and Jacob, fellow heirs of the same promise; for he was looking for the city which has foundations, whose architect and builder is God. By faith even Sarah herself received ability to conceive, even beyond the proper time of life, since she considered Him faithful who had promised. Therefore there was born even of one man, and him as good as dead at that, as many descendants AS THE STARS OF HEAVEN IN NUMBER, AND INNUMERABLE AS THE SAND WHICH IS BY THE SEASHORE. All these died in faith, without receiving the promises, but having seen them and having welcomed them from a distance, and having confessed that they were strangers and exiles on the earth. For those who say such things make it clear that they are seeking a country of their own. And indeed if they had been thinking of that country from which they went out, they would have had opportunity to return. But as it is, they desire a better country, that is, a heavenly one. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God; for He has prepared a city for them.” (Hebrews 11:8-16)

The apostle Paul saw this new country as well when he spoke of a vision he received where he was caught up to paradise and heard indescribable words no man was permitted to speak (2 Corinthians 12:2-4). He could have been a great scholar of Judaism, in time enjoying perhaps greater renown and honor in the Jewish community of his day and today as Gamaliel his teacher (Galatians 1:14). But he considered Jesus, the builder of the new country to be far more precious.

“But whatever things were gain to me, those things I have counted as loss for the sake of Christ. More than that, I count all things to be loss in view of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord, for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and count them but rubbish so that I may gain Christ, and may be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my own derived from the Law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which comes from God on the basis of faith, that I may know Him and the power of His resurrection and the fellowship of His sufferings, being conformed to His death; in order that I may attain to the resurrection from the dead.” (Philippians 3:7-11)

Paul recognized, as Abraham did, that he was a sojourner on earth with no permanent home, even our bodies being as temporary as a tent. No matter the afflictions he faced for proclaiming the gospel, he considered them of little weight in comparison to being in the new country with the Lord (2 Corinthians 4:16-18).

“For we know that if the earthly tent which is our house is torn down, we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. For indeed in this house we groan, longing to be clothed with our dwelling from heaven, inasmuch as we, having put it on, will not be found naked. For indeed while we are in this tent, we groan, being burdened, because we do not want to be unclothed but to be clothed, so that what is mortal will be swallowed up by life. Now He who prepared us for this very purpose is God, who gave to us the Spirit as a pledge. Therefore, being always of good courage, and knowing that while we are at home in the body we are absent from the Lord—for we walk by faith, not by sight—we are of good courage, I say, and prefer rather to be absent from the body and to be at home with the Lord.” (2 Corinthians 5:1-8)

Paul saw his real home from a distance, and he was so eager to be there that he considered the tearing down of his earthly tent preferable to remaining in it.

“For to me, to live is Christ and to die is gain. But if I am to live on in the flesh, this will mean fruitful labor for me; and I do not know which to choose. But I am hard-pressed from both directions, having the desire to depart and be with Christ, for that is very much better; yet to remain on in the flesh is more necessary for your sake.” (Philippians 1:21-24)

John, the disciple closest to Jesus, heard Him promise that He would go on ahead of him and the other disciples to His Father’s country, where He would prepare dwelling places for them so that when He returned, they would be where He is forever.

“Do not let your heart be troubled; believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many dwelling places; if it were not so, I would have told you; for I go to prepare a place for you. If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you to Myself, that where I am, there you may be also.” (John 14:1-3)

When he saw His Lord risen from the dead, He knew even more than ever before the reality of the new country. It fueled his drive to preach the gospel and make disciples for Jesus Christ. During the reign of Roman emperor Domitian (81-96 AD), according to the early church historian Eusebius of Caesarea (c. 260–c. 340 AD), a persecution of Christians took place. During this time John was arrested in Ephesus and summoned to Rome, where he was cast into a cauldron of boiling oil (Foxe’s Book of Martyrs). Miraculously he was not harmed, so John was exiled to a small Greek island in the Aegean Sea called Patmos.

Life was extremely hard in this desolate place, but the risen and glorified Jesus appeared to John and gave him a panoramic view of the new country (Revelation 21-22), where God forever wipes away all tears, pain, turmoil, separation, and death. This view more vivid than before, not so distant as when he walked with Jesus in Galilee, gave him encouragement and hope to persevere in his current tribulation. Like Abraham, Paul, and the faithful before him, he knew that he was a pilgrim on earth passing through to a far more permanent and better home. He was given a glimpse of the new country and longed to be there.

A passport is an official document issued by a government identifying a citizen. It certifies nationality and grants formal requests for admittance and safe passage from foreign countries. Possession of a passport in a foreign land signifying a citizen of the United States of America was considered something of great value in the world for many decades. Should a U.S. citizen find himself in a country amid a crisis or disaster that threatens his safety, he can go to the U.S. embassy with confidence that his passport will make available the significant resources of the United States to grant him safe passage back home.

The city of Philippi (present-day Filippoi in northern Greece) was located on the major Roman road known as the Via Egnatia. It was “a leading city of the district of Macedonia, a Roman colony” (Acts 16:12). Whether by birth or by purchasing it with a large sum of money (Acts 21:27-22:1-29), the Romans there greatly valued their Roman citizenship with the rights and privileges it granted, much like many born or naturalized Americans today value U.S. citizenship.

As a Roman citizen himself, born in the city of Tarsus (modern-day Tersous in southeastern Turkey), the chief city of the Roman province of Cilicia, Paul shared this appreciation for Roman citizenship and on occasion took advantage of its benefits. However, he reminded the believers in Philippi the inestimable worth of citizenship in the new country.

“For our citizenship is in heaven, from which also we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ; who will transform the body of our humble state into conformity with the body of His glory, by the exertion of the power that He has even to subject all things to Himself.” (Philippians 3:20-21)

This world with its oppression, war, disease, brutality, genocide, and death is not all there is, even though it may seem like it sometimes (2 Peter 3:9-12). But there is something much better and everlasting coming.

There is a new country!

Like Abraham 2,000 years earlier, the apostles, the early Christians and believers through the centuries trusted God’s promises and looked forward to “new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells” (2 Peter 3:13). We, too, who trust in His promises will join them. All who believe the gospel (1 Corinthians 15:1-4) receive a citizenship that never fades away or ends. It cancels the old citizenship in the domain of darkness and re-births it in the kingdom of the Son of God (Colossians 1:13-14).

Walk with an eager tread as those who have passed out of death into life (John 5:24), face adversity with patience, and continue faithfully working for the Lord, knowing that your hope is not in vain, but is steadfast and sure.

Jesus is the one and only passport to the new country!

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

America’s Fight To Stay Free, Part 3

By Roger Anghis

July 10, 2022

If there are no borders a nation will not long stand as a sovereign nation. Under Trump, we were securing our borders which no previous president had done. Reagan tried but Senator Chuck Schumer has seen to it that they remain porous as a sive. When Biden stole the office of the presidency he told the world that our southern border would be open for all to come. He did this because he knows they’ll vote democrat and most will vote illegally which is how democrats get a lot of their votes. Now Biden is saying he’s doing everything he can to curb the invasion of illegals but he stopped the construction of the fence and the only illegals that this administration rejects outright are Cubans. Why? They hate communism and won’t vote democrat. But Mayorkas struck a very different tone in his statements. In no uncertain terms, the DHS Secretary told Cubans that those who manage to reach the US by sea will be apprehended by the US Coast Guard and taken back to their home countries. And in regards to those with political asylum requests he said, “If individuals make, establish a well-founded fear of persecution or torture, they are referred to third countries for resettlement,” he continued. “They will not enter the United States.”

It’s worth noting that Mayorkas himself is a Cuban immigrant who fled the country with his family in 1960 when he was just a year old.[1] How’s that for being a total hypocrite?

Trump was fought by the Democrats every step of the way to build the wall. They tried to defund it and even stated that walls don’t work yet the majority of them live in gated communities. Even then he managed to have an increase in border apprehensions: The number of migrant apprehensions at the U.S.-Mexico border rose in fiscal 2019 to its highest annual level in 12 years. The 851,508 apprehensions recorded last fiscal year (October 2018-September 2019) were more than double the number the year before (396,579).[2] Because of Trump’s America First policies and the threat of being sent back the flow across our southern border was greatly reduced. Under Biden however, there is an open invitation and they are coming in by the millions: The latest Biden administration disclosures in Biden v. Texas reveal that in May, DHS released 95,318 migrants CBP had encountered at the Southwest border into the United States, bringing the total of illegal migrant releases there under the Biden administration to 1,049,532 — a population larger than the number of residents in the president’s home state of Delaware, at a rate of 2,115 per day.[3]

America is supposed to be a Constitutional Republic. The people we elect are supposed to represent the people. Most Democrats represent their political ideology and way too many Republicans follow lockstep with the Democrats, Sen. John Cornyn (R-Texas), Sen. Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), Sen. Bill Cassidy (R-La.), Sen. Roy Blunt (R-Mo.), Sen. Richard Burr (R-N.C.), Sen. Mitt Romney (R-Utah), Sen. Rob Portman (R-Ohio), Sen. Shelley Moore Capito (R-W.Va.), Sen. Joni Ernst (R-Iowa), Sen. Lisa Murkowski (R-Alaska), Rep. Todd Young (R-Ind.) These are the traitors to the 2^nd Amendment. If we don’t stop electing people who ignore our constitutional rights we’ll soon not have any constitutional rights.

If a nation that has more energy than most of the Middle East combined won’t allow its citizens access to that energy we will soon become a third-world nation dependent on rogue nations for energy. Under Trump, we were energy independent for the first time in over 70 years. Now Biden is begging OPEC to increase production and trying to buy oil from Venezuela. Why? We have more oil than both of those countries combined. Biden stopped the XL pipeline on his first day in office, stopped all fracking on federal land, rescinded permits for wells on federal land in the Gulf of Mexico and now he tries to convince us that our oil shortage is Putin’s fault. His voting base may be dumb enough to believe that but not the majority of the people.

We are seeing historically high prices for a gallon of gas and it is 100% Biden’s fault. Media won’t talk about how his policies have caused the prices to skyrocket and help him push the Putin lies. Some have said that if Trump was back in office tomorrow there would be a 30% rise in the stock market, gas prices would drop by $2 a gallon, and inflation would be at 4% within 30 days. I believe that they are right. What we are seeing Biden do is purposefully set things in motion to destroy America.

We have an oil shortage, we have baby formula shortages that Biden knew was coming and did nothing about. Somehow this year has seen an unbelievable number of food processing plants destroyed or badly damaged for unexplainable reasons. There have been at the time of this writing 95 plants damaged or destroyed. No one will ever convince me that this is a coincidence. This is planned and contrived. Remember Klaus Schwab called for the great reset and declared that by 2030 we’ll own nothing and be happy. Traitor to America and former Secretary of State under Richard Nixon, Henry Kissinger, states: “Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people.” US strategy deliberately destroyed family farming in the US and abroad and led to 95% of all grain reserves in the world being under the control of six multinational agribusiness corporations. Can you see where this is going?

We have seen almost 100 food processing plants destroyed or badly damaged. A handful a year is acceptable but when there have been almost a hundred and we aren’t even halfway through the year,[4] well something that isn’t going to be good for America is afoot. We must be alert and vigilant. Not just our future but the future of our children and grandchildren are at stake.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

Can Repentance Save This Nation?

By Wylie Marshall

July 9, 2022

I haven’t watched much “news” for the past several years. But I did hear through the grape vine that Roe v. Wade was reversed. And I heard that the Supreme Court even strengthened the personal protection gun laws unless that was just a rumor. After how many years? Does that seem a little strange to you? In the middle of the most damaging administration in our history, our Supreme Court has suddenly found and can read and understand the Constitution of the United States and the Bill of Rights?

Do I hear more noise in the streets now than I did before? Of course, we might hear more noise if the those that run the Oil Company’s filling stations lower their prices for gasoline. After President Biden told them to lower their prices to what they pay for the gas! Saw that too, and did a huge double take on that one. Just couldn’t believe he was saying it, but low and behold, they have dropped a bit! Yes, we may see more clamoring in the streets about abortion and how those guns are killing people. I am a cautious person, and I am going to have to hang on a bit longer to see what happens next. I have always been of the opinion that there are no free lunches! Are they so worried about the next election that they would reverse the abortion opinion of the Supreme Court after around 70 million babies have been murdered in and outside the womb? I have to think that something is going on here that we just don’t understand yet! They have been lying to us for years and now they are going to tell us the truth and reverse their opinion? Their modus operandi has always been to divide and conquer!

Also saw where a coach won a case for praying with his football team. What is this country coming to? Do you remember that it was 27 years ago that another football coach lost his case to the ACLU for praying with his football team?

I just read a great article by Rob Pue about Sodom and Gomorrah, I mean Columbus, Ohio and the debauchery that goes on there with the LGBTQP. I have never been to a pride parade and hope I never stumble into one going on. I have seen the remains of Sodom and Gomorrah and what fire and brimstone did to those cities! Of course, the inhabitants of those cities were burn to ashes instantly and have blown away. No evidence of them left to see!

Does it make any difference if we pray with our football team, pray in school, pray at home, or even pray at church? Does it make any difference if our children are being targeted by LGBTQP’s that have given their souls to Satan?Or if you get down to it, does it make any difference if we murder our children in the womb, in our schools or wherever?Does it really make any difference? Rob Pue’s article said the number of LGBTQP+ is rising daily with the flow of massive propaganda. And did you catch that he said that there were no less than FORTY so-called Christian “churches” marching IN the parade, in support of sodomy, transgenderism, sado-masochism and pedophilia. Why is this happening?

I read article after article after article telling us what is wrong with our culture, society, country and way of life. Everything we are doing wrong, everything our churches are doing wrong, everything our politicians are doing wrong. But where is the fix? How do we fix these problems? We have been trying to fix these problems for ages by voting a solution into office for years and years! How is that working? Not so good! Every time we vote what we think is a decent person into office, they become compromised or totally corrupted almost overnight! Satan has infiltrated every institution in our beloved country! Maybe it is time to try something different?

Do you ever pray to God, if you do, do you tell Him you love Him? Is it just lip service? How many times do we tell God that we love Him and then do the opposite of what He has told us to do? Does telling God that we love Him really mean anything if we refuse to obey Him? Obeying God is the key here. Obeying God is the only way we are going to get to where we really want to be, whether we know that or not. We praise Him in song, in sermons, and prayers and turn right around and disobey Him! How do we disobey Him? We break His Law! Even after He gave us His only Son so that we might have a relationship with Him and eventually, eternal life…how much it must hurt Him to see our behavior? The perfect life Jesus lived and the tremendous pain and suffering He went through to take away our penalty of everlasting death that we earned and deserved because we would not do the things our Creator told us to do, so that we might have life and have it more abundantly now and eternal life later! How sad this must make Him.

It was not just His dying on the cross that took away our death penalty. Jesus had to come as a human and live a perfect life! He had to live a life without committing even one sin! What does that mean? What is sin? I guess the short definition would be 1 John 3:4Everyone who practices sin is also practicing lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness. So, sin is breaking God’s Law, and if Jesus had sinned just once, He would not have been the perfect Sacrifice and would not have qualified to take away the sin of the world! Joh 1:29 On the next day, John sees Jesus coming to him, and he says, “Behold the Lamb of God, Who takes away the sin of the world. (The sacrificial lambs could not have even one blemish on them. One blemish would have disqualified them to be used as a sin offering. Exo 12:5 Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year. You shall take it from the sheep or from the goats.) And if Christ had sinned just once, He would have had a blemish, and we would still be living under that death penalty and still be facing that never ending death that we so deserve!

Do any of us understand that kind of love? No, not one! We are incapable of understanding agape love, and that is the kind of love God has for us! It is total unconditional love, and we are not capable of giving that kind of love. But that is where God is taking us, because that is what God is, total unconditional love! You might say, “Okay, I will understand it when I get there!” Well, if you are waiting to understand it when you get there, then you might not get there! You should start working on understanding it now! You don’t know when God the Father is going to say to you, “Come here and learn from Me!” Joh 6:45 It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me. You just don’t know when that will happen! It might happen in this lifetime or the next, but it will happen, so you should be working on it now!

There is a lot of misinformation out there that is causing a lot of confusion. They confuse the “Works of the Law” which were the sacrificial laws that ended at the death of Christ, with the Law of God, the Ten Commandments! God’s word is not hard to understand if you live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God. What were those words that God spoke and commanded His people to keep? They were the Ten Commandments. God personally SPOKE the Ten Commandments from His mouth and told His people to keep them for 1000 generations. Let’s see, that would be for at least 25,000 years and those years are not up yet! Exo 20:1 And God spoke all these words, saying, and He goes on to list the Ten Commandments! Deu 7:9 Therefore, know that the LORD your God, He is God, the faithful God Who keeps covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments, to a thousand generations.

God has to know who will obey Him and who will not. He will not allow anyone who will not obey Him to enter into His Kingdom. God will not create another Satan. God does not wish for anyone to suffer the penalty that Satan is going to suffer for all eternity. Rev 20:10 And the Devil, who deceived them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet had been cast; and they, Satan and the demons, shall be tormented day and night into the ages of eternity. The beast and the false prophet were flesh and blood and were burnt to ashes in an instant, but Satan and the demons are spirit beings and will burn and be tormented for all eternity in the lake of fire and brimstone.

I have written before about the stories in the bible, in particular, the story of Jonah. Well, now I will tell you about another story when the children of Israel refused to obey God. I have mentioned this one before, but this time I want you to notice a different aspect of the story.

Remember the story of the children of Israel first arriving at the promise land. God had Moses send scouts into the promise land to scout it out and bring back a report. Moses sent a scout from each tribe and all, but two scouts brought back bad reports. They reported that the people of the land were too strong and there were giants in the land and that they were not able to defeat the people of the land, even though God had fought all their battles for them ever since they had left Egypt! The people became afraid because of the 10 scout’s bad reports, and refused to go up and take the promised land. So, what did God do? He had the children of Israel wander in the wilderness for 40 years until all of the adults that refused to go in and take the promised land had died. Num 14:29 Your dead bodies shall fall in this wilderness, and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, who have murmured against Me. God did not allow anyone who murmured against Him to enter into the promised land and God is not going to allow anyone into His Kingdom that will not obey Him, and He has to be assured of that fact beforehand!

People love to claim that all you have to do is to claim the grace of God and that is all that is needed. That is not what God says! Mat 15:8 ‘These people have drawn near to Me with their mouths, and with their lips they honor Me; but their hearts are far away from Me. God expects us to do something to show Him we are serious about our love for Him. God has total unconditional love for us, and we must develop that same love for Him before we will be allowed into His kingdom. He wants to know who His people are, and He wants His people to know Who their God is! Joh 14:15 If you love Me, keep the commandments— namely, My commandments. Joh 14:21 The one who has My commandments and is keeping them, that is the one who loves Me; and the one who loves Me shall be loved by My Father, and I will love him and will manifest Myself to him.” We will not enter into God’s kingdom on lip service!

God’s Law contains a sign that few people know exist. It is a sign between God and His people. Exo 31:13 “Speak also to the children of Israel, saying, ‘Truly you shall keep My Sabbaths, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations to know that I am the LORD Who sanctifies you. Now how many generations are we to keep God’s Law? Yes, for a thousand generations! This “sign” just happens to be the fourth Commandment! That commandment is the only commandment that requires an outward example of it being kept. You actually have to do something to keep that commandment, so God can see you doing it. It is not a passive commandment that you can keep without doing anything. To keep the Sabbath day, you must go and fellowship with your brethren and go and worship God and sing psalms, and teach and learn, and pray! You have to physically do something! That is what makes it a sign between God and His people! But it has to be done on His day, the Seventh day of the week! That is the only day of the week God made Holy! Gen 2:2 And by the beginning of the seventh day God finished His work which He had made. And He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. Gen 2:3 And God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it because on it He rested from all His work which God had created and made.

When will you stop being ashamed of the God that created you and let Him help you? Rev 3:20 Behold, I stand at the door and knock. If anyone hears My voice and opens the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. Luke 9:26 For whoever shall be ashamed of Me and My words, of him shall the Son of man be ashamed when He comes in His own glory, and in the glory of the Father and of the holy angels. Rom 1:18 Indeed, the wrath of God is revealed from heaven upon all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men who suppress the truth in unrighteousness; And what is righteousness? 2Pe 2:21 For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than, after knowing it, to turn back from the holy commandment that was delivered to them.

So, what do you think is happening right now? We have a supreme court that has lied to us for 50 years while approximately 70 million babies have been murdered. Are they trying to cleanse their conscience or is it something else? What about their ruling on sodomy, gay marriage? Where is that in the Constitution of the United States?

This nation has closed its door to God a long time ago, and we are sliding into the abyss. I can not understand why our people can not see this phenomenon. Our Republic was established with Godly principles and can only flourish in a nation that has a God lead moral culture. Our Republic will not work with any other system and that is why our present government is working so hard to remove everything that has to do with a Godly moral family way of life. I’m sure there is a better way of articulating that, but I think you can understand what I am trying to say. If we don’t turn back to God and Obey His Voice, then maybe you should make your final arrangements, because if they don’t come after you with a needle, they will probably starve you to death.

Our problems are spiritual! They cannot be solved by voting them out of office. We saw that in the 2020 election. They have the elections rigged to where they will never lose another election and they know it. They are led by Satan the Devil, Eph 6:12 Because we are not wrestling against flesh and blood, but against principalities and against powers, against the world rulers of the darkness of this age, against the spiritual power of wickedness in high places. If you don’t wake up and understand what you are up against before it is too late, then you will have nothing in this life to wake up for. The only one that can help you is God, and all He requires is that you repent of breaking His Laws, His statutes and His Judgements! How little for so much! This doesn’t have to be Satan’s world. Satan can only do what God allows him to do. Turn back to God and repent of breaking His Law and watch what happens! Nineveh repented and was spared total destruction!

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

International Living, Part 2

By Sidney Secular

July 9, 2022

THE WORLD’S BEST PLACES TO RETIRE IN 2022

The January 2022 issue of International Living magazine contains an article with a survey rating the best places in the world for an American to retire. The survey utilizes a formula considering the fifteen most important criteria that Americans use when they consider retiring abroad. The top twenty-five countries for retirement are rated in descending order. These are places the retiree can basically “have it all” at a small fraction of the cost of living in the USA while being free of the deteriorating quality of life we continue to suffer in this country. The results will surprise the average American who is not much of a world traveler and thereby harbors negative stereotypes about certain supposedly inferior “third world” countries.

The Gold Medal of retirement locations went to Panama with a rating of 86.1% edging out close competitors Costa Rica, Mexico, Portugal and Ecuador. Aside from highly rated Portugal, the only European countries to make the list were France, Malta, Spain, Ireland, Italy and Croatia. Thailand has made great strides in recent years and now ranks first among Asian countries. In Thailand, a couple can live on a white sand beach for $1,800 per month including rent. You can do the same in Panama for $2,000 a month or indulge yourself in Old World Europe(Portugal) for $2,200 per month. Portugal captures the essence of Old World Europe as is reflected in its outstanding score. That country’s combination of Old World charm, a rock-bottom cost of living and excellent real estate values earned it the highest rating among European entrants. The UN currently lists 193 nation states and the survey’s 25 chosen represent the cream of the crop as far as good living at reasonable rates is concerned.

You may wonder how tiny Panama edged out other better known countries that were considered. To begin with, Panama City is the only cosmopolitan capital in Central America. This exciting international hub is filled with restaurants, theaters, film festivals while having an abundance of athletic and sporting events, and features high culture and international cuisine. Islands and beaches pepper both the Pacific and Caribbean coasts with plenty of mountain retreats and rural hamlets in between. As well, there is the traditional rural lifestyle of the fishing mecca that is Pedasi. Coronado is a bustling little town with every comfort and convenience from high-speed internet to upscale grocery stores. The country itself is comprised of a small, narrow isthmus so travel distances are short. As a result, you can get to Miami in 3 short hours and to New York in 5 while remaining completely outside of the hurricane belt. The government is stable, the tap water is good and good quality personalized medical care is readily available.There are also many national parks and preserves. Of course, the most important items on your list of priorities are safety and freedom and the survey reports that you will be able to feel as safe and free as you desire, something that is no longer a guarantee in the good ol’ US of A!

And then there’s Thailand, Asia’s premium location. Orange-robed monks walk in single file beneath glittering skyscrapers. Everything you could want or need is at hand in this colorful land and there is no long history of anti-American feelings among the populace. Thailand’s medical system is among the best in the world. The country also boasts some of the most beautiful beaches in the world and you can purchase a two-bedroom home for less than $100,000. Also, the new 10 year long-term visa is a significant perk that will make your life easier.

If, on the other hand, Europe beckons, enjoying the warm coastal nation of Portugal should be a notion to seriously consider. It is the epitome of Old World charm. Centuries-old architecture and vineyards, cobblestone streets, omnipresent outdoor markets, and convivial cafes make your days charming and pleasing. Northern Portugal is a land of deep river valleys and rolling hills. Furthermore, the country is more green and has a milder climate than one might expect. There are towns located on towering hills as well as working fishing villages. South of the capital, Lisbon, the landscape flattens out and presents with olive groves, big skies, and oak tree forests. Further south is the Algarve region with its almond plantations that sweep down to the sea with its coastline dotted with terracotta tiled hill towns and spectacular beaches.

The Algarve is Europe’s playground, containing world-class gold courses, tennis clubs, top-rated fine dining and some of the finest beaches in Europe. As with the south of France, a mild semi-tropical climate prevails. The most amazing thing is that all of this is so affordable. A meal for two with drinks will cost less than $12. Private health insurance for a couple will go for less than $275 a month. In Portugal, apart from antibiotics and narcotics, you can get almost any needful medicine over-the-counter in a pharmacy. For those who enjoy good wine and tasty fish dinners, there’s no better place than Portugal. There is also the added bonus that, because English is taught in the schools, nearly all the people with whom one deals will speak English and everybody knows how that is a must for most Americans.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

One Man’s Crusade Against Voter Fraud

By Kat Stansell

July 8, 2022

Kris Jurski is a Florida resident and businessman, who has mounted a very successful crusade against voter fraud in his home state. Because of the time necessary to produce results, he has had to put aside his income-earning business, Vital Catalyst, LLC, and work full-time uncovering the machinery behind our stolen elections.

His company, Vital Catalyst, was hired by investors to help small businesses grow into corporations. To make it happen, he had to jump in and learn how a company works with little or no documentation, troubleshoot the bottlenecks, and develop systems geared to growth.

This is essentially what he has done with the voter fraud business in Florida. Using his expertise, he has jumped in to find out how it works (with little documentation from them, for sure!) and analyzed the operations. Only, instead of helping it to grow, Kristofer Jurski is working to put voter fraud in the Sunshine State out of business.

A lot of Florida residents knew that the fraud had been occurring. Some had done canvassing of precincts, and taken their findings to their county boards of election. Others had met with local leaders, and made public their issues. There was tremendous demand from various citizens groups to identify and fix the fraud, but there was no coordination or real direction. So, Kris Jurski provided it.

He formed The People’s Audit.

On this website, Kris provides the evidence of existing fraud, complete with graphs and charts, as well as education, to help citizens learn how to recognize and counter fraud in their own precincts. There is an online training academy to help people really understand the voting process and to protect the vote. As a Florida resident, you can go to this site, and check if your last votes were correctly registered and counted!

He has found that the Florida Fraud Machine includes state employees; special “rules” written by some to hamstring others; ERIC, the Electronic Registration Information System, of which Florida is a member; and a crafty system of voter registration that goes on 24/7/365, with fake addresses even more creative than graveyards. And, the totals manage to spike just before registration closes, to provide just enough registration to counter the anticipated “red wave”. Hmmmm…

Before revealing some details of what he has uncovered, I want to introduce you to the man behind this selfless mission.

Born in the US of Polish parents who lived under Communism, Kris remembers his aunt, on her first trip to America, standing in the bakery aisle at a Publix supermarket and weeping for the incredible bounty of baked goods on display. That image stays with him these decades later.

Kris’s wife, too, knows the suffering of those forced to live under totalitarianism. She is a naturalized American citizen born in Venezuela, whose mother is still trapped there. As they tried to get her out, the airport closed down, and they have not seen her since. The Jurski’s send money to her so that she may try to purchase the few things still available, to keep herself alive.

Kris’s mission, to expose and correct the theft of our voting rights, is born of his commitment to his own children, and to the nation that he loves. He has vowed that he WILL NOT allow his children to live under the horrors experienced by both sides of their family. Kris Jurski firmly believes that with one more stolen election, America will officially become a totalitarian state, and the only way back to freedom will entail much suffering and bloodshed, as it has worldwide.

Now, let us take a look at the highlights of what he has unearthed, by knowing how and where to look.

Statewide registrations for 2020 average 21,340 per week.

HOWEVER, in the last week before registration closed,

153,309 registered in that single week. Of that, 46,644 registered on the day registration closed; with Covid excuse applied to extend registration, another 26,895 registered the day after registration closed.

The spikes in registration over the last week are nearly identical in every county in the state. Of those last-minute registrants, 79% voted – mostly by mail! Kris calls BS on this.

Florida residents over the age of 65 need NO IDENTIFICATION! All registration for them is done by mail. In a state where people over 65 make up 20.9% of the entire population, THAT is nothing short of fraud food. In 75% of the assisted living and nursing facilities canvassed, over 50% of the names registered to that facility do not live there. Pure elder abuse.

Tens of thousands of people in just four counties (Pinellas, Miami-Dade, Okaloosa and Clay) are registered to courthouses as their residential address, with their mailing addresses listed as trailer parks, state parks and boat slips and empty buildings. Miami-Dade plays it more cleverly. Rather than using all the same addresses for over 11,000 people, they use the SOE building in Doral, and change the address by adding a letter at the end. For example, the street address is number 2700, so batches are marked 2700G, or 2700D, or 2700C, none of which actually exist.

Since 2019, over 80% of all voter registrations are accomplished at the Division of Motor Vehicles. Since 2017, when the application form was changed by the Director of Elections, there is no spot on which to declare citizenship. In addition, the new training manual for DMV admonishes employees to NEVER discourage someone from registering to vote. Essentially, every applicant at a motor vehicle center is registered or re-registered to vote.

The mandate to distribute voter registration forms at licensing centers came from the “Motor Voter Act”, National Voter Registration Act (NVRA) passed by Congress in 1993. Of the 40 states to which the NVRA applied, most ignored it for a number of years, declaring states’ rights. However, after ERIC (Electronic Registration Information Center) was formed in 2012, and Donald Trump entered the political scene, in 2014 – 15 suddenly, DMV’s in a number of states began assuming more of the registration process. During that period is when Maria Matthews, the Director of Elections in Florida, used $19 million in federal grants to revamp the voting procedures, adding the new forms above, and rewriting training manuals for state employees.

REMEMBER>>>the state drivers’ data is corrupted with massive amounts of DMV information – which includes green card holders, id card holders, and even learners’ permit applicants. All of these are, of course, ineligible to vote.

At this point, it is fair to mention that the County Supervisors of Elections have their hands tied to prevent them from correcting these situations. Even when citizens bring evidence to them, they can do nothing, thanks to their “training manual” rules, aka restrictions, handed down from the state Director’s office. One SOE in Flagler County, Kim Weeks, tried to disallow dishonest dealings in her meetings, and she was fired, fined and jailed for her efforts! This happened under Gov. Rick Scott, but I call for Gov. DeSantis to find out what is really occurring in his voting systems – if he plans to remain Florida’s Governor, as his state wishes him to do.

You have heard reference to ERIC, the 30-state membership organization of which Florida is a member.

The Electronic Records Information Center (ERIC) exists, ostensibly, to provide voter roll maintenance to its members. What it really is, is a massive data-gathering system that acts as a get-out-the-vote organization for the Left, and an intelligence- gathering mechanism on all state residents.

I have written two articles on ERIC, linked below. Rather than repeat myself, I urge you to read them to familiarize yourself with the organization and its ramifications.

ERIC mandates its members to register voters, legitimate or not, and brags on its website about how many new voters they have registered by the year. They would like us to believe, of course, that these were all “oppressed” people who could never have registered before – which, of course, they are not. Anyone who cares enough to vote is free to register and do their civic duty.

Perversely enough, all of the fraudulent registrations have shown how easy it is to get registered. Anyone (alive or dead or from another country) can get on the rolls.

Kris Jurski has found that the DMV input mandated by ERIC is the key to feeding millions of names of people ineligible to vote, into the voter rolls. He calls it the “Green Card Loophole”. He sees ERIC as an intelligence-gathering system that keeps personal records on everyone with a drivers license or who votes.

In Florida, we know that those registering at the Motor Vehicle locations do NOT have to be a US citizen. Each member state’s drivers permit applications differ, but many manage to get around or avoid the citizenship issue. ERIC itself, in its bylaws, forbids any voter application to be flagged for being a non- citizen.

It is important to note here that even some conservatives who say they care about voter fraud have thrown in with the ERIC system. ‘We are better with it than without it,’ they state, ‘because we need to know who moved and who died.’ The same exact words are spoken whenever the subject comes up, just like the scripted mantra from the MSM, when you hear the same words on every channel. But the voter rolls in ERIC member states are bloated, not cleaned, and its members are mandated to register, not remove. The lists ERIC provides their members, of “who moved and who died” certainly don’t help to maintain honest voter rolls in Florida. If ERIC were about cleaning the rolls, they would post THOSE stats on their website, instead of how many new voters have been registered. Lastly, ERIC would have been organized by someone with a real concern for honesty. David Becker does not qualify.

Recently, proof of election fraud in several other states was made into a dramatically factual film, 2000 Mules, by Dinesh DiSousa, with Catherine Engebrecht and Greg Phillips of True the Vote.

Another film, Rigged, by David Bossie for Citizens United, exposes the “Zuck Bucks”, from Mark Zuckerberg, which were used to aid the 2020 steal in Wisconsin and elsewhere. You must see one or both. They are powerful proof, and frightening, even nauseating, if you care about your country. Yes, it is a FACT that election fraud is occurring blatantly over much of the country, and with the help of both our government and private sources.

However, neither films answered the key question: WHAT IS THE SOURCE OF ALL THESE EXTRA NAMES? Kris Jurski has found the answer, and proven how these names are added to the rolls. He has answered the question of where the Mule Train gets its fuel – all of those votes that weren’t legitimately cast but were counted. He has opened the tombs of the Ghost Voters and traced their origins to street addresses of court houses and abandoned buildings. He has computer analysis, graphs and reports, that spell it out.

Kris feels that we need to do the following to secure our ballots:

Dump ERIC and all current election officials.
Dump all current voter registration rolls
Re-register everyone using in-person, paper records
Issue a photo id which will be required to cast a ballot
Eliminate all drop boxes and return to voting in person, on a single day or two, using paper ballots.

An odd list from a computer guy. Toss the electronics.

Is this a lot of work? You bet. Is our freedom worth it? Don’t even ask!
Kris will be speaking about the People’s Audit, on Catching Fire News. Please tune in. There is so much more.

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

Cultural Marxism Spawns Narco-Nation

By Cliff Kincaid

July 8, 2022

In another shocking display of America’s downward spiral into Cultural Marxism, a pothead by the name of Robert Crimo killed seven people and wounded more than 40 in a July 4th parade. Associates of Crimo, who maintained his own macabre YouTube channel, say that he was an “isolated stoner” into “alternate reality.”

You only have to look at pictures of this zombie, with his face tattoos, colored hair, and gaunt appearance, to know something is seriously wrong.

While the influence of prescription drugs cannot be ruled out, at this point all indications are that he had mental illness sparked by the “soft” drug known as cannabis.

Marijuana is legal in Illinois and Crimo’s neighborhood is home to a “marijuana dispensary.” Demonstrating his sense of priorities, Democratic Governor J.B. Pritzker had called the state’s marijuana legalization bill the “Most Equity-Centric Law” in the nation. The law set aside 20 percent of the revenue generated by legalization for “mental health and substance abuse services in Illinois,” indicating advance knowledge of what was to come from legalizing a mind-altering substance.

It turns out that “reefer madness” is real and is taking its toll on young people.

In America as a whole, Big Marijuana has become a booming business, with coverage as a respectable industry from the likes of CNBC’s Jim Cramer.

The Illinois case seems to be eerily similar to the case of Nikolas Cruz, the Parkland Florida mass shooter, who plead guilty to murdering 17 people in 2018 and told police about extensive drug use, including marijuana, and “demons” in his mind.

Crimo seems to be another case of someone “programmed to kill,” probably as a result of marijuana-induced psychosis. On one of his YouTube videos, where he advertised his intentions, Crimo had posted a photo of Lee Harvey Oswald, JFK’s assassin, on his wall. That’s significant, since Oswald, as noted by communist defector Ion Mihai Pacepa, was “programmed” to kill by the KGB.

One study, “SHOOTERS, TERRORISTS AND MASS KILLERS WHO USED MARIJUANA,” lists dozens of mad stoner episodes.

If someone wants to stop “gun violence,” one place to start is enforcing federal laws against marijuana.

The Highland Park shooter, who was under police surveillance at one time, is just the latest example of mass violence that escapes the attention of the Biden’s Department of Justice. A letter to Attorney General Merrick Garland from a national coalition urging him to support enforcement of federal marijuana laws has been ignored. That’s because Democrats favor legalization and the financial donations that would flow from the marijuana industry.

At the very least, enforcement of current federal marijuana laws will save the minds of some young people and reduce the number of drug addicts with mental problems running rampant in the streets of major cities and contributing to mass murder and the rising crime rate.

To make matters worse, marijuana is now being laced with fentanyl, made by Mexican cartels with chemicals from China, to increase the carnage.

Garland should be investigating and prosecuting those behind this trend. Instead, Garland mounts the biggest investigation in FBI history to go after protesters who were lured into the Capitol on January 6, 2021, even though the only victim of gun violence that day was Trump supporter Ashli Babbitt, murdered by a member of the Capitol Police.

During an appearance on Fox News’ “Sunday Morning Futures,” Senator Mike Lee called for Garland to be held “accountable” for another example of malfeasance in office — failing to protect the pro-life judges on the Court. This, too, is a serious matter involving potential violence and terrorism.

But Lee knows that only 30 Senate Republicans voted against Garland’s confirmation. He was one of them, to his credit. On the other hand, Garland won the votes of Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell and the Judiciary Committee’s top Republican, Iowa Senator Chuck Grassley.

Garland’s soft-on-drugs policy has been extended to Joe Biden’s son Hunter, a drug addict who illegally purchased a gun without disclosing his habit and has not been prosecuted.

As noted by Politico, “Hunter responded ‘no’ to a question on the [gun] transaction record that asks, ‘Are you an unlawful user of, or addicted to, marijuana or any depressant, stimulant, narcotic drug, or any other controlled substance?’ Five years earlier, he had been discharged from the Navy Reserve after testing positive for cocaine, and he and family members have spoken about his history of drug use.”

Only a concerted drive for impeachment can convince Republican voters they are serious about removing the Biden regime.

On the Fox show talking about the illegal street protests outside of the homes of pro-life Supreme Court members, Senator Lee said, “It is beyond my ability to understand why it is that Merrick Garland and his Department of Justice haven’t investigated and prosecuted these crimes.” He added, “I hereby call on them to do so. If they’re unwilling to do this, they’re really imperiling our entire system of government, and they need to be held accountable.”

Garland refuses to act, despite one assassination attempt on Justice Kavanaugh.

Lee, who won his Senate primary, is a good conservative but fails to grasp the serious nature of what the Biden regime represents. This is not a collection of “radicals” but a communist-style regime determined to eliminate its political enemies, through intimidation and violence if necessary. Garland showed his hand when he was caught hunting for parental terrorists at school board meetings.

Before YouTube terminated my channel, eliminating 500 anti-communist videos from public view, I had analyzed the issue of Merrick Garland’s involvement in a court case brought by the Obama Administration to drop terrorism charges against a communist by the name of Elizabeth Anna Duke. She was a member of a Weather Underground spin-off that specialized in terrorism and was charged with bombing the Capitol in 1983. Then-Judge Merrick Garland found no problem with a magistrate who arbitrarily dropped the charges against her, at the request of Obama’s Justice Department.

Garland authorized dropping that charge, but has proceeded as Attorney General with charges against trespassers lured into the Capitol on January 6 and calling them “insurrectionists.”

I had the Duke story confirmed by interviews with such key figures as legal analyst Montgomery Blair Sibley and Paul Kamenar of the National Legal and Policy Center. But now, as a result of YouTube banning my channel, these YouTube videos have been eliminated from public view (along with other videos opposing the drug legalization movement).

Through its censorship policies, YouTube is protecting Obama and the Biden regime. And now, according to filmmaker Joel Gilbert, another Obama is planning to run his wife Michelle for president in 2024, replacing Biden.

While Senator Lee demands accountability, with no likelihood of compliance, Rep. Scott Perry goes further, introducing a measure calling for Garland’s impeachment.

Lee should demand that Mitch McConnell disavow his vote for Garland and lead calls for Garland’s removal.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Abortion and the Definition of Human Life

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

July 7, 2022

~ Is the fetus a human being with sacred, inviolable rights, or is it just a clump of cells that might be inconvenient for a woman, much like a boil that can be removed at will?

The controversy after the approval in 2019 of New York’s Reproductive Health Act and its stipulation that abortion can take place up to the moment of birth, followed by then Virginia Governor Ralph Northam’s remarks which seemed to approve of infanticide,[1] have highlighted key variables in the arguments about abortion.

Pro-choice feminists argue that it’s all about a woman’s right to do what she feels is best for her body and that anyone arguing against abortion is a misogynist and a tyrant. This view rests on suppositions that are, in the opinion of many pro-life advocates, entirely untrue. They are:

The “fetus” is just a “clump of cells.”
The fetus is part of the woman’s body.
The woman owns the clump of cells—what she does with them is nobody’s business but her own.

So, let’s explore these three assumptions.

“The ‘Fetus’ Is Just a ‘Clump of Cells’”

To me, this is the heart of the argument.

Is the fetus a human being with sacred, inviolable rights, or is it just a clump of cells that might be inconvenient for a woman, much like a boil that can be removed at will?

The New York Reproductive Health Act (Senate Bill 240), enacted on January 22, 2019, clarifies that babies in the womb are not persons.[2] The Senate bill includes this definition:

[1.] “Person,” when referring to the victim of a homicide, means a human being who has been born and is alive.

As reported by ChristianNews.net, in an article by Heather Clark on February 10, 2019, titled “NY’s New Abortion Law Allows Man Who Killed Pregnant Girlfriend to Get Away With Death of Unborn Child,”[3] Anthony Hobson, who killed both Jennifer Irigoyen and her unborn child, was only charged with the mother’s death.

Killing the child became irrelevant under the law because the unborn child was not a person.

The New York law also states (with emphasis added):

2599-BB. Abortion. 1. A health care practitioner licensed, certified, or authorized under title eight of the education law, acting within his or her lawful scope of practice, may perform an abortion when, according to the practitioner’s reasonable and good faith professional judgment based on the facts of the patient’s case: the patient is within twenty-four weeks from the commencement of pregnancy, or there is an absence of fetal viability, or the abortion is necessary to protect the patient’s life or health.[4]

In the January 22, 2019, National Review article “New York State Senate Passes Bill Permitting Abortions up to Birth,”[5] Alexandra DeSanctis wrote that the mother’s life or health was defined as:

… the exception that was defined in Roe companion case Doe v. Bolton as “all factors—physical, emotional, psychological, familial, and the woman’s age—relevant to the wellbeing [sic] of the patient.” In other words, abortion will be available to women essentially on demand up to the point of birth.

In my opinion, laws allowing abortion up to birth are possible because their proponents choose to believe that a child growing in a mother’s womb is nothing more than a lump of flesh. To me, this view is influenced by two primary motivating factors:

Babies Can Be Seen as a Huge and Inconvenient Responsibility

Having a baby that was not planned can be an enormous burden to mothers and their families. In some cases, mothers-to-be are overwhelmed with the consequences of bearing and raising a child and choose abortion as a way out of their predicament. Although abortion can indeed be offered as a compassionate response to the mothers-to-be, it has also allowed abortion to become an all-too-convenient solution to any unwanted pregnancy. It is such an emotionally difficult procedure that it can soothe one’s conscience if the “fetus” is considered less than human—just a “clump of cells.” In essence, a “woman’s right to choose” can become an excuse for what many would call a narcissistic viewpoint.

An Unwillingness to Consider the Spiritual Component of Human Beings

For someone to view a zygote or a fetus as an innately spiritual human being, however tiny and unformed it might be, one needs to view all humans as spiritual creations of an Intelligent Source.

As an aside, even among religious people who do view humans as “eternal children of God,” there is considerable questioning as to whether unborn children live forever in the afterlife if they die in the womb. Some religious people believe that a child doesn’t receive an eternal spirit until they leave the womb and draw their first breath.

Under that viewpoint, if the baby is aborted, it’s not the same as killing a living baby who has an eternal spirit. However, I would wager that even with that viewpoint, those religious people still tend to have a deep respect for children in the womb and view them as sacred creations. Still, the “first-breath” doctrine (if one may call it a doctrine) can make it a degree easier for some to consider an abortion under certain circumstances. Yet, there is no evidence anywhere that the newly-formed baby in the womb does not have an eternal spirit. I think the idea may have come about as a convenient justification to make abortion easier.

Although I once accepted the first-breath doctrine, I’ve now come to believe that God’s spirit and essence imbue everything. Everything is part of God’s energy. Thus, when the baby is conceived, I personally believe that it makes more sense to assume that the souls and spirits of the man and woman are also engaged in the sexual act (not just their physical bodies) and that God is present as well since each person is an individual incarnation of one distinct part of the omnipresent God.

Some might find it strange to consider the idea that God is present even when a man and woman make love, but it makes sense if one views God as omnipresent. If God created all energy and is the spiritual and physical force that runs the universe, if God is all there is, then God can’t be anything other than omnipresent. Where would God go during a couple’s sex act? Would God leave the room? If so, why?

Granted, there are many sexual acts that are not centered on love. Some are degraded and demeaning; some are violent and horrific, such as the act of rape. One can only assume that a compassionate and omnipresent God feels profound grief during those acts. Why God allows those acts to happen is a different topic—a discussion about the value of human freedom as it relates to the flowering of creative love, even at the cost of potential human pain.

With an omnipresent God participating in the creation of new human life, as the man and woman join and the sperm meets the egg and a zygote is created, it’s reasonable to conclude that the couple cooperates with God’s creative power to create a new life that is eternally spiritual, as well as briefly physical.

The process of creation of new life in the womb is a question that has enormous implications for how society views human beings. Or at least it should have. Is God the ultimate creator of each baby formed in the womb? Does each baby develop with eternal spiritual attributes, created from the spiritual essence of the father, the mother, and God? If so, that newly-formed zygote, fetus, and then baby inherits the God-given and inalienable rights of survival that all humans share.

If one removes God and spirituality from the process of pregnancy, then it allows the human mind to develop all sorts of theories about the definition of humans. It is plain to see, from laws like the New York Reproductive Health Act, that many on the hard-Left view babies as bits of flesh that can be flushed away.

Note that the “Left” and “classical liberals” are not the same. The “Left” includes people who espouse Marxism and totalitarian socialism and have a general contempt for freedom for all individuals—most especially those individuals with whom they disagree.

However, even an atheistic view of human life should not ignore common sense. The traditional definition of whether a human is alive or dead is the presence of a heartbeat. If the fetus has a heartbeat, it’s alive. It’s certainly not dead! So, the mishmash of convenient rationalizations about why a living baby in the womb can be declared as “not a person” really comes down to the Left’s contempt for human life in general. As reported by the Family Research Council in the January 2022 white paper “U.S. Abortion Law in Comparison with the Globe,” the author Mary Szoch wrote:

The answer lies in the definition of what abortion is. It is either the killing of an innocent unborn child in the womb, or it is not. … In light of the fact that abortion takes the life of a human being, the abortion laws of human rights violators like North Korea and China make sense. These countries do not value human life as being created in the image of God.[6]

This view of human life doesn’t stop with fetuses. As history has clearly demonstrated with the purges of over one hundred million people under Leftist regimes in the twentieth century, the hard-Left views all human beings as hunks of meat that can be put down if they don’t serve the purpose of the collective.

“The Fetus Is Part of the Woman’s Body”

Viewing the fetus as a clump of cells, disconnected from a spiritual source, allows a woman to declare that the fetus is part of her body. The slogan “my body, my choice” supports the rationale that a woman has a right to abort a fetus because a woman is the owner of her body.

However, even if God did not exist, and human babies were born solely through a process of physical evolution, it is completely erroneous to view a child in the womb as part of the woman’s body. A butterfly is not the cocoon. It is simply grown in the cocoon. A baby is born as a singular and unique entity that is able to live even after the mother’s body dies. The mother’s body is the temporary host of the baby, which is an entirely separate life form. It is utter nonsense to say that the baby is the mother’s body, and thus she can do whatever she wants with it as if she was removing a wart.

“The Woman Owns the Clump of Cells”

The short answer to a “my body, my choice” woman is: “Madam, the baby in your womb is not your body. It is a separate anddifferent mind and body of a living human being who does not belong to you.”

Even if the fetus is just a clump of cells, it’s very clear that a woman cannot produce a fetus on her own. It requires the participation of a man, even with the practice of artificial insemination. Without a man’s sperm, there will be no fetus.

Although there are some new variations on how that sperm meets with the woman’s egg, the standard, historical method has been based on a sexual relationship with a man. The historically optimal scenario involves love between the man and woman, with marriage binding them together.

Writing for Aeon Magazine, in the January 17, 2019 article “The marvel of the human dad,”[7] evolutionary anthropologist Anna Machin led with this question:

Among our close animal relatives, only humans have involved and empathic fathers. Why did evolution favour the devoted dad?

She wrote:

But crucially, dad has not evolved to be the mirror to mum, a male mother, so to speak. Evolution hates redundancy and will not select for roles that duplicate each other if one type of individual can fulfill the role alone. Rather, dad’s role has evolved to complement mum’s.

Millennia have passed with the men who contributed their sperm watching as the fetus grew and was subsequently delivered as a child who was intrinsically connected to both parents—not just the mother. Men were integral to the creation and maturation of their children—sons and daughters who were usually loved and raised by both parents.

Thus, the argument that the fetus, or clump of cells, is owned by the woman is nonsense. The pregnancy and pain of childbirth do not remove the value of the man’s contribution to the creation and parenting of a new life.

After Virginia Democratic Governor Ralph Northam spoke about abortion up to birth and gave the impression that he supported what many described as infanticide, directly after a baby is born, Tucker Carlson of Fox News interviewed pro-choice advocate Monica Klein about Northam’s remarks.

I was shocked by Klein’s smugness in her responses to Carlson. She refused to answer his questions and stated at the end of the short interview, “This is about a woman’s right to choose, and you as a man should not have a single say in that.”[8]

A Call to Action to Reexamine the Arguments for Abortion

In spite of the radical Left’s push for abortion until birth and infanticide after a baby is born, it is clear that there are still many sincere and good pro-choice women and men who are not “monsters.”

Many pro-choice men and women are compassionate. It seems like a Good Thing to care for the mothers-to-be who struggle with unwanted pregnancies that could radically alter their well-being for the worse. Who wants to inflict suffering on young mothers? No one.

Additionally, there may be cases where abortion is necessary: for example, in occurrences of severe deformity or the life of the mother. I personally think that those situations should be permissible. However, many parents of Down’s Syndrome children are grateful that those infants were not aborted. It is a complex landscape that needs to be reviewed with openness and respect for all points of view in a balanced and compassionate fashion.

Yet, as we have seen, the pro-choice movement contains elements within it that are radical and not balanced in their approach to all of the issues that need to be discussed, including the role and value of men in the parenting process, which begins at conception.

Men are the fathers of their unborn children and must be given equal rights of participation in abortion decisions.

Therefore, let us call out to both pro-lifers and good-hearted pro-choice advocates to go back to the roots of the abortion debate and reexamine all of the premises upon which abortion has been made legal. If the founding assumptions are incorrect, the end result will be deeply flawed and even horrific, as we have seen with the laws and proposals mentioned above.

We must analyze the many motivations to seek an abortion, from efforts to avoid serious repercussions or burdens to the mother to callously sought abortions that are done simply for convenience.

More than anything else, we must openly and honestly look at the sacred and spiritual value of unborn children and the definition of human life.

Killing an unborn baby in the womb must no longer be a casual action. Avoiding unwanted pregnancies should be the first method to reduce abortion. If that fails, even though placing a child up for adoption is a tragic step to take, it is still better than looking at an innocent child in the womb and deciding to kill it.

With the assumption that an unborn child is a human being—a person—that may indeed possess an eternal spirit created by God, killing that child (for that is what abortion will be, based on that definition of human life) should only happen, if at all, under the rarest of circumstances, like the life of the mother or untenable and severe deformities that would bring the child a horrific life on earth.

In all discussions about abortion, correctly defining human life is our first and most important task.

https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

~ See more author info below.

Photo of a baby wearing many items of winter clothing, 2007, by Andrew Vargas from Clovis, United States

Creative Commons Attribution 2.0 Generic / Image from Wikimedia Commons

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Toward a World of Woke

by Lee Duigon

July 7, 2022

How do you get the Climate Change legislation that you really want? I don’t mean any half-baked toothless regulations for recycling your muesli cartons—no! I mean rock-hard, in-your-face, take-no-prisoners Climate Change laws. With jail time for anyone who dares to object.

Our friends at Far Left Crazy had to wear out their thinking caps, but they finally came up with something. Never underestimate the power of a modern education.

How do you get serious Climate Change legislation? Hold onto your birkenstocks.

**You glue yourself to famous paintings! And also slash people’s tires for having the wrong kind of car. But the caper with the paintings has grabbed all the headlines.

This is how you get a world without oil. Hey, wait a minute! Those are oil paintings, aren’t they? Well-hell! No way that slips past us! We didn’t take Nothing Studies for nothing.

So you find a classic famous work of art and you glue yourself to the frame! Make sure you’ve got your message printed on your T-shirt or a piece of cardboard: something catchy, something edifying. Like “No More Oil!” Oh—and make sure you use Crazy Glue or something equally strong, so no one can pull you loose.

This tactic really works! So far “climate protesters” have hit a Van Gogh in France, a Constable in London—and Leonardo da Vinci’s “The Last Supper.” The Leonardo was only a full-size copy, but you’ve got to give an A for effort. And in New York they slashed a bunch of tires.

Anyhow, there you are, glued to the picture-frame by Crazy Glue—and some enemy of the people asks, “What happens if you have to go to the bathroom?” Uh-oh. Well, who can think of everything? You practically burned out your brain just getting this far. I mean, you could have very easily brought along a jar of mayonnaise instead of the glue, and then where are you? Boy howdy, this is real life. It’s supposed to be harder than college.

But now let’s look at the bright side. If they ever want to enjoy this great art again, without having to look at social justice wackos glued to it—well, they’re just gonna have to give up fossil fuels, won’t they? You’ve got them over a barrel. Switch to origami-powered windmills, world, or say goodbye to Andy Warhol! Can’t you already hear them saying “Uncle”?

Every dindle knows the world will run just fine if the common people have no more access to the benefits of gas and oil, and have to eat bugs instead of meat. Save that Kobe beef, that fresh-caught sea bass, for big wheels at the World Economic Forum, as a reward for their inspired leadership. Politicians, movie stars, Big Tech grandees, and celebrities of every stripe deserve to live in luxury! It’s a privilege to work and sacrifice, if it keeps them in private jets, stretch limos, and mansions fifteen feet above the tide line.

It is amazing, though, that it took the Woke world so long to think of this can’t-miss scheme. And now that Extinction Rebellion has thrown in with us, it can’t fail.

Did somebody say “extinction”? But who cares? Everyone who deserves it will simply have xer brain uploaded into a computer and locked into a gender-fluid robot… and that will be that.

Imagine a world of infallible wokesters!

And without a single drop of oil.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit—before they come for us. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

This Ain’t Norman Rockwell’s America Anymore!

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 7, 2022

“Gun violence spiked over the Fourth of July weekend, with shootings reported in nearly every U.S. state that killed a total of at least 220 people and wounded 570 others,” according to CBS News, July 5, 2022.

Highland Park, Illinois: Robert Crimo, 22, mentally disturbed throughout his teens with suicide attempts, saying that he would kill people with 19 knives he had accumulated, bought a rife with help from his father—and shot up a 4^th of July parade with seven deaths and 30 plus wounded.

You can’t help but wonder—What happened to Norman Rockwell’s America? He painted covers on the Saturday Evening Post Magazine that depicted a kinder, gentler and more civil America. He painted kids going fishing with grandpa. He painted girls dancing with their fathers with their feet on dad’s shoe tops. He painted baseball games with something always uniquely American.

As a paperboy from age 12 to 18, I enjoyed his view of America. I also delivered the Jacksonville Daily News, North Carolina. Later, I also delivered the Atlanta-Constitution Journal seven days a week at 5 a.m. Rockwell drew one cover shot of a paperboy outracing a dog nipping at his pants. Well, I was that kid! Dogs chased me all the time.

But I can tell you this—I never read headlines that we’ve seen since April 20, 1999, Columbine High School, Denver, Colorado, when killers Klebold and Harris shot the hell out of students and teachers. Sandy Hook Elementary, December 14, 2012, some kid uses a rifle to blast two dozen little kids into oblivion. Uvalde’s Robb Elementary just weeks ago, suffered a horrific slaughter of kids.

October 1,2017: That one guy in Las Vegas mowed people down at a concert in the park. He just sprayed bullets to kill 58 and wounded 489 people listening to music and drinking beer. How did that happen? What nurtured a mental nightmare that dwelled inside his skull?

A year ago, at a King Soopers where I used to live in Boulder, Colorado, suffered a Muslim immigrant who walked into the store and gunned down 13 people. He did it for Allah. I could have been one of them.

Last week, two Mexican illegal aliens were stopped in Texas with 150,000 fentanyl pills in their car—to be sold all over the country. And, those pills could have killed upwards of millions of drug users. They were the ones that got caught. With over 107,000 opioid deaths last year, you might think Joe Biden would seal the borders. Nope! That’s not on his list of “things to do.”

Meanwhile, thousands of Americans are dying needlessly.

Dozens of such incidents occur every weekend in Chicago, St. Louis, LA, San Francisco, Detroit, Minneapolis, NYC and Miami. The bigger the city, the more insanity rears its ugly, deadly head.

Something is going wrong in America that is beyond comprehension!

Over this past 4^th weekend, how did 570 men shoot to kill 570 other people, and actually killed 220 of them? I can’t even get my emotional and mental arms around that kind of killing.

Biden and company think it can be solved by stopping gun sales. Psychologists and sociologists think up different societal glitches that need to be addressed.

How do you stop all the violent TV shows that engender guns as the final solution? How do you stop Criminal Minds from giving disturbed kids ideas on how to torture people to death? How do you top the FBI TV program where guns answer the call for every bad guy? How do you stop all the movies where violence dominates the entire movie? How do you stop the tens of thousands of video arcades that promote gun violence?

FBI Stats Show Knives Kill Far More People Than Rifles In America – It’s Not Even Close: “Knives or other “cutting tools” accounted for another 1,476 homicides — about three times the number killed by rifles.” (Source: Daily Caller, Virginia Kruta, March 24, 2021)

At some point, American leaders, teachers, principals, educators, and parenting associations need to come together to figure out HOW raise our children to be productive, contributing and mentally healthy human beings.

Personally, I think cell phones need to be banned out of high schools and colleges. Drop them in a slot when entering a classroom. In fact, I would not allow my kids to have a smart phone until they turned 18. And, make them pay for it by securing a part-time job. They need to learn how to communicate with their fellow human beings face to face.
Stop pumping our kids full of drugs, and very poor school lunches.
Two people about to marry need to pass a rigorous parenting class over a six- or 12-month period. They need to learn how to love, care-for, discipline and raise healthy kids who will lead positive lives. There’s one program called “Love and Logic” on how to bring up kids successfully.
We need to bring dollars, teachers, professionals, modern schools, after school classes, and more into the inner cities to bring order to minority kids and a shot at a normal, productive life.
While we spend trillions on wars such as Afghanistan and Iraq for 20 years at $6 trillion wasted, we need to direct such money toward our own children.

In the meantime, my wife and I won’t be attending our Christmas Parade in Golden, Colorado this December, because we could be the victims of another Harris and Klebold who just decided to pick our town and that parade. We attend movies at the matinees, so we won’t get shot at an evening showing with a lot of movie-goers. We never walk the malls for fear of being shot. We don’t go to downtown Denver at the 16^th Street Mall because, quite frankly, it’s dangerous with 10,000 homeless living right there in the streets.

This country faces some really nasty events in the near future. We’ve got useless politicians who won’t prosecute criminals, an absolutely senile president who lacks any understanding of what he is doing, and his “handlers” are as incompetent as he is, and, to tell you the truth from my position…nothing is going to change for the better. Biden just allowed another 240,000 illegals to cross the border in June, and God only knows how many tons of fentanyl, cocaine, hash, heroin, meth and MJ. Those drugs make people crazy, and they make them crazy enough to kill other people.

Norman Rockwell must be turning over in his grave wondering what happened to his America? About the most I can do is repeat what Walter Cronkite said, “And that’s the way it is on July 7, 2022.”

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Representative Decries The FBI For Acting Like The Gestapo

by Bradlee Dean

July 6, 2022

“Louie Gohmert claims Justice Department and FBI using ‘Gestapo tactics.’”

Biden’s Justice Dept. rounding up innocent conservative political dissidents, Video

This is one of those topics that we cover quite a bit at The Sons of Liberty Media and that is the parallel to what is happening in America today and the Germans under Adolph Hitler in the 1930s, and here we go again (Hosea 4:6).

All one has to do is to look to the history of many of these agencies here in America and one will come to the same conclusion.

just-a-reminder-as-to-whom-is-responsible-for-engineering-jan-6-gretchen-whitmer-kidnapping-plot-the-f-b-i/

The Battle For Health Is Over pH

The Washington Examiner recently reported:

NASHVILLE, Tennessee — Rep. Louie Gohmert (R-TX) ripped the Department of Justice and the FBI for lacking moral clarity, likening some law enforcement actions to “Gestapo tactics.”
“They think it’s OK to lie, especially if you’re going after Republicans,” he said Thursday at a conservative conference. “Is it reasonable or even moral for the FBI to bust down doors in the middle of the night of people that have never done anything violent, never done anything threatening?”

He added, “These are Gestapo tactics that have been incorporated in our own country, and it’s got to stop.”

Conclusion: Look to the history of how these agencies have been used. Many are under the delusion that they are there to protect the little guy from the big guys when the opposite is true (Proverbs 17:15).

Taking it one step further, these agencies do not have constitutional standing. So, what should one expect when they act in a foreign manner to the Constitution (John 8:44)? Just exactly what it is that they are getting.

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

If Trump Plans to Run in 2024, Time to Announce His Candidacy Is Now!

By Steven Yates

July 6, 2022

If there is one takeaway we should get from the scripted January 6 Committee hearings, it’s that its members, which include two hardcore Establishment Republicans, want to prevent another Trump presidency — by any means necessary!

The best way to do that would be to open the door to the Justice Department charging Trump with crimes ranging from seditious conspiracy to fraud, based on the official narrative (he tried to “overturn” a “free and fair democratic election”) and testimony at the hearings.

The Committee is forging ahead even though claims that Trump tried to grab the steering wheel of the presidential SUV are disputed. Other claims of Trump behaving violently (e.g., throwing soiled dishes against the wall on at least one occasion) are also questioned by a New York author who has been in a position to observe the man for decades and describes him as unlikely to engage in such acts. Caren White sensibly asks, if Trump had actually done this, wouldn’t we have heard about it long before now? Wouldn’t claims that he tried to grab the steering wheel of a moving vehicle have made instant headlines when they happened?

In other words, much as I hate to ask, where is the proof that these events really occurred? By the same standards of proof the Establishment has required of those alleging fraud during the early morning hours of November 4, 2020.

We are dealing with people who are not above making crap up. Criminal charges based on the official narrative of an attempted coup to block the “peaceful transition of power” — even if made on the basis of hoked-up “evidence” — would be sufficient to block another Trump run for high office while the case moved forward.

Which is why, if Trump plans to run in 2024, the time to announce his candidacy is now!

True, this would be unprecedented. November midterms are still four months away. But we have an unprecedented situation on our hands, and it’s time to pivot.

I’ve noted — many times — that we are in a war of narratives. Just over two thirds of Republicans either believe the election was stolen outright, or at least think there were enough “irregularities” to warrant investigation. They do not believe “there’s no evidence of fraud.” They think the evidence was memory-holed back in November 2020.

Almost a third of Independents agree.

From that standpoint, the Bidenistas are illegitimate, these hearings are illegitimate, and any prosecution based on them would be illegitimate.

My writing such things won’t stop this runaway locomotive, of course. Nor will any prosecution or labels (“extremist,” “white supremacist,” “fascist,” etc.), or threats,dislodge Trump and his supporters.

It is likely that some among the latter would deem a Trump prosecution as an act of war, as I’ve stated before.

All of which is why I urge sensible people to get out of big cities and even suburban environments if you can! Because we are watching two locomotives on the same tracks on collision course.

When they hit, assuming one side or the other doesn’t back down, things are going to get ugly!

The economic situation is likely to make matters uglier. For even if the Supreme Court has become a bastion of relative sanity—to the point where their conservative members have had to seek protection from leftie “peaceful protesters” outside their homes!—the last 18 months of the Bidenista regime have been catastrophic by any measure!

Everyone with a functioning brain knows this!

I’ve recently had the opportunity to have a few conversations. I’ve observed during these that you don’t have to like Trump personally. No one I know thinks he’s the most likeable guy on the planet. But as was said of Bill Clinton (who was personally very likeable), he got things done!

By all the official measures the Trump economy was roaring! We were on track for energy independence. Gas prices were under $2/gallon. Unemployment among Hispanics and African-Americans had fallen to record lows. The Dow was surpassing previous highs almost daily. Inflation was practically nonexistent. The situation on our Southern border was under control.

And unlike Clinton who had the winds of corporate media at his back, Trump did all this despite the most intense hate blasts ever directed at a president in America.

Had it been an Establishment figure in the White House, the above would have been considered major triumphs!

Trump did not start any new wars, moreover. Bill Clinton could not make that claim. And had Hillary won in 2016, U.S. troops would have been in Syria within a year. Bet on it. Also bet on ISIS still being in business and beheading Americans.

I did say, by all the official measures. We were on our way to economic heavy weather as well as significant political unrest both domestic and foreign. In 2019, both became manifest. But Trump did not control the Federal Reserve. The money printing presses started long before his watch. He did not invent inequality, nor did he invent the systems of financialization developed and honed by GloboCorp, which had begun to work their economic magic of welfare-statism-in-reverse (redistributing wealth upward!) long before his watch.

Biden killed over 10,000 jobs immediately when he closed the Keystone Pipeline with one signature. Inflation is roaring, not the economy; economists are talking recession again. Gas is averaging around $5/gallon and threatening to go higher. Our Southern border is once again an utter mess, with thousands trying to get across (and some succeeding). Biden’s abrupt pullout from Afghanistan stranded Americans there and left tons of U.S. equipment in Taliban hands. Finally, Putin moved on Ukraine because whatever other factors were involved, the Russian leader could be sure that the doofus in the American White House was too incompetent to lead any opposition against him.

So factually, are we better off or worse off than we were in 2020?

It’s a no-brainer, people!

None of this has mattered, because of how corporate media is protecting this disastrous administration with official narratives, while trying to destroy the legacy of its predecessor.

It is what it is, however, and I cannot emphasize enough what the freedom movement is up against. It starts with realizing that the truth is almost completely opposite what we get from the Establishment and its presstitute corporate media.

“Saving our democracy,” that is, refers to preserving systems that empower globalists who control economies from the top, while placating the masses with bread and circuses. Calls to preserve the “liberal world order” (such as one Bidenista recently issued over paying record-high gas prices) are the same.

And keep in mind that if you reject the Establishment’s narratives, you are ”spreading misinformation,” supporting “the Big Lie” (or “election denialism”), engaging in “right-wing extremism” or “fascism” or promoting “baseless conspiracy theories.”

It’s all upside-down, in other words. If you, your family or your community and associates want to be free of globalist structures and their effects, you’re “illiberal” and “authoritarian.” I’ve written how Viktor Orbán, a Hungarian nationalist who puts his country and its people first, is routinely labeled such. He’s hardly alone.

The possibility of such a figure, with a solid, populous movement able to defend itself with force of arms if necessary behind him, fully entrenched in the American body politic, doubtless scares the crap out of the globalists!

GloboCorp (Establishment) plans have long been to bring down what is left of the American middle class,replacing financial independence earned through work with permanent debt-serfdom, using the inflation the superelites created as a primary tool to pave the way for their Great Reset.

Speaking of which, Klaus Schwab and his cohorts are not hiding!

Six books, additional summaries of such, some available in Spanish translation, are readily available!

This is why any intelligent person buying the line that the Great Reset is a “baseless conspiracy theory” baffles me completely!

Fueled also by the “pandemic” the globalists also created for the purpose of bringing populations under direct control (conceivably minimizing the number of “useless eaters” out here), the Great Reset will introduce central bank digital currency, the use of which will be (1) monitored, and (2) required, as physical cash will slowly disappear.

I’ve personally encountered vendors already refusing cash. While in Florida recently I bought a replacement land phone. “Cash or credit?” I asked. “Debit or credit cards only,” came the curt reply. These companies probably do not know what agenda they are serving. All they know is that spending on credit has been super-streamlined and made über-convenient for both business and customer.

That’s called “nudging.”

The Great Reset is as much about psychology as it is political economy. An obviously intelligent gentleman working in a prominent bookstore in South Florida responded to my query with something like, “so we’re moving toward a world in which a handful of global corporations supply everything because they own everything” while shrugging his shoulders: “Since there’s nothing you can do about it, why should you care?”

My point has been that we are dealing with sociopaths at the top who are obsessed with total power over controlled masses who have been rendered psychologically helpless as well as economically debilitated and miseducated into thinking they live in a democracy.

Very few figures on the world stage have galvanized movements able to slow or even halt the globalist locomotive. Trump has been one of those figures, likeable or not. Can he and his supporters succeed? I don’t know. Can they survive the fallout from the ill-advised January 6 incursion which has been weaponized against them? I don’t know that, either. The largest resources and propaganda machine in human history are all arrayed on the Establishment side, the intent being to keep the Great Power Grab of 2020 (plandemic plus stolen election) in place.

For another Trump presidential run to be legally blocked would be a major triumph for the Establishment!

Trump’s enemies are moving fast! Which is why, if he plans to run again, his being coy about it must end! It’s time, as my late father might have put it, to either do something or get off the pot. If he does not plan to run, it is time to step aside with a decisive statement so someone such as Florida governor Ron DeSantis can step up when the time is right. Assuming he wants the job.

***********

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Do not do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, and from furthering the idea that persons and freedom have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support, however. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If everyone reading this were to pledge just $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Alkaline vs. Acid, Life & Death Hangs in the Balance

By Gregory Ciola

July 6, 2022

“The doctor of the future will give little medicine, but will interest his patients in the care of the human frame, diet, and in the cause and prevention of disease.” — Thomas Edison

The science of balancing the body’s pH to maintain a high state of health dates to the late 1800s. A famous research scientist named Atoine Béchamp is the most notorious pioneer of this biology. After a century of suppression, doctors and researchers are finally giving pH the attention it deserves.

In Béchamp’s research, he was able to show scientific proof that a proper acid-alkaline balance in the body correlates to a high state of health. In direct opposition to another well known scientist – Louis Pasteur – Béchamp discovered that it wasn’t germs alone that caused disease, but rather the inner condition of the patient which is regulated by pH. Béchamp concluded that just as a slight variation in body temperature away from 98.6 degrees makes you sick, any slight variance in your body’s delicate pH balance will also throw your whole system out of balance and negatively impact your health.

One of the leading indicators of poor health is when the body’s pH goes from being slightly alkaline to acidic. As Dr. Robert O. Young says in his book, Sick and Tired? Reclaim Your Inner Terrain:

“There is only one physiological disease – the over-acidification of the body, due primarily to an inverted way of eating and living. This over-acidification leads to the one sickness, or primary symptom – the overgrowth in the body of microorganisms, whose poisons produce the symptoms we call ‘diseases’.”

Over the last 50 years the percentage of Americans suffering with poor health and disease has never been greater. A large part of this is linked to our turning away from an agrarian society where we lived closer to the land and ate pure, wholesome foods fresh from the field that were highly nourishing. Instead, almost the entire food industry is now dominated and controlled by a handful of global corporations who care more about the bottom line and shelf life than they do about quality and nutrition. Genetically engineered farming dominates the world. The following quote is important to note:

“Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; who controls money can control the world.” — Henry Kissinger

Most of us are living in overcrowded concrete cities away from the farm and we’re consuming an overabundance of fast food, GMOs, processed, packaged, refined, unnatural foods and drinking sugar-laden, artificially contaminated beverages that are highly damaging and acidifying to the body. In addition to that, mineral deficiency is a silent epidemic. Heart disease is the #1 killer. Cancer is the #2. Type II diabetes and pre-diabetes affect roughly 80 million Americans. The medical system does nothing to educate patients about the shortage of minerals. They make no connection to pH.

If you’d like to get off the merry-go-round of poor health and maintain a high state of health throughout your life, then it’s time you tried a different approach. Regulating the body’s pH is leading to a paradigm shift in medical science. In a world burdened with sickness and disease, we can no longer afford to ignore the potential this biology can have on our health.

Regulating your body’s pH and making lasting changes in your health requires a complete overhaul of your diet and a thorough cleansing phase that focuses on removing unwanted acids and toxins. To modify your pH levels, you need to incorporate some simple protocols that can go a long way in assisting the body to get back to a state of homeostasis.

Cleansing & Detoxifying All Your Organs Regularly
Complete Alteration of Dietary Intake That Stops Contaminating Cells and Tissues
Oxygenating The Cells Through Diet, Nutritional Intake and Exercise
Addressing Mineral and Nutritional Deficiencies
Modulating The Immune System With Minerals, Herbs, and Supplements
Balancing Your Hormones
Avoiding All The Toxic Landmines Prevalent In Food, Beverages, Cosmetics, Drugs, and Vaccines

Although this process may sound complex it’s very simple to understand and easy to incorporate into your daily life.

3 Main Causes of Sickness, Disease & Pre-Mature Aging:

Acidosis – Dehydration — Free Radical Damage

Scientists have complicated the disease process by subcategorizing it into hundreds of different fields.

Drinking Water Is Extremely Important

Most city water throughout America is laced with countless toxic chemicals such as fluoride, chlorine, bromine, arsenic, lead, pesticides, prescription drug residues, nuclear waste, and hundreds of other chemicals. The body is made up of roughly 80% water. Water is the matrix that bathes every cell in our body with life and energy.

I must caution everyone to be extremely suspect of the bottled water industry. Many tests still show chemicals.

Regarding distilled water, you need to be careful if you use it on a regular basis because it has no bioavailable minerals and no electrical resonance properties. If you drink distilled water regularly you need to supplement your diet with a full spectrum array of high-quality minerals to replace the electrolytes. In my opinion, distilled water is excellent to use for short periods of time because it’s a powerful chelator that helps pull heavy metals and toxins out of the body. However, over long periods of time it has the potential to leach valuable minerals from your body, which could lead to problems down the road.

You want to stay away from drinking tap water unless it’s properly filtered. There are many excellent water filters and systems on the market. I highly recommend that you do your own research.

Take Charge of Your Health By Regulating Your pH

The Bible tells us that the life of the flesh is in the blood (Lev. 17:11). Without blood continuously pumping through our entire circulatory network every second of every day, we’d be dead. Scientifically we know that a constant battle to maintain balanced pH is taking place both within and out of our cells, our body fluids, and our blood. If we take care of our body and feed it the proper nutrition, its pH levels take care of themselves, as automatically as the heart pumps blood.

By ingesting, drinking, and exposing ourselves to an array of toxic acids that contaminate the blood and by depleting the soil of alkaline minerals through conventional (non-organic) farming practices, we’re disrupting our pH balance and destroying our health in the process.

Knowing the important role pH plays in the blood, it’s disturbing to see so many people abusing themselves by contaminating their bodies and blood with an overabundance of acidic compounds. Just look at some of the toxic acids people are putting into their bodies on a regular basis. They are health destroying substances that are poisonous to cellular health and, over time, will alter the body’s critical pH levels.

If there is sufficient alkaline potential in the body from a well-balanced diet and all the elimination routes are open (colon, liver, kidneys, lymphatic system, thyroid), cell-damaging acids can be safely neutralized and excreted from the body before cellular damage takes place. If we consume high alkaline forming organic fruits, vegetables, nuts, seeds, and legumes grown on rich topsoil and avoid the acid landmines as much as humanly possible, we can properly alkalize the body.

The time is right for a paradigm shift to intelligent self-care and learning the divine mechanisms behind God’s magnificent, self-healing system – a process termed autogenic. We need a new level of understanding about the body’s own inherent, innate ability to heal itself. It’s time for a real wake-up call to the true causes of all disease and the direct enemies of self-healing.

When the blood contains living nutrients, the body’s cellular metabolism and pH is in proper balance, and the cells are properly nourished, hydrated, and oxygenated – susceptibility to illness is greatly lowered.

To learn more please order a copy of my book “The Battle For Health Is Over pH” that is sold by News With Views.

E-Mail Gregory Ciola: crossingjordan77@gmail.com

Producing Paltry Prospects For an Educated Populace

By Sidney Secular

July 5, 2022

APPALLING PAUCITY OF NEWSPAPERS

A report from Northwestern University in an Associated Press article indicates that local newspapers in the US are dying at the rate of two per week. The report further says that there has been new growth in digital alternatives “but not enough to compensate for what has been lost”. Continuing with the data divulged in the said report, “areas of the country that find themselves with a reliable source of local news tend to have populations that are poorer and less educated than those covered well”. If you read between those lines, you realize that they are denigrating small town papers in comparison with those that are part of the mainstream media. The country had 6,377 newspapers at the end of May, 2022, down from 8,891 in 2005. Discounting any reckoning from the economic wreck known as the COVID pandemic, 360 papers have been shut down since the end of 2019, all but 24 of them weeklies serving small communities.

Many of the new digital news sites are focused only on single issues and are clustered in or are close to big cities. More to the point, they are limited to those “readers” who have the technological ability to reach them. Mostly older people who are unfamiliar or uncomfortable with computers and other such devices will not or cannot “tune in” to these publications. “News deserts” are growing: some 70 million Americans live in a county with either only one or actually no local news organization. The author of the aforesaid report, one Penelope Abernathy, worries that what’s at stake is our “democracy” and our “social and societal cohesion”. True daily newspapers printed and distributed seven days a week are also dwindling. Forty of the largest national so-called newspapers(actually propaganda rags) publish only-digital versions at least once per week, and thus are not really newspapers in the usual sense.

“Inflation” is the big bugaboo for the switch away from printed editions. The continuing degradation of the postal service coupled with the increase in charge for its use is also a matter that affects those publications reaching their readership by mail.The fiscal allegation of inflation is a sort of obfuscation as it doesn’t consider methodologies that could reduce costs such as alternative formats and smaller print that could squeeze more material on to a page, or use of cheaper paper. The report says with a “straight face” that another factor accompanying the declining number of papers is that the large newspaper chains have bought out hundreds of newspapers in small and mid-sized markets. It is readily apparent the these weren’t bought out for just the hell of it, but to produce the newspaper in a more economical and profit-producing manner. Less than one-third of the country’s 5,147 weeklies and just a dozen of the 150 large metro and regional dailies are locally owned and operated. It’s also a fair question to ask whether the buyouts were to allow the big lefty mainstream media sources to increase their grip on what is published insuring that the “press” fully follows leftist viewpoints.

Let’s further analyze what has been happening in order to elucidate what the aforesaid report is covering up or, in the alternative, leaving out. The decline in numbers of newspapers is most prominent in the poorer, older and less educated areas per said report. These would be the “whiter” areas in flyover country and in the South where the economy has tanked more than elsewhere and where people are starting to move towards greener pastures. As a result, there will be fewer and fewer people to read these papers as time goes on.Less subscribers create an attrition of papers and that results in newspapers folding. The “natives” in these mostly “red” areas are also turned off by the trash and leftist tripe their papers are probably publishing in increasing amounts, tripe that don’t reflect their values. All so-called journalists nowadays go to the same leftist academic schools to imbibe the leftist propaganda and talking points as they learn their trade. Some will return to their generally conservative oriented areas they grew up in to spread their newfound philosophies — thus the papers gradually turn “blue.” Many of these papers will have editorials and especially op-eds by prominent RINOs and neo-cons of the George Will variety whose balderdash and bald-faced lies turn off the locals to their papers.

The residents of the more rural and “less educated” areas are the last to join the digital dysphoria, so they are primarily not the ones signing up for the new digital news channels. The urbanites and sophisticates are the ones driving the digital transformations. Inflation of course is a factor when seniors and others are on fixed or low incomes, so they have to increasingly pinch pennies, so newspaper subscriptions would naturally take a hit when food and the products of big pharma take precedence overpaying for fake news they can see free on TV. Because, of course, everyone is hooked up and tethered to their boob tubes and “mobile devices!” Like intravenous feeding tubes it is infinitely easier to get fake news fixes free from the alphabet channels or that come along with their mobile device plans. Staring at screens is very addictive and tends to elbow out the time needed to read and think about newspaper articles.

These are the considerations the Northwestern University academics should have considered when they conducted their mindless survey.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

America’s Fight To Stay Free, Part 2

Pastor Roger Anghis

July 5, 2022

The Deep State thinks that this is the time to make the push for the Great Reset. Professor Klaus Schwab, Founder, and Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum stated: “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world”[1] The only reason we need a reset is because the people who want total control don’t have total control and they believe that this is the only way they can get it. America has to be taken down for them to be able to accomplish this. The only way America can be taken down is for the American people to be disarmed. We are seeing gun violence increase exponentially and that is to scare the people into believing that we need to ban guns. Britain did this and now they have a rash of knifings. They have actually discussed banning certain knives. Dumb as a rock. The criminal will always find what he needs to commit a crime. Making law-abiding people defenseless only protect the criminal.

The gun grabbers claim that the United States is around 5^th on a list of 192 nations in gun violence but if you remove Los Angeles, Chicago, Detroit, New York City, and Washington, D.C, cities that have the strictest gun laws, we’re 189^th out of 192. That is proof alone that gun laws don’t work. Congress just passed more gun laws because of the Uvalde school shooting, but not one of the provisions will stop another school shooting. They did the same after Columbine, Virginia Tech, Sandy Hook, and the list goes on. They continue to restrict our Constitutional rights that produce zero results for solving the problem. They don’t understand that you can’t solve a heart problem with legislation.

If we are to stay free we have to keep our 2^nd Amendment in place. ALL the facts about gun violence point to the need for the people to keep and bear arms. Let’s look at a few of the facts liberals and the media never talk about. Guns are used 2.5 million times a year in self-defense which is 80 times more than they are used to take a life. Conceal carry laws have reduced crime in virtually every state they have been enacted in. Twice as many kids are killed playing football than there are killed with guns. Gun-free England is not such a utopia after all. According to the BBC News, handgun crime in the United Kingdom rose by 40% in the two years after it passed its draconian gun ban in 1997. And according to a United Nations study, British citizens are more likely to become a victim of crime than are people in the United States. As many as 200,000 women use a gun every year to defend themselves against sexual abuse. Armed citizens kill more criminals than the police do. Vermont: one of the safest five states in the country. In Vermont, citizens can carry a firearm without getting permission . . . without paying a fee . . . or without going through any kind of government-imposed waiting period. And yet for ten years in a row, Vermont has remained one of the top-five, safest states in the union—having three times received the “Safest State Award.” All of these facts, and there are a lot more that prove gun ownership is the safest program can be found here.[2]

The American people are being lied to about guns and we have to wake up to that. The same idiots that are demanding that guns be banned are demanding that we defund the police. How do you think that will work out? Not enough police and you don’t have any guns. That is a heaven send for a criminal yet liberals aren’t able to wrap their heads around the truth of that.

Red Flag laws are used to disarm a person without the benefit of a court decision. The biggest problem with so-called “red flag” laws is that there is typically no due process. If you are “flagged”, you are presumed guilty and must prove your innocence before you can get your firearms returned. Thus, if you have a neighbor who doesn’t like you or an embittered former spouse, they can simply make a phone call to disarm your household.[3] Remember that our Constitution states that we are innocent until proven guilty. Red Flag laws ignore that and you are guilty until you prove you’re innocent. In most cases that I have read about the person usually doesn’t get his guns back even if he proves his innocence. In Maryland, a man refused to surrender his guns and police killed him.[4]

Our fight is real and the liberals will not give up until they are defeated or they attain what they want and that is total control over the population. On a radio program I had a few years ago I used to end it with ‘Stay informed to stay free’. I still believe that but as of late, I heard a more accurate phrase for today: ‘We don’t have time to wake up the sheep, we have to wake up the other lions!’ I believe that today this is what we must do. Liberals are bound and determined to control the world and they don’t care what it costs you as long as they are in control. We must stand against them with all we have if we plan to live free. Our Founders gave us the example of what we must do to keep our freedom. We may not have to go to arms, but then we may have to.

Facts prove that we are at the very least eighty times safer with an armed society than an unarmed society. Thomas Jefferson stated: The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants. We are threatened more by the government than by the citizenry and that is why our Founders gave us the 2^nd Amendment.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

Weather Modification, Another Way to Starve Americans

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 5, 2022

Only a government that is afraid of its citizens tries to control them. —Thomas Jefferson

Government has within it a tendency to abuse its power. —John C. Calhoun

There is danger from all men. The only maxim of a free government ought to be to trust no man living with power to endanger the public liberty. —John Adams

The secret of freedom lies in educating people, whereas the secret of tyranny is in keeping them ignorant. —Maximilien Robespierre

Men would rather be starving and free than fed in bonds. —Pearl S. Buck

A large portion of America is suffering through extremely high temperatures and drought conditions destroying the ability of what’s left of our farming community to raise and harvest what is needed to feed us. The planned starvation of Americans is well on its way to becoming reality. And now, they’re using weather modification to make sure farmers endure another 1931 dust bowl.Tell the average American that our weather can be manipulated and they look at you with a “deer in the headlights” stare.

You don’t believe me? The Sirius Report gives us a list of 100 U.S. patents related to weather modification. The first patent listed was in 1891 and the patent numbers are included with each.Scroll through the list as some of the titles are really quite telling.

In Jerry Tyson’s 2017 article, Consider the Weather, on the Prophetic Observer website, he lists just a few of the weather modification patents from 1964 to 2010. Portions of the information below have been garnered from Tyson’s article. Even Bill Gates is involved in weather modification and that should not surprise us as it fits well into his genocidal plans for humanity.

One of the earliest listed patents was designed to manipulate weather via “cloud seeding” or the ability to produce more rain. Louis Gathmann of Chicago, Illinois is credited with the patent.

In August of 2013, a patent was granted to James M. Cordray for a “Rain-Maker” balloon able to produce rain at any given time, including during drought.

In 1951, Harvey M. Brandau of Wilton, Wisconsin filed his patent to modify weather. “Process for controlling weather” had some key items that are of interest. He said his process could dissipate clouds and fog by clearing the atmosphere of moisture particles. Mr. Brandau also said his invention could control weather by dissipating typhoons, hurricanes and other storm centers by the dissipation of clouds forming the weather phenomena, even controlling weather causing snow and sleet. He stated he could provide rain in designated areas and provide desirable weather.

By the 1970s, biologically active chemicals began to appear as well as “altering” precipitation by artificial means. And in the early 1990s, the Pentagon funded HAARP.

HAARP – High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program

Many of us have heard of Alaska’s HAARP. The Pentagon erected a powerful transmitter designed to beam more than a gigawatt of energy into the upper reaches of the atmosphere. The experiment involves the world’s largest “ionospheric heater,” a device designed to zap the skies hundreds of kilometers above the Earth with high-frequency radio waves.Their patent showed the “use of altering weather by transmitting electromagnet radiation from the earth’s surface through the region or regions to be altered.” This could also be “established at select locations for communication or other purposes.” The magnetic force lines that radiate from pole to pole are manipulated most effectively for these purposes.

HAARP – The Pentagon’s Ultimate Weapon, Whistleblowers Say written in August of 2021, states the following:

Ever since the existence of HAARP became public, a number of independent researchers have warned the operation has a secret agenda including:

– weather modification
– mind control
– hi-tech military experiments
– triggering of earthquakes

HAARP is the ultimate in geoengineering. Their patent proves weather manipulation is a reality, and since this is true, it’s no longer a conspiracy theory – it’s a conspiracy fact.

U.S. Patent 20100224696 A1 describes a space-based technology for generating and controlling hurricanes to weaken or dissipate the weather element. If they can weaken or dissipate it, they can also strengthen and direct it.

Some of the weather wars people are actually saying that the hurricanes are not generated wholly by artificial systems, but rather that they are steered or influenced in terms of their direction or intensity. Multiple patents obviously say it is factual and the U.S. patent office didn’t reject those patents.

Cutting Edge Ministries tells us about GWEN Towers— Ground Wave Emergency Network — These are huge towers that have as many as 100 copper wires fanning out at the base of the tower system underground. The Defense Department built these systems with the cover story that they would be useful for communication during and after a nuclear strike. But that story will not hold up when you understand that a thermonuclear blast at the right altitude will completely fry all communications equipment, and will render it impossible to communicate by radio at all for several hours.What GWEN towers really do is to work in conjunction with HAARP transmitters to create storms and alter weather patterns.

Weather Control as a Cold War Weapon

The Smithsonian Magazine’s Matt Novak related the history of a 1946 pilot. The article originally appeared in Collier Magazine in 1954.

“On November 13, 1946 pilot Curtis Talbot, working for the General Electric Research Laboratory, climbed to an altitude of 14,000 feet about 30 miles east of Schenectady, New York. Talbot, along with scientist Dr. Vincent J. Schaefer, released three pounds of dry ice (frozen carbon dioxide) into the clouds.As they turned south, Dr. Schaefer noted, ‘I looked toward the rear and was thrilled to see long streamers of snow falling from the base of the cloud through which we had just passed. I shouted to Curt to swing around, and as we did so we passed through a mass of glistening snow crystals! Needless to say, we were quite excited.’ They had created the world’s first human-made snowstorm.

“After the experiments of G.E.’s Research Laboratory, there was a feeling that humanity might finally be able to control one of the greatest variables of life on earth. And, as Cold War tensions heightened, weather control was seen by the United States as a potential weapon that could be even more devastating than nuclear warfare.”

Weather Weapons are real, they have a treaty to regulate them. In fact, Patent Number 4,686,605 of August 11, 1987 by inventor Bernard J. Eastland of Spring, Texas is titled, Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere, and or Magnetosphere.

UN Treaty on Weather Modification

In this cover letter dated October 27, 1978, the United Nations Treaty was in effect. The name of the treaty is “Convention on the Prohibition of Military or any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques Approved by the General Assembly of the Assembly of the United Nations on 10 December 1976.”

So, what kind of weather modification could be used in military warfare? Floods, intense rains, droughts and lack of water, severe heat, volcano eruptions, tsunamis, earthquakes and even tornadoes…and more. You can examine the document here or here.

From the United Nations Office for Disarmament Affairs:

“In July 1974, USA and USSR agreed to hold bilateral discussions on measures to overcome the danger of the use of environmental modification techniques for military purposes and three subsequent rounds of discussions in 1974 and 1975. In August 1975, USA and USSR tabled identical draft texts of a convention at the Conference of the Committee on Disarmament (CCD), where intensive negotiations resulted in a modified text and understandings regarding four articles of this Convention in 1976.

“The Convention was approved by resolution 31/72 of the General Assembly of the United Nations on 10 December 1976, by 96 to 8 votes with 30 abstentions.”

This Treaty, or Convention, does not forbid political leaders from using these Weather Warfare weapons against their own people! The elitists in power, and we all know who they are by now… Blackrock and Vanguard who are controlling America’s food production technologies and will have nearly total control of our food supply in America, Bill Gates with his ownership of 242,000 acres of America’s farmland, the torching of over 100 food processing plants, 10,000 cattle mysteriously dying all at once in Kansas, ranchers destroyed by the Bureau of Land Management, (remember LaVoy Finicum’s death by the FBI). And of course, Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum (WEC) and his top advisor, Yuval Noah Harari.

Check out this map to see a small (500+) list of all the food and energy companies who have suffered serious problems in the past two years. Scroll down the list on the right.

Olive Tree Ministries states, Harari is praised by the Zuck, Bill Gates, Barack Obama, Klaus Schwab (founder of the WEC), and others. He suggests that after the Great Reset, we will enter what he describes as the “next industrial revolution,” in which we will produce, not machines, products, or services as we do now. Harari suggests we will produce “human bodies and minds.”

Dane Wigington of Geoengineeringwatch.org states, “Ionosphere heater-induced high-pressure heat domes are baking parts of the Northern Hemisphere while chemical ice nucleation cloud seeding operations cool-down parts of the Southern Hemisphere. Climate intervention operations continue to wreak havoc on ecosystems and populations all over the world. The global controllers are now more desperate than ever before, what cards will they play next?”

Fear

Manufactured fear has been used countless times throughout history to sway the masses into compliance and to surrender their God given freedoms for their “protection.”

The Nazi Party had Germans terrified that enemies were at the gates, and only a massive war, and the murder of millions of European Jews, Romany, dissidents and homosexuals could keep Germany safe. The evil desires of one man ultimately cost over 50 million lives, and left Germany in ruins.

The 1938 War of the Worlds radio drama by Orson Welles caused panic and massive fear among the listening audience.

The polio fears of 1949 to 1952 had everyone rushing to get the Salk vaccine and then in 1960, the Sabin sugar cube vaccine, both of which were tainted with SV-40 monkey virus causing soft tissue cancers.

The September 11, 2001 hijackings and attacks on the World Trade Center threw the nation into disbelief and yes, fear.

For two years, COVID was parroted as the worst killer pandemic to ever hit America, worse than the 2018 flu epidemic. Fear erupted throughout the nation, except for a few who kept their wits about them. Deadly virus causing and oxygen debilitating masks were donned even by toddlers, lockdowns destroyed a massive portion of small businesses and transferred trillions to gigantic corporations. Drug and alcohol use skyrocketed as did suicide rates.

Hospital protocols denied cheap, safe, lifesaving medications and the federal government paid for COVID diagnoses, for oxygen masks, for ventilators and ultimately for the patients’ deaths from the Wuhan virus. Fear was hyped…there is no cure…we must have a vaccine! Instead, Americans received a DNA changing, emergency use authorization, rat, monkey and cat trialed “Operation Warp Speed” messenger RNA injection that failed to protect anyone from the virus. Those injections have caused millions of deaths throughout the world, and adverse effects have destroyed the productive lives of millions more.

The virus was ultimately the culling of society’s elderly by five state governors who sent infected humanity into nursing homes, but the injections are now causing far more deaths than the actual virus itself. Now the FDA is promoting three injections for toddlers who don’t even get the virus. Should they manage to live through it, they’ll most likely be sterile or have Vaccine induced Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (VAIDS).

Food shortages are on the horizon, all planned and executed over the last several decades. Henry Kissinger allegedly stated, “Control the food and you’ll control the people.”

This brings us to the few corporate and family farms left in operation. The agricultural states are burning up with high temperatures and dry conditions. The bread basket of the world is being dismantled.

In 1891 the first patent was listed for weather modification. Imagine what they’re capable of 131 years later, another dust bowl and starvation.

Conclusion

In 1962, President Lyndon Baines Johnson said, “He who controls the weather will control the world.” The Great Reset, the New World Order, and ultimately United Nations Agenda 21/30 are one and the same thing, the godless control of humanity by Luciferian forces. Their goal is depopulation and the enslavement of remaining humanity.

Convincing Americans that our Industrial Civilization is so polluting the world that all of these unnatural storms, temperatures and disruptions are a natural result so that our citizens will be amenable to changing our civilization and moving into the already mapped out U.N. Biodiversity Areas is just part of the enslavement goal via the elites.

Starvation just may convince them.

We’ll then see how many, “Men would rather be starving and free than fed in bonds.”

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

July 4, 2022: Let Freedom Ring

By: Amil Imani

July 4, 2022

This is the time of the year that the air is filled with joy and recognition of America’s Independence Day and the formation of one of the greatest nations on Earth. There is something for everyone: spectacular fireworks, family and friends’ gatherings, concerts, patriotic music, parades, and traditional BBQ.

It puts most of us in a reflective mood, particularly when we celebrate America’s birthday. Freedom, individual liberty, the Declaration of Independence, and the Constitution. All prodigiously good reasons to celebrate on America’s 246th birthday.

Yet, I am also disappointed to see the reality of the world as it is, particularly with what the current Democrat Party is doing to this nation of all nations. For decades, the Democrat Party has shown by both words and deeds that they despise the U.S. Constitution while they bend over backward to embrace Islamists, illegal aliens, and anyone who hates America and feels entitled. The left is interested only in power, control, and nothing else — even if it means sacrificing our safety and national security.

Creeping socialism, communism, liberalism, progressivism, New World Order (NWO) Globalists, and the American ‘Democrat Party’ are riding on a fast train to erode much of the foundation of this nation. A nation that is the best hope of all free people. Tragically, a terrible course was set in motion during Obama’s presidency. We have already seen the devastating impact of Obama’s redistributionist government. The Biden Administration continues Obama’s ‘Fundamental Transformation of America.

“A global pandemic and the Biden administration has given Obama & Co. the opportunity to undo the prosperity of the Trump years and move forward with their plans to remake the U.S. into a “green” socialist Utopia, the damage to actual Americans’ lives and businesses be damned”

I would like to join all of you in the celebration of the birth of this great nation. Yet, deep in my soul, I find it also my solemn duty to keep sounding the alarm about the fire of Marxism and communism even at this poignant moment during our 4th of July celebrations.

As Ronald Reagan once said: Let the Fourth of July always be a reminder that here in this land, for the first time, it was decided that man is born with certain God-given rights; that government is only a convenience created and managed by the people, with no powers of its own except those voluntarily granted to it by the people.”

I am for unity under just one banner: freedom. Any idea or action that separates people into warring camps and builds walls of separation is abhorrent to me. Marxist Democrats have degenerated into a force for oppression, segregation, and tyranny and I find it necessary to expose the harm it inflicts on fellow Americans.

This Democrat Party no longer hides its agenda. They now openly encourage millions of illegal aliens to violate our laws and break into our country, and they want to sign them up for free welfare, free health care, free education, and the right to vote — with the help of their ace in the hole, the “Fake News” media and RINO’s (Republicans In Name Only). It is obvious that the Democrat Party is at war with America, and is not interested in stopping any time soon.

As for politics, there are really no saints in this line of work — Democrats, republicans, or whatever. It is sad, but a fact that politics is dirty, parochial, and divisive. I am asking you not to make any decisions based on emotion. We must remain united and win this battle peacefully and wisely.

In 1776, our Founders stood up, put their lives and fortunes on the line and declared their freedom and independence from the chains and shackles of the King of England. I hope all Americans, once again, unite for the love of freedom and are willing to stand up and declare their Freedom and Independence, not from England, but from the chains and shackles of our own government and its lackeys.

In short, Americans have an illegitimate President and a federal government that has revealed itself to be punitive to its citizens; taking unconstitutional measures and issuing orders that amount to nothing short of federally mandated self-destruction. Nonetheless, first things first. Our highest priority is the preservation of this nation of the free. We have done what it took in the past and we must do what it takes now and into the future to safeguard our precious liberty. America is not perfect. Yet, it is the very best hope for a humanity struggling to find its humanness. We must promote the work of the good by unifying our fellow Americans to save America from fading away. America is worth defending.

Happy Independence Day.

The America I Grew Up In

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 4, 2022

I can’t imagine there has ever been a more gratifying time or place to be alive than America in the 1950s. No country had ever known such prosperity. —Bill Bryson – non-fiction author

Our flag honors those who have fought to protect it, and is a reminder of the sacrifice of our nation’s founders and heroes. As the ultimate icon of America’s storied history, the Stars and Stripes represents the very best of this nation. —Joe Barton – Texas Congressman 1985-2019

Yes, I grew up in the 1950s, and graduated from eighth grade in 1960. Those were some wonderful years in America. The war was over, the future was bright, and hard work promised prosperity.

Television was brand new and still pretty sweet. The cartoons of those days were so much fun. Mighty Mouse, Road Runner and Tom and Jerry were some of my favorites. And those Saturday morning programs…The Lone Ranger, Sky King, Adventures of Superman, Flash Gordon, Rin Tin Tin, Gene Autry, Roy Rogers and Dale Evans, The Cisco Kid, Andy Devine with “Plunk your magic twanger froggy.”

Famous evening shows I remember were Gunsmoke, Rawhide, Yancy Derringer, Cheyenne, the Rifleman, Lassie, Rod Serling’s Twilight Zone, Peter Gunn, Bonanza, Sea Hunt with Lloyd Bridges, father of Beau Jeff Bridges, and Paladin.

There were so many more, and I know readers born in the early baby boomer generation can name all their favorites from those marvelous days in America.

I miss those days. I want them back. And I want back the wonderful and patriotic American actors and actresses of that era. Here is one of our favorites, John Wayne and the celebrity ensemble. In the second half, they all share in singing God Bless America. Surely, you’ll fondly remember those stars who have long since passed on, but there are a few who are still with us. Each of them has a special place in my heart, but Duke was and is always at the top, right along with Bob Hope and Bing Crosby.

Before you start the barbecues and fireworks, watch this six-minute video, and ask the Lord for help in resurrecting the marvelous America we once had. Won’t you take just a few minutes every day to bend your knees to the Lord and ask for Him to give us wisdom and guidance in saving our beloved country?

Then take six minutes to listen to the heroes and heroines of the past.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Congress Does NOT Care About Seniors

By Devvy

July 4, 2022

Except during an election year. They all campaign on caring about seniors; some over the decades actually did care and a few today currently serving. But, an important bill that would go a long way towards correcting a wrong and putting badly needed money into the bank accounts of seniors continues to rot in committee.

No need to go into the strangulation regarding the price of gas and food because the majority of Americans are feeling it badly – even with two working per household.Seniors on a fixed income are really hurting. I’m sorry to say it’s going to get a whole lot worse.

We all know the Internet is full of outright lies by special interest groups, the prostitute media, politicians and so forth. Everyday of the week I get emails making all kinds of claims with no source reference. After nearly 31 years in the trenches full time, I can usually spot the lies. Some I attempt to verify only to end up on some web site peddling “legal” garbage.

Because this affects more than 55 million Americans, please let me clear up this which came in email:

“A woman dies at age 65 before collecting one benefit check. She and her employer paid into the system for almost 50 years and she collected NOTHING.”

Correct because the woman passed.But, the legal fact is spouses of deceased, children and some other categories can apply for the deceased benefits. See here and here. In my case and completely unknown to me, the funeral parlor automatically notified SSA when my husband passed away. They then stopped my SS monthly benefits and used John’s monthly benefits to me which was quite a bit more since gave up my career to do what I do.

“Keep in mind all the working people that die every year who were paying into the system and got nothing!” Answer is same as above. Yes, they paid into the system but now they’re deceased. Should their SS benefits be mailed to their coffin or urn?

“And these governmental morons mismanaged the money and stole from the system, so that it’s now going broke.”

One of the more ubiquitous lies out there. Americans need to understand: 42 USC 402: Old-age and survivors insurance benefit payments Text contains those laws in effect on July 2, 2022 – I covered this extensively in my last book.

Social Security is a tax that goes into the General Fund of the U.S. Treasury and is not earmarked for any specific spending purpose. It is not any form of insurance or a contract.

“BEAUTIFUL! And they have the audacity to call today’s seniors “vultures” in an attempt to cover their ineptitude. DISGRACEFUL!” Political rhetoric and CYA.

“The real reason for renaming our Social Security payments is so the government can claim that all those social security recipients are receiving entitlements thus putting them in the same category as welfare, and food stamp recipients.” Social Security benefits are not an entitlement, it is a tax you pay during your working years and apply for later as a benefit.

1- “THIS IS WORTH THE FEW MINUTES IT TAKES TO READ AND DIGEST!

2 – “F.Y.I. By changing the name of SS contributions, it gives them a means to refute this program in the future. It’s free money for the government to spend under this guise.

3 – “The Social Security check is now (or soon will be) referred to as a *Federal Benefit Payment* ?

4 – “I’ll be part of the one percent to forward this. I am forwarding it because it touches a nerve in me, and I hope it will in you. “ 1 -4 is junk.

“Please keep passing it on until everyone in our country has read it.” Don’t.

“Instead, the folks in Washington pulled off a bigger *Ponzi scheme* than Bernie Madoff ever did.

“They took our money and used it elsewhere. IT WAS LINDON JOHNSON THAT PUT THE OUR SS INTO THE GENERAL FUNDS. THE DEMOCRATS DO NOW LIKE OUR SOCIAL SECURITY PROMISES. They “forgot” (oh yes, they knew) that it was OUR money they were taking. They didn’t have a referendum to ask us if we wanted to lend the money to them … and they didn’t pay interest on the debt they assumed. And recently they’ve told us that the money won’t support us for very much longer. (Not true.)

“But is it our fault they misused our investments? And now, to add insult to injury, they’re calling it a *benefit *, as if we never worked to earn every penny of it. This is stealing!

“Just because they borrowed the money, doesn’t mean that our investments were for charity!

“Let’s take a stand. We have earned our right to Social Security and Medicare. Demand that our legislators bring some sense into our government.

“Find a way to keep Social Security and Medicare going for the sake of the 92% of our population who need it. Then call it what it is: Our Earned Retirement Income. 90% of people won’t forward this. PLEASE! Will you? AND, WE ARE NOW TAXED ON OUR PAYMENTS.”

One thing is true from above: SS is a Ponzi scheme because the system must continue to add workers to keep taxing them for the SS “fund” which is basically an IOU. Your work history and SS taxes are in a computer file backed up by what? A vault somewhere full of gold or worthless “Federal” Reserve NOTES?

Taxation Without Representation

We are taxed until a person decides to retire. That person must then apply for their benefits. During your working career SSA will send you an approximation of what you can expect in benefits upon retirement at a certain age. What they DON’T tell you is that you will be taxed again on those benefits which are a tax you already paid. Double taxation.

Anyone who knows the factual history of the birthing of this nation knows what caused (over time) the Boston Tea Party: Many factors including “taxation without representation,” the 1767 Townshend Revenue Act, and the 1773 Tea Act.

“In simplest terms, the Boston Tea Party happened as a result of “taxation without representation”, yet the cause is more complex than that. The American colonists believed Britain was unfairly taxing them to pay for expenses incurred during the French and Indian War. Additionally, colonists believed Parliament did not have the right to tax them because the American colonies were not represented in Parliament.” I highly recommend you read actual history at the link above and teach your children the truth.

We the People no longer have representation in Congress 90% of the time. The majority – both parties – have been shredding the Constitution for nearly 100 years. Congress, the biggest whore house in the world have become representatives for special interest groups, multi-national corporations and whoever buys their favors.

There are few exceptions and those are disposed of by ignorant voters and voters who want Congress to fund them from cradle to grave. They demand Congress violate their oath of office to fund everything under the sun prohibited by the Constitution. READ: Below is a small excerpt from a speech I made at an event held by the Free Enterprise Society, July 6, 2002, in Sunnyvale, California. How well it describes America here and now: – Rest at link.

Rep. Thomas Massie is one of our greatest warriors in Congress no one hears anything about who has been trying for years to get rid of double taxing your social security benefits:

Seniors To Get Screwed – A Third Time?, June 19, 2021

For the THIRD time, Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] has introduced a bill to stop taxing social security benefits. No more federal taxes taken out of YOUR social security check. The time to stop this rape should have happened four years ago but it never happened because there wasn’t an outcry by tens of millions of Americans. I’ve done my best over the years to bring the bill to everyone’s attention as have many hard-working folks in organizations like AMAC, the Association of Mature American Citizens, who have supported the bill each time Rep. Massie has introduced it only to see it die in committee.

Rep. Massie Re-introduces the Senior Citizens Tax Elimination Act, May 19, 2017

WASHINGTON, D.C. – “Today, Congressman Thomas Massie re-introduced the Senior Citizens Tax Elimination Act (H.R. 2552), which would eliminate income taxes on Social Security benefits. The bill would boost the retirement income of millions of older Americans. Social Security is financed with Americans’ tax dollars, so taxing Social Security is double-taxing by the Federal Government,” said Congressman Massie. “Taxing Social Security reduces benefits to seniors.”

“I am proud to again co-sponsor Congressman Massie’s bill to protect our seniors,” said Congressman Rod Blum. “This is a common sense bill that will end the double-taxation of our seniors. Our seniors pay enough Social Security taxes on the front end, and it is irresponsible for the government to tax them again on their earned benefits.”

“Income taxes on Social Security benefits is a double-tax on seniors when many are already being squeezed financially,” said Congressman Daniel Webster. “This is wrong and I’m pleased to co-sponsor this legislation to repeal this tax.” Congressman Jim Bridenstine said, “The government taxes, redistributes, then taxes the redistribution. Thomas Massie’s bill is a step in the right direction.”

“West Virginia seniors need relief from higher costs of living,” said Congressman Alex Mooney. “Seniors have worked hard to earn their Social Security benefits and have already been taxed on their contributions to Social Security. The Federal Government tax on Social Security is a double-tax and its repeal would provide an immediate increase in benefits for our seniors.”

“The purpose of Social Security is to provide people with financial support during retirement, not to be another source of tax revenue for the Federal Government. Under this legislation, Social Security benefits would neither be taxable nor reportable on individual tax returns, thus restoring the integrity of the program.”

My congressman – according to his staffer – didn’t even know about Massie’s bill until I called and inquired why he was not a co-sponsor. Rep. Massie, once again introduced the bill on Feb. 2, 2022: H.R.6590 – Senior Citizens Tax Elimination Act, 2021-2022 session which means the bill will once again die in committee Dec. 31, 2022.

Full text here. That bill now has a whopping 23 co-sponsors. All Republicans; not a single Democrat. My GOP rep in the House, Congressman Jodey Arrington, is not a sponsor of that bill.

Now tell me how much Congress cares about seniors when that bill has been repeatedly introduced (the POWERFUL House, Ways & Means Committee) and allowed to die in committee without ever coming to the floor for a vote – even under Trump with Republicans controlling both chambers of Congress?

For full disclosure, I am a senior. I turned 73 last week and am a widow. I can tell you stopping taxing my SS benefits would go a long way for my monthly budget. If you’re a senior you know what I’m talking about and if you’re not and God willing you live a long and happy life, one day you will also apply for your benefits you’ve already paid taxes on only to be taxed again.

And, once again: Where the hell is AARP? With their 30 million plus membership, they could buy enough air time and use their newsletter to get that bill passed before the end of the year. AARP could light a fire Congress can’t ignore without looking like the scoundrels they are. That’s just one of the reasons I’ve never belonged to AARP. The other is their staunch support for the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve.

Right now, partisan whores on the Jan. 6^th committee are busy blowing lies out their butts while Americans suffer in an effort to keep President-Elect Trump out of office along with campaigning for primaries and the November election all the while singing how they love and support seniors! Yeah, well actions speak louder than words.

Here are members of the House, Ways & Means Committee. Democrat/Communist Party USA controls that committee. My congressman, Jodey Arrington, sits on that committee but does NOT support Massie’s bill. Even though it’s July, if there is enough of a massive push by millions of seniors, the bill could still get passed before Dec. 31^st. Whether or not the fake president, Biden, who is now in the first stages of Altzheimer’s would sign it into law – well, that decision would be made by Biden’s controllers. However, as I mentioned in a previous column, Congress can over ride a legitimate president’s veto but that would really make the Democrat/Communist Party USA look bad.

Oh, but, darn, I forgot to mention: Not ONE U.S. Senator (that I can find scouring through all the bills) has introduced the bill for the Senate. Before a bill goes to a legitimate president you have a bill in the house, a bill in the senate. They get together and exchange spit until the language matches exactly and then goes to a president to sign into law.

Where’s Senator Rand Paul, Senator Marsha Blackburn, Senator Ron Johnson or Ted Cruz? I would think all of them would have introduced a bill years ago and fight to get it passed with Rep. Massie’s bill. Nope. Why not? How about your senator?

Please do get this out to your email lists and social media. 55 million Americans collect social security benefits each month with thousands more retiring each year. That’s a formidable number who can make this happen but that won’t happen if no one knows about this bill and why hasn’t a single U.S. Senator stepped up?

Related:

The Trojan Horse of Social Security Reform by Dr. Edwin Vieira, March 14, 2005

Reforming social security – the cruel hoax, Mine

If you want to learn the historical and constitutional facts about social security so you have a full understanding, while this is long, it is essential reading written by my dear friend, Larry Becraft. Larry has been a constitutional attorney for, I think, at least 35 years and is an expert on this issue. If you can’t read it all at once, book mark and study later. Knowledge is power.

Comment Upon Voluntary Nature of Social Security (Updated: April 18, 2003; links added Aug. 18, 2017)

July 4th 1776 and 2022—America Then and Now

by Attorney Rees Lloyd

July 4, 2022

“The time is now near at hand which must probably determine whether Americans are to be freemen or slaves… .The fate of unborn millions will now depend, under God, on the courage of this army. Our cruel and unrelenting enemy leaves us only the choice of brave resistance, or the most abject submission. We have, therefore to conquer, or die.”

These are the now immortal words of General George Washington in his Order of July 2, 1776, following the vote on that date by the Continental Congress to adopt the American Declaration of Independence. It was signed by John Hancock on July 2, and would be deemed complete when all delegates had signed on July 4,1776.

The United States of America by that act became the first government in the history of the world to be established by the consent of the governed—“by the people, of the people, for the people.” America is now after its birth on July 4, 1776, 246 years ago, the longest lasting free republic in the world.

The American founders generation went to war against the English Empire, then the most powerful military force in the world, in order to create their freedom—and ours. Indeed, we Americans of this generation are among those “untold millions” whose future freedom was dependent on the willingness of the founders’ generation to serve and sacrifice their lives in the War of Independence, as General Washington wrote in his July 2, 1776 Order.

Serve and sacrifice they did. Ultimately, 25,000 American patriots would give their lives for freedom. They were citizen soldiers, patriots, who left their farms, jobs, homes, and families, and went to war for freedom. Almost all brought their own guns from home.

These citizen soldiers, with no formal military training, rose up to fight for freedom against the greatest military power in the world at the time, the English Empire. English King George III had the best trained, best armed, best equipped, best experienced army and navy in the world. King George III and the English elitists of that era scoffed at the idea England could be defeated by what they ridiculed as a “ragtag” American army, that was untrained, barely equipped, with no experience, no cavalry, and no navy while England ruled the waves of the world.

The American patriots suffered one disastrous military defeat after another in the months following the July 4th Declaration of Independence. The conditions in which they fought were horrendous. They lacked food, shoes clothes, supplies, medicines, ammunition, medical care. Only a third of the population supported the war; another third was neutral; and the final third—Tories— was actively in support of England, desiring to remain subjects of King George III rather than free citizens of America.

Yet, the American patriots fought on. The first really significant American victory after the Declaration of Independence came on Christmas Day, December 25,1776, the now famous crossing of the Delaware River in a freezing winter storm led by Gen. George Washington to win the Battle of Trenton.

That victory brought hope and inspiration that the war for freedom could be won. It would take until 1783 for the revolutionary war to be ultimately won with the signing of the treaty of Paris. It was the longest war in our American history until Vietnam.

Freedom was achieved by the American patriots despite all odds. The indispensable American in this victory for liberty was General George Washington, who would not give up. He was universally admired, respected, by the troops, who were inspired by him. He placed himself in danger with the troops countless times in the heart of battle, mounted and visible to the troops and the enemy. When at war’s end many credited Gen. Washington with being the cause of the victory, he demurred, saying victory came only by the intercession of “Providence” or “the hand of God.”

Gen. George Washington later was unanimously elected to preside over the Constitutional Convention, which created then the Constitution under which we live now as free Americans.

George Washington would go on to be unanimously elected as the First President of the United States of America. He was unanimously elected to a second four year term. After his second term, George Washington was offered a third term, or to be “President for life,” or even “King.” George Washington refused it all, saying to serve more than two terms as President would be improper. Instead, he relinquished all power and authority, and went home to his farm, content to be a private American citizen.

In walking away from all power and authority, George Washington shocked not only the country, but the world. Even England’s King George III, whom Washington had defeated, said that George Washington was “the most distinguished of any man living…the greatest character of the age.” Napoleon, who had no doubt of his own eminence, said: “This great man fought against tyranny; he established the liberty of his country… .George Washington is the greatest man of his era.”

Similarly, at home, George Washington would be universally recognized as “The Father Of Our Country.” Revolutionary War hero Harry “Light Horse Harry” Lee (father of Robert E. Lee), summed up the feelings of the nation for George Washington: “First in war. First in Peace. First in the hearts of his countrymen.”

On this July 4th 2022, 246th anniversary of our Declaration of Independence and the birth day of our United States of America, and on every day, we Americans ought to remember, honor, emulate and give thanks for the patriots of July 4th 1776 — from Gen. George Washington, the Father of Our Country, to the least ranked unknown soldier of the Revolutionary Army, whose service and sacrifice created our freedom.

May God bless and keep each and all of them, and may our nation never cease to honor and emulate them in defense of freedom.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

Part 3: What Do We Do About The Homeless In America? Are There Any Answers?

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 4, 2022

Part 3: Are there any solutions that would work? How can we employ them?

Happy 4^th of July to all Americans! Thank you for upholding our U.S. Constitution while maintaining your families, your communities and our country.

Without a doubt, this series is a gut-wrenching experience. Having witnessed, smelled and photographed the homeless in different states, I can state unequivocally that we’re facing a monstrous societal predicament.

If we let it go unsolved, we will most certainly turn our big cities into replicas of Mumbai, India, Mexico City or Rio de Janeiro…along with many more that I’ve witnessed in my world travels.

The problems have gotten SO enormous in those countries that the governments and even local politicians cannot, do not and will not solve the daily nightmare of slums. Simply put: they let the situation get out of control and out of hand. It’s like an infection in your hand that you don’t take care of…in time, sepsis sets in and poisons your blood stream…and soon, you have to have your arm amputated…and/or you die.

If you look at cities like San Francisco, Los Angeles and Chicago…you’re watching dying cities. It’s amazing to me that we saw Detroit, Michigan “die” in the 80’s and 90’s from lawless tribalism by minorities, and now, we’re seeing it repeat in our other big cities.

In fact, we’re pumping more and more refugees into those cities to form even more cultural, religious and welfare-supported ghettos. If you don’t think I’m kidding, just visit the 125,000 residents of the “Somalian ghetto” in Minneapolis, MN. Over 80 percent of them remain on welfare after 10 years in America. Who in their right mind thought it would be a good idea to bring illiterate African bushmen to live in a modern first world country? I just visited Minneapolis last month. Oh my God!

The woman, J.S., who asked me to write this series, must feel even more hopeless than before she asked me. Why is that? Answer: I don’t think we possess enough honest politicians at the local, state or federal levels to create solutions or even follow the solutions in this series.

Here are a few other folks with their thoughts:

Frosty –

I feel your frustration. We all share it. But we must do something.

I live most of the year in La Quinta, Ca – – it’s part of the Palm Springs Coachella Valley. A couple of years ago, our local paper – the Desert Sun – conducted an analysis of the homeless who inhabit this valley. They found that 40% were mentally ill, 40% were addicted to drugs, and the other 20% were probably part of that bunch my dad called “bums.”

You can’t put 80% of the homeless who are mentally ill or on drugs into housing. They will simply be mentally ill and on drugs in expensive houses. So, what to do?

In California, stop wasting money on a train from nowhere to nowhere in the state’s valley. This state needs to build mental institutions and addiction clinics. That’s where these people need to go. Then the state ought to build military style barracks for the bums. Laws must be enacted to force all these people into institutions. The bums must be forced into public works projects and housed in barracks. It must be against the law to be homeless and on the street.

That’s how to start. I’m not holding my breath.

Yours truly, P.F. La Quinta, CA

Mr. Wooldridge:

For way too long the solutions have been to fund for a new band-aid to treat a new symptom only to spark another new symptom requiring another band-aid, then another band-aid, then another, etc., etc., etc.

Truthfully, America is suffering from a spiritual war being waged between our Judeo/Christian based Western Civilization and humanist based cultural Marxism. America was stable and prospering under Western Civilization but came under attack by our own university created cultural Marxist worldview beginning in the 1950s. The goal of cultural Marxism is to destroy Western Civilization by destroying the traditional family, the Christian church, capitalism along, our constitutional republic by a slow march through the institutions. One of the first institutions to fall was our locally controlled public schools to be converted to a government-controlled K-12 brainwashing system in order to deliberately dumb down the citizenry and destroy any sense of liberty and individual self-government.

The obvious solution is to restore our Judeo/Christian based Western Civilization. Unfortunately, cultural Marxism is so well entrenched at this time and sustained by the university system, govt controlled K-12 schools, mainstream media, social media, alphabet soup government bureaucracies, the Democrat Party and RINOs, the WEF and the UN that there is no quick fix. I believe life will have to get worse before enough people realize the fix is up to, WE THE PEOPLE, not civil government.

R.H. Lexington, SC

Dear Mr. Wooldridge,

Your piece on homelessness in America is a good start on a much-needed discussion.

I wonder if you have seen the multi-part documentary on this topic produced by KOMO news in Seattle.

Not only does this series portray the issues very graphically, but KOMO also proposes a solution. The “solution” is expensive, of course, but what isn’t? It also is working in another location, so there is much to learn from that. No doubt there are naysayers, but clearly the formerly beautiful and workable major cities of the West Coast: Seattle, Portland, San Francisco, LA, are dying. Is that, in itself, the solution?

I look forward to the next articles in this series.

Sincerely, L. B.

Can a society devolve to the point of dying? What happens when our welfare systems cannot maintain this ever-growing, massive slum population? What happens when your own president invites drug cartels to swamp our country in deadly opioids? Did you know that last week, two Mexicans who had crossed our border in Texas were caught with 150,000 fentanyl pills worth millions…and would kill countless Americans? What happens when all the educated, normal, contributing American citizens—flee those cities? Does anyone realize that once you lose the contributing citizens, you lose the tax base, and you lose lawful citizens who make a city work?

I personally saw it happen to Detroit. One of my most read and forwarded commentaries was: “The Tragedy of Detroit” back in 2009. I chronicled the fall of Detroit from someone who worked there and watched it with a front row seat. You would think we would make and take intelligent changes. We didn’t, haven’t and you’re seeing the consequences in Chicago, NYC, Miami, LA, San Francisco and on and on. Without the “rule of law” being stringently enforced, we are doomed to mayhem by minorities who lack any understanding of personal accountability and responsibility.

So, this series presented solid, reasonable solutions. Will our city mayors and city councils take them up? Will our federal politicians move on them? Will somebody speak up and take action?

With what has happened to create this situation, and what has happened NOT to solve it, do you think we stand a chance of solving the homeless issue in America?

Finally, with Washington DC’s brilliant politicians who are on course to add another 100 million third world refugees to our country, to create as Biden said, “The New Liberal World Order”, do you think we average Americans stand a chance? Answer: not a snowball’s chance in hell.

This is what America’s future looks like if we don’t change course. Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Redeclaring Independence in 2022

By Paul Engel

July 4, 2022

Are the Several States in a similar state as the Colonies were in 1776?
Is there really much difference between the government of King George in 1776 and the government in Washington, D.C. in 2022?
Do you think the signers of the Declaration of Independence thought the American people would be so dependent on their central government?

Last year, I re-examined the Declaration of Independence in the light of current events. After another year, I believe the evidence is clear that the government in Washington, D.C. has become just as corrupt, despotic, and destructive to your rights as the government of King George III was.

This year, I want to look at new evidence to show you just how fast the American people are rushing toward their own servitude. My hope is that if we take a closer look how far we have fallen, We the People will once again show that tyrants are unfit to govern a free people.

I often talk about how much the state of America today resembles that of the colonies, and how the government in Washington, D.C. resembles King George. That’s why I wrote the Re-Declaration of Independence in the first place. In the 1776 Declaration, the founders listed 27 specific grievances against the crown. Let’s take a look at some recent events in the light of grievances from the Re-Declaration.

The Courts

The Federal Courts have refused their Assent to Laws, the most wholesome and necessary for the public good.

… For effectively taking away our State Constitutions, abolishing our most valuable Laws, and altering fundamentally the Forms of our Governments:

We seem to forget that the federal judiciary is as much a creation of the Constitution, and therefore subject to it, as the other two branches of government. While the court has the judicial power to review cases, they do not have the legal authority to overturn state laws. Yet today it seems that whenever a state passes a law a federal judge doesn’t like, they claim the power to impose a nation-wide injunction. That’s not unlike what King George did.

Federal courts have dissolved state legislative acts repeatedly, for opposing with manly firmness the federal government’s invasions on the rights of the people.

One thing a bully doesn’t want to hear is that there is someone stronger than they are. So it shouldn’t be a surprise that the federal government doesn’t like it when someone points out they were created as servants to the states and not the states’ masters. So I guess it also shouldn’t be a surprise when the federal courts, who are part of the federal government, push back when the truth isn’t to their liking.

The President has obstructed the Administration of Justice, by politicizing the appointment of judges, requiring their fidelity to certain opinions rather than the supreme law of the land.

Not only has the President obstructed justice, but it appears there are those in the judicial branch willing to leak information to persuade the court. Not to mention those who have actually used vandalism and violence to intimidate the justices into changing their positions on a case.

The Senate has made Judges dependent on their Will alone, for appointment to their offices, and threaten them with impeachment for political reasons.

Once again, we see members of the Senate upset with those they’ve appointed to the federal courts. Not because they didn’t adhere to the law, but because they didn’t adhere to the Senator’s or Senators’ political demands.

Congress

Congress has erected a multitude of New Offices, and sent hither swarms of Officers to harass our people, and eat out their substance.

People like to blame the bureaucratic state on the President. While these new offices, for the most part, do report to the office of President, they are creations of Congress. So when you heard about the Disinformation Governance Board, you should not only point your righteous anger at President Biden, but also on those who represent you in Congress.

For suspending the actions of our own Legislatures, and declaring themselves invested with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever.

After the 2020 debacle, Congress has tried to take over the entire election process. They’ve also threatened to impose abortion laws on the states if the Supreme Court decides to return it to them.

The President

The President has refused to enforce laws protecting the borders of this nation, the States remaining in the mean time exposed to all the dangers of invasion from without, and convulsions within.

National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin

Did you know that the Department of Homeland Security has plans to crack down on what they refer to as disinformation? No, I’m not talking about the suspended Disinformation Governance Board, I’m talking about the current National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin:

Some domestic violent extremists have expressed grievances related to their perception that the U.S. government is unwilling or unable to secure the U.S.-Mexico border and have called for violence to stem the flow of undocumented migrants to the United States. We assess that there is increased risk of domestic violent extremists using changes in border security-related policies and/or enforcement mechanisms to justify violence against individuals, such as minorities and law enforcement officials involved in the enforcement of border security.

So it seems, if you point out that the current administration has not only not secured our nation’s borders, but enacted policies to invite even more illegal aliens to enter our country, then you could be a “domestic violent extremist”.

The President has kept among us, in times of peace, Standing Armies by militarizing our police forces.

Yes, the President helped militarize our police forces. Now, through the NSA and the DHS, the federal government is spying on us just as easily as if they stationed troops in our homes. Unfortunately, that’s not all.

The President has combined with the Senate to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving their Assent to the Acts of pretended Legislation from the United Nations and entering into international agreements without the advice and consent of the Senate:

What do you think the President was doing when his administration suggested amendments to the World Health Organization pandemic protocols? Biden is only one in a long line of Presidents, not to mention Congressmen, who have tried to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our Constitution.

The Bureaucrats

The labyrinth of bureaucratic departments and agencies have created confusing, contradictory, and ruinous regulations for the sole purpose of fatiguing the American people into compliance with their measures.

I’ve heard people say that the average American commits three federal felonies a day. Not because they are criminals, but because of the labyrinth of confusing and contradictory regulations that pass for laws in America’s current administrative state.

For abolishing the free System of United States Laws, establishing therein arbitrary government agencies, and enlarging the Boundaries of their power so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the absolute rule into these States:

The CDC’s public transportation mask mandate, the private company vaccine mandate, and the recent public school transgender bathroom threat are all examples of these arbitrary and illegal acts of government.

The federal government has excited domestic insurrections amongst us by allowing it to go unopposed in cities across the land, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants of our borders, the merciless criminal cartels, whose known rule of warfare is an undistinguished destruction of all ages, sexes and conditions.

Have you noticed how certain crimes are punished severely, while others are brushed aside? BLM and Antifa rioted and vandalized parts of Washington, D.C., and yet it appears no one was held accountable. However, a few demonstrators on January 6th, 2020 enter the capital, and not only is everyone who attended the demonstration labeled an insurrectionist, but Congress holds illegal committee meetings, including prime-time “shows”, with no legitimate or constitutional purpose whatsoever.

Conclusion

It seems the American people have not learned from their history. Rather we have reverted to a state of servitude similar to the colonies 1776. I wonder if, when those 56 men pledged their lives, fortunes, and sacred honor in support of the Declaration of Independence, they ever conceived that not only would the American people return to a life of dependence, but that we would do so willingly. Thankfully, this does not have to be our fate.

John Jay said:

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the supreme Court of the United States

If We the People will pick up the Constitution, read it, and study it, we’ll find that our subjection to Washington, D.C., is not the law, but a result of our own actions. Washington, D.C.’s power is as fake as the emperor’s clothes in the Hans Christian Anderson story. Isn’t it time others join me in pointing out just how naked the government in Washington, D.C. really is? I believe, with a little education and some fortitude, We the People can restore the order our Constitution created. Because if we fail to do so, the future is too bleak to consider.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

The Lord Turns the Heart Wherever He Wishes

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 3, 2022

In the story of Esther, a young woman part of the Jewish exiles in Persia, through a series of providential circumstances, rose to become queen with King Ahasuerus. Though not explicitly stated in the account, it was clear that God arranged for Esther to be at that place at that time to play a crucial role in saving her people from annihilation.

When President Donald Trump nominated federal judge Amy Coney Barrett to the Supreme Court of the United States on September 26, 2020, to replace the late Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, many Christians and pro-life conservatives expressed hope that the new prospective Justice would be like a modern-day Esther in that she might be instrumental in overturning Roe vs. Wade, the 1973 Supreme Court decision credited with opening the door to legalized abortion in the United States.

After nearly 50 years of ending the lives of babies in the womb, and outside of the womb in many cases, the abolishment of abortion in the United States would be like someone condemned to death being granted clemency and the prospect of a new life.

Her record as a judge, law professor, being a devout Roman Catholic, and dedication to her husband and seven children increased the expectation that should a case come before the Supreme Court dealing with abortion, she would come down on the side of supporting life.

However, many times over the years those believing in the sanctity of human life in all its stages, especially those who have devoted their lives to prayer and the cause of protecting life, have felt great hope whenever a president professing to share their values on this issue nominated a judge for the Supreme Court, only for that hope to be dashed when the judge would later rule in a way inconsistent with protecting life.

Though at this time the hope was fulfilled on June 24, 2022, with the overturning of Roe vs. Wade by the Supreme Court (Justice Barrett joining the majority opinion with Justices Thomas, Alito, Gorsuch, and Kavanaugh), placing faith in human leaders like this is never a sure thing, for whatever good that can be accomplished is often unsure and temporary at best, and many times little to no good comes. Either way this can lead to great disillusionment.

“Do not trust in princes, in mortal man, in whom there is no salvation.His spirit departs, he returns to the earth; in that very day his thoughts perish.” (Psalm 146:3-4)

However, we can trust always in the Lord, who is more than able to turn the hearts of governors, presidents, and kings to accomplish His will in His perfect time. The best laid plans of the most powerful in the world are helpless and weak before the purposes and will of God.

“The king’s heart is like channels of water in the hand of the LORD; He turns it wherever He wishes.” (Proverbs 21:1)

An example of this can be seen in the account of Cyrus the Great (559 BC–530 BC), King of Persia, whom the Lord moved to free the Jewish captives in Babylon and rebuild the temple in Jerusalem (Ezra 1:1-4). And, in the story of Nehemiah, who prayed to God that his request to King Artaxerxes I (465 BC–424 BC) be granted to allow him to go to Jerusalem and rebuild its walls (Nehemiah 2:1-8).

Near the beginning of the 1971 movie adaptation of the 1964 Broadway musical Fiddler on the Roof, the rabbi of the Ukrainian village of Anatevka is leaving the synagogue with his students. They asked him various questions as they went down the steps into the village. One of them asked if there was a proper blessing for the czar. With a smile, the rabbi replied, “A blessing for the czar? Of course. May God bless and keep the czar … far away from us!”

While we can see the humor in the rabbi’s comments, it is proper to petition the Lord to move in the hearts and minds of political leaders to effect welfare and justice in society, especially in relation to the ability of believers to serve the Lord in peace and share the gospel.

“First of all, then, I urge that entreaties and prayers,petitions and thanksgivings, be made on behalf of all men, for kings and all who are in authority, so that we may lead a tranquil and quiet life in all godliness and dignity. This is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Savior, who desires all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth.” (1 Timothy 2:1-3)

Human beings come into this world condemned to death due to the sin of the first man Adam and the sin nature handed down to us. But because of the death of Jesus on the cross that paid in full the sin debt for sinners, and His resurrection from the dead, the repentant sinner who trusts in Him alone will rise from death to newness of life that will never fade away.

Prayers made to God’s on behalf of those who wield power and influence in society provide great opportunities for followers of Jesus Christ to be salt and light wherever they live (Matthew 5:13-16). That is,to be empowered by the Holy Spirit to preserve and extend what is good, proclaim this message of forgiveness and salvation to all, and bring glory to God.

Though we may not always get the leaders we wish, we should remember that God works all things after the counsel of His will (Ephesians 1:11), and that the prayers of His people can accomplish much good (James 5:16). Regardless of who arises to political power where we reside, the Lord remains the same God who never leaves or forsakes us (Hebrews 13:5-6). It is His continual presence that encourages us, gives us hope, and energizes us to be an extension of His love and grace in the world.

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

We Are Living Through a Communist Revolution

By Cliff Kincaid

July 3, 2022

Recognizing that communism didn’t end with the fall of the Berlin Wall, former President Trump said in a speech, “…we will fight the onslaught of radicalism, socialism, and indeed it all leads to communism once and for all.”

Not only does Trump understand that communism is not dead, he perceives that this foreign and alien ideology is in control of the Democratic Party.

Flying the flag on July 4^th can’t turn back the clock.

As we take pride in America, we have to recognize what has America become – and what is it becoming. For that answer, read the Communist Manifesto and take note of the fact that literally dozens of communist groups operate on American soil, in open violation of the Communist Control Act, which is still on the books. (It was introduced by a Democrat, Senator Hubert Humphrey, and signed by a Republican president, Dwight Eisenhower.)

As I note in The Sword of Revolution and The Communist Apocalypse, the Marxists see the U.S. as a society based on slavery which has since become the leading capitalist nation and must therefore be “transformed” into socialism on the road to communism. Hence, we currently see Marxists and their fellow travelers refer to slavery as the basis for American capitalism and the need for reparations.

This is what Democrats call “progressive” ideology.

Looking at this through Marxist eyes, the U.S. developed beyond an economic system based on slavery to be in the current stage between capitalism and socialism, what is called the highest stage of capitalism. This is when the Marxists capture the major organs of finance capital, major corporations, and the means of communication.

The centralization of the means of communications in the hands of the state, a key plank of the Communist Manifesto, is being implemented in the United States under the one-party state now in power. We are literally living through a “world revolution,” which is why I started the publication, “World Revolution Report,” to open the eyes of Americans to our fate as a country.

This fact was impressed upon me personally when, on the eve of July 4th, my anti-communist videos, some 500,were banned by YouTube, which is part of Google. They were eliminated from the platform all at once. I know other conservatives have been censored in this way, but my videos represented decades of anti-communist study and research. My channel was anti-communist from start to finish.

This development, which means thousands of my subscribers no longer have access to these videos as well, further represents the consolidation of a communist dictatorship in America, with control by the Marxist elites over the key means of communication.

We can debate whether the elites believe in Marxism or not. What is clear that they view Marxist strategy and tactics as political winners. The World Revolution is happening.

I believe I was targeted not for videos that questioned Biden’s election as president but those about the illegitimate presidency of Barack Hussein Obama.

My “crime” in the eyes of Big Media was challenging the legitimacy of the current one-party state, the China Joe Administration, and still raising legitimate questions about Barack Hussein Obama’s background and history. On this basis, my videos on related topics, such as Cultural Marxism, were removed.

To understand our predicament, consider that Obama’s August 19, 2020, address, at the Democratic National Convention, on behalf of Biden, was the clearest indication that Obama was working for a third presidential term. He wanted to use Biden as a front for the ultimate capture of state power for revolutionary purposes. It’s Obama, not Biden, running the show.

What’s interesting, according to filmmaker and researcher Joel Gilbert, is that Obama wants to replace Biden in 2024 with his wife, Michelle. It would be a clever Marxist move.

Some on the Fox News Channel assure us that the cavalry is coming, meaning the Republicans will take back Congress in November. But many Fox News personalities refuse to discuss shenanigans in the 2020 presidential election and openly promote the homosexual lifestyle and movement that has led to the problem of transgenderism in schools.

Fox News viewers have never been told that the founder of the gay rights movement, Harry Hay, wore dresses, got involved in the occult, and advocated for the “rights” of the North American Man-Boy Love Association. My group got his FBI file through a Freedom of Information Act request.

All major institutions of society, including the conservative establishment and the churches, are tainted by know-nothings, fakes, and fraudsters.

Channels like Fox and Big Media Tech monopolies such as Google serve the state, the Biden regime, by censoring any content which casts doubt on the legitimacy of that regime. That’s how I “violated” YouTube’s community guidelines.

But one censored video, my interview with well-known conservative author Jack Cashill, was not exclusively about the fraudulent nature of the 2020 election. We had a lengthy discussion of how Barack Hussein Obama was elected using a stolen Social Security number.

YouTube does not permit discussions like this. That particular video was cited for violating YouTube’s policy against “misinformation.”

What has changed over time, as the World Revolution continues gobbling up country after country, is that China has become the leader of the world communist movement, replacing the Soviet Union/Russia. Eventually, according to the Marxist theory of history, America will become a communist state and then be integrated into the China-dominated New World Order.

However, Russia is still playing a major role, as we have seen in Europe with the invasion of Ukraine and Biden’s no-win response, dragging on for five months now.

On Fox, the “conservative” channel, one of the only independent voices, who refuses to follow the establishment Republican line, is Tucker Carlson. However, he has completely misjudged Russia’s intentions and features left-wingers such as Glenn Greenwald.

Resisting censorship, conservatives must identify the communists and their fellow travelers for what they are. Calling this “woke capitalism” or “cancel culture” won’t suffice. And denouncing “McCarthyism” only confuses people about the need for congressional internal security committees to expose and identify communists.

Lt. Gen. Ion Mihai Pacepa, the highest-ranking official ever to defect from the former Soviet bloc, provided a statement for one of my conferences on the significance of the Obama presidency, saying, “I walked in Marxist moccasins for many years, and I can see how President Obama could have bought into the siren call of Marxism…”

That siren call has been accepted by so many in the United States that some might say the end is near – or fast approaching.

The cavalry, if it comes, must understand the nature of the World Revolution we find ourselves in. The solution lies in the strategy of dialectical reversal, used by President Ronald Reagan when he fought the communists in Hollywood and then on the world stage. On domestic matters, this one-time former pro-abortion politician had a reversal of his own, becoming a strong pro-life advocate and commenting, “Abraham Lincoln recognized that we could not survive as a free land when some men could decide that others were not fit to be free and should therefore be slaves. Likewise, we cannot survive as a free nation when some men decide that others are not fit to live and should be abandoned to abortion or infanticide.”

In a comment that symbolized dialectical reversal of the terms of the abortion debate, he famously remarked, “I’ve noticed that everyone who is for abortion hasalready been born.”

Legal abortion, like many of the other evils in society, originated in Soviet Russia.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

We Are Proud of THIS?

By Rob Pue

July 3, 2022

Homosexual activity has been going on since the fall of mankind, but what began in earnest in the 1970s has now metastasized into a full-blown cancer on the earth. I’m talking about the radical homosexual agenda, which is now directly targeting our young children. We’ve become so “woke” here in America that to have any doubts that this sexual deviancy is unnatural or “not normal” makes most people question whether or not they’re actually hateful bigots.

Until 1973, homosexuality was rightly considered a mental disorder. But on December 15th of that year, the American Psychiatric Association asked all members attending its convention to vote on whether they believed homosexuality to be a mental disorder. 5,854 psychiatrists voted to remove homosexuality from the list and 3,810 voted to retain it.

The American Psychiatric Association compromised, removing homosexuality from the list of mental disorders, but replaced it with “sexual orientation disturbance” for people “in conflict with their sexual orientation.” Thus began the push for what we now know today as “transgenderism,” even though the term was actually coined in the 1960s. So now, with today’s Godless American culture, there can be no limits to the depths of perversity we will accept and affirm in order to “virtue signal” our wholehearted acceptance of “diversity.” But it’s actually perversity disguised as diversity.

According to MedicineNet.com, in addition to male and female, there are now 72 additional genders, and according to law — either unwritten “societal” laws or actual city, state and federal laws, we must all obey or pay the consequences of our bigotry.

In 1987, the American Psychiatric Association removed homosexuality from it’s list of mental disorders completely, asserting that “concepts of mental disorder can be rapidly evolving social constructs that change as society changes.” And according to a 2015 article published by Psychology Today, the standard of psychotherapy in the US and Europe is “homosexual affirming.” Indeed, in countless cities, counties and no less than 20 states, it is now illegal for a counselor, therapist or pastor to counsel minors who are confused about their gender or have unwanted homosexual desires.

You may have heard of Jeff Younger, the Texas father of twins who’s been in a custody battle with his ex-wife wife, a pediatrician. One of the twins — a boy — was encouraged by his mother to “transition” to a girl at the age of 2. Jeff said his son was happy, comfortable and normal being a boy, but while living with his mother, the child took a female name, and wore girl’s clothing. But it gets worse.

Jeff would drop his son off at school in boy’s clothes, but the teacher gave him a dress and school officials refused to use his real name or male pronouns. They actively taught him — in public school — how to be a girl and made him use the girls’ restroom.

Younger stated, “I’ve spent over a million dollars trying to stop my ex-wife and the courts from chemically castrating my son.” A pediatrician in Texas has planned to put him on chemical castration drugs at the age of 9. The child is 9 now. Jeff Younger added, “If they put James on chemical castration drugs, he’ll be permanently maimed and sterilized. He’ll never be able to have a family or normal sexual relationship with a wife. The American Academy of Pediatrics requires doctors to affirm children in false gender identities, rather than help them identify with their biological sex.” Texas is one of the nation’s largest providers of sex-change surgeries and chemical castration hormone treatments to kids.

Last spring, a Canadian father, Rob Hoogland, was sentenced to six months in jail for attempting to intervene in his young daughter’s “gender transition.” This all began several years ago, when Hoogland discovered that his then 12-year-old daughter’s name had been changed in the 7th grade yearbook. His daughter had been shown “education” videos at her school, which are actually “gender ideology indoctrination propaganda.” She then decided she was a boy, the school “affirmed” her as a “transgender” and proceeded to “socially transition” her without informing her parents.

The school kept all of this a secret from the parents in accordance with the British Columbia Ministry of Education’s “Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity Policy,” which dictates that parents have no right to know what their child’s “preferred sex, gender or name” is at school. The school later sent the girl to a psychologist who then sent her to a doctor. That doctor laid out a plan to medically “change” Hoogland’s then 13-year-old daughter into a male using injections of testosterone and a year later, the hospital informed the parents they would be medicalizing his daughter and that by law, they didn’t need parental consent to do so.

In 2019 a judge convicted Hoogland of “family violence” for using female pronouns when speaking about his daughter. Thus, his prison sentence — along with a huge monetary fine.

These are just two examples of situations very similar to this. Schools serve as powerful brainwashing facilities and their goal is to turn as many healthy young people into confused, mentally-disturbed, gender-questioning kids as possible — all without the parents’ consent or even knowledge. And as you’ve seen, parents who do dare to speak out can end up in costly legal battles and even prison. This is not only a massive human rights violation, but more than that, it’s extreme child abuse, taking place under “color of law.”

But it’s not just schools pushing the “queering” of our children today.” It’s everywhere. It’s in the atmosphere. Radio, TV, so-called “public service announcements, billboards along the highway, the internet, movies, pop music and videos and more.

June became homosexual “pride” month in 1999 when Bill Clinton declared it to be so. “Pride” celebrations include parades, marches, demonstrations, festivals, fairs, Drag Queen events and much more. Including special days at Disney World and other amusement parks around the country. Department stores like Target and Kohls celebrate homosex with rainbow-colored clothing — especially for children. But homosexual “pride” isn’t just for June anymore. It’s morphed into a hideous, demonic monster that preys on minds and souls — young and old — all year ‘round.

This is even commonplace now in government. Last year, the New York Times boasted that there were nearly 1000 LGBTQP+ elected officials in the US, with the number rising fast. The Biden regime has fast-tracked this, with the appointment of Richard “Rachel” Levine as Assistant Secretary for Health and Human Services. Levine is a morbidly obese transgender — perfect for running our national “Health and Human Services” department. Levine was also named a four-star admiral in the US Public Health Service Commissioned Corp. StatNews.com states that Levine is “using ‘her’ newfound position and visibility to address a variety of inequities in health care while also serving as a role model for the LGBTQ+ community, particularly young people.” Notice the part that says“particularly young people.”

Because the emphasis is always on the kids, for several reasons. First, the homosexual mob must recruit young people into their death style because they’re unable to reproduce naturally, since homosexuality is the most un-natural thing in the world. Two men committing sodomy cannot be “fruitful and multiply.” Nor can two women. Secondly, adult homosexuals have a known lust for “young meat.” You’ll notice you see no rainbow flags flying at Senior Centers or nursing homes. But wherever children gather, the homosexual agenda is deeply embedded. The children are being groomed for sexual exploitation and rape. If you do the research, you’ll find countless examples of pedophiles within the LGBTQP+ community. The “P,” by the way, stands for “pedophilia.”

The Biden regime has continued it’s push toward national sodomy. The new press secretary meets the necessary Biden criteria of being a black female. (Whatever the word ‘female’ may mean anymore). But a headline from USA Today, dated June 8th of this year speaks volumes: “An Out Gay Woman: Karine Jean-Pierre Hopes to Empower LGBTP youth as White House Press Secretary.” There we go… the YOUTH again. Pay attention. They’re coming for your children and grandchildren.

Last year, the Washington Post reported that 1 in 6 Gen Z adults are LGBT. Meanwhile an article from US News and World Report stated the number of teens who now identify as LGBTQP+ is at 20% — so one in five of our teens is now fully brainwashed into mental illness, and that number is rising daily with the steady flow of massive propaganda.

All of this is being funded heavily by just about every major corporation in the country. An organization known as the Human Rights Campaign (HRC) basically blackmails companies into compliance. If they do not support the homosexual and transgender agenda — financially and in other ways — companies will receive a “bad score” from HRC. So the more these corporations donate to the cause, the higher approval score they receive, thereby “virtue signaling” their commitment to so-called “equality.”

In case you’re wondering, companies that top the list as “Platinum Partners” with HRC include Amazon, American Airlines, Apple Corporation, Coca Cola, Google, Intel, Lyft, Macy’s, Microsoft, Morgan Stanley, Nationwide Insurance, Pfizer, Target and UPS. But there is virtually no company in the country you can do business with anymore that does not support this agenda, openly and proudly. Financial support for the LGBTQP+ agenda is in the trillions of dollars.

I’m going to assume that few, if any of you, have ever attended a “pride parade.” I’ve been to a half dozen in Columbus, Ohio, where a group of Christians has tried to witness to those in attendance. The first year there were only 22 of us. The last time we went, there were over 200. Only during the first year, was I able to have a meaningful conversation with a group of lesbians and their friends. After coming to attack me, they relented and agreed to have a dialogue. In the end, they began to see the light, had tears in their eyes and said, “I think I have a lot to think about.” Then they left the parade and went home.

Columbus has the second largest “pride parade” in the country, with a half-million people. The atmosphere is shocking, to say the least. City ordinances against public nudity and lewd behavior are shelved. At these events, you’ll see the deepest, darkest, most vile displays you can comprehend. The sodomites target Christians for physical attack and constant harassment. Meanwhile, the police view US as the “bad guys” and should we so much as brush up against one of the hundreds of thousands of transgenders, homosexuals or their allies (which is very difficult to avoid in a crowd of a half million people), they scream to the police that we have “assaulted them.” Meanwhile, we endure pushing, shoving, kicking, spitting, punching and more…all to the delight of the police as we are their entertainment.

Every company, corporation and organization you can imagine is present. The last event we went to included no less than FORTY so-called Christian “churches” marching IN the parade, in support of sodomy, transgenderism, sado-masochism and pedophilia. I am not exaggerating. If anything, I’m sparing you the gory details.

It’s very much like the story of Sodom in Genesis, where the men of the city marched to Lot’s house and surrounded it, demanding they send out the two angels so they could have sex with them, and then attempted to break down the door. Violence against Christians at these “pride parades” has ramped up substantially with the complicity of the local police. It’s grown worse with each passing year. Without the indwelling of the Holy Spirit, there is no depth to which the human mind and soul will not sink. No restraint, just hedonism, debauchery, and unbridled vile filth. And people take their small kids there — and literally parade them in front of a half million lust-filled sodomites, literally IN the parade. This has nothing to do with “equality.” It’s pure, demonic evil. It shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment, than for that city…and any nation that continues to be proud of THIS.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 364.

Act Before Time Runs Out

By Jim Hollingsworth

July 2, 2022

On Friday, June 24, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization. Their final opinion was basically the same as the draft by Justice Alito that was leaked May 2. The Court has overturned Roe v. Wade as well as Planned Parenthood v. Casey.

What the Court said was:

At the time of Roe, 30 States still prohibited abortion at all stages. [Roe] imposed the same highly restrictive regime on the entire Nation, and it effectively struck down the abortion laws of every single State. the decision represented the “exercise of raw judicial power,” and it sparked a national controversy that has embittered our political culture for a half century.

We hold that Roe and Casey must be overruled. The Constitution makes no reference to abortion, and no such right is implicitly protected by any constitutional provision, including the one on which the defenders of Roe and Casey now chiefly rely—the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Roe was egregiously wrong from the start. Its reasoning was exceptionally weak, and the decision has had damaging consequences.

The Constitution does not prohibit the citizens of each State from regulating or prohibiting abortion. Roe and Casey arrogated that authority. We now overrule those decisions and return that authority to the people and their elected representatives. (Alito: Cornell Law Review)

When the Supreme Court announced its opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization the Democrats went ballistic. Their world was ended. They had believed that Roe v. Wade somehow gave them a right for an abortion. They somehow missed the fact that abortion is not even mentioned in the Constitution, was just very bad jurisprudence when it was decided, as was also Planned Parenthood v. Casey. Over sixty-three million precious babies have lost their lives since Roe was decided.

These precious babies could one day have been president or a congressman, or even an astronaut. They never had a chance, for their lives were taken. In a free market economy every soul is a benefit to society; in a socialist economy every soul is a liability. Thus, the loss of these many little ones has been a loss to us as a nation. Also worthy of note, a high percentage of those taken have been among minorities.

Not only did the Democrats respond immediately with anger but President Biden said he was contemplating an executive order making abortion legal again in every state. He somehow missed the fact that executive orders were designed for emergencies when Congress could not act, and that all legislative powers is given by our great Constitution to the Congress.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. (Article I, Section 1)

In recent years both the President and the Supreme Court have put forth their own legislation and Congress made little effort to stop them. Right now the Court appears to be leaning on the Constitution, but that is a significant change from previous years.

Since Biden took office he has done more to destroy our great country than anyone before him. If one did not know better he would have to assume that Biden and his administration were working for our enemies.

Everyone got some kind of stimulus money several months ago. That money was not taxed, nor was it borrowed, but was simply printed and given out. Economists call that “inflation” yet Biden has neglected to take any blame for rising prices. Seventeen economists agree with him. These Nobel Prize winning economists are mainly professors at universities including Harvard, Princeton, Yale, MIT, and Stanford. When it comes to economics it appears that those institutions have been wrong more often than they have been right.

Under the program of the former president to Make America Great Again life was improving. The price of gasoline was under $2.00, and our people were working. Even our enemies respected us. Our dollar was sound. Now government inflation is eating at everyone’s savings, at the rate of about one percent every thirty days.

During his first week in office President Biden issued 37 executive orders. Those orders were designed to undo all the good work of the former administration. The most grievous was the position taken on energy.

First, he stopped work on the Keystone XL Pipeline, which put at least 11,000 people out of work. Then he stopped drilling for oil on all public lands and offshore, and began to honor his commitment to end the use of all fossil fuels.

Surely they had to understand that over 6,000 things are made from oil, and most fertilizer comes from natural gas. No more fossil fuels, no more vinyl fences or siding; no more plastic bags for most grocery items. No more paved highways. No more paint or paint thinner. No more carpeting: Little furniture. No refrigerators or air conditioning. Of course no more jet fuel, diesel, gasoline or kerosene. Just look around you and notice the numbers of things made from oil. Today, even much of our automobiles are made of plastic.

When prices began to rise the Administration said it was because of greedy meat producers, grocers and oil companies. Some of the blame was placed on the “war” in Ukraine. They did not seem to notice that the price of gasoline, now over $5.00/gallon, had already risen before the conflict in Ukraine. Even the price for most food items had risen, as well as the price of housing.

Rather than reverse any of these terrible policy decisions the President went begging for more oil production from our enemies, from Venezuela, Iran and countries in the Mideast. Every practical American knows that none of this is good energy policy, but the Biden Administration does not seem to care. Was their plan to destroy America?

Government policies have made it harder to do business, and draconian and unconstitutional measures led us closer to tyranny during the pandemic. Even the demand that babies be vaccinated, when they are at little risk and there are serious side effects of the vaccines. There is no discussion on anything; the President is determined to have his way in everything. When professionals stand up and try to share the truth they are put down by the social media or various levels of government. Some have even been fired for taking a stand against the common narrative.

As Americans we must stand against this move to take over our country by the president. It is not too late: There is much that can be done on the local level, but time is running out. Now is the time for patriotic Americans to stand forth and encourage others to do right.

For an excellent article on the present Biden energy policies see the excellent article by Professor Victor Davis Hanson.

E-Mail Jim Hollingsworth: jimhollingsworth@frontier.com

[BIO: Jim Hollingsworth has a master’s degree from Pensacola Christian College. He has written four books: Climate Change: A Convenient Truth, Cortez: A Biography, The Ancient Culture of the Aztec Empire, and Abortion Compassion.]

Roe v Wade May Be Gone, but the Death Culture Remains. This Is Why

By Steven Yates

July 2, 2022

Friday, June 24, 2022 will go down in history as the day one of the worst Supreme Court decisions in U.S. history was finally reversed: Roe v Wade (also Casey v Planned Parenthood).

The claim that “abortion rights” are “found” in a Constitutional “penumbra” is dead in the water.

The death culture (one might call it) — a culture in which women and more than a few men will take to the streets protesting eliminating a “right” to kill unborn babies — is still very much around, though, and clearly isn’t going anywhere.

In anticipation of last Friday’s decision, police in riot gear were seen on their way to the SCOTUS building. Can you imagine this happening in years past when SCOTUS decisions favored the cultural left (as in, e.g., Obergefell v Hodges)?

Police remained busy as protests erupted in leftie-controlled big cities. Calls to “burn down” the SCOTUS building were heard; highways were blocked; prolife women were assaulted by more of those “mostly peaceful protesters.” Antifa was on the move. Some trying to film had phones knocked from their hands and were forced to flee. Evidence continues to amass that most politically-motivated violence in America comes from lefties, despite “expert” pronouncements reciting official narratives about “right-wing extremists” and “white supremacists.”

I had little interest in the abortion issue until the day I was “asked” to teach a contemporary moral issues class and handed the textbook. There it was, the lead unit.

I dove in with few preconceptions of what to expect. The selection of readings seemed fair, in the sense that both sides were represented. Articles by “pro-choice” women professors were balanced by tracts such as an excerpt from a Pope John Paul II encyclicalre titled “The Unspeakable Crime of Abortion.” Other authors argued that abortion was either never acceptable, or was acceptable only in those rare cases when the mother’s life was threatened if the pregnancy was carried to term, or in cases of rape or incest. There were seven or eight essays in all, with questions for reflection at the end. The textbook didn’t try to resolve the issue. Current ethics textbooks never do.

What impressed me was the concern for fundamentals on one side — fundamentals here meaning: concern for what a human person is, and what ultimately grounds our saying human beings have rights — any rights? Versus those assuming a standpoint in which such issues are fully decided by legal rulings or cultural consensus, and we’re just working out the consequences.

I was unprepared for how intellectually weak and sloppy “pro-choice” reasoning (dating mostly from the 1970s) really was. Some students weren’t having it. When I posed a rhetorical question drawn from the introductory reading at the start of the discussion: “Is a fetus human?” one girl retorted, “Well, it isn’t a fish.” Of course, the debate as framed in textbooks isn’t over whether the unborn are genetically human but whether they are persons, members of the moral community. A dichotomy is simply presumed.

One author demonstrated clearly, however unintentionally, the logical minefield we enter when essential criteria for personhood cease to be complete human DNA, and when rights cease to be God-given and become legal pronouncements (or “social constructions”).

Her name was Mary Anne Warren, and she presented five “criteria for personhood” which relied on a science fiction thought experiment. She asked for the circumstances in which travelers to another planet would recognize members of a presumably very different alien species as persons like us with rights.

As I sometimes say, you can’t make this stuff up. This was to be her test for whether the unborn — who are unlike adults! — are persons.

Some of her criteria — seeing in them evidence of complex cognitive ability — ruled out not just newborns but small children, people in comas, and many Alzheimer’s sufferers. Other criteria — an ability to feel and respond to pain—utterly failed to rule out unborn babies.

A different article tried to draw an analogy between the unborn baby and a famous but unconscious violinist, to whom a woman who had been kidnapped was hooked up so that their blood-streams were shared. She was to be forced to continue sharing her blood to keep the unconscious violinist alive for nine months.

It is hard to count the number of disanalogies in this ridiculous argument.

At first I wondered how this kind of stuff ever got published in refereed academic journals, much less anthologized in a textbook students were expected to read and take seriously. I soon came to realize that by the time of the course I was teaching, left-liberals were established gatekeepers of philosophy publishing on most social-philosophy and moral-philosophy issues.

Bingo. Because sloppy thinking isn’t the exception for academic-cultural lefties. It’s the norm. It is easy to be distracted by it, and not to see where the real fault line is. Much academic discussion is put together in such a way as to avoid the “big questions.” What I am referring to will be familiar to long time readers. The distinction is between those who believe that all valuation, especially moral valuation and therefore rights ascriptions, are grounded in a transcendent reality and that reality’s God, versus those who would find them exclusively in this world, which means: in legal maneuverings and cultural consensus. Which the latter really means in turn: in the choices of those with the money and power to enforce their collective will on everyone else.

Back in the 1830s sociology-founder Auguste Comte penned his “Positive Polity” essay which founded the philosophical ideology known as positivism. This became, I am convinced, one of the most important documents helping understand how we’ve ended up where we are.

Comte formulated his “Law” of Three Stages a rising civilization passes through.The first stage is the stage of pure faith: the “religious or fictitious,” as he put it. The second stage is the stage of pure reason: the “metaphysical and abstract” which he did not think was much better. The third stage is the stage of empirical science: the “scientific and positive.” With additions by scholars to come (Great Britain’s John Stuart Mill who oversaw the translation of Comte’s writings into English, and Bertrand Russell who wrote at length of “scientific philosophy,” among others), the third stage became the stage of science, technology, commerce, utility, and the firm belief that the human race could take its progress into its own hands. This included moral progress — without gods or other transcendent abstractions from the past. There was just this world, its workings disclosed by science and in which we big-brained primates act as economic agents.

Materialism was the logical result of third stage thinking (I have written about this here, here, here, and here, with a reply to a critic here; the entire package is upgraded here, here, here, here, here, here, and here). Upshot: materialism(sometimes called materialist naturalism, or just naturalism) is a theory of reality, or a metaphysics. It is not the conclusion of any specific empirical results or scientific findings. Rather, it came to function as a first premise, or starting point. Empowered by the writings of Darwin, Freud, and others, materialism as a worldview had taken over major universities by around 1900. Given the prestige of those “experts,” it spread outwards across education generally, culture, and especially government and law. A doctrine known as legal positivism had appeared and grown dominant. Legal positivism asserts essentially that rights, justice, etc., are what the legal system (i.e., its dominant voices) says they are — no more, no less.

Materialism denies the existence of any fundamental moral distinction between human persons and the rest of physical reality. The human race as a whole has no transcendent moral significance or higher purpose. It is in this physical/material world, the world disclosed by science, that “our highest ideals must find a home” as philosopher Bertrand Russell would write in his also-pivotal “A Free Man’s Worship” (1903). By “highest ideals” he meant social justice and freedom from war.

Can we begin to see how a philosophical ideology has cheapened human life?

We — as tribal beings in many respects — had been struggling to overcome our tribalist past. What was healthiest in Enlightenment thinking was its declaration that rights were universal, not mere possessions of this or that tribe. Enlightenment philosophers did not invent this idea out of whole cloth. They got it from Christianity, and the Christian idea that man (meaning all persons) was created in God’s image.

Combine Enlightenment universalism with the notion that we can start with ourselves and invent from scratch a moral code that defines rights, and you have something that is proving to be our undoing.

The trajectory the twentieth century followed should have indicated that there was something wrong with the idea that materialist secularism could ever be the basis for a workable ethics. The Great War, as it was then called, began in 1914, shattered Europe, and because of improved communications, had ripple effects on our side of the Atlantic. The war exemplified the level of destruction human beings had become capable of, which would only worsen with time.

What is sometimes called the Jazz Age ensued starting around 1919-20; this was also an era of nihilist art movements such as Dadaism, although the overall mood of the country was giddy and upbeat.

Further shaking the optimism of earlier eras were the Great Depression, the Second World War, the rising evidence of genocides which were hardly limited to the Nazis, the coming of nuclear weapons, the rise of the Soviet Union as a world power, and the onset of the Cold War (and doctrines such as “Mutually Assured Destruction”) which lasted until 1989-91. When the Soviet Union fell, we saw not freedom but consolidations of wealth and power, irresponsible financial machinations, the unrest all this has given rise to, and the divisions we now see.

Where does abortion fit in here? This is an easy question.

Tribalism had always cheapened the life of “the other,” those outside one’s own tribe, or just those deemed inconvenient. Through hard, patient work, some of it intellectual and some of it political, the Western world started to overcome tribalism. Getting rid of chattel slavery was a major step forward.

But beginning in the 1970s, tribalism started returning in various forms. Today we have identity politics: academic tribalism. But identity politics is hardly the only form tribalism can take. Our latter-day neo tribalism has been fueled by the general idea that what it means to be human can be redefined through political or legal will, and that inconvenient humans can be written out of the moral community (what the Nazis did to the Jews, and what Stalinists did to Ukrainians who resisted collective farming).

Add to this, finally, globalists and technocrats who believe themselves capable of designing their “new world order” (or “great reset”) based on nudges, surveillance and controls, all through social engineering. This is bound to involve eliminating “useless eaters” and the systematic impoverishing of those who refuse to get with the program. Aborting unwanted unborn children will be part of this and actually encouraged if the mother can’t afford a child, or another child.

Our tribalist instincts plus materialism yield the modern death culture.

Abortion-on-demand works by writing the unborn out of the moral community. They are genetically human nonpersons, as were Jews to the Nazis and resisters to collective agriculture were to Stalin and his minions. The idea that the unborn are nonpersons is the reason “liberated” women can shout, “My body, my life, my choice!” “Women’s reproductive rights!” etc., etc.

They literally do not see another moral agent involved.

“Pro-lifers” still have their work cut out for them, therefore. This is because the end of Roe obviously does not mean the end of the death culture. As some have put it, a single federal problem has just become 50 state-level problems. Some states will ban abortion altogether (some already have, others are moving to do so). Others will become havens where the practice will continue unabated.

The problem is materialism,hovering over the death culture like a shadow so pervasive no one sees it. Corporate culture is materialist through-and-through. Decision-makers within corporate culture are not well enough educated to recognize this, but they act on it. This is why Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan Chase, Facebook, Disney, Amazon, both Uber and Lyft, and many others, are ready to pay travel expenses for employees seeking abortions in states where abortion is likely to remain legal.

This will continue unless the dominant worldview of the West is changed. I vote for changing it back to Christianity, and encouraging the sort of Christian culture in which all human beings are seen as having intrinsic value and therefore as important: as “mattering” if you will.This change cannot focus on a single issue, such as abortion. It must be holistic, and address a mindset. It will cut across a swath of other issues, including sexuality, child-rearing and education, the family unit, and how businesses should operate.

What I am talking about will be extremely difficult. We are already demonized as theocrats. We will have to police themselves, so we do not become theocrats. We face a definite uphill struggle against hostile powers behind the death culture who have vastly superior resources and control of all dominant media. But ending the dominance of the death culture is the only chance Western civilization has, and time is running out.

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock, 2021) is available here and here.

Steven Yates blogs at Lost Generation Philosopher, and has begun writing a philosophy course centered on freedom, its preconditions, and the choices a person must make in order to have it.

Do you wish me to continue? Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Proceed

By Ms. Smallback

July 2, 2022

I’ve gotten a lot of things wrong in my life, and I’d wager I’ve had more wrong than right. I would have bet a lot of money that Trump was going to be re-elected in 2020. I held my ground on that long past the election right up to the inauguration. I gave (and still give) serious merit to the Devolution theory. I believed Q was a White Hat operation and was for the awakening of the patriots and those seeking good and righteousness.

I believe Trump did indeed win the election, and have maintained that it was a matter of presenting the evidence. Eighteen months later now, and I am definitely second guessing myself. [2000 Mules has come and gone and still no change. Project Veritas has exposed countless media and corporate deceptions and still no change. Exposes have been written, documentaries have been produced, witnesses murdered, and still no change.]

At different points along the way I would hear bits from God, and other times bear witness to what others shared they had heard from God. Trying to weave together the different bits and pieces into a whole picture sometimes has proved frustrating and even fruitless. Other times it has helped bring clarity. What is it Paul says? Oh yes, we know in part and prophesy in part, but when the perfect comes, the impartial disappears.

We are still in the imperfect part. Especially me. I know I am still learning bit by bit, and a lot of the time I am unlearning more than I am learning.

I settled down to rethink everything, took a step back, went back over my notes trying to figure out what I’ve missed and where. I got waylaid by some family tragedies, some deaths, some betrayals, a lot of questions….

I’ve rethought and reformed my views on eschatology so much they are almost now a complete reformation. I am giving serious consideration that our world is post-millennial, which strangely answers more questions than it asks.

Which leads me to present day…

The past several months, I feel like God has led me in a direction to engage in our community in a way that brings restoration to broken lives and revival to community and our local economy. Whether Trump comes back on the scene or not seems almost irrelevant for what I feel I am to be busy with. I’m not convinced Trump is what our country needs right now, but I certainly know he would be better than what we have.

There are still many unanswered questions I have about Trump, and I don’t know that they’ll ever be answered. The point is, our country needs its people not its leaders. America’s government is wickedly corrupt, and its leaders are incapable and unwilling to lead in righteousness and justice. It is up to We the People. If we can bring a course correction without a civil war, we will be fortunate indeed.

I’ve spent some time seeking God, trying to discern His heart, His will, and how to partner with Heaven for my life and my nation. I don’t know if the things He showed me and I wrote about in January were possibilities or realities. I thought they were inevitable, but maybe I’m wrong. Maybe the things I saw can be changed? And if they can be changed, it won’t be by doing nothing.

There are a lot of “prophetic voices” out there and usually they start to muddy the water for me. Sometimes it’s a fine line between prophet and profit. I implore fellow Christians to examine prophetic utterances in this article, and give examples of some current words making the headlines that I have serious questions about.

That said, I’d like to examine a word from Tim Sheets that does bear witness with me. On June 19, Tim gave a word to his church with the title and/or instruction: Proceed. The essence of the word is that we are entering an intense season of warfare in our nation that will remain fierce up through the midterm elections. We are told to prepare for escalated warfare in the spiritual and natural realms.

Tim relayed this, “An agitated spirit realm will stir violence in the natural realm.” He said hell will try to vex Christianity, and has declared open season on Christians. The ekklesia are to engage in the battle, using their authority to wage war on the powers of darkness on our altars of prayer, decrees and worship.

He said that in this war season the functioning ekklesia will rise to operate in higher realms of authority, and its advance will be very rapid. Rapid strikes will come against hindering spirits, government tyranny, and cultural systemic evils.

Simultaneously the world will see both the deployment of Heaven’s armies and the fierceness of hell’s battling. He said the fierceness of hell’s battling of God’s kingdom will be superseded by the fierceness of God’s wrath against their allegiance to Baal. God’s fierce deployment will engage and intercessors and the angelic will deploy strike missions to break strongholds of darkness and to wither iniquitous roots.

He admonishes us to not fear the war season but to anticipate the victories. This is a season when the ekklesia of God’s kingdom will elevate in greater levels of the dominion mandate, and an increase in bold authority from believers will be manifest.

God’s word to the ekklesia for this season is this: “Stop looking at your options. I am your option. I am your map. I am your guide. I have plans you have not seen yet but now will see.”

In this season, prophetic dreams and visions are connecting to their moment. Individual destiny is connecting to its moment. Plans for the time are connecting to their moment.

Tim said God has commissioned Michael to release sufficient warriors from his army to assist God’s ekklesia, and to assist this nation. We will fuel this angelic warfare which will lead to victories by our decrees of faith. It’s imperative we understand the Word and will of God, so that we are making righteous, powerful and timely decrees at the right time and place.

We are not to fear the giants in the land, but hunt them. We have to move into offensive positions against the enemies of God in the spiritual realm (which will often then manifest in the natural realm).

In this season of war, the ekklesia must come into agreement with the plans of God. How do we come into agreement with the plans of God? We must position ourselves to see His hand and hear His voice. Additionally, we must position ourselves firmly in the shelter of the Most High and under the shadow of the Almighty for our protection as hell and its minions declare open season on Christians. Our obedience to God and our intimacy with Christ are the guarantees of our protection. If we lose track of that and lose our positions in Him, we are vulnerable to the violence being waged in the spiritual that will indeed manifest in the natural.

A few months ago, the Spirit began moving me into an offensive position in a specific arena, and has been steadily giving me direction for how I am to proceed. Mine is not a unique position. God is doing that with His people all over our land. We are responsible not for “saving our nation”, but for obeying the direction of God for the realm He has given us authority in. While we hope and pray America can be saved from the destruction of its wicked rulers, we must focus individually on the battle field God has placed us personally in, and is equipping us for.

I’d encourage believers and disciples of Christ to seek Him about this word about a season of warfare before us, and how we’re to engage. If you missed the link to the word given by Tim Sheets, you can find it here: https://youtu.be/TZ2LSQ5Yd9k

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Cancel Culture is Cancelling itself

By Kathleen Marquardt

July 1, 2022

We are definitely living in interesting times. I’d have preferred the 1770s, but I’m here now. For decades we at American Policy Center have been arousing people to see what is actually going on in the world rather than being duped by the globalists’ propaganda arms, the MSM and the education system. Many people are opening their eyes, but that fact has been hidden by the press. Now, the Globalists, with their Cancel Culture, are opening more eyes than imaginable thanks to their hubris. They began to believe their propaganda – gotta love it! – and thought they had ‘turned’ enough of us into gullible fools or useful idiots.

They, the Globalists, are telling us meat, milk, tuna fish (and anything else natural, except centipedes) are killing us. So, we need to eat bugs to be healthy. Uh huh. I laughed. Even many deeply duped Leftists are gagging on that. How many cockroaches does it take to supply one gram of protein? And will they expect us to eat termites? Probably, because that would be one thing that would help reduce our carbon footprints – termites are more destructive to ozone than cow farts! Bon Apetit, Leftists. I will stick with red meat; I like to have a functioning brain.

Seriously, though, those wishing to take control of the world will help us bring themselves down like all previous wannabe masters of the universe. Yes, they have seduced a sizable portion of the population, but it is not as sizable as they would have us believe. The Globalists have studied, plotted, planned, and tested their hypotheses ad nauseum, but just like Communism, they cannot factor in, let alone control, all the variables needed. Maybe they expect to metamorphose themselves into God via Transhumanism. Good luck!

That doesn’t mean we aren’t in for, probably, the most horrendous times this Earth has ever seen. Noah and Lot were witnesses to cataclysmic events but, because the world now has billions of people, and because the Globalists are ‘all in’ for “whatever it takes”, we will be subject to a truly dystopian world.

While WW I was the “war to end all wars” but didn’t put off a worse war for much more than 20 years, we have been living in WWIII for decades. We didn’t notice because very few guns and no tanks or rockets have been used – yet. This is a war using the asymmetrical weapons of dumbing down, brainwashing, programing, psychological warfare, gaslighting, promoting fear and paranoia, fake pandemics, weaponized “medications”, destroying small businesses through shut-downs, allowing rioting by paid radicals, plus cancelling our culture and replacing it with fake and corrupting values, attitudes, and beliefs. Oh, and there are many, many more weapons being used against us. Obviously, the Globalists figure if we are aware of and fight off 500 of them, one of the other 9,000 should get us, amongst which are:

ESG (environmental, social, and governance) investing which, according to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, means:

ESG practices can include but are not limited to, strategies that select companies based on their stated commitment to one or more ESG factors —for example, companies with policies aimed at minimizing their negative impact on the environment or companies that focus on governance principles and transparency. ESG practices may also entail screening out companies in certain sectors or that, in the view of the fund manager, have shown poor performance with regard to management of ESG risks and opportunities. Furthermore, some fund managers may focus on companies that they view as having room for improvement on ESG matters, with a view to helping those companies improve through actively engaging with the companies.[1]

In simple English, that means if your company doesn’t toe the Marxist, Agenda 21/2030, Sustainable, anti-freedom line, you will be cancelled (or just ignored, shunned, and ridiculed until you learn to follow Big Brother or fail).

This, now, is combined with modern monetary theory (MMT), which only a person educated in our institutes of higher learning now can possibly comprehend. MMT contends that government can create more money – without any backing – just because it needs the money to support the federal spending on ESG issues (along with providing billions for war materials to Ukraine) and and and. Through these weapons, the Globalists are making our money worthless in order to continue wiping out the Middle Class. The COVID lockdowns made major inroads on that goal; this is to finish us off.

Add technocracy to the cache of arms, and they now have a mega-weapon in economics. While technocracy, like MMT and ESG, is made out of whole economic cloth, it, too, is an “invented and unnatural form of economics that expresses itself as totalitarianism and requires social engineering to work. Technocrats in the past defined technocracy as the science of social engineering; controlling the populace is crucial for the system to function.”[2]

Their plan is to not only change governance, but to physically change us humans, to “computerize” us. Then they can not only know everything we do when we do it, they can design us to do what they want us to do – even to die if we are useless eaters (or considered such by the global elite like Gates, Schwab, and their useful idiots – too many to list (starting with Fauci).

And don’t overlook PSYOPs, designed by the military for psychological warfare. Who knew they would use it on their own people (snark)? As Wikipedia states:

Psychological operations are operations to convey selected information and indicators to audiences to influence their emotions, motives, and objective reasoning, and ultimately the behavior of governments, organizations, groups, and individuals.

Television and movies were major tools in the PSYOPS bag, then they discovered they could use the make-believe of those media and feed it to the people as news. Why were so many so easily fooled? I would guess that one of the reasons is because just about every outlet in print and video was coopted. So-called journalists are now just talking heads, parroting what they are fed. And few notice or care. GIGO should be the buzzword of the day. A perfect example: many people believe the puppet regime in Ukraine is poor, picked on, and pure as the driven snow. They have no idea what is going on in that part of the world, the maneuvering vis a vis NATO, the oil issue, the displaced Russian population of Ukraine. If MSM’s greenscreen slips and shows the 2x4s holding up the screen, they don’t notice. The woke are not awake, they are hypnotized.

And pseudo Climate Change, the raison d’être. The Globalists, along with their cohorts, the Deep State, are pushing electric cars when they know that 1. they cannot produce enough batteries to supply the world with electric cars, 2. there are gross human rights violations occurring in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, 3. power to charge the batteries comes from electric power plants, and 4, last but certainly not least, these batteries are very damaging to the environment. But most of us realize that the issue isn’t the issue. It isn’t about developing sustainably, it is about bankrupting the middle class (who can afford these cars?) and driving people into Stack n’ Pack housing so they are easier to control.

Add to the list the sequestration of carbon, solar and wind power, “brownfielding” minority neighborhoods to drive the people out of their homes and businesses; there are dozens, if not thousands, of other weapons being used against us.

I was listening to a novel based in Shaker Heights, Ohio, the first planned community established in 1912. It was scary. The designers, the Van Sweringen brothers, were Shakers and railroad mogels (think James Hill, Jay and George Gould, Cornelius Vanderbilt, Edward Harriman, and Collis P. Huntington). The scary part is that, even then, people wanted to plan how everyone lived – and now, where and if they work, where they recreate, and if they are allowed to procreate.

We are being programmed to want to conform, not to stand out. When I was growing up, it was expected that we try to excel, stand out above the crowd. Now, we are to be a crowd – and if we are really good, we will be an unruly, angry, vengeance-seeking crowd (seeking vengeance for unknown atrocities committed in someone’s imagination.

If we truly want to fit in now, we must be indistinguishable from everyone else – Mao jackets, e-cigs instead of joints, tats instead of love beads, and multi or asexuality instead of sex, drugs, and rock n’ roll. But those were the start.

The scariest part for me is the fusion centers. We are being inundated with propaganda promoting the support of locking those up who disagree with the Sustainable Development lines promoted by the Globalists – and even those who want to own their own home on their own property un-supervised by a homeowners association. MSM watchers are becoming inured to hordes of rioters, a police state, and even their fellow citizens being locked-up for daring to speak out against Newspeak.

As I noted earlier, it is quite unlikely that the Globalist plan will pan out as they have so meticulously and duplicitously scripted. But dystopian will be descriptive of our everyday world, not a scene from a sci-fi novel. To make it somewhat less destructive, we need to now be working to stop the wheels of the Great Reset progress.

As Kat Stansell, Grassroots Outreach Coordinator for American Policy Center says, “Local action is the only way out of this. We’ve said it before, advocated for it, and built groups around the nation who have done some really good things. If you already have a Freedom Pod in your community, you are a step ahead, but now we must all go much further. We must build Freedom Rescue Platoons.”

Tom DeWeese gives great instructions on building Freedom Pods.

It is simple, and if you love what America was and can be again, you will find that it gives you a great sense of accomplishment every time you shut down one of useful idiots working so hard to destroy freedom for slavery. Give it a try.

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

https://www.investor.gov/introduction-investing/general-resources/news-alerts/alerts-bulletins/investor-bulletins-1?utm_source=google&utm_campaign=2022_nonbrand&utm_medium=search ↑
Patrick Wood, Technocracy News ↑

Heading In the Wrong Direction

By Glynn Adams

July 1, 2022

It seems to me that most Americans are now realizing that America is heading in the wrong direction. While we may disagree on the reasons why we are heading in the wrong direction, the fact remains we are heading in the wrong direction. In this article today, I want to present four reasons why America is heading in the wrong direction.

One thing that started us in the wrong direction is we are divided as a nation and the church is divided. Jesus said in Mark 3:25, “If a house is divided against itself, that house will not be able to stand.” A kingdom, a nation, a church, or a marriage divided against itself, cannot stand. America is so divided and so is the Body of Christ in America. Our enemies have worked hard to divide our nation and the church and if we won’t resist this division and work harder to unite us than our enemies did to divide us, we will continue in the wrong direction. No use for the details now; we either make the choice to unite or we will not stand!!! We must make the choice first: the Divided or the United States of America!!! When Satan is ignored and allowed to function openly without opposition, there will always be division.

The second reason for the wrong direction is a lack of knowledge. The Bible says in Hosea 4:6, “My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge. Because you have rejected knowledge, I also will reject you from being My priest. Since you have forgotten the law of your God, I also will forget your children.” I want to contrast lack of knowledge with ignorance. Knowledge is truth on a matter and ignorance is not that you are stupid and cannot learn. Ignorance is where you have been taught the wrong thing or you have been lied to and you believe the lie or you have ignored a truth.

Think about this – the area in your life where you don’t know truth or have knowledge, how much of a hindrance is that to you and your loved ones? How bad is the little things you are overlooking hurting you, your family, or nation? Proverbs says we perish for lack of knowledge. Are we going to ignore that? Satan is not yet in hell as many think so he operates in our ignorance. Satan operates in what you don’t know. When you are ignorant of a matter and you come into agreement with Satan, Satan has permission to affect your life with sickness or whatever he desires. Remember what happened to Adam and Eve when they came into agreement with Satan? And you “will” come into agreement with Satan if you don’t have the knowledge or truth of the Word of God on a matter. Remember the old saying, “What you don’t know can’t hurt you? That is a lie from hell!!! Terrible things can happen in what you don’t know. This is why the lies and deception of Satan are such powerful tools for him. Only knowledge of the truth can protect you from Satan and his ways.

I have never seen so much spiritual ignorance and lack of Biblical knowledge in our nation and in the church as it is today. We have absolutely no idea of the consequences of our ignorance on our everyday life. We depend too much on someone else for our knowledge. Today it is easy to believe a lie or be deceived. We are to study to show ourselves approved, dividing the Word of God. Most citizens or churchgoers have little to no knowledge of what is going on in this nation and why. Until we mature more and come to the knowledge of the truth, America will continue to go in the wrong direction. Our education systems in America are being used to destroy our seed and until we rid this nation of the Department of Education and give education back to the local communities, we will continue to head as a nation and church in the wrong direction.

The third reason for our wrong direction as a nation is we are ignorant of our Constitution and we are no longer living by it. It takes a moral and righteous people to maintain a Republic!! It is amazing how little we live by our Constitution as a nation and that is why we are heading in the wrong direction. Our Founding Fathers relied heavily on 700 years of blood bought history to form a Republic where WE THE PEOPLE HAD THE LIBERTY, POWER, AND AUTHORITY TO CONTROL THE Federal Government not the Federal Government having the power to control WE THE PEOPLE. They knew the repressive nature of a central government and what happens when that government gets too big and powerful.

When we abandon our founding documents and disregard our moral foundations as we are doing today, liberty is put in peril. One of the greatest deception and attack on our Republic has been the distortion of the very nature and framework of our governmental structure. Namely, the incorrect notion that the Constitution says the Federal Government in Washington, D.C. is the supreme boss over the States. In truth, it was not the Federal Government but the States and WE THE PEOPLE who were intended to retain the most power in our Republic.

The last paragraph of the Declaration of Independence gives us all we need to properly understand the difference between the modern misconception and the framer’s intent in regard to the Federal Government and the States. Our Founders saw our States as sovereign governments or nations just like Great Britain, France, or Spain. No mention yet of a Federal Government. If you read further in the Declaration of Independence, we can see even more evidence of the sovereign nature of these newly independent and sovereign States. It not only equates each new Sate with Great Britain in title but also in power, authority, and responsibility. “As Free and Independent States, they have full power to levy war, conclude peace, contract alliances, establish commerce, and to do all other acts and things which independent States may of right do.” The States could close our borders if they wanted to!!!

So the nature of the States is that they are sovereign, independent, and free governments that existed prior to the establishment of a Federal or Central Government in Washington, D.C. Hopefully, before it is too late, the citizens of this nation will cast off their ignorance and discover that the solution to controlling the Federal Government lies in the knowledge and application of the sovereignty of the States which they have possessed from the very founding of this nation and before a Federal Government was formed.

So the long term solution for the preservation of Liberty was to create a Federal or Central Government. It’s purpose would be to do as a single voice what the States would otherwise have to do individually. If foreign nations wanted to trade with our nation, instead of thirteen separate treaties and rules, this confederation of States in the form of a Federal or Central Government would allow for one treaty rather than thirteen. The intent of the Federal Government was to act in the States’ interests to protect and promote Liberty and prosperity within our borders. So the Federal or Central Government is a creation of the States by delegated power from the States. The Federal Government was intended to be an agent for the States, not rule over the States. The key to understanding that the Federal Government has no sovereignty of its own outside the power “delegated” to it by the States. The State Legislatures will jealously and closely watch the operations of the Federal Government and be able to resist every assumption of power and to be sure guardians of the people’s liberty so said James Madison.

Perhaps you have now seen why we are going in the wrong direction. Since the 1900s, a process carried out by the Bankers Cartel, our Presidents, our Congress, our State Governments, our Judicial and our Universities to deliberately distort and increase our Federal Governmental powers. For years now our trusted politicians and institutions were moving us further and further away from the intent of our Founding Fathers. Until we get back to our Founding Documents, America will continue heading in the wrong direction. (Thanks to Kris Anne Hall for her book, SOVEREIGN DUTY)

The fourth reason we are headed in the wrong direction is we no longer seek first the Kingdom of God and His righteousness.(Matthew 6:33) Notice Jesus did not say to seek Him first, but seek first His Kingdom. He is the Kingdom!!! Today we seek religion and a form of godliness. That is why we are heading in the wrong direction in this nation. So the best and wisest and most powerful man who ever lived – Jesus Christ made the Kingdom of God His message. He called it the Good News – the Gospel of the Kingdom. The “good news of the rule of God.” It is the only thing He called the gospel. “He went out preaching the gospel of the Kingdom.” (Mathew 4:23) He sent out His disciples to preach the gospel of the Kingdom of God. He used the phrase, “the Kingdom of God” or its equivalent a hundred times in the New Testament.

Jesus summed up His life purpose for coming to earth in these words, “I must give the good news of the Kingdom of God to the other towns also, for that is what I was sent to do.” (Luke 4:43) What did Jesus mean by this? He made it the first petition in the Lord’s Prayer, “Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven.” The second phrase explains the first, the coming of the Kingdom was the doing of the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven. How is that prayer working out for America with her churches on almost every corner? The rule of God has not come to America, Satan now rules America. Why is that? Because our churches don’t seek first the Kingdom of God; today we seek the church first but the church is not the kingdom. I’m going to make a statement here that every Christian in this nation is going to wish they would have seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness and….all these things will be added to you.

What are all these things that will be added to you? The Kingdom has benefits but it also has consequences if you don’t seek it first. Our government at this very time is deliberately setting us up for a food and water shortage in this nation. What are these things that will be added to you!!! If you will go up to verse 25 in Matthew 6, you will see the context of what things will be added to you. Don’t be anxious for your life as to what you shall eat, or what you shall drink; not for your body, what you will put on. God takes care of the birds, lilies of the field, So, if you seek the Kingdom of God first, all these things, food, where you live, and clothing will be added to you. Do you get it church in America? If you seek first the Kingdom, all these things will be added to you!!! However, if you do not seek first the Kingdom of God and His righteousness, all these things will be subtracted from you. In America today, these things are being subtracted by our government. HATH GOD REALLY SAID TO SEEK FIRST HIS KINGDOM?!! Yes, Yes!!

Matthew 24:14, Jesus tells us just how important this Kingdom is to Him. “And this gospel of the Kingdom shall be preached in the whole world for a witness to all the nations, and then the end shall come.” What? You show your ignorance when you declare Jesus is coming soon. We haven’t preached the Kingdom of God in this nation much less the whole world!!! Today pastors and church members seek the kingdom of Baptist, the kingdom of Pentecostals, the kingdom of Kenneth Copeland. Until HIS righteousness becomes OUR righteousness and we FORSAKE our Baptist or Pentecostal righteousness, we will continue in the wrong direction. This is why we are divided, why we are ignorant, why we can’t maintain our Constitution, and why Satan rules over us in America and not God. We are going in the wrong direction but if we will humble ourselves and repent; change our religious ways, God is a God of restoration and He will restore America!!!

God bless,

I remain His warrior and watchman.

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

The Time Is Now

By Pastor Mike Spaulding

July 1, 2022

However political parties may now and then answer popular ends, they are likely in the course of time and things, to become potent engines, by which cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the power of the people and to usurp for themselves the reins of government, destroying the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.[1] —George Washington

Welcome to 2022. If you’re like me, you’re not sad to see 2021 pass, nor for that matter 2020. Here in Ohio, we have experienced things I never thought possible, instigated by career politicians and the political machines that they serve or, is it, that serve them? In my opinion, the bare-naked corruption has never been more visible. The disaster that Americans are experiencing right now will not change unless we decide to take appropriate action to change our circumstances.

One thing among many that the last two years has cemented in the consciousness of a growing number of Americans is that elected representatives at both the state and federal level routinely disrespect those they claim to represent. This disrespect has been building for decades, but is now unmasked for even casual observers. The last two years pulled back the curtain and snapped the last threads of illusion. Politicians are wholly owned by corporations and foreign governments, as brokered by their lawyers and bag-men, also known as lobbyists.

The level of politicians’ disrespect of their sovereigns (you and me) is appalling; a demonically manifested arrogance that should cause self-respecting people to recoil in disgust. Today’s politicos have reached a level of arrogance that they do not fear reprisals from We the People. Indeed, the people are now persecuted, prosecuted, and described as domestic terrorists for standing on our Constitutional rights and especially those enumerated in our Bill of Rights. We must change this if Americans are to again live free.

As you have already surmised, I am an action advocate. I believe Americans, especially Christians, must govern our Republic. America was designed by our Founding Fathers to be a participatory Republic. Elected servants at every level and capacity serve at the pleasure of those who elected them and by the consent of those same people. This is embodied in the first three words of the Constitution, We the People.

With those words, we establish immediately that we are, collectively, the Boss. We are the final authority on what laws our Republic will uphold and what ideals and anti-God nonsense we will vehemently reject. This is the very heart of the opening paragraphs of the Declaration of Independence:

When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness. That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed. That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.

Over time, America’s political class has made itself an aristocracy. Conducting a type of clandestine law fare on their sovereigns, they have leveraged the power of the state to grow their own power and wealth while destroying the liberty of We The People that made their illicit success possible.

If We Can Keep It

As in every banana republic, notice how American politicians in local school boards, state house, and Congress accumulate wealth while in office. They do it by doling out favors which we used to call legislation, and contracts at the school board, city, and county levels. Under the granite domes in state capitols and Washington DC, they sell their votes; they merely sponsor, rather than write, legislation that is written by industry law firms.

And finally, in a mafia-style arrangement that Patrick Byrne has labeled deep capture, state and federal legislators maintain a massive, invisible, unaccountable ‘fourth estate’ of European-style regulatory agencies and bureaus that write regulations to stifle competition and line the pockets of favored corporations.

As the delegates walked out of the Philadelphia Convention in 1787, Lady Powell asked, “Doctor Franklin, what kind of government have you given us, sir?”, to which Ben Franklin replied, “A Republic, Madam, if you can keep it.” Franklin and the other Founders understood that a Republic of sovereign States under this Constitution required at least a critical mass of ‘We The People’ who would remain fully engaged in the process of oversight, to enforce the terms of the magnificent law we call the Constitution.

We Have Work To Do

The free, happy people as envisioned by the Founders, can never abdicate their authority and duty of oversight and swift, fair enforcement against servants who violate the highest law in our Republic, as stipulated by that responsible remnant, collectively called We the People.

It is painfully clear that many Americans for too long have enjoyed the blessings of America without giving back a measure of service and sacrifice; the only way to perpetuate the liberty bequeathed to us. Too many Americans receive without giving; eat of the bountiful harvest without volunteering to sow the next season’s seed and tend the fields until harvest. Americans have chores to do; and for Christians especially, those chores begin with perspective.

When people have massive amounts of information available to them that contradict the desired narrative, a choice must be made. Two opposing narratives cannot be true at the same time and context. Reality is not just what each individual says it is. Reality is truth and it cannot be hidden from those who have ears to hear and eyes to see. Truth is what is real and demonstrable.

When experts in the field of medicine, biology, physiology, and pharmacology all contradict with facts, research, and peer-reviewed studies what governments and their hand-picked ‘professionals’ say, the American people must understand that we have chores to do.

There is a heavy weight upon our necks and it is clearly preparation for tyranny. If we accept this burden now without complaint, those who fancy themselves our masters will speedily finish their wicked work of enslaving us all under their globalist plans.

If that sounds like an alarmist view to you, then you have been lulled into a stupor from which emotional position you are incapable of determining truth from lies.

Action Steps Needed

It is time to awaken to the stark truth that while we slept, while we raised our families, went to church, enjoyed our common civic blessings, evil people crept in and sowed our fields full of tares.

If 2020 and 2021 taught me anything it is that only those things done for Christ will stand. As recorded in the Gospel of Mark 13:32, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away but My words will not pass away.” The context of that statement is given beginning at verse 1, where Jesus is talking about the final days before His return. There will be much tribulation and persecution. We are seeing criminals lay the foundation for the same persecution of Christians in America that we see right now around the world. And the response from the church thus far has been largely silence, either from indifference or fear.

The surest thing we have is the Word of God and its promises, unlike the worthless promises from politicians and bureaucrats. The repentant remnant of We The People need to realize that:

1) We are in dire straits at felons’ hands. Stop sugarcoating this reality. Call the criminals what they are – criminals and traitors.

2) Politicians will not change unless they are forced to. That means visiting them in their offices and anywhere they happen to appear, and voicing with the most righteous indignation fitting their behavior, your vehement disapproval of their alleged service.

3) We must become responsible overseers of our servants. This means we must spend some time educating ourselves and others about how government really works, who is paying for the outrageous legislation coming out of Congress, and how we can oppose and negate this.

4) Faith without works is dead. So is prayer without action. We must refuse to think that someone else will do the hard work of maintaining our freedom. Allowing others the privilege and great responsibility of vigilance is exactly what has gotten us into the current mess.

5) Our duty, as stipulated in the Constitution, is to demand that every agency, bureau, department, and office of our servants obey the limits we stipulate in the Constitution, or face law enforcement action, as any other felon faces. This means we will be energetically active in every organ of our local political bodies, insisting on the rule of law for all.

6) We the People will only enjoy the liberty granted by God as our Founding Fathers envisioned, to the extent we do the law enforcement duties that we stipulate in the Constitution. We the People are the Grand Jury under the Constitution. We’ve been lied to and have had our rights to call public officials to trial stolen from us.

7) A strategy of playing defense only is defeat on the installment plan. If we do not achieve success in addressing this current darkness through communication and activism, then it is time to develop and implement a strategy to replace this current government at the federal level and every state government that is a model of the federal. I am not speaking of armed revolution but of massive coordinated protests, demonstrations, and blunt persuasion beginning at the grassroots level. Mayors, Council Members, and County Commissioners are your neighbors. They will listen to you when you have an irate minority of the same opinion.

At this point, you may agree in principle but have no idea where to start. We begin by creating networks of people who meet physically, communicate regularly, and execute on action projects that specifically address the things we know to be true in America as mentioned above.

America Is Our Land

Jesus said His words will not pass away. He never uttered a word that was not true and necessary. I remind you of one thing specifically that He commanded us to do, found in Luke 19:13 – “And he called his ten servants, and delivered them ten pounds, and said unto them, Occupy till I come.” (KJV) That means we are to serve our King Jesus by using the resources He gives us (ten pounds), advance righteousness, holiness, and just civil government. Conversely, we must strenuously oppose wickedness, evil intent toward our liberty, and attempted enslavement of our posterity.

We find ourselves in similar days to those of Nehemiah. The people lamented their condition; but notice that they also knew why wickedness had descended upon them and prevailed upon their land. Here is Nehemiah 9:36-37.

Behold, we are slaves today, and as for the land which You gave to our fathers to eat its fruit and its bounty, behold, we are slaves in it. And its abundant produce is for the kings whom You have set over us because of our sins; They also rule over our bodies and over our cattle as they please, so we are in great distress.

America is in distress. If Christians do nothing, evil will prevail. We must rise up together and begin to be an active force in our land. Public servants at every level must become familiar with our names and what we stand for. A healthy fear, reverence, and respect for the One we represent must once again grip Americans.

We can and must march together under the banner of King Jesus. We are overcomers because Christ has already overcome our foes. We are victorious because Christ has already won the victory. However, those victories must be secured in real time right now through action.

Every generation must prove its loyalty to King Jesus on the field of responsible action. Let us rise to the challenge, so that our legacy will be the testimony of our children, grandchildren, and great grandchildren that we did not shirk our duties nor shrink back from personal responsibility; that instead, we fearlessly put our shoulders into the work for the soul of America.

If we will do this, we will hear those words we all long to hear from our Lord on that glorious day, “Well done good and faithful servant. Enter into your rest.”

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

*This article has been revised and edited from a previous work in a booklet titled Tactical Civics for Pastors.

[1] This article has been revised from an earlier work. Some content has been removed from the original and other content added.

Losers Weepers

by Lee Duigon

June 30, 2022

Going back some decades, Democrats have frequently used the courts to ramrod new policies that had no chance of winning popular support. They smirked at our protests and kept right on doing it. Four examples spring to mind:

*Abolishing school prayer.

*The Kelo Decision (allowing government to seize private property and turn it over to developers ‘cause it’ll be good for everybody—a monstrous expansion of “eminent domain”).

*Same-sex “marriage,” by a 5-4 decision, Anthony Kennedy all by himself casting the deciding vote for a measure that never won majority approval in a referendum—not even in California.

*And of course the original Roe v. Wade, allowing the court to impose one-size-fits-all abortion policy on all 50 states.

Well, now the Dems are hopping mad because the Supreme Court has handed down four decisions that they don’t like:

*Allowing the people to use vouchers to send their children to religious schools.

*Allowing a high school football coach to perform silent prayer on the field without having his livelihood taken away.

*Affirming the right of law-abiding citizens to carry firearms for self-defense.

*And the big one, the one that has liberals screaming in the streets, undoing Roe v. Wade and allowing the states to draft their own abortion laws.

Those four decisions have driven Democrats absolutely crazy—even crazier than they were already. This one wants to impeach Supreme Court justices for voting against them. That one wants to pack the court with far-out lefty justices. And the other wants to abolish the Supreme Court altogether, although he doesn’t tell us how. And yet another had a plan to assassinate Justice Kavanaugh.

What’s there to say but “Now you know how we feel! All those years of being told the Court has ruled, we have to suck it up—but now it’s your turn! How do you like it?”

Oh, but this is too much! How dare the court whittle down the immense power of the government? How dare they interfere with the fundamental transformation of America? If you believe Whoopi Goldberg, the court’s next stop is to bring back slavery. Why you should believe such twaddle is between you and your psychiatrist.

Meanwhile, Democrats in Congress had 50 years (!) to codify Roe v. Wade and make it into a real law—and they didn’t. How many opportunities did they have to do that, and didn’t do it? They never even tried. And now they’re screaming bloody murder over it? Not a dry eye in the house.

Conservatives have always had misgivings about leaving it up to the courts, instead of the legislature, to “make law.” Toldja, toldja, toldja! Somewhere along the line we seemed to have lost our grip on self-government and every controversial issue wound up being decided by a judge somewhere, which was most emphatically not the way to do it. Issue after issue, Congress ducked. Again and again they went running to the courts. And now, to their intense consternation, it’s their ox that’s being gored. I wonder if their heads would explode if the Supreme Court ever ruled that school prayer is all right, after all.

Damn! There they were, getting everything they wanted from the courts—and suddenly SCOTUS has bitten them where it hurts. Live by the courts, die by the courts, sunshine. You asked for it.

Now what we need is a midterm election that’ll chase these loonies out of Congress and put the Democrat Party out of business.

Once and for all.

I have discussed these and other issues throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit; you’ll be annoying the Democrats when you do. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

SCOTUS Affirms Broad 2nd Amendment Protection

By Lex Greene

June 30, 2022

For the first time in about 200-years, the U.S. Supreme Court is on a Constitutional roll. In this case, the highest court in the land ruled strictly upon the basis of Constitutional text instead of on the basis of partisan political activism, as has been a practice in the courts ever since Jefferson warned about it repeatedly in the early 1800s.

“The original error [was in] establishing a judiciary independent of the nation, and which, from the citadel of the law, can turn its guns on those they were meant to defend, and control and fashion their proceedings to its own will.” (Jefferson letter to John Wayles Eppes, 1807)

This is essentially the definition of “judicial tyranny.” Jefferson witnessed the problem before the ink was even dry on the Constitution. Today, people often refer to it in much kinder terms, “judicial activism.” No matter what you call it, the act is “unconstitutional” on its face.

Unfortunately, few modern Americans know anything at all about their foundations of freedom and liberty, codified in the Charters of Freedom. Sadly, even many contemporary “constitutionalists” can’t seem to get it quite right, due to relying upon “experts” and “scholars” to tell them what the documents say and mean, rather than studying history themselves.

But here are the foundational facts related to our Charters of Freedom and Liberty.

The Declaration of Independence is our first “founding document.” It establishes why we separated from British Rule, formed a new sovereign nation of our own, on what authority, the Laws of Nature and Nature’s God, based upon certain “inalienable Rights” which were “endowed by our Creator.” It further established the most basic Rights and Duties of a free people, including what to do if our government ever became destructive of freedom and liberty.
The U.S. Constitution: Contrary to popular misconceptions, there is no such thing as “Constitutional Rights.” This document does not establish or grant any “Rights of the People” or even provide any direct protections for the “Rights of the People,” other than limiting that government to the enumerated powers granted it by the “consent of the governed.” This document pertains only to the Rights, Duties, systems, and limitations of the government it created. It has literally nothing to do with the “Rights of the People.”
The Bill of Rights: Again, contrary to misguided popular beliefs today, the Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of the “Rights of the People” either. But this document is an additional enumeration of specific items which the Federal Government is strictly prohibited from touching, at all, ever. The Bill of Rights is the only founding document that specifically protects the most basic natural Rights of the People, against government intrusions and infringements.

Now, the 2^nd Amendment is one of only ten amendments that make up the Bill of Rights, which would have been better titled as a “Bill of specific prohibitions of government powers.”

This particular amendment is very short and very specific, so as to not ever be misconstrued.

“A well-regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”

The amendment has four distinct sections, all with clear specific purpose.

The WHY section: “being necessary to the security of a free State;”

The WHAT section: “to keep and bear Arms;”

The WHO section: “the right of the people;”

The PROHIBITION section: “shall not be infringed.”

In proper complete context, the Amendment says and means “being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”

Of course, we need to address the “well-regulated militia” section at the opening of the Amendment. This terminology was used as a term of art for the era. As we know from well recorded history, the very first fighting force in what would later become the USA, operated under the command of the Continental Congress, made up of every able bodied man from the thirteen original colonies as established in 1775 for the purpose of the American Revolution.

It wasn’t until after the adoption of the U.S. Constitution in 1787 and the formation of the first Federal Government, that the branches we have today were formerly established as a uniformed Military under the command of the United States, for the protection of all member States and the Union of Sovereign States.

In other words, the American Revolution was fought by “We the People,” as no government or central federal command existed until after the adoption of the U.S. Constitution. It was years later that the USA formalized “uniformed branches of the U.S. Military.” Prior to this, a “militia” of, by and for ordinary people, was all that existed.

Once the USA formed their own government commanded branches of the military, militias have often been considered a thing of the past. However, the only defense the people have even today, against all enemies, foreign and domestic, to include a tyrannical government which turns its courts and military on the people themselves, is an armed citizenry with ultimate authority over all governmental bodies. Even the US Military itself, takes an oath to the Constitution and the People of the USA, not any politician.

Now, at the time of the adoption of the Bill of Rights, the term “INFRINGE” had the following meaning, and it still has that same meaning today. “To break, as contracts; to violate, either positively by contravention, or negatively by non-fulfillment or neglect of performance.”

Contravention means “Opposition; obstruction; a defeating of the operation or effect.”While the 1^st Amendment is specific to the authority of Congress (shall make no law), the 2^nd Amendment language applies to the Federal government in totality, “shall not be infringed” or “contravened.”

In closing, the 2^nd Amendment is not in any way “ambiguous,” and therefore, it is not left up to interpretations or the political whims of time. Therefore, as the Supreme Court just ruled, court opinions, statutes, executive orders, changing political policies, or the mere “non-fulfillment or neglect of performance” which “infringe” upon upholding an unregulated Right of the People to keep (possess) and bear (carry) arms, is a direct violation of the 2^nd Amendment and every oath of office. This protected natural Right of the People SHALL NOT BE INFRINGED…THE end!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

What Do We Do About The Homeless In America? Solutions!

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 30, 2022

Part 2: Are we too big a society? Are our cities to big? Loss of community. Too many corrupt politicians.

Louisiana Senator Kennedy said, “About 90 percent of Congress should be making license plates.”

When the woman who wrote me for solutions to the homeless problem in Los Angeles, she described her feelings of “homeless fatigue.” Yes, we must possess compassion for hundreds of thousands of Americans who either became homeless by their own poor choices, or by the economy and loss of jobs, and/or drug and mental problems. But when we see hundreds of thousands of them camped out on our streets, it causes emotional irritation and outright fear as to their crimes, craziness and emotionally warped minds.

No question! We’ve created a hell of a mess in America as to homeless and mentally unstable people.

I remember my time in the U.S. Army 1968-71. The Army promoted drunkenness as a “manly” way to conduct oneself. We suffer at least 20 million alcoholics in this country. Alcohol destroys marriages, kills hundreds of thousands on our nation’s highways, and creates mayhem in our courts as to murders, spousal abuse and child abuse.

But then, the Vietnam War produced a whole new generation of drug addicts from hash, heroin, meth, MJ…all the way to cocaine. We can thank Lyndon Baines Johnson and the Military Industrial Complex for all of that nightmare brought home by our disillusioned soldiers in an absurd war that produced nothing but death for the Vietnamese, and death and drugs for our men in uniform.

How did homeless begin? Are our cities too big? Is our society racing too fast for normal minds to cope?

When I bicycled through the endless homeless in San Francisco and Los Angeles, as well as my own City of Denver, I was/am struck by the utter hopelessness, misery and horror of those people living in tents, filthy conditions, lice, bugs, rodents and human waste on the sidewalks. All of it being allowed or promoted by the politicians of those cities. They pretend to care. They run campaigns on how they will solve the problem. Once in office, they don’t solve the problems.

I can only speak for Denver, but we are SO diverse racially and ethnically, that no one is on the same page. That’s probably the greatest tragedy of a multicultural and multi-lingual society. The Hispanics fight with the Whites and the Blacks fight against Hispanics and the Whites throw up their hands. They fight each other more than solve problems. Even when the solutions are SO obvious, they can’t compromise and engage those solutions.

In the next two parts of this series, you bring the solutions. I’m the messenger.

My simple solutions for the homeless in Denver:

Pass “no loitering” laws as to sleeping on sidewalks, in tents or anywhere in the streets. All tents, junk and other items will be picked up by the city and thrown into the trash. No begging laws to keep beggars off street corners.
If you’re arrested for sleeping on the streets or begging, you must be processed into a warehouse or other building, where you are required to spend the night in a room, in a bed, with a shower. Treat them with dignity, kindness and firm hand.
You cannot bring drugs, alcohol or other items into the warehouse.
You may see a counselor in the morning, or you may be allowed back onto the streets for the day.
Offer job counseling and training to all homeless.
If homeless people are kept off the streets by “no loitering” laws, it changes the dynamic. It makes them change their choices. Very few people want to sit in a jail cell.
Offer food banks to feed them. Job training. Drug addiction and mental counseling and rehab.
Have police secret informants catch drug dealers, arrest them, and jail for significant time.
Place National Guard troops along the entire 1,952 miles of the border with Mexico from San Diego to Brownsville, Texas. Stop the billions of dollars of drugs slipping over the border at will by the drug cartels. Shoot to kill drug mules or anyone pushing drugs over our borders. That would stop it very quickly. Since we suffered 107,000 opioid overdose deaths last year, and probably another 100,000 this year, I think the “shoot to kill” drug runners would be a small price to pay for saving another 107,000 American lives in 2022.
Force Mexico to stop allowing refugees to travel across Mexico to invade America. We could cripple their economy with our power to tariff them and stop them from allowing this invasion.

The following are from a Colonel in the U.S. Army:

— Concur with your idea of informants, very wise.

–Treat this as apolitical, as your friend says both administrations and political parties have failed.

–Build that warehouse where the elected officials live, building or occupying a warehouse in Pueblo to house the homeless is a long way away from Golden, my take until those elected see the problem in their backyards, nothing changes.

–Have a homeless advocate who has been homeless on the advisory board for the dept of social services.

–Kill the incentive

–No money for food, but food

–No ability to camp on the street in front of my home.

–PUT THE HOMELESS TO WORK! Inspect their areas, make them pick up their trash and roadside trash. They either work or they keep walking.

–Use the military medical services to augment the mental health support needed for the homeless. Now, I know, many will say, it’s not the problem of the military, some will even say what if a major war breaks out. Well, if we go to war, suspend the program and by the way, whose job is it. This is almost like the overpopulation problem. Because you and I live in the mountains and we don’t see overpopulation in Golden or Winter Park does not mean its non-existent and does not directly affect us.

–Stop the programs that supplement those not working and if any homeless are getting any type of government support, suspend it until they register and are either in mental health programs and/or working.

–We need a CCC! In the 30’s during the depression the President put a CCC in place to employ people. Imagine if we could take inner city kids absent of any father, in danger of joining a gang and even those that have and combine them with the homeless to get “Shit done that we need”.

Like what you ask, well start with taking care of the environment, building trails and living in the outdoors in tents all summer! Put them in Estes and Granby to work Rocky Mtn. National Park. What about fighting fires? Assisting road crews holding up that heavy sign that says, “stop and slow”. There are a million things we could use in this nation that we should not pay for, so let’s put a CCC together. Many will say in the 30’s the unemployment was 40% and now its 3%, true, but for the homeless, for the black and Hispanic youth, its 100% unemployed. This is not a program designed to punish a race, it’s a program designed to help our nation, teach youth a skill, and provide some supervision. How about this….any homeless youth or adult, any inner-city kid that completes two years of working for a government sponsored CCC gets 4 years of paid college!

Gotta go, lets chat soon, Keith

What are you solutions?

Part 4: More of your ideas.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

I’m Still Standing

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

June 30, 2022

Please forgive me if this commentary comes across as a little self-serving, but frankly, I don’t really give a damn what you think about it. In football parlance, I think I have earned my opportunity to “spike the football.”

Elton John echoed in my head last week as the SCOTUS ruled in favor of football coaches praying with their players. I was sued by the ACLU in 1997 for doing just that. Vindication has been a long time coming…and it is for that reason I am spiking the ball today.

“And don’t you know I’m still standing better than I ever did? Looking like a true survivor, feeling like a little kid. And I’m still standing after all this time. Picking up the pieces of my life without you on my mind. I’M STILL STANDING.”

In 1997 our life was turned upside down when the ACLU came knocking on the schoolhouse door and accused me of violating the “separation between church and state” by the despicable act of actually BEING a Christian in a secular setting. I fought for 2 years against that Luciferian organization and their acolytes as they did their best to drive me and my Christian faith from the public square.

I fought them and I fought them hard…often times standing alone…as the cowardly pastors in our community hid under the pulpits. (See: Enemies Within: The Church) They called me a law-breaker. They whispered that I wasn’t acting in a Christian way by not following Romans 13. They told me I was making Christianity look bad. They told me I should comply with Lucifer’s edicts. They turned me into the villain…for unashamedly presenting Christianity to America’s public-school children.

It appeared to have cost me and my family nearly everything. But it was an investment…not a cost.

But I want you to know that today…this week…I feel a great sense of vindication. I was right in 1997 and I am still right today. NO ONE CAN MAKE A LAW AGAINST PRAYING. Free exercise means…well…free exercise. God gave me the right to pray and only God can take that right away.

Not some disgruntled parent. Not some cowardly superintendent. Not some agnostic principal. Not some terrorist in a black robe being prompted by the Luciferian ACLU. The right to pray is inalienable…endowed to me by my Creator…no matter how much someone else doesn’t like it. CONGRESS SHALL MAKE NO LAW…that’s pretty clear to me. How about you? Is it clear to you?

Free exercise of religion CANNOT be restricted. Period. Courts don’t make law. A court opinion is just that…and opinion. Opinions, even those offered from the highest court in the land, are not laws. Congress makes laws….and Congress shall make no law.

This week our local media circled back to a 25-year-old story. The Luciferian ACLU still don’t understand they lost. You can watch the 2-minute clip here.

But that is not the purpose of this reflection. I am not a martyr, although I would be honored to be one. This is not about ME, but about the faithfulness of Jesus Christ.

He promised us in the Word that “all things WORK TOGETHER for good to those who love the Lord and are called according to his purpose.” Notice that it doesn’t say that all things WILL BE GOOD…but that He will make good come from it. All things work together for good…

I was struck today as I reviewed the short media clip at just how biased the media is against Christianity and how focused they are on creating a narrative. You see it everywhere you look…the media is doing it’s best to overthrow the recent court rulings because it doesn’t fit the paradigm that they are trying to program all of us into.

Christianity is bad…don’t you know? And now this evil SCOTUS is going to try and shove liberty down your throats, after nearly 60 years of absolute tyranny. The Luciferian Left are sore losers. They hate the fact that they have lost the power center of the SCOTUS. Now they can no longer force tyranny upon us through “court opinions.” Thank you, Donald Trump. The American people do not agree with the Luciferian Left agenda.

Not one of the radical social agenda changes have come from the vote of the people. ALL of them have come from “opinions” of Left-leaning judges. It is a new day in America.

Someone asked me what I thought as I watched the interview with the media hell-bent on making me look like a religious tyrant.

“Where are the witnesses on my behalf”, I asked myself. “Why doesn’t the media call for testimonies from the literally thousands of lives who have been impacted by the strong Christian stand I have taken? The line of testifiers would be around the block…

The story of lives changed by the influence of one Christian man who refused to bow. Families impacted by the lessons learned by the young men whom we coached. Men who have become wonderful fathers, husbands, business owners, community leaders. Why won’t they show the fruit of the Christianity that we shared with hundreds of young people over the years?

Without sounding arrogant, we are impacting more lives TODAY than we ever could have locked up in a locker room in some high school in America. Our impact is reaching the world…the masses. Heck, YOU are reading this article because the ACLU hates me and what I stand for. I thank God everyday for allowing me to go through that painful experience 25 years ago.

Look friends, we are in a war. The “world” hates Christians and the Christ we claim to serve. There are casualties in war. The landscape of America is strewn with the broken lives of those who have been destroyed by governmental and educational liars. It was our job to stand in the gap for them and teach them the ways of Truth. We have dropped the ball. It is time to pick it back up.

Now, more than any time in American history, Christians must stand boldly and publicly for the TRUTH. Will it come at a cost? Probably. Will you ever recover your losses? Maybe.

Standing for Jesus is the most gratifying thing you will ever do. Scarred and wounded, despised and shunned. Hated of all men for the Lord’s sake. Being a Christian isn’t for sissies. Look what the lord has done. He is faithful. Vindication.

I’m still standing.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Christianity: This Isn’t The Military! Oh, Yes It Is!

By Bradlee Dean

June 29, 2022

“We are sent to make war and to stop short of nothing but the subjugation of the world to the sway of the Lord Jesus.” -William Booth

When I look at the present state of the American Church, or so it is called, I wonder what it is that men do not see (Jeremiah 5:21).

A couple of years back I remember a very immature woman (Who simply had a head knowledge of the Word of God in part, not understanding that God speaks to the heart and not the head in producing testimony (2 Timothy 2:6). This woman said about Christianity, “This isn’t the military, you know!”

This is, of course, an enemy of the cross (Philippians 3:18), one that loves to dance around the cross rather than actually bear the cross (Matthew 16:24). There sure is a lot of this going around today. No wonder why no one can take them seriously. These are the same ones that have taken on the modern version of another gospel, which Paul warned of preaching (Galatians 1:8).

Yet, on the other hand, there were those who bore the cross, understood the power of God unto salvation (2 Corinthians 11:23-26), who were partakers of the afflictions (2 Timothy 1:8), and were found to have endured as good soldiers of Jesus Christ (2 Timothy 2:3).

Green New Deal Would Barely Change Earth’s Temperature. Here Are the Facts

There was a reason the Lord told us to follow them that went before us in the faith (Hebrews 13:7) and to go back to the old paths that we would know peace (Jeremiah 6:16).

You will notice, when looking to the men of old (Jeremiah 6:16) that were called Christians, that they were tried in the furnace of affliction and how they emerged and came out as more than conquerors (Romans 8:37).

E.M. Bounds is one such man.

In conclusion: Let me give you a quote which explains what many in America today do not understand when it comes to the contrast between the old Gospel and the modern-day Gospel.

“God’s church is a militant host. Its warfare is with unseen forces of evil. God’s people compose an army fighting to establish His kingdom in this earth. Their aim is to destroy the kingdom of Satan and to erect the kingdom of God over its ruins, which is “Righteousness”, and “peace”, and “joy” in “The Holy Ghost.” This militant army is composed of individual soldiers of the Cross, the armor of God is its defense, and prayer is the added power that crowns it all.”

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

The Knights of Senator Johnson’s Round Table

By Cherie Zaslawsky

June 29, 2022

The one and only good I see coming out of the Covid Plandemic and catastrophic, quasi-mandatory vaccine policies, is that we’re seeing some Americans emerging as heroes during this dark time.

Many of us have long since known the names of key villains in our fight for the Republic and for liberty—people in the psychopathic billionaires’ club such as George Soros, Bill Gates, Klaus Schwab, Ted Turner, —and lesser, but equally destructive players, such as the Clintons, the Bushes, the Bidens, Pelosi, Newsom, Canada’s Trudeau, France’s Macron, etc.

But most of us likely had never heard of Dr. Scott Atlas, Dr. Lee Merrit, Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, Dr. John Ioannidis, or the U.K.’s former Pfizer VP, Dr. Michael Yeadon. Along with dozens of others, these men and women have risked their careers by taking a stand to save lives and speak the truth—which, in a time of universal deceit, as Orwell warned us, has become a revolutionary act.

THE KNIGHTS EXPOSE A MASSIVE CRIMINAL CONSPIRACY

But, lest we forget, I want to focus on a particular group of similarly remarkable men and women who, in January of this year, participated in a 5-hour hearing conducted by another hero who has taken a brave public stance: Senator Ron Johnson.

Senator Johnson (R-WI) has emerged as perhaps the most courageous, principled and insightful man in Congress—and I do mean both houses. Here’s a short sampling of our true American heroes featured in this roundtable: Dr. Peter McCullough, Dr. Pierre Kory, Dr. Paul Marik, Dr. Harvey Risch, Dr. Aaron Kheriaty, Dr. Christina Parks, and a number of others including some brave nurses, some tragically vaccine-injured individuals, and a pair of formidable attorneys including firebrand Tom Renz, fighting for doctors and their patients.

Speaking of Thomas Renz, even among so many horrific tales, his brief presentation was mind-blowing. Attorney Renz, working with several brave DoD whistleblowers who furnished him with data we weren’t supposed to see, shocked the room with his findings: among our mandatorily-vaccinated military, miscarriages increased by 300%, cancer by 300%, and serious neurological disorders by 1000%. Says Renz, “Our soldiers are being experimented on injured, and sometimes possibly killed.”

DOD CAUGHT RED-HANDED

Senator Johnson followed up by sending a letter to DOD Secretary Lloyd Austin, in which he wrote:

“Based on data from the Defense Medical Epidemiology Database (DMED), Thomas Renz, an attorney who is representing three Department of Defense (DoD) whistleblowers, reported that these whistleblowers found a significant increase in registered diagnoses on DMED for miscarriages, cancer, and many other medical conditions in 2021 compared to a five-year average from 2016-2020. For example, at the roundtable Renz stated that registered diagnoses for neurological issues increased 10 times from a five-year average of 82,000 to 863,000 in 2021.”

I wish I could say that this became front page news throughout our nation. But instead, the DOD, with backup support from the Leftwing rag Politifact, ran to the rescue with damage control. Politifact’s Jeff Cercone had the gall to announce there had been a “glitch” in the data. More brazenly yet, DOD spokesman Peter Graves claimed the entire Defense Medical Epidemiology Database (DMED) was discovered to have been wrong from 2016 to 2020—meaning it can’t be used for comparison to assess any anomalies in 2021. Hmmmm… Graves announced DMED has been “taken offline” to “identify and correct the root-cause of the data corruption.”

Anyone think we need Sherlock Holmes to identify the root cause of this mess? Forget the fake “data corruption”—I mean the real thing: the DOD’s corruption! I guess it was too late for them to simply erase the injuries the whistleblowers had discovered among the vaxxed, so they went for the other side of the equation instead—nullifying the grounds for comparison.

THE REAL EXPERTS

All told, Senator Johnson’s five-hour roundtable delivers a shocking exposé of the American medical system gone completely off the rails. The stories these brave men and women told brought some of them to tears, as they did this viewer.

These are the real experts—men and women who went into medicine for the right reasons—to actually heal patients. It is heart-wrenching to watch Dr. Marik announce that the hospital he’d worked out for decades tied his hands, refusing to allow him to treat his patients with proven safe and effective therapeutics. Here’s what this expert physician said, while blinking away his tears: “I had to stand by idly, watching these people die!” Dr. Marik is the only one present whom I heard use the word “evil”, though he applied it only to the hospital and its phony review board as they stripped him of his hospital privileges, ending a stellar decades-long medical career.

And another of our nation’s most distinguished and highly esteemed physicians, Dr. Peter McCullough, may even lose his license to practice medicine if the American Board of Internal Medicine has its vindictive way. His crime? Trying to save lives—I mean spreading “misinformation.” It doesn’t get more Orwellian than this.

ALL ROADS LEAD TO THE “VACCINES”

If you connect the dots, it quickly becomes apparent that all the atrocities we’ve seen—from denial of therapeutics, to enforced use of Remdesivir, to pumped up “positive cases” through inaccurate PCR tests, to vaccine mandates, etc.—serve to ensure and promote widespread inoculation with a novel, highly experimental, genetic-disrupting “vaccine technology.”

How so? Well, the rampant PCR testing at high threshold cycles makes it look like we have a “pandemic” crisis, as the numbers of “cases” climb. This ramps up fear and makes it more likely people will willingly take the sometimes fatal shots.

The deaths of thousands of our countrymen resulting from the horribly cruel denial of safe therapeutics such as Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine, various steroids, etc., is likely viewed as mere collateral damage by the perpetrators of this heinous crime, as they needed to preserve the Emergency Use Authorization for the Pfizer, Moderna and J&J “vaccines.” You see, if doctors everywhere started saving lives by using safe, repurposed and readily available drugs, Big Pharma would lose its Get Out of Jail Free card: the EUA that protects them from liability. Not only that, but the “emergency” disappears if Covid becomes treatable with therapeutics. And they couldn’t have that, now, could they?

And what about hospitals forcing Fauci’s Favorite “Remdesivir” on helpless patients—a drug known to cause kidney failure? As I learned from Robert F. Kennedy’s blockbuster book “The Real Anthony Fauci,” nurses have dubbed this drug “Run-death-is-near.”

Why inflict this on patients? Well, there’s a hefty perverse incentive, as hospitals receive huge bonuses for every “Covid death” and even more if they prescribe Remdesivir, and another lump sum for finishing the patient off on a ventilator. Hmmm… Besides, isn’t death of the victim the purpose of bio-weapons? So if Covid didn’t do the job, they evidently have their hospital backup plan, as attorney Thomas Renz and brave whistleblowers have documented. Renz estimates hospitals that play this game get around $100,000 per “Covid” patient.

CO-OPTING THE MEDICAL PROFESSION

So how do you get hundreds of hospitals and thousands of physicians to perform in lockstep? Simple—though the Rockefeller/Gates/JohnsHopkins consortiums spent a good deal of money to figure this out.

You use two trusted methods: bribery and threats. You bribe the venal and the pushovers, and you threaten those who seem to have a stronger moral compass.

Sadly, as we’ve seen, the majority succumb to these pressures. It is not an easy decision to risk losing one’s medical license and therefore livelihood and means of supporting one’s family. It takes courage—what Aristotle called the first of the virtues, upon which all the others are dependent—and, as we’ve seen writ large in the past few years—it’s rare.

THE BILLION DOLLAR QUESTION

After listening to several hours of horror stories about unnecessary deaths from Covid-19, and maiming and deaths off the charts from vaccine injuries, I think it was Senator Johnson who asked the key question: Why?

Why are the CDC, FDA, NIH, medical boards, hospitals, etc., all seemingly on board with such obviously cruel and unusual practices?

Dr. Pierre Kory provided this answer: “Corruption!” “They’re putting profits ahead of lives!”

Well, yes, we see the money sloshing around, and hospitals, Big Pharma, and Dr. Mengele Fauci, among others, are making out like bandits, but as for the “why” question, I beg to differ. After all, we’ve seen corporate corruption and profiteering at the cost of lives before. Take the tobacco industry moguls. They knew cigarettes caused lung cancer fairly early on. But hey, there was big money to be made. So…they hid that knowledge and kept selling cigarettes.

That’s how corruption works. It’s got to be secretive. But that’s not what we’re seeing now. The downright coldblooded murder of our fellow citizens in hospitals is not hidden. Nor is the carnage from the vaccines for anyone who knows how to search for it on the internet. Besides, given enough time, the truth will out. And Senator Johnson and the heroes he assembled are doing their best to speed that up.

MOTIVE AND OPPORTUNITY: THE GREAT RESET

So if it’s not primarily about money and corruption, what could the motive be?

Ask Dr. Michael Yeadon, former Pfizer VP in the UK. Early in this saga, Dr. Yeadon detected a “whiff of evil.” He was the only one at that time who used that word, thus making him one of my early heroes, since I detected that same whiff.

What Senator Johnson’s group may not understand is that America, and indeed, the world, is now in the grip of evil. We’re in the End Game of the psychopathic billionaires’ One World Government club, and they long since announced they want to drastically reduce the world’s population. And they didn’t mean over the next hundred or two hundred years. They mean in the next three to five years. Make that in the next seven years, if you sense a Biblical connection.

We’re witnessing planned genocide being enacted. The parallels with Nazi Germany are legion. I was horrified listening to Dr. Richard Urso saying that in the early days of Covid, hospitals would not only refuse to let family members enter the room of their loved one who was dying, but after death, they would not release the body to the family for burial! What did they do? They incinerated it! The Nazis would have been proud.

The globalist cabal call it “depopulation” which is Orwellian doublespeak for mass murder. That’s why this is happening, Senator Johnson. These maniacs have bought up politicians, medical associations, hospitals, doctors, and the entire mainstream media which they use as their PR mouthpiece day in and day out. They own the narrative. And while they and their minions like Fauci and Big Pharma moguls no doubt love the blood money they’re raking in, the New World Order oligarchs don’t need money—that’s not what they’re after. They want absolute power and they want a much smaller population to control. They’re simply culling the serfs.

The globalist cabal behind this entire evil agenda are all in for maximum deaths of those they likely regard as “useless eaters” after the manner of past psychopathic power-mongers like Stalin.

And of course all their Covidian machinations translate into preserving the all-important narrative: the world’s first never-ending “pandemic,” necessitating never-ending vaccine booster shots, digital vaccine passports, digital currency, tracking, tracing, 24/7 surveillance, ID2020, Social Credit Scores, the Great Reset, and Internment Camps for dissidents, while everyone else will “own nothing and be happy” under a One World Government that makes Orwell’s masterpiece 1984 look like a walk in the park.

That’s why they’re doing what they’re doing.

And that’s why they must be stopped!

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

Americans v. Demonic Democrat Socialists

By Lex Greene

June 29, 2022

The battle for the heart and soul of the USA was brought into vivid focus last week with two landmark Supreme Court decisions that should have been properly settled many years ago. Congratulations to the current SCOTUS members who had the intestinal fortitude to finally set the USA on a proper Constitutional, moral and ethical path in these two critical decisions.

The two decisions secure the Bill of Rights protection for every legal lawful American Citizen to keep and bear arms for self-protection, both inside the home and outside of the home (1) – and secure the most basic human Right to Life itself, guaranteed in our Declaration of Independence (2).

“…the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”
“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable Rights, that among these are Life,”

Ironically, these two high court decisions launched Obama’s street mob (BLM & ANTIFA) into blatant acts of “sedition and insurrection” taking place in democrat controlled cities across the country. This is resulting in the clear battle lines being vividly drawn between Pro-Life Pro-Freedom Americans and their enemies, the demonic democrat socialists currently identifying themselves in the streets, on the news media, and the halls of government.

Before I go any further, I need to state for the record that I am not calling for or even hoping for a war between Americans. I am simply foretelling the natural consequences of very poor decisions made by a very sick society.

The warring sides are now in stark contrast to each other. Based on my many years of research on the evolution of American society, I believe the nation falls along the following lines.

DEMONIC DEMOCRAT SOCIALISTS – better identified as America’s death cult, is at best represented by approximately 30% of the current U.S. population, many of them invaders from foreign 3^rd world countries, the rest largely young public school and college indoctrinated dimwits who have no connection with reality at all.
STRONG AMERICANS – is represented by approximately 30% of the population and determined to re-secure the foundations of freedom, liberty, decency, sovereignty, and security for all future generations, at any cost, as codified in our Charters of Freedom. This group is largely made up of former service members, who have put their own lives on the line for freedom and liberty at some point in their lives.
THE GO-ALONG TO GET-ALONG – is represented by approximately 40% of the U.S. population. This group usually sits everything out on the sidelines, unless it directly impacts their lives or threatens their economic standing. Even then, they are prone to remain silent until forced to speak.

After decades of blatant lies via the democrat party, their mainstream press, their social media and outright lies, Group A is very likely beyond salvation today. The facts are of no interest to this group at all. It simply does not matter to them what the truth is, they have adopted their own truths, based on blatant political lies. Most if not all in Group A, cannot ever be reached now. Sooner or later, the rest of the country will be forced to meet them in streets, because they will simply keep destroying our country until they are destroyed.

Group A is quite clearly willing to KILL and destroy to get what they foolishly want. But are they ready to die for their evil demonic causes?

Group B will not take no for an answer either, at some point. So far, they have been willing to attempt every peaceful option for solving the problems dumped upon every American citizen by Group A. They have been very measured in their activities and efforts to address the critical issues facing our nation via both political and legal processes. But sooner or later, those in Group A who have declared war on America from within, will force Group B to take the battle more seriously. When that moment arrives, Group B will be forced to show Group A, no mercy at all.

Now, Group C is in the driver’s seat in this regard.

How Group C swings on these issues will determine how peacefully the USA can be returned to a moral, ethical, and constitutional nation. This group can no longer afford to go-along to get-along. They must take a stand, one side or the other, and they need to do it fast.

If Group C shifts to the all-American side on these critical issues, the hardcore demonic left will be so grossly outnumbered, in the streets and in the elections, that they can be defeated peacefully.

But if Group C shifts to the wrong side, or continues to sit on the sidelines, this war cannot be settled peacefully. Push is fast coming to shove between the two warring factions. Only Group C can prevent all-out war between the two, by getting off the fence and on the morally right side of this fight, fast.

It’s very important to remember that the Pro-American Pro-Life Citizens never declared war on anyone in the USA. If anything, they have been far more tolerant than they should have ever been.

Instead, the global demonic democrat socialists have declared war on the USA and every true American. Americans have been far more tolerant than they should have ever been, or than I ever would have expected. But the clock is fast running out for the street mob that has declared open war on America. Soon, American’s will meet them in the streets.

Sadly, the indoctrinated left has no clue what danger they have put themselves in. But all decisions come with natural consequences. They are bringing hell on earth upon themselves, and they have no idea what’s coming.

Group C needs to get off the fence and take a stand. Group B needs to stop messing around, unify and get organized. And Group A, well they had best find God soon!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Will the January 6 Committee Fuel Civil War in America?

By Steven Yates

June 28, 2022

I’ve written frequently of narratives and of what has become one of the biggest fault lines in the American body-politic: the clash between those who firmly believe Election 2020 was stolen and those who call this “the big lie.”

The latter is the official narrative in Corporate Media, and it is the official narrative of the January 6 Select Committee. Both have refused from the start to consider any possibility that the election was stolen, however it was done and by whom. This included many of Trump’s own people, including his attorney general. One side is holding most of the cards right now while those they label “insurrectionists” sit in prison, their lives ruined.

Millions of people believe Election 2020 was stolen. Multiple polls show that almost 70 percent of Republicans think so, and some 28 percent of Independents agree. Forty percent of Americans doubt that Biden won legitimately. That is a substantial fraction of the population whom Corporate Media and the January 6 Committee are shutting out of the conversation and further alienating.

I’ve discussed my own evidence — which was available on the morning of November 4, 2020 to anyone with an Internet connection and able to read graphs. And as much hysteria as death threats against Adam Kinzinger (RINO—Ill.) generate, this cuts both ways: some who signed affidavits under penalty of perjury testifying to wrongdoing at polling places have dropped from sight because of such threats against them or family members — or the sort of campaigns of personal destruction today’s Corporate Media presstitutes specialize in. These people do not have a Congressman’s resources to protect themselves. Even a former Justice Department official, Jeffrey Clark, had his home raided early June 23. He was put out in the street still in his pajamas, while the thought police seized his electronic devices. Clark’s thought crime: he did not accept the official narrative and communicated to Georgia election officials that there was sufficient evidence of fraud in that state to warrant investigation.

Those who respond “there’s no proof of election fraud” misunderstand something, and it might be useful to sort it out, because proof and evidence are slippery concepts.

Absolute proof does not really exist outside pure mathematics and formal logic. I can’t prove that you exist or that the sun will come up tomorrow morning—although basic physics supplies very strong evidence of the latter, at least.

Evidence is not proof. Evidence can be reinterpreted, so that it seems to be something other than it is. Or it can be blacklisted (dropped down the memory hole) and its advocates labeled “conspiracy theorists” to discredit them so that whatever they claim is ignored. Or deemed a “lie.” Note that calling someone’s evidence-claim a “lie” is stronger than calling it “false.” People make innocent mistakes and get things wrong. Accusing them of promoting a “big lie” implies not mere wrongness but malicious intent.

Bottom line: no, we don’t have absolute proof of a stolen election. But we do have evidence, in the form of those hundreds of affidavits that have been memory-holed as well as the video evidence provided in Dinesh D’Souza’s 2000 Mules and in Mike Lindell’s films.

The fault line now appears uncrossable. Trump called on the January 6 Committee to urge consideration of “the irrefutable evidence of massive and totally pervasive election fraud….”

Response: Trump is calling for “the impossible” because “it never happened.”

That’s the denial.

A characteristic of clashing narratives is that those on one side, where sometimes an entire worldview is at stake — or a view of one’s country and how it really works — is that they literally cannot see or hear what has been made available by the other side. Exemplifying this is William Barr’s testimony before the committee trying to refute 2000 Mules. While observing the two million or so cellphones in use on any given day in a big city such as Atlanta and that hundreds are likely to have been in the vicinity of one of those mail-in ballot boxes, he utterly fails to see that the film was about what was happening at night, during wee hours of the morning, which is when the fraud would have taken place. This is when the vote spikes I’ve mentioned were recorded.

Such things seem literally invisible to those who believe the dominant narrative.

This is not mere hair-splitting. This fault line is tearing at the very fabric of the country, including the Republican Party itself which is fully divided between its Establishment (represented by Liz Cheney, Kinzinger, etc.) versus Trump and his supporters. The Establishment has a seat at the table of the center of power. The latter were kicked out of a militarized Washington on January 21, 2001.Caught in between are the Jan-6ers, the now more than 840 political prisoners who breached the Capitol on January 6.

What is bad is that there may be no “rational” resolution to this. Kitzinger has warned, and about this he may be right, that it presages a “messy” Election 2024, especially as among Republican candidates for this fall’s midterms are some who do not accept the dominant narrative. Stolen-election allegations are not going to go away.

What is worse is that the January 6 Committee (as I wrote a couple weeks ago) is laying out a path for Trump to be prosecuted for a crime, for having instigated the January 6 “insurrection” which is part of the dominant narrative. This would be something the Justice Department headed by Bidenista Attorney General Merrick Garland would pursue. The accusation would be that Trump tried to stage a coup to reverse the results of a democratic election.

The real Establishment motive, I am convinced, is to prevent a Trump candidacy and likely victory in 2024 (because the Democrats have no one), continuing the derailment of globalism we had begun to see by 2018-19. Recall that by all official measures the mid-2019 U.S. economy was roaring: the Dow was at an all-time high, unemployment was at record lows including for African-Americans, gas prices were under $2/gallon, and inflation was nearly nonexistent.

All now memory-holed….

Trump remains characteristically coy about his exact plans — but he just set about circumventing any conclusions or recommendations the January 6 Committee reaches/makes by declaring his candidacy for 2024 ahead of the 2022 midterms, unprecedented as this would be. And then simply refuse to withdraw his candidacy if/when the Justice Department tries to charge him with a crime, alleging politically-motivated persecution.

Then what?

Whatever Trump does, his base contains elements who will consider accusing Trump of a crime not mere persecution but an act of war. They will respond accordingly. Label them “extremists” all you want. That’s just another word (like “conspiracy theory”). They won’t care. We should all note that gun sales have gone through the roof. It seems clear that unlike Australia,the thought that red-blooded Americans will give up their guns are probably delusional. Millions are instead prepping for things to get ugly!

The January 6 Committee is widening this fault line, a process likely to continue until it is not merely uncrossable but with the right trigger(s), leads to open violence. What happened on January 6 will look like a school cafeteria food fight by comparison. Especially should Corporate Media go beyond demonizing those who are sure the election was stolen and the Bidenista Justice Department starts doing to them what the thought police did to Jeffrey Clark. Am I advocating a violent response? Of course not! But I can scold as much as I like that conservatives ought to set out to form autonomous communities and prepare to separate from the globalist-controlled regime, but I do not think many such people are reading — and will not, in any event, be in any mood to “be reasonable” if the man they consider a hero, who set out to reverse the direction the country has gone in since the 1970s, is prosecuted from inside the swamp he tried to drain in the manner of a banana republic.

It will be a civil war by any other name, and as many have argued persuasively, because of the lack of clear geographical divides — red states contain many blue enclaves and blue states contain red enclaves — such a war will be magnitudes messier than the war fought from 1860 to 1865 which conventionally goes by that name.

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock, 2021) is available here and here.

Steven Yates blogs at Lost Generation Philosopher, and has begun writing a philosophy course centered on freedom, its preconditions, and the choices a person must make in order to have it.

Do you wish me to continue? Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Abortion Protesters are Entirely Ignorant of the Facts

By Lex Greene

June 28, 2022

Democrat Socialist politicians and entertainment personalities have been telling American women that they have a “constitutionally protected Right to murder their children in the womb” ever since the fatally flawed Roe v. Wade ruling. It has always been a complete and total outright lie. No such Right exists anywhere in the Constitution or Bill of specifically protected Rights.

As always, democrat socialist politicians and activists depend upon the complete gross ignorance of their constituents for their own political power. Even the most blatantly obvious lies pass without any questions from leftist voters and recent Supreme Court rulings proves the point beyond any doubt. Their entire protest is based upon a set of well-circulated purposeful outright lies, perpetuated by democrat socialists for decades.

None of our Rights come from the U.S. Constitution at all

Not only does the U.S. Constitution NOT protect or even mention any Right of Abortion, but it also doesn’t mention any Rights of the People at all, anywhere in the document. That’s because the U.S. Constitution has nothing whatsoever to do with any Rights of the People.

Instead, the U.S. Constitution only refers to the Powers and Duties of the three separate branches of the Federal Government. The document establishes the functional duties and limited powers of each branch and assigns certain duties in common on behalf of all member States and legal Citizens. It has nothing to do with any “Rights of the People” at all.

Protections for Rights of the People exist in the U.S. Bill of Rights, NOT the Constitution.

Apparently, democrat socialist voters have never read and were never taught the basic truths about their Charters of Freedom and Liberty, the Declaration of Independence, the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights.

The Bill of Rights is not a “granting of the Rights of the People” either. Instead, it is an additional prohibition or restriction of federal authority over the several enumerated natural Rights of the People which appear in the first ten amendments to the Constitution.

Again, nothing in the Bill of protected Rights of the people mentions anything at all about some alleged Right of Women to murder their young in the womb. Only the things specifically stated in the Bill of Rights, are protected by the Bill of Rights. NOTE: The 14^th Amendment is not part of the Bill of Rights.

Therefore, there never was and never will be any “constitutionally protected Right to Abortion.” Roe v. Wade was a fatally flawed court decision that has cost the evil murder of more than 70-million innocent babies in the womb. To the contrary, LIFE itself was established as a protected inalienable Right in the Declaration of Independence, as without an inalienable Right to Life itself, there can be no Right to Liberty or Happiness.

The recent decision of the Supreme Court to vacate Roe v. Wade is entirely correct, as a matter of Constitutional Law. No such Right ever existed. The Roe v. Wade decision was the gross political overreach of federal and judicial authority, and that decision was entirely repugnant to everything in our Charters of Freedom. The fact that a very sick nation allowed that evil decision to stand for 50-years before vacating it is irrelevant. There is no wrong time to do the right thing!

Facts are not based on what you want to be true. Facts are just true and usually self-evident. Facts also don’t care how you feel about them…

Here are the closing FACTS

Abortion does not appear in any Founding Document at all, much less as a “Right” protected by any of those documents. Therefore, there is no such thing as a “constitutionally protected Right to abortion” and there never was.
Roe v. Wade was a fatally flawed court opinion which directly violated the “inalienable Right to Life” in the Declaration of Independence, which establishes the foundational principals of the greatest free society ever known to mankind. If you don’t have a basic Right to Life, then you have no Rights at all.
The Rights of the People do not come from the Constitution or Bill of Rights. Rights are not “privileges” granted by any governmental body. Rights are “endowed by our Creator,” as established in our Declaration, derived from “the Laws of Nature, and of Nature’s God.”
The Constitution only defines and establishes the limited power of the Federal Government, and the means by which government can execute the limited duties assigned it in the document.
The Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of The People’s Rights. It is an enumeration of additional restraints placed upon the government.
A “Right to Abortion” exists nowhere in our Founding Documents and nowhere in legislation passed by Congress, nor can it, as it would be a direct violation of the basic human Right to Life. Rights are not derived from any governmental body. However, in the USA, governmental officials take a solemn oath to protect those Rights, and they are in violation of that oath the minute they fail to do so.
The recent U.S. Supreme Court decision, vacating Roe v. Wade, does not “ban abortion nationwide.” It simply ends federal protection of an alleged Right that never did exist.
Murder is defined as “the taking of the life of another, not in self-defense.” Abortion is “murder” of the most innocent lives on earth, by legal definition.
The ONLY time a “woman’s right to choose” is taken from her, is in the cases of rape. As we know, these cases account for less than 1% of all abortions in the USA. Women have many choices to make. These choices sometimes result in an unplanned pregnancy. But in over 99% of cases, this condition and circumstance is a direct result of choices the woman made of her own free will.
An aborted pregnancy under the direction of a qualified ethical doctor, when the pregnancy is deemed unsafe for the mother by a doctor, is not murder. It’s a medical decision best made by a qualified ethical medical professional and the patient, not a court or any political body.

So, every person protesting the Supreme Court decision to finally vacate a horrifically flawed previous court ruling that has cost more innocent American lives than all wars combined, is doing so out of pure ignorance of the facts, or a totally evil disregard for the truth. The simple reality is, every person protesting for a non-existent right to kill future generations in the womb, the American death cult, have to be completely dumbed-down to a point of mental illness and entirely morally bankrupt. This is the real crisis in the USA today.

As of this landmark ruling, these misguided protesters no longer have federal protection for the evil they so foolishly support. We must hope that this will cause them to search for the truth and their souls, and right themselves while they still have that chance. Those responsible for the spread of lies, are responsible for the ignorance and evil that grips our nation today. But ignorance is a fatal choice too.

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

EV’s, Green Deal Destruction & Warning Extreme Diesel Engine Oil Shortage

By: Devvy

June 27, 2022

Electric Vehicles fondly called EV’s

The push continues for everyone to buy an electric vehicle to save the planet! Dictator Democrat/Communist Party USA governor of California, Gavin Newsome, signed an Executive order which bans gas, diesel cars by 2035. Gotta get down to zero emissions to save us from one of the greatest hoaxes ever shoved down the world’s throats: climate change. Yep, and you can get one of those EV’s cheap for around $46,000.

Solar Reviews: All prices shown here are the final retail prices, straight from the Tesla website 2022: $46,990 – $138,990; those are the cheap ones. The loaded versions are very expensive, at least in my world.

California’s 2020 vehicle registration system showed 36 MILLION paid for tags. Most illegal aliens don’t bother with that pesky requirement or insurance. California is over run with millions of illegals. How many cars are on freeways in LA, SF Bay Area, Sacramento, Austin, Dallas/Ft. Worth and around the country every day?

So, how many charging stations would be needed in say the LA basin or Dallas/Ft. Worth or other major metropolitan cities – never mind for 18-wheelers and commercial delivery trucks? And how many millions for all the major federal and state highways like I-80 going coast to coast? How about in super rural areas in states like Montana or even Highway 40 out of California to AZ or NV where gas stations are way far and few in between. I know, because I’ve driven them all over the decades. And they all require, what?

Those charging stations cannot operate without electricity. Yes, you can re-charge them at home overnight depending on your electrical wiring load.

OMG! Charging the Chevy Volt in this video with what? Could it the dastardly coal?“So what’s charging the batteries right now? What’s the source of electricity?” … wait for it …

I covered this extensively in two columns I did last year after several states lived through a deadly Polar Vortex. Texas where I live was hit hard; thankfully I was unaffected the whole time. But, just in case, I now have a generator. I urge you to take the time to read them so that you get facts and not more lies about “renewable energy” which is not only UNRELIABLE BUT HAS CREATED AN ON-GOING ENVIRONMENTAL DISASTER.

Texas Disaster – What Americans Need to Know, Feb. 22, 2021

Renewable Energy IS Causing an Environmental Wasteland, March 1,2021.

Wind turbines kill billions of birds a year and they are killing threatened species like bald eagles, condors, snowy owls, Swallow-tailed Kite. Some are stable for now but the numbers being killed are rarely mentioned by the brain washed global warming/climate change hoax victims.

But, what about long distance driving? Cost to replace batteries? Cost to charge at a public charging station? Yes, you can charge overnight in your garage but a big problem is how the house is wired and what electricity is available from the grid.

Batteries can run from $1,000 – $6,000 depending on what brand and model. Average life is ten years. Doesn’t sound too bad until one looks at minerals (lithium, graphite, nickel, etc), mining and much more on that issue. Not a pretty picture.

How much does it cost to charge your EV at public charging stations? Jan. 19, 2022 – “The cost of charging an electric car at a public charging station depends on several factors. But to ballpark it, the average cost per kWh is between $0.40 and $0.70, and you get around 3 to 4 miles for every kWh. With this in mind, the average EV vehicle could require around $30 to be fully charged. A larger vehicle may cost around $40.” There are 3 levels of charging. So, how long to do want to sit there waiting for the charge to be complete? Hopefully there won’t be 10 cars lined up at each charging station.

Here’s a great horror story for you. I rented an electric car for a 4-day road trip. I spent more time charging it than I did sleeping. “Four days and 2,000 miles from New Orleans to Chicago totaled $175 in charging costs,” June 7, 2022 by Rachel Wolfe Wall Street Journal.

Not to worry, EV charger companies are building those chargers as fast as they can – and hope there’s electricity available so they can charge those planet savers!

Americans can buy EV’s to their heart’s content and maybe an EV works for someone who doesn’t travel outside a 100-mile radius from home, but down the road it has nothing to do with saving the planet from “climate change”. For the record, in 2007, I purchased a Ford Escape Hybrid. By 2012 it was getting up there regarding a new power cell; 100,000 miles and about $3,000 for a new one. Our local Ford dealer had one on the lot that had been sitting there for a long time. I kept watching as the sticker price was too expensive. One day in 2012, the windshield had $8,000 OFF in big red letters. I bought it that day; traded my 2007 for that 2009 that had 40 miles on it; under our laws still had full warranty.

My late husband and I owned eight Jeep Cherokee’s when I bought my first Ford Escape Hybrid. Great vehicles but used a lot of gas. I loved my hybrids but due to lack of sales, Ford quit making that model Dec. 31, 2012. Best two vehicles I ever owned, never a single repair issue on either one, saved a ton of money on gas. But alas, my second one was at 99,000 miles and soon would need a new power cell. $3,000+ labor + 40 miles to Ford dealership in Midland as they don’t do that here in my city; apparently it can be quite dangerous. I traded it in for a 2021 Ford EcoSport which has worked out just fine for me and my two doggies. No where near the great gas mileage as my hybrid, though.

The communist plan known as the “New Green Deal” is nothing but a con job. Another catastrophe that will play out for decades and destroy our economy even worse than what’s underway. But, that’s always been the game plan for nearly 100 years.

Demand Congress Stop Funding This Manufactured Hoax. Mine, February 25, 2019:

“We’ve got to ride the global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic policy and environmental policy.” – Tim Wirth, former member of Congress, U.S. Under Secretary of State for Global Affairs.

“At the Fifth Congress in Moscow, ‘The Program,’ was drafted and agreed upon by the International Communist dictators. It was agreed that an environmental “crisis” would be gradually developed to siphon off the money from capitalism and reduce countries to socialism and eventually under communism. I refer readers back to this column and the book by Gus Hall, head of the Communist Party USA for decades: Ecology, Can We Survive Under Capitalism? published in 1972.

“Joe Biden is a dirty traitor. More than a decade ago when he was announced as running mate for criminal impostor president, Barry Soetoro aka Barack Hussein Obama, I tried to warn people in columns and on radio about Biden. I wrote about a speech he gave on June 29, 1992: On The Threshold of the New World Order: The Wilsonian Vision and American Foreign Policy in the 1990’s and Beyond.”

“Democrats Against Agenda 21 have provided a very good breakdown of Biden’s speech which includes manufacturing a global environmental crisis. That organization also recognized the connection between Common Core and Agenda 21.”

Continuing:

“At the Earth Summit in Rio De Janeiro, June 3-14, 1992, the Secretariat for World Order distributed a nonpublic document titled, “The Initiative for Eco-92 Earth’s Charter.” It reads, in part, under policies that must be implemented as follows:

“The Security Council of the U.N. will inform all nations that outmoded notions of national sovereignty will be discarded and that the Security Council has complete legal, military and economic jurisdiction in any region of the world … The Security Council of the U.N. will take possession of all natural resources, including the watersheds and great forests, to be used and preserved for the good of the Major Nations of the Security Council.”

“In the late Dixie Lee Ray’s book, Environmental Overkill – Whatever Happened to Common Sense, one gets a full accounting of what really went on with Al Gore and his loony friends at the Rio Summit. On page 10 of her book, it states:

“The objective, clearly enunciated by the leaders of the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), is to bring about a change in the present system of independent nations. The future is to be world government, with central planning by the UN. Fear of environmental crises, whether real or not, is expected to lead to compliance. If force is needed, it will be provided by a UN green-helmeted police force, already authorized by the Security Council.

“The EPA is the flagship in America to carry out this environmental terrorism against our people. In the ensuing years, the EPA has become more destructive than a cat five hurricane.”

“Dixie Lee Ray was a former governor of Washington State, Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission and Asst. Secretary of State in the U.S. Bureau of Oceans. She passed away in 1994 and was a Democrat.”

And forget the BS about creating tens of thousands of new jobs. Joe Biden to Visit General Motors as CEO Ships Electric Vehicle Jobs to Mexico, Nov. 17, 2021. Joe Biden Says It Again! Cheers Crippling Inflation as a Good Thing — It will Usher in “Renewable Energy, Electric Vehicles” (VIDEO), June 21, 2022

Low life scum actually tells the truth: Kerry admits zero emissions in US wouldn’t make difference in climate change, Jan. 277, 2021 – “WASHINGTON — President Biden’s climate czar, John Kerry, admitted Wednesday that the US reducing its emissions to zero wouldn’t make much of a difference in the global climate change fight — before pushing domestic manufacturing of electric cars and solar panels in favor of energy production. Kerry’s remarks were made ahead of Biden’s signing of a host of executive actions on Wednesday pushing his $2 trillion Green New Deal-inspired climate agenda.”

I guess fake president Biden is going to pull $2 TRILLION dollars out of his arse since OUR purse, the people’s treasury is already overdrawn by $31 TRILLION unpayable dollars in debt. Nothing like going into debt to spend debt.

America had better just say NO WAY: Biden Climate Czar John Kerry says by ‘2035’ the U.S. will ‘only be producing electric vehicles’

Can human beings survive without CO2 around? – Read the post by the first individual, David Stone because he is 100% correct: “The current solution advocated by most western politicians, green activists and some scientists is to stop burning fossil fuels. This would reduce CO2 levels by 12 molecules per million and end life for billions of people due simply to lack of food, clothing and heating which was previously produced by using fossil fuels — probably not the outcome anticipated by politicians.” Rest at link.

Braying ass, AOC, with her ranting about climate change needs to be dropped on some island in the middle of no where so she can lecture the bugs and try to continue selling a manufactured lie:

Wrong Again: 50 Years of Failed Eco-pocalyptic Predictions: “Modern doomsayers have been predicting climate and environmental disaster since the 1960s. They continue to do so today. None of the apocalyptic predictions with due dates as of today have come true.”

Warning Extreme Diesel Engine Oil Shortage

Of course, I know nothing about diesel engines, parts or oil. But, last week, it came to my attention a known situation (just like the baby food shortage was known to retailers and the illegitimate Biden administration months before it slammed American mothers) there is a major problem brewing.

Just what we don’t need as we live in a daily non-stop nightmare coming out of DC and now the swarms of crazed females wailing the Supreme Court’s constitutionally correct over turning of Roe v. Wade is the end of democracy and now abortions will again be performed in back alleys with coat hangers.

In her weekly column, Nancy Churchill discusses how a possible shortage of DEF could bring the trucking industry to its knees– Nancy Churchill is the state committee woman for the Ferry County Republican Party. Not too long and I highly recommend you read it. Quoting just one thing: “You can probably already guess why this might be a problem. Natural gas is the key raw material in urea production. Urea is primarily exported by Russia, Qatar, and China. Like fertilizer, DEF is made with urea and the United States imports most of the urea it uses. The United States depends on other countries to eat, drive, and transport our products.” Emphasis mine. Let that sink in because it’s true after I did some more research.

A Warning About the Coming Shortages of Diesel Fuel, Diesel Exhaust Fluid and Diesel Engine Oil, June 23, 2023, by Michael Snyder who is one very smart researcher/writer and author.

“What I am about to share with you is a developing situation, and I hope to share more once the facts become clearer. It appears that a very serious diesel crisis is coming in the months ahead, and that will have a dramatic impact on our economy. As you will see below, we are being warned that there will be shortages of diesel fuel, diesel exhaust fluid and diesel engine oil.

“Most diesel vehicles require all three in order to run, and so a serious shortage of any of them would be a major disaster. Needless to say, simultaneous shortages of all three could potentially be catastrophic. Most Americans don’t spend much time thinking about diesel, but without it our supply chains collapse and we don’t have a functioning economy. In a recent Time Magazine article discussing the coming diesel fuel shortage, we are told that “the U.S. economy runs on diesel”…” Rest at link.

Why the Northeast is quietly running out of diesel – The East Coast sees record lows of diesel inventories, May 12, 2022 – “I wish I had some good news for the Northeast, but it’s bedlam,” Tom Kloza, global head of energy analysis at OPIS, told FreightWaves. Everyday Americans don’t fill up their cars with diesel, but the fuel powers our nation’s agriculture, industrial and transportation networks.”

Late last year before Russia & Ukraine. Diesel shortage at TA truck stops due to supply problems (Maybe they should call butt jumper Secretary of Transportation, grossly failed former mayor of South Bend, IN, Petey Buttigieg.)

EXCLUSIVE RESEARCH: Diesel engine oil additive manufacturers that have declared Force Majeure or experienced disrupted operations in 2022, June 23, 2022

Something very wrong is going on. As Nancy Churchill says in her column above, better get on the phone to your U.S. Rep and senator and find out about the shenanigans with Union Pacific Railroad and the Pilot/Flying J Corporation and are we facing a real time shortage of those fuels and engine oil? We demand answers not cookie cutter email responses.

Scientifically grounded: Green New Deal Would Barely Change Earth’s Temperature. Here Are the Facts, Feb. 7, 2019

THE web site for debunking the hoax called climate change: Climate Depot

What Do We Do About The Homeless In America?

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 27, 2022

Part 1: The problem, why it grows, who has ideas on solving it?

“The real invisibles of this world are not the fabricated beings of the human mind like angels and demons, but the homeless of the dirty streets!” ― Mehmet Murat ildan

For the record, America suffers from a documented 540,000 homeless people. They languish in the streets of our big cities, in the woods, in U-Haul storage lockers, in tents, in abandoned trailers, in vacant warehouses and in just about every state in the Union. They are white, black, brown, veterans, men, women and children. They are alcoholics, drug addicts and run-away teens from abusive households. They comprise high school and college graduates, dropouts and illegal immigrants.

A mind-numbing 66,000 reside in Los Angeles. Another 35,000 wander all over San Francisco. About 10,000 call Seattle their home as they live along expressways and under overpasses. Denver houses 10,000 of them. Chicago can’t count all its homeless, but it’s into the thousands. New York City remains a horrible example of big city callousness toward its homeless citizens.

In 2019, I bicycled through San Francisco and Los Angeles to see them up close and ugly on my touring bicycle. You can’t quite grasp the enormity of this national tragedy until you see it up close, smell it, feel the pain in their faces, and watch their hopelessness drag on year after year, while such Congressional Critters like Nancy Pelosi and Maxine Waters party-down at the White House or participate in wine-tasting parties in Washington DC.

One of my readers from Los Angeles asked me what I would do to solve the homeless situation in America. She lives among them in her own residential neighborhood. She’s compassionate, but frustrated. She asked me:

Frosty, I’m asking in all seriousness: if you were appointed governor of CA and you had a cooperative House and Senate, how would you begin to solve LA’s homeless problem? I’m focusing on LA because that’s what I’m familiar with. There have been homeless people in my neighborhood since I came here in 1986–that’s through three Republican administrations and three or four Dem ones. That’s with one GOP mayor; the rest were Dems. The problem has grown worse with each passing year. I started out incredibly sympathetic to the homeless, but I have compassion fatigue. I just want them gone. I don’t include in that the people who are suddenly homeless for sheer bad luck or economic misfortune and who respond to efforts to get them on their feet. And I have a lot of sympathy for those who are so mentally ill that they need to be on meds in a nice clean hospital somewhere. I mean the meth tweakers and the ones who make life hell for their working class neighbors, for small shopkeepers, and for kids who can’t walk two blocks to school because they have to step over people passed out on the sidewalk.

I feel it is totally hopeless. A few weeks ago, I encountered a woman lying on the street, bleeding from some kind of head injury. She was nicely dressed and had a purse. Her pulse was weak, and I knew, even without medical training, she had something seriously wrong with her. It took me 20 minutes on the phone to 911 to persuade them to send paramedics. The only reason they came was that I insisted she was well dressed and had a purse–and was therefore not homeless. If they thought she was homeless, they would not have come at all unless she was dead. This is what we are dealing with. There is no room in LA to house 70,000 homeless people–even if there were, these people need rehab before they can be placed in normal housing. They would trash anywhere they moved into and sell the appliances for drug money. There are very few mental health beds. LA County Jail is full to the brim. They’re not going to release murder suspects to make room for homeless druggies. The Ninth Circuit ruled that people can’t be arrested or jailed for living on the sidewalk, and SCOTUS refused to hear the appeal. Which means we are stuck with it.

I am not normally a hard-hearted person. But I am sick of the homeless, at the same time realizing that they are the least of my brothers etc. and I am not supposed to feel this way. The whole thing seems utterly hopeless to me. So, if you were in charge and had cooperative lawmakers, how would you begin to solve this? I’ve asked other people, but nobody seems to know! J.S.

Bob J. said, “Homelessness IS a hopeless situation. The homeless have no political clout. Therefore, they get nothing from our pitiful politicians at all levels. There is no benefit to the politician to lift more than his or her pinky finger to make an effort on their behalf. And, the majority of us don’t care to make the homeless situation an issue that we will cast our vote for.

“I’m reminded of the following…We choose all we have therefore we get everything we wanted when we made the choice. We’ve chosen to have the homeless because we chose those we put in office with the power to do something. That really don’t need to do anything to be re-elected.

“The homeless situation is only the visible symptom of the weak effort made to prevent someone becoming homeless. There are other, hidden, symptoms of our effort to deal with the consequences of drug addiction, physical abuse in the home, mental and physical handicaps, failure to educate and low intelligence.

“The resources devoted to dealing with those causes while individuals do have a home to live in are woefully short of what is needed. How do we come up billions to forgive college loans but can’t spend that same amount on increased social service staffing? Benefit to the politicians.

“Start asking you politicians what they plan to do about the homeless. And vote the bums out!”

Okay, that’s the groundwork for this national tragedy report. I sent out requests for solutions on FB, Twitter, personal letters to friends. Many brought some pretty workable ideas to the table. If you have your own, please share them with me…and I’ll present them in Parts 2 and 3.

We are all in this national tragedy together. We must solve it together. Certainly not at the Washington DC level, because those people are about as useless as barnacles on a ship’s stern.

“All of us, poor & rich alike, have been conditioned by our upbringings. Impoverished men & women may become lulled into a state of “learned helplessness” without hope to change their lives. Likewise, the wealthy can walk in a state of “learned blindness” ignoring the desperation of the local & global poor.” ― John Green

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Trump’s Conservative Political Muscle

By Cliff Kincaid

June 27, 2022

As a result of the electoral power of the Trump movement, the states of Pennsylvania, Maryland, and New York could elect conservative Republican governors. That was the message Trump-backed candidate Doug Mastriano brought to the Dan Cox for Governor rally in Maryland on Saturday.

A target of the national Democratic Party and media, Pennsylvania State Senator and retired Army Colonel Mastriano is the Republican candidate for Pennsylvania governor and arrived at the Maryland rally after campaigning for New York gubernatorial candidate Andrew Giuliani, the son of the former New York City mayor, Rudolph Giuliani.

Rudolph Giuliani is best known as the prosecutor who broke up the organized crime families in New York City and reduced crime as mayor before he served as an attorney for Trump on election integrity.

The New York primary for governor is June 28.

The Maryland gubernatorial primary day is July 19.

The rally opened with “God Bless America” and drew more than 500 people in the hot sun eager to restore freedom in the “Free State” and America at large.

Dan Cox, the father of ten children and a state delegate, is endorsed by Maryland Right to Life and is facing a RINO opponent, Kelly Schulz, who is backed by term-limited RINO GOP Governor Larry Hogan and says she will “do nothing” to change the state’s pro-abortion laws.

The Maryland event at a farm in Hampstead also featured Alan Keyes, the former Ambassador who spoke optimistically that the Supreme Court ruling overturning Roe v. Wade marks a new beginning for America.

It is worth noting that Alan Keyes drew attention to the Marxism of Barack Obama when he ran against Obama for the U.S. Senate in 2004. “Thanks to my experience with Obama,” he said, “I had the strong sense that his tenure would mark a major crisis that would threaten the survival of constitutional self-government, of, by, and for the people of the United States.”

In a presentation seven years ago to the America’s Survival conference, “Cultural Marxism and America’s Moral collapse,” Keyes discussed the assault upon America’s unalienable rights and essential liberties. He has been a vocal and articulate champion of traditional values.

For his part, former President Trump called into the rally to his supporters on behalf of Dan Cox and Doug Mastriano and was praised for the fact that when campaigning for president in 2016, he had said he would put 2-3 justices on the Court who would overturn Roe v. Wade. It was a promise made and a promise kept during his term, one that could change the course of American history for the better and is comparable to the freeing of the slaves.

Of course, Trump continues to be accused by what he calls the “Unselect Pseudo Committee” of organizing an “insurrection” on January 6, because he spoke at the pro-Trump rally outside the Capitol and urged a peaceful redress of grievances, as the Constitution clearly permits.

Meanwhile, a high-level report by a computer expert on fraud issues involving election machines is being secretly held by the Department of Homeland Security but has not been released to the public. It reportedly supports Mike Lindell’s claims that electronic voting machines are susceptible to hacking.

Viewed in the context of last week’s Supreme Court ruling, which based the decision overturning Roe on the actual text and meaning of the Constitution, the real “insurrection” is now coming into view. That power grab can be seen in how the original Supreme Court decision in 1973 legalized abortion on demand, leading to the loss of 60 million innocent unborn lives. Worldwide, as noted by the Global Life Campaign, 1 billion babies have been destroyed, with most of the loss of life in Russia, the first communist state to legalize abortion, and Communist China.

But this is not the Court’s only unconstitutional ruling. As noted in the late Justice Antonin Scalia’s dissent in the gay marriage decision, the Court engaged in a judicial “putsch” in that case as well,finding a “right” that does not exist, in an attempt to overthrow our democratic form of government and deny citizens their constitutional rights.

Justice Clarence Thomas, in his opinion on reversing Roe, said the gay marriage decision should also be reconsidered.

Interestingly, Mastriano wrote an academic paper on how the military itself could be corrupted by left-wing political elites organizing a “putsch.” Evidence of such corruption was revealed in a speech at the rally by former Marine Lt. Col. Stu Scheller, who described how he was discharged by the military brass after he questioned the botched withdrawal of U.S. forces from Afghanistan. He has written the book, Crisis of Command: How We Lost Trust and Confidence in America’s Generals and Politicians, and says he is endorsing Cox because he “has demonstrated that he is willing to fight for veterans and be an advocate for the people.”

Another speaker at the Cox rally was Liz Harrington, a spokesman for Trump who described Cox’s RINO opponent Schulz as “Basement Kelly” for her unwillingness to debate Cox on the issues. Schulz is following the “Basement Joe” model of Joe Biden’s campaign for president.

Cox, an attorney who was on Trump’s legal team in 2020, urged his followers to monitor the elections closely and said that he would use phone app location data, the technique used in the “2000 Mules” movie on election fraud, to analyze ballot box-stuffing if there were questions about the results.U.S. Army Captain Seth Keshel was another speaker, describing in detail the evidence of fraud in 2020 and declaring, “I assure all of you that Dan is right up there with Kari Lake nationally…He has my full support and endorsement for this campaign.”

(YouTube has censored several of my videos, which examine election fraud and other matters, on the grounds that they constitute “misinformation.” The company is now threatening to remove all of my 500 anti-communist videos. If you can help our efforts to resist this censorship, please donate to America’s Survival, Inc.)

Several speakers at the Maryland rally, including Dr. Leland Stillman, were supporting Cox because he has promised to strike down the Covid-19 mandates on masks and vaccines.

A panel of ministers discussed how Maryland’s RINO Republican Governor Larry Hogan had abused governmental powers by closing down churches supposedly to protect people from the virus.

Several “Parents for Dan Cox” signs were visible, reflecting support for Cox’s Parental Rights legislation, affirming the fundamental rights of parents to direct their child’s medical needs, education, religion and family morals.

Cox was surrounded on stage at one point by a dozen or so conservative candidates running for various offices in the state of Maryland.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

A Man In A Swamp

By Rabbi Roy Masters

June 26, 2022

Without meditation, you cannot live with your problems. Neither can you live without them.

Once upon a time, when you escaped from what disturbed you, there appeared in you a conscience concerning the way you had handled the situation. Egotistically, you re-turned to the situation in order to make amends for what you had done, or not done—not to do right, but to repair your damaged image.

Because your motive was wrong, you again failed to relate to the moment correctly, thus causing bigger arguments and resentments.

Heretofore, you have not been armed with the mystical essence acquired through right intent implemented by meditation.

Armed with a desire to face reality, we shall see our wrong motives and faulty responses. The pain of this seeing stresses the power of love to come through us, to correct our shortcomings and to stand as evidence of good to others.

The brain of man is designed to serve the conscious will. Our will should in turn desire to be overshadowed by a divine purpose.

In metaphysical language, the entire body should live in subjection to the consciousness. Just as a well-trained athlete keenly awaits the signal that will set him in motion, so should the body attend the consciousness.

“…this is made possible only through desiring guidance of an invisible Divine Will…”

Selfish, proud, unaware, then excited and upset, we allow temptation to lead our attention captive, and our body is pulled away from its preordained purpose.

The less we modify our emotions and reactions, the less we can modify them. Struggling like a man in a swamp, we are left to our own insufficient devices.

So we are led into captivity by what we respond to—whether it be “for” or “against.” We are shaped by what stimulates us. By responding to the praise of evil people we become evil.

The object of the meditation exercise is to free you from your squirrel cage by bringing the unconscious into subjection to the consciousness.

This is made possible only through desiring guidance of an invisible Divine Will that we may know, or come to know, only as conscience.

Hence, we must dissolve all mental chatter in our mind, and fast from the excitement of “love” and hate that propels our selfish pride in its striving toward selfish goals.

We must wait, empty, for a new direction.

Website: Fhu.com

Contact Fhu

A Great Time to Invest in Millstones

By Rob Pue

June 26, 2022

With Joe Biden in the White House, after the most fraudulent election in our nation’s history, America is now in the midst of “building back better.” How are you liking it so far? First of all, you should understand that while Biden may be allowed in the White House, he is far from being in charge of anything. He’s a puppet of the Leftist/Marxist/Communist handlers that placed him there in the first place, to utterly destroy America from within.

Secondly, there would have been no need to “build back better” if the country had not first been burnt down and destroyed in the years prior to the stolen election, under the guise of COVID, orchestrated “race wars,” and the BLM and ANTIFA riots that went unprosecuted. Also, understand that “build back better” is simply code for “Communism.” That’s the ultimate goal, but American sovereignty must be eliminated and America must first be completely destroyed. Then, a true One World Government can commence under a true New World Order. A big part of that is killing the American dollar, which is happening now. They want us all in bread lines, dependent upon the Almighty Government for handouts. A record number of millions of Americans are being “groomed” to expect handouts now, as “entitlements.”

Today, we’re facing the highest prices for essential goods and services than ever before. Part of this is due to the purposely-orchestrated hyperinflation that’s begun — but we ain’t seen nothin’ yet, folks. If you think $5 at the gas pump is tough, wait until you’re paying $10, gas is rationed and people are trading their “carbon credits” just to be allowed the privilege of buying more.

And while the supply chain shortage is real, I find it strange that internal combustion car makers cannot produce cars because they can’t get the needed computer chips; but electric car makers, like Tesla, don’t seem to have that problem. Do you see how everything is being manipulated to control our behavior?

We’re also seeing a massive food shortage on the horizon. This, too, is orchestrated by those who’ve seized power over our nation. Some of you may be aware of the 20 food processing facilities in the US that have been destroyed or badly damaged just in the last six months. But as the Gateway Pundit recently reported, there have actually been 97 American food plants destroyed since Biden took the White House. The destruction has been due to “accidental fires,” “unknown causes” and in at least two instances, airplanes crashing into them. You can find the complete list at TheGatewayPundit.com. The article was published June 11.

Things have been moving quickly this year. Most people finally woke up to the scam known as COVID. They’d had enough and were no longer willing to comply with ridiculous government and health mandates. So the next boogeyman was the Russia/Ukraine conflict. Don’t believe everything you’re told about that — there’s much more there than we understand. Ukraine is the epicenter of corruption for the Global Elites, and the headquarters for massive money laundering by governments and corrupt rulers worldwide. Just because the mainstream media makes Russia the “bad guy,” don’t believe it. In fact, whatever the mainstream media is pushing as the “latest thing” should automatically be suspect by any thinking individual. But the Ukraine/Russia scare has faded from our TV screens, so another horror was needed to keep us compliant and fearful.

Many of you already know that in November of 2021, a “study” was done to simulate the effects of a worldwide pandemic — of “Monkeypox.” In this fictional table-top exercise, the outbreak was to begin on May 15th of this year. Interestingly, the first case in the world was reported May 7th and by the 22nd, 14 nations had confirmed outbreaks. But on May 20th the Biden regime announced it had already ordered 13 million doses of a Monkeypox “vaccine.” Interesting how a so-called “vaccine” for this was already supposedly researched, tested and produced to the tune of millions of vials — and billions of dollars, just in time for the planned outbreak. Eerily similar to Event 201, which simulated the COVID scam-demic a few months before it was unleashed on the world.

Monkeypox, by the way, is rare and primarily transmitted by sodomite males, but multiple sources are now speculating that this particular strain of the virus has been weaponized in bio-labs in China and elsewhere, to spread more quickly and cause more harm.

Meanwhile, in Australia, health officials are baffled by what they’re now calling “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome” and they’re urging individuals under 40 to get their hearts checked, because so many young people are suddenly dying of this mysterious Syndrome, as the doctors scratch their heads and can’t figure out what’s causing it. Note that this is Australia, where nearly 100% of the population has received two or more doses of the COVID jab, which is known to have 1291 adverse side effects, many of which affect the heart. All over the world young people, including many young athletes, previously in peak health, have just suddenly died. But these facts are now considered “disinformation” by the Globalist’s “Ministry of Truth.”

We all know that our US military was purged of patriots under the Obama administration, and under the current regime, it’s been further weakened by forcing experimental DNA-altering jabs and the further embracing of the sodomite/transgender agenda. Are you aware that a record number of young servicemen have suddenly died for no apparent reason after taking these shots? All in their 20s or 30s, dead from “undetermined” causes, after being discovered “unresponsive” in their bunks. I’m sure the total number of dead will never be known, as the powers-that-be continue to hide the evidence.

You should also be aware that more than 10,000 cases filed on the VAERS report data base were just recently deleted by the CDC. VAERS, which stands for “Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System” falls woefully short of covering all the cases of injuries and deaths to begin with — because the vast majority are never reported. Some say the number of actual cases is 100 times greater than the number actually reported. Still, VAERS does admit to 1.2 million COVID jab injuries, and 27,000 deaths. The actual number is enormously greater.

Researchers have also now linked a new type of fatal degenerative brain disorder with the COVID jab. The first symptoms occur about 11 days after the jab and death follows four months later. And in March, it was reported that in the UK, 9 out of 10 COVID deaths have occurred in fully-jabbed people. Studies have also shown that the MAJORITY of pregnant women worldwide who were jabbed, had miscarriages or stillborn babies. Still the FDA is pushing for approval of the COVID jab for all newborns and toddlers, under an “Emergency Use Authorization.” My question is, where’s the “emergency?” Where are all the deathly-ill children with COVID? The answer is, they don’t exist. But a world-wide de-population program does.

But people are starting to catch on. Hospitals, pharmacies and state governments in the US have thrown away at least 15 million doses of the Pfizer jab in the last three months, because nobody wants it. So… cue the Monkeypox scare!

But now, here we are in the midst of “Pride” month — although this isn’t just for the month of June — “Pride” celebrations, parades and festivals go right through to the beginning of the cold winter months now. And the LGBTQP+ agenda never, ever stops. Who would have ever thought we would get to this point in this country?

Everywhere we go, the rainbow flag is flying. Most people couldn’t care less. But most are truly unaware and ignorant of the evil this flag — and the movement behind it — represents. Let me give you some history. The first rainbow flag was commissioned in 1978 by Harvey Milk, who was dishonorably discharged from the US Navy for his homosexual antics in 1955. Milk was the first openly-homosexual elected official in the US, serving 11 months as a member of the San Francisco Board of Supervisors. His rainbow flag was to be a symbol of “pride” for the homosexual community.

In 2014, the US Postal Service released a postage stamp honoring Harvey Milk. There’s also an airport terminal at San Francisco International Airport named after him. And just this past November, a now “woke” US Navy named one of its new ships after him. The ship was christened by a Navy veteran who identifies as ‘transgender.’ Harvey Milk is considered a hero in the homosexual community — but his actual history is very telling of the intentions of the homosexual movement. He was also a known pedophile, though he was never prosecuted for it. It’s widely understood that throughout his adult life, he repeatedly raped multiple young boys. One, in particular, he enticed to run away from home in Maryland. This young man eventually committed suicide. Another, he enticed to run away from home in Minnesota and not tell his parents. This boy’s parents did find out and they filed a complaint, but Milk was never questioned, arrested or charged. His homosexual relationships with young boys were numerous — and this was the lifestyle of this “civil rights leader.”

The ultimate goal of the homosexual movement is to lure, entice and groom little children, to twist their minds, rape their bodies and destroy their souls. You can research a document from 1987 entitled “The Gay Revolutionary,” and specifically, “The Homosexual Agenda.” I will quote the first paragraph of that here: “We shall sodomize your sons, emblems of your feeble masculinity, of your shallow dreams and vulgar lies. We shall seduce them in your schools, in your dormitories, in your gymnasiums, in your locker rooms, in your sports arenas, in your seminaries, in your youth groups, in your movie theater bathrooms, in your army bunkhouses, in your truck stops, in your all-male clubs, in your houses of Congress, wherever men are with men together. Your sons shall become our minions and do our bidding. They will be recast in our image. They will come to crave and adore us.”

And so here we are. Christians, Conservatives and Patriots did nothing, while the homosexual mob continued steadily forward with their agenda. First it was “Drag Queen Story Time” where pedophiles would dress up in womens’ clothing, dance and gyrate sexually in front of toddlers and young children in public libraries — and the parents would take them there. Now these events have moved to public schools as well — and “Drag Queen” contests are held in bars and strip clubs — certainly places that would normally be off-limits to minors. But little children — pre-school children — are now taken there by their parents to watch and participate in these demonic activities.

California Senator Scott Wiener recently began promoting a bill that would make it mandatory for K-12 students to take a curriculum called “Drag Queen 101.” In Colorado, a 12-year-old girl was invited to an after-school “art club” that turned out to be a meeting of the school’s “Genders & Sexualities Alliance Club,” dedicated to supporting homosexuality and transgenderism. The kids who attended the meeting were told not to tell their parents what was discussed there and that their family homes may not be “safe places.” That one meeting included enough brainwashing to confuse this 12-year-old about her sexuality and create “gender dysphoria.” According to her mother, it took months of counseling to end the nightmares she suffered and the sexual confusion she endured after her teacher told her she must be “queer.”

This is happening in our public schools, and parents are often kept in the dark, as teachers tell the kids to keep their secret, even as they’re purposely grooming them for sexual confusion and exploitation — from pre-school age on up. These are the people who now seem to OWN our children’s minds. Parents who attend school board meetings to voice their concerns are arrested as “domestic terrorists.” Harvey Milk would be proud, indeed.

Today the number of young people who “identify” as “LGBTQP+” has skyrocketed. The “transgender” movement is huge in every area of society and culture — and pushed especially hard in the public schools. Also today, 76% of so-called “Bible-believing, church-attending Christians” now affirm that same-sex “marriage” is just another “alternative lifestyle” and perfectly acceptable, and just fine with God. I have a Bible too, and I’m pretty sure God would not agree. In fact, with America’s economy now in self-destruct mode, it might be a great time to start investing in millstones.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 363.

America’s Fight To Stay Free, Part 1

By Roger Anghis

June 26, 2022

I began to see the increased decline in America in the 1960s. With the protests against the Viet Nam War, the drug culture, free sex, and the general apathy of the boomers I knew it could only lead to what we have now running the country, people with the socialist/communist ideology. This ideology never made sense to me because you could see the results of it in the then USSR, China, and Cuba. It still baffles me because you never see people build rafts out of barrels and milk cartons and ‘escape’ to Cuba to get away from the repressive capitalist America. You never will either. Both Parties are at fault but the Democrats are the main drivers and have been since Woodrow Wilson.

The Republicans don’t spearhead anything socialistic but they don’t fight against it either as they should. We have Democrats that call themselves Republicans that don’t fight for the real values Republicans stand for. John McCain, Lindsey Graham, Lisa Murkowski, Susan Collins, and Mitt Romney just to name a few of those that are traitors to the Republican Party. Democrats have been pushing for a socialist government for almost a hundred years. Woodrow Wilson put our monetary system into the hands of the world bankers giving foreign bankers control of our money. I believe he feigned his sorrow over that decision when he stated: “I am a most unhappy man, I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of Credit. Our system of credit is concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all of our activities are in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilized world. No longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.” Why didn’t he know that going into the deal? He should have and I think he did.

FDR was a hero to the greatest generation but information wasn’t as available warning the people of his actions as it is today concerning the politicians of today. People really trusted him even though he tried to pack the Supreme Court, just like Biden wants to do today. He tried to push a lot of socialist agendas through Congress but failed. Elinore Roosevelt tried to get universal healthcare established. He even knew the Deep State was around back then when he said: “In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, it was planned that way.” FDR believed that is was the government that would get the nation out of the depression with massive taxing and spending but it only made things worse. The Great Depression of the 1930s was by far the greatest economic calamity in U.S. history. In 1931, the year before Franklin Roosevelt was elected president, unemployment in the United States had soared to an unprecedented 16.3 percent. In human terms that meant that over eight million Americans who wanted jobs could not find them. In 1939, after almost two full terms of Roosevelt and his New Deal, unemployment had not dropped but had risen to 17.2 percent. Almost nine and one-half million Americans were unemployed.

On May 6, 1939, Henry Morgenthau, Roosevelt’s treasury secretary, confirmed the total failure of the New Deal to stop the Great Depression: “We are spending more than we have ever spent before and it does not work. . . . I say after eight years of this Administration we have just as much unemployment as when we started. . . . And an enormous debt to boot!”[1] FDR even came up with a Second Bill Of Rights that sound like it was taken from the communist manifesto. You can read them here.[2] FDR was one to try and have the federal government try to take over every part of American life believing that the government knew better than you how you should live. The progressives have not given upon their push for total control.

In 1957 Senator George Malone (R), speaking on the floor of Congress stated: “I believe that if the people of this nation fully understood what Congress has done to them over the past forty-nine years, they would move on Washington. It adds up to a preconceived plan to destroy the economic and social independence of the United States.” President Eisenhower was well aware of a ‘Deep State’ even in his day and it was centered around the military or more so the suppliers of the military. In his Farewell Speech, he stated: A vital element in keeping the peace is our military establishment. Our arms must be might, ready for instant action, so that no potential aggressor may be tempted to risk his own destruction. . . . American makers of plowshares could, with time and as required, make swords as well. But now we can no longer risk emergency improvisation of national defense; we have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. . . . This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. . . .Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. . . . In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.[3]

This ‘control’ over our government has taken them a long time to gain that power and those that yield that power won’t give up ground taken very easily and they don’t care who gets hurt in their attempts to retain it. They’ll silence anybody that exposes them. They used to operate in complete secrecy but have stepped out of the shadows in the last few years. The Trilateral Commission, the Illuminati, The Bilderbergers, the Club of Rome, and a few others are NOT friends of freedom. They are the architects of the New World Order. Henry Kissinger who was Nixons Secretary of State, is deeply involved with them and is working closely with the dirt bag Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum to ‘reset’ the world’s economy. Zbigniew Brzezinski, Jimmy Carter’s Nationa Security Advisor, was a co-founder of the Trilateral Commission with David Rockefeller. Its goal is to help establish the New World Order.

In a speech to the Trilateral Commission in June of 1991, David Rockefeller stated: “We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine, and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected the promises of discretion for almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the National auto-determination practiced in past centuries”[4]

We’ve been asleep. We need to wake up and remove as many of these socialist/communist influences as we can as soon as we can. This November would be great. I’ll end with a reminder from the great Charles Finney: “If there is a decay of conscience, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the public press lacks moral discernment, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the church is degenerate and worldly, the pulpit is responsible for it. If the world loses its interest in Christianity, the pulpit is responsible for it. If satan rules in our halls of legislation, the pulpit is responsible for it. If our politics become so corrupt that the very foundations of our government are ready to fall away, the pulpit is responsible for it.”

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

How to Bring Washington, D.C. Back Under Control

By Paul Engel

June 25, 2022

Are the solutions to America’s problems in Washington, D.C.?
Where can the American people find answers if not in Washington, D.C.?
How can reading and studying the Constitution help you find those answers?

There are plenty of problems in America today, too many to number most likely. I’m frequently asked what we can do. Too often, it seems everyone is looking to Washington, D.C. for answers. By studying the Constitution, and a couple of Supreme Court opinions, I think we can find some answers a lot closer to home.

John Jay said:

John Jay – First Chief Justice of the Supreme Court

So let’s start our investigation by reading some clauses from the Constitution.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

We need to start by understanding the Constitution is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution are considered the supreme law of the land. And if only the laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution are the supreme law of the land, it makes sense that any law not made pursuant to the Constitution is not the supreme law of the land. I know that seems obvious, but I have to be sure we’re all on the same page.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

If the Constitution is the supreme law of the land, then when it says the powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution belong either to the states or the people, that would supersede any law to the contrary. For example, when Congress passes a law to regulate something that’s not a power delegated to the United States (for example, health insurance), it’s not the supreme law of the land. Which raises the question: What do we do with a law that’s not the supreme law of the land?

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void. No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid. To deny this, would be to affirm, that the deputy is greater than his principal; that the servant is above his master; that the representatives of the people are superior to the people themselves; that men acting by virtue of powers, may do not only what their powers do not authorize, but what they forbid.

Not only is a law contrary to the Constitution not the supreme law of the land, it cannot be valid. Remember, every government position is an authority delegated either by the Constitution that created it or legislation created under the authority of a Constitution. By the way, it’s not just Alexander Hamilton, but the Supreme Court that says so:

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Papers #78

Certainly all those who have framed written Constitutions contemplate them as forming the fundamental and paramount law of the nation, and consequently the theory of every such government must be that an act of the Legislature repugnant to the Constitution is void.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

Even the Supreme Court recognizes that legislatures cannot make valid laws that violate the Constitution. So who is responsible for determining if a law violates the Constitution? Most people think it’s the Supreme Court who determines if something is Constitutional or not. While the judicial power does extend to cases in law and equity arising under the Constitution, the federal courts are creations of the Constitution, not its master. So who is ultimately responsible to to keep the federal government within the powers delegated to it by Constituiton?

In the typical case we look to the States to defend their prerogatives by adopting “the simple expedient of not yielding” to federal blandishments when they do not want to embrace the federal policies as their own.

National Federation Of Independent Business v. Sebelius

The court expects the states to defend themselves. How? By not yielding to federal blandishments (attempts to coax them into compliance). If a law is not made pursuant to the Constitution, if it is not the supreme law of the land and the states are not required to abide by it. This is the first big clue about how we can rein in an out of control federal government.

State Sovereignty

The States are separate and independent sovereigns. Sometimes they have to act like it.

National Federation Of Independent Business v. Sebelius

The American people have forgotten, or maybe we’ve spent too many generations not teaching the fact, that when we declared independence we did not create a new country, but thirteen of them.

That these United Colonies are, and of Right ought to be Free and Independent States;

Declaration of Independence

It was the states that created the federal government when they ratified the Constitution. And as the Tenth Amendment confirms, any power not delegated to the United States generally remain with the states. It is not only the right of the states to push back when Washington, D.C. goes too far, but I would say it’s their duty. And that is the second clue of how we can rein in Washington, D.C. There is one more.

Separation of Powers

The Framers rejected the concept of a central government that would act upon and through the States, and instead designed a system in which the State and Federal Governments would exercise concurrent authority over the people. The Federal Government’s power would be augmented immeasurably and impermissibly if it were able to impress into its service-and at no cost to itself-the police officers of the 50 States

Printz v. United States

The idea that the federal government can order the states around is antithetical to the union of sovereign states the Framers of the Constitution created. Your Sheriff is the Chief Law Enforcement Officer (CLEO) of your county. They are elected by the people, and therefore serve the people. As the court stated:

We adhere to that principle today, and conclude categorically, as we concluded categorically in New York: “The Federal Government may not compel the States to enact or administer a federal regulatory program.” … The mandatory obligation imposed on CLEOs to perform background checks on prospective handgun purchasers plainly runs afoul of that rule.

Printz v. United States

The federal government cannot order the states, or CLEOs, to enact or administer a federal program. In other words, there are limitations to the powers of Washington, D.C. Couple that with an understanding of the limited and enumerated powers delegated to the United States and we can put together a formula to finally rein in this out of control federal government.

Conclusion

Putting all of these clues together, what can the American people do to regain control of the behemoth we call Washington, D.C.? Let’s review the clues.

First, the states need to remember that they are separate and independent sovereigns, not vassals of Washington, D.C. The states created the federal government to serve them, not the other way around. The states delegated to the federal government certain limited and enumerated powers, which means only the states have the legal authority to amend the Constitution to give them more.

Second, the states need to defend themselves against government overreach. Today it seems when government goes too far, all most states will do is sue in federal court. That’s like asking the bully’s sister to protect you. Sure, we may want the courts opinion, but that’s all it is: An opinion. We need to states to learn to stand their ground against Washington, D.C. Yes, they’ve made it harder when they ratified the 16th and 17th Amendments, but that doesn’t excuse those in our state governments who roll over every time a new edict comes out of Washington, D.C.

And lastly, our Sheriffs, the chief law enforcement officers, are bound by oath or affirmation to the Constitution of our states and the United States. They need to take up their responsibility to protect the rights of the people of their county.

Hopefully, the solution to an out of control federal government has become obvious. We need to have strong county and local governments, especially Sheriffs. We need to educate ourselves and our neighbors of the importance of our Sheriffs. If your Sheriff and their deputies will not protect your rights, then it’s time to find a better Sheriff. As people in neighboring counties place a premium on the fidelity to their oath of their local officials, they will naturally have an impact on their state governments. As more and more people are vetting their candidates for state offices based on how they fulfill their oath of office, our states will not only change, but can regain the fortitude to stand up to Washington, D.C. Finally, as more and more states restore themselves to their position as parties to the compact that is the Constitution of the United States, Washington, D.C. will take care of itself.

I am not suggesting that this will be a quick or easy fix, but if you look really closely, you will find you don’t need to be dependent on others to live free. You may not be able to make your county, state, or federal government constitutionally sound all by yourself, but you can live as a free citizen, especially when you remember the words of Abraham Lincoln:

The people — the people — are the rightful masters of both Congresses, and courts — not to overthrow the Constitution, but to overthrow the men who pervert it

Abraham Lincoln, [September 16-17, 1859] (Notes for Speech in Kansas and Ohio)

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

We must Harden Our Schools – Mentally and Physically – Here’s How and Why

By Kat Stansell

June 25, 2022

While we’re considering, yet again, how to protect our school children against physical attack, I submit that we must also protect them against mental attack.

Marxist ideology is taking over our children’s minds, and is causing the violence we are seeing today.

Our societal bedrock of Judaeo-Christian morals and ethics has been replaced with situational ethics, in which decision-making is based on the circumstances of a particular situation, and not upon fixed laws. “If it feels good, do it” is the code of the day. No real punishment is handed out for deviance anymore, so kids don’t learn that if they do wrong, punishment will follow.

No one can know right from wrong without having moral guideposts against which to measure their actions. Law, just because written and codified, does not compel obedience.

Children today are taught to disregard the rules, disrespect family, and cling to a society that will raise them without interference from those pesky feelings of personal responsibility to themselves or others. Our morals are missing.

Today, children are taught WHAT to learn, never HOW. Deductive and inductive reasoning have been replaced by mandates, to accept what is said, without question or reason.

Society will decide which lives matter, says the New Order. Murder in the womb is considered a “right” and a “freedom”. So, if a drugged up kid or a confused sycophant decides to go kill some people one day, how can he know that is wrong? Crazed killers are given lots of attention, and a lot of today’s children crave that. Besides, the perp is never punished in any meaningful way, and something or someone else is always to blame.

It matters not what we call it – Socialism, or Marxism, or Communism – the system being foisted on America at breakneck speed, has been tried 24 times in world history, and has killed well over 100 million people. There are no fine points of difference that matter, in mass murder. Totalitarian societies have always failed and forced people to live lives of misery.

Those kind of facts just get in the way of the Leftist juggernaut, so they are omitted, along with so much of real history that would help to give children truth and perspective.

The Violence Today Comes From our educational system, NOT GUNS

I truly believe that the violence in today’s society stems from the destruction of our moral bedrock, which is the intended curriculum of the Left. Violence does not come from guns, nor from knives, or any other weapon. It is coming from our public schools.

Our children must be taught moral responsibility and personal strength. We must return to teaching the core values on which this nation was founded. If we can change the lesson plan, we can change the course of history and steer the ship of state back on course.

Our culture has been canceled and its replacement is filled with lies and fairy tales. We must stop allowing the rainbow unicorn of insanity to lead the nation. Let’s cancel the Cancel Culture, and fight back!

This is where local action comes in. The power we have is in our own communities, NOT on the national stage. Very few of us have ANY sway on the federal level. We must start at home.

We must organize and work hard, as has the Left for decades. A young Obama volunteer in 2012 said, “We didn’t just come out (to work for Obama), we INCONVENIENCED OURSELVES.”

This is exactly what we must do to save the Republic.

Remember, it was the parents of Virginia, last year, who were the leading force in turning a blue state red. Thanks to covid school closures, they saw what was being taught, and went to the school boards. Repeatedly. The treatment they received at the hands of the Coup fueled their fire, became front-page news, and they got a Republican elected Governor. You can do the same.

Forming a Freedom Pod is a proven way to go on the offense for Liberty. Here’s how. [***]

A Freedom Pod* is an ongoing group of citizen activists organized to effectively and efficiently address any and all community issues. Freedom Pods in many states are scoring victories against public officials who run roughshod over our rights.

Gather five or six people who care enough about their country to be involved. The more, the better! A few hours a week is a small price for freedom. Inconvenience yourselves. PLEASE!

Begin with RESEARCH.

Assign team members to learn what is going on. Know your enemy. Who are the players at City Hall? At the school board?

What is being taught, in every subject? What funding from non- governmental organizations (NGO’s) is involved in programs? Is there money from any of these being funneled into your schools? Where and how?

Then, recruit WATCHERS.

These are the people who attend every meeting. EVERY meeting. They will record what is said, who said it, and learn who are the movers and shakers. Who is friends with whom? Who is pushing the agenda? Where is the teachers’ union in all this? Learn who plans the curricula for the different grades. Find the funding sources, and who controls them. Spot the non- governmental organizations (NGO’s) who influence the outcome. Who calls the final decisions? You’ll be surprised to learn that is it NOT you, the citizen who pays the taxes.

Your STRATEGIST is the main leader of the effort. He or she will study all the research and meeting notes and determine how to approach the fight. This can be a small group instead of one person, but they are the main leaders.

The AGITATORS are your spokesmen to stand up and address the public meetings. They will present your case. Everyone helps here, to make sure the presentation is targeted and effective, but it’s the presenters who stand up and speak.

The VICTIMS are the group members who are the most impacted by the policies that you are trying to change. For the school board, these will be the parents whose children have suffered behavioral or physical issues, or even confusion traceable to the curriculum being taught. Some may well speak to the failures in instruction, and what the kids are NOT learning, as well as what they are. These are the individuals most feared by the group whose ways you want to change.

Recruit ACTIVISTS who will go to rallies, carry and post signs, and show up on the steps of City Hall or the Board offices to protest. They will also be the ones who come to pack the seats at meetings where a show of numbers will help the cause.

Create a MEDIA TEAM to stay in touch with local media and post your group and its activities on social media. How concerned citizens are treated is big news today.

Remember that, just as the children don’t see consequences for their actions, your officials often don’t, either. This is why they feel free to ignore you and your cause. If handled properly, though, your elected representatives can be held personally responsible, legally, for violation of your civil rights, should they do so. Often backroom meetings result in the unconstitutional taking of property, closure of businesses, and passage of arbitrary regulations. Tools for holding them liable are Sec. 1983 of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, and Sec. 3 of the 14th Amendment to the Constitution. Research will tell you when each is appropriate to use. Frequently, just the knowledge that they are being held legally accountable will wipe the smirk from their officials’ officious faces, and make them pay attention to you and your requests.

Develop a grading system to show how well officials are defending your liberty. Then, award Freedom Hero certificates, with fanfare if possible, to those who are doing a good job. Make public note of those who didn’t pass the test. Make each official sign a pledge to follow the Constitution. If they will not, that is news as well. BIG news.

Replacing bad officials with constitutional ones is the most effective way to control policy. Find candidates who are willing to run, then help them with their campaigns. You will already know the issues.

Yes, commitment to being a freedom fighter involves some work. Living under a system of totalitarianism involves suffering and pain. We can see it coming at us, more every day. I would rather work. So, get off the couch and out the door. We have a country to save!

[***] Freedom Pod is the concept of Tom DeWeese of the American Policy Center. The steps outlined here are from Tom, and activist, Mary Baker, author of Citizen Ninjas: Stand Up to Power (2016) which is a primer for local activism The concepts here are borne of decades of personal struggle to retain our freedoms against the incursion of our government. Currently, there are Freedom Pods forming in many states. Add yours to the list of Americans helping to save America.

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

Press Censorship, Part 4

By Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

June 24, 2022

Continues examples of letters to the Editors of major periodicals/newspapers that were rejected

This letter to the Editor was sent to THE NEW YORK TIMES on October 21, 2021.

Letter to the Editor: Bret Stephens’ Opinion column “America’s Crumbling Global Position” (N.Y. TIMES, October 27, 2021) is exactly right in every respect, though he could have added President Obama’s critique as well. It reminded me of A.M. Rosenthal’s excellent analysis “The New World Order” (N.Y. TIMES, May 5, 1998). Stephens’ column begins with “a recent drone assault on a U.S. military outpost.” Twice I warned the Secret Service about a possible drone assault here. On May 22, 2018, I warned ABC News about drone attacks, which occurred against Venezuelan president Maduro less than 3 months later. My great fear is that one night in the eastern Mediterranean an innocuous vessel and registry will appear, open its deck, and a drone swarm laden with explosives will proceed at low altitude and 100mph toward an unsuspecting Tel Aviv (a single computer program can control over 1000 drones simultaneously). In case you don’t think I know what I am talking about, search “dennis cuddy” with “April 29, 2013” and you will see I correctly predicted 4 terrorist activities occurring within 2 weeks! Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This letter to the Editor was sent to TODAY’S HOSPITALIST on April 19, 2022.

Letter to the Editor: One of the most difficult tasks confronting today’s hospitalists is treating severe Covid-19 patients. Since hospitalists are dealing with a virus where the Inflammo Thrombotic Response if not successfully treated results in multiple organ failure causing death, beginning to develop treatments could have begun at the beginning of the pandemic by looking at drugs that combined antiviral and anti-inflammatory properties for treating Covid-19. A few such trials have been conducted, but they either have not been completed or showed no significant improvement in Covid-19 patients or showed serious adverse side effects. However, recently, Sabizabulin (developed October 13, 2021 to treat breast cancer) was reported on April 12, 2022 to cut in half the death rate of those with severe COVID. In Drugs.com MedNews, a recent article about this indicated that Sabizabulin with its antiviral and anti-imflammatory properties “appears to work so well on critically ill COVID-19 patients that the drug’s maker (VERU) stopped its clinical trial early and will apply for emergency authorization (because) it’s the first drug to demonstrate clinically and statistically meaningful reduction in deaths in hospitalized patients with moderate to severe COVID-19.” Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This letter to the Editor was sent to ROLLING STONE on April 21, 2022.

Letter to the Editor: Why are you, Ryan Bort and Piers Morgan obsessed with convincing people there was no fraud in the 2020 election (see Ryan Bort’s “Trump Throws Tantrum After Piers Morgan Asks Him About 2020 Election Lies”, but you censor information to the contrary? Have you told your readers about Jay Valentine’s “Meet the Technology That’s Uncovering 2020’s Voter Fraud” (American Thinker, November 29, 2021)? And have you told your readers what former Psychology Today editor, Dr. Robert Epstein, found? He’s a liberal who said he was glad that Biden won, but says he’s “horrified” at how it was done. He also said, “We are no longer a democracy” (listen to him at https://steelonsteel.com). Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This letter to the Editor was sent to THE WALL STREET JOURNAL on April 27, 2022.

Letter to the Editor: Re your editorial today, “Abortion and the Supreme Court,” in reading it carefully, I did not find a single thing that did not seem logical. However, I still believe your conclusion was incorrect. Roe v. Wade was a decision written by Justice Blackmun based primarily upon a penumbra rather than the wording of the Constitution’s 14th Amendment, the primary applicable section of which was written by Rep. John Bingham. He specifically indicated it derived from the 5th Amendment, and by the word “person” meant any human being based upon rights “endowed by the Creator” in the Declaration of Independence. And one is obviously “created” prior to birth, but Blackmun’s penumbra conferred Constitutional personhood at birth. This cries out for correction, and it is likely that Justice Thomas will remind the other Justices that we should not return the issue of abortion to the states, just as we should not return the issue of slavery to each state. Thus, a majority of the High Court should use the Dobbs case to reverse Roe. Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D. (advised the Solicitor-Generals on cases and arguments, including abortion, before the Supreme Court during the Reagan administration), Raleigh, NC

This letter to the Editor was sent to THE WALL STREET JOURNAL on June 7, 2022.

To the Editor: Re your excellent editorial “The Georgetown Law Purge” and Ilya Shapiro’s “Why I Quit Georgetown” (6/7), I suffered similarly. In August 1982, I was a beginning instructor at UNC-Chapel Hill, and the head of the History Department told me no college or university was ever going to hire me, because I had on my resume an article against court-ordered busing in The Washington Post. So the next month, I went to the Reagan administration specifically to end forced busing and met future Chief Justice John Roberts. For decades, the courts and academic elites did not understand that racial-balanced busing required the minority population to be bused in inverse proportion to the majority, therefore massively discriminating against Blacks. I developed a solution satisfactory to everyone which was first instituted in Norfolk, and Black academic achievement increased, next similarly in Oklahoma City. Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This letter to the Editor was sent to THE WALL STREET JOURNAL on May 22, 2022.

Letter to the Editor: Re Tunku Veradarajan’s opinion column about Profs. Barnett’s and Bernick’s book, “The Original Meaning of the 14th Amendment,” he mentions Bernick’s reference to Brown v. Board of Education which resulted in decades-long court-ordered busing that discriminated against Blacks, which during the Reagan administration I ended. Barnett and Bernick also refer to the 1873 Slaughter-House cases, from which I quoted in my essay on “Personhood and the 14th Amendment,” written with help from John T. Dowd, whose wife Aggie was William F. Buckley, Jr.’s researcher for “Firing Line” on PBS. In these cases, Justice Stephen Field wrote “The 14th Amendment was intended to give practical effect to the Declaration of 1776 of inalienable rights which are the gift of the Creator, and which law does not confer, but only recognizes.” Justice John Bingham drafted the first section of the 14th Amendment referring to “depriving any person of life,” and said “person” meant “any and every human being.” This applies to Barnett’s references to the upcoming Mississippi abortion case to be heard by the High Court on December 1. Roe v. Wade absurdly confers constitutional “personhood” at birth (a variable point), which is contradicted by the original intent of the 14th Amendment as stated above, because one is obviously “created” prior to birth! Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy

This letter to the Editor was sent to THE WALL STREET JOURNAL on May 27, 2022.

To the Editor of THE WALL STREET JOURNAL: Re the Opinion column (5/27) of U.S. Reps. Kevin McCarthy and Jim Jordan titled, “Why We Won’t Talk to the Jan. 6 Committee,” they are exactly right, and they should also include the hypocrisy of Speaker Pelosi and her fellow Democrats. First, Speaker Pelosi said re the 100,000 rioters who took over the capitol of Wisconsin that “it was a great display of democracy in action” and she was “in solidarity with them.” Secondly, she said she did not know why there weren’t “uprisings” (synonym “insurrections”) across the U.S. re President Trump’s policies at the southern border. And thirdly, she and the Democrats supported the August 2020 protest at the White House which turned into an insurrection using bats, clubs, bottles, fireworks and body fluids, injuring 60 Secret Service agents and hospitalizing 11 of them! Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This letter to the Editor was sent to THE WALL STREET JOURNAL on June 7, 2022.

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

If January 6th Had Been a Real “Insurrection”

By Lex Greene

June 24, 2022

…Not a single anti-American socialist democrat would remain in DC power today. Half of the republicans who are actually democrats in RNC disguise, would be gone as well.

If this many Americans had gone to Washington DC to “overthrow the government” in any armed “insurrection,” there are not enough cops or combat ready troops to have stopped it. This many Americans can do anything they want, anytime they want, and frankly, by any means they want.

This alone proves that the events of January 6^th, 2021, had nothing to do with any “insurrection” or attempt to “overthrow” the government. It also proves how just such a show of unified indignation, scares the living hell out of every evildoer in DC. They NEVER want to see anything like this ever again.

AND…they sure aim to disarm every decent, honest, productive, law-abiding American Citizen, before such a gathering happens again!

Still, socialist democrats are wasting more taxpayer money with yet another wild witch hunt, with a blatant clear intent to simply make it difficult for Trump to ever seek office again, or for the people of the USA to ever execute their Right and Duty to remove from power, a government which is destructive of freedom, liberty, sovereignty, and security.

Since June 16, 2015, when Trump rode down the escalator to announce his political bid for the Oval Office, far left democrat lunatics have tried everything under the sun to destroy Trump, his family, his businesses, and his future. Repeated attempts all failed miserably, time and again. Every effort was instead, proven to be a pure political witch hunt based on false accusations, backed by fake evidence, solicited, and paid for by the Hillary Clinton Campaign and the Democrat Party.

Yet here we are again! Because it’s entirely impossible to sell January 6^th events as any “insurrection” with a serious face, or even a “riot” by BLM and ANTIFA standards, congressional democrats have stopped using the term “insurrection” in their latest fake investigation, hoping many Americans will at least accept the equally false term, “riot.”

Meanwhile, countless political prisoners from that day remain in Biden’s gulag and more people are headed there, for allegedly “trespassing” on public property. Of course, it’s not possible to trespass on public property, because public property is owned by, well, the public. A property owner cannot trespass on their own property. They have a right to be there!

Most recently, the Biden regime arrested Dr. Simone Gold, leader of the Frontline Doctors group that has been spreading the TRUTH about COVID19 with thousands of other honest doctors, nurses and scientists.

UNDERSTAND: There is no proof at all that a single life has been saved by any of the COVID19 “vaccines.” No one can “prove” why someone didn’t die. However, there is a mountain of growing evidence that thousands or maybe millions of lives have been lost or ruined as a direct result of the so-called “vaccines.” The new “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome” is the new label for vaccine related deaths.

Dr. Simone Gold and thousands of other reliable medical professionals from all over the globe have been proven right. Gold was simply speaking truth at the Trump Rally on January 6^th. Christopher Cooper, U.S. district judge for the District of Columbia, sentenced Gold on Thursday to a 60-day prison term followed by 12 months of supervised release and ordered her to pay a $9,500 fine. Cooper was appointed to the bench by Barack Hussein Obama and is merely a rubber stamp for Obama’s political prisoners.

Likewise, evidence has shown that “mass-shootings” only happen in “gun-free zones,” where the criminal shooter is the only person armed. It’s therefore counterintuitive to suggest that disarming all legal lawful citizens can solve the problem.

As I finish this piece for release, the US Supreme Court just issued a ruling against New York’s effort to continue disarming their lawful citizens.

“In this case, petitioners and respondents agree that ordinary, law-abiding citizens have a similar right to carry handguns publicly for their self-defense. We too agree, and now hold, consistent with Heller and McDonald, that the Second and Fourteenth Amendments protect an individual’s right to carry a handgun for self-defense outside the home,” Justice Clarence Thomas wrote in the Court’s opinion. “Because the State of New York issues public-carry licenses only when an applicant demonstrates a special need for self-defense, we conclude that the State’s licensing regime violates the Constitution.” (SOURCE)

Now, in the case of the picture above from January 6, 2021… this picture is worth at least a billion words! Imagine if all of those people had been a part of any “armed insurrection” or even a BLM-ANTIFA riot… No one could have stopped them from doing anything they wanted to do that day, especially since House Speaker Pelosi had declined any special security measures offered by President Trump for that day.

No, there was no insurrection and no riot in DC on January 6, 2021. But these facts have had no impact at all on yet another expensive DNC circus stunt intended to mislead millions of Americans into voting themselves and everyone else back into bondage, under the false propaganda aimed at destroying Trump and every Trump supporter.

The picture tells all that needs to be told on the matter. This many armed angry Americans could have overthrown the DC criminal cabal that day if that’s what they had set out to accomplish. No one could have stopped it.

So, what are WE going to do about the continued open fraudulent assault on innocent freedom and liberty loving Americans, playing out on pretty much every news network, all of whom know the truth? Without the frauds in Congress and their lying minions in the news media, none of this could be happening. Without severe consequences for their actions, this is the new norm in the USA, an entire federal government and news media weaponized against every American citizen who dare to disagree.

Are YOU willing to accept these unconstitutional new norms for yourself, your loved ones, and all future generations? If you’re not, then it’s time to stand together against blatant unconstitutional tyranny from the halls of our own illegitimate government. According to our Charters of Freedom, such a government has no lawful right to exist…

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Governed by Ninnies

by Lee Duigon

June 23, 2022

If you’re looking to banish sleep some night, you can do no better than to imagine Vice President (heaven help us) Kamala Harris, by some unforeseen calamity, becoming president.

Former Speaker Newt Gingrich has dropped his share of goofy comments, but when he recently discoursed on the fitness of our vice president, he was right on target. (Sorry, the link doesn’t work; you can find the clip on YouTube.)

In addition to being “crazy enough to satisfy the Left,” Harris, said the Speaker, “is the first product of our teacher union/woke education system to get anywhere.” She “knows nothing, and doesn’t know how to learn anything,” and is oblivious to whatever’s going on around her. In short, she’s a ninnie. And she’s got a lot of company.

If there’s one thing our schools and colleges do well, it’s to crank out an inexhaustible supply of nincompoops, many of whom will someday be called upon to run our business and our government. If you think our country’s in trouble now, with only a few of these dindles calling the shots, wait a few years. And if that doesn’t scare you silly, you’d better check to see if you can fog a mirror.

One thing King COVID did was to shut down a lot of public schools and colleges, resulting in an all-time high of families opting for homeschooling. Their number has quadrupled.

But! Will we have enough homeschooled young people to carry this country on their shoulders when they grow up, rather than let it fall into the fumbling, feckless paws of characters like Kamala Harris? What? You don’t think she’s that awful? Have you taken a look at our southern border lately? She’s supposed to be in charge of that! Oh—and now she’s also going to be in charge of protecting our ham-fisted button-brained public figures and journalists from Internet “harassment and abuse.” Never mind gas prices going up to $10 a gallon! What we’ve really got to do is protect our idiots from criticism. Like that fat guy with the wig and nail polish who calls himself a woman and has a high office in our Dept. of Health. And he’s only one of many.

Once upon a time at the Indiana State Fair you had to pay 25 cents to see such people in the freak show. Now they’re in our government. And “teaching” (LOL!) in our public schools.

Well, college enrollment nationwide is down 4.1 percent. That’s a good thing: not enough, but we have to start somewhere. The good news is that the only type of higher education experiencing record growth is “conservative religious schools”. Don’t tell me that surprises you.

Imagine a whole country taken over, lock, stock, and barrel with chumps who have degrees in Intersectional Feminist Ping-Pong Studies. Who cares if no one can land a plane safely anymore? All we care about is the racial component of our aviation and transportation industries! And let’s make sure we have plenty of tax money set aside for Pregnant Persons who still have penises.

We now have a (ahem!) “president” who’s spent his whole adult life in Washington and the only thing he’s learned is how to duck responsibility and shift blame onto others. While picking up a bit of dirty money on the side. That’s all he’s got to offer.

But what does the Democrat Party have to offer us, when it’s time to elect a new president? Imagine Kamala being the cream of the crop. Imagine leaders who make her look like Dwight D. Eisenhower.

I wonder how we sleep at night.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit before they cart us off to a re-education camp. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Part 3: Interesting Responses To My Commentaries: Flood The USA With Third World Refugees

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 23, 2022

Part 3: The goal is to flood the USA with 100 different 3rd world dependents and cause a destruction of our Constitution.

Without a doubt, the United States stands eyeball deep in trouble in 2022. It’s not only the gas prices, food prices and tremendous political divide—it’s also about the loss of the rule of law, common decency of citizens toward one another in the big cities, and most importantly, a loss of loyalty to our country. Our kids don’t respect our flag, don’t understand the worth of our Constitution and frivolously remain addicted to their cell phones.

Thankfully, Top Gun—Maverick hit the theaters recently to rave reviews as to the fact that it wasn’t racially divisive, but provided positive patriotism, honored America, and enjoyed a love story. We all want that! Well, most of us do, a least. Probably not BLM, Antifa and La Raza.

Unfortunately, there are too many individuals and groups that want to tear down our country. As I said in the latest columns, we need STRICT enforcement of our laws—and severe jail time for criminals. I mean slam them into their own personal jail cell to scare the rest of those thugs into becoming law-abiding citizens.

Let’s face it, Jussie Smollett tried to create a race war with his “noose” and two other immigrants “beating him up”, and then, he lied like Al Capone, but he was found guilty…but he’s still walking around on appeal. He needs to be slammed into jail and taught a lesson. So do the rest of the thugs, liars, cheats, killers and arsonists! We need to stop them from their anarchist activities.

Here’s a response to one of my commentaries on “Uvalde Shooting”:

ALL of the entities you have been knocking on are not going to answer. Upton Sinclair 100 years ago wrote “Brass Check”. He chronicled the takeover of ALL independent media of the day by Rothschild’s agents. That got the US into WW-1.

The goal is to flood the USA with 100 different 3rd world dependents and cause a destruction of our Constitution.

I feel your frustration and live it every day. Growing up in Miami I have lived it. The slow burn immigration problem has just had gas dumped on it with the removal of Trump and the new puppet Biden installed. This is all intentional and controlled by City of London debt/slave crime cartel!

As we age, our replacements grow up never knowing what WE had here in our country. We are the remnants, but we are being ignored. I feel for my children and what they will have to deal with after I’m gone.

Paper ballot elections hand counted and total elimination of corporate funding of campaigns is the ONLY hope to change out the communists in DC. If the ballot box fails it will be the ammo box that will eventually stop this. JE, Florida

This response has to do with my commentary on the fact that we don’t possess enough water, energy and resources in America to sustain another 100 million immigrants projected by 2050:

Frosty,

Nobody talks about this reality—we’re running out of water at a high rate of speed. The West continues in an eight year “exceptional drought.” The Colorado River cannot continue sustaining 40,000,000 people in California.

Soon the intake pipes at the Hoover dam will be exposed. The massive turbines will starve, and the entire region will go dark.

There is no viable replacement for the mega power generated. Las Vegas will go dark, no A/C and no way to pump water and sewage.

Nature has a way of balancing things. Pics from my cockpit on recent approach to Las Vegas. I have been watching the lake drop for past 25 years. JE, airline pilot, Florida

(Photograph by the response writer with permission.)

As to one of my commentaries on “Endless legal and illegal immigration”:

Frosty,

Apparently, no one gives a rats-rear-end…because this horrific number of people will continue exploding into our country without pause and without reason…until there are no solutions as to water, energy and resources. Honest to God, I’ve tried to interview on 60 Minutes, NPR with Terry Gross and Scott Simon, PBS, NBC, CBS, ABC, Tucker Carlson, Anderson Cooper and many more—for over 20 years. And, I am a darned excellent speaker on this subject.

He responded, “There is a 100-year-old book by Upton Sinclair, “Brass Check” He exposed and documented the globalist takeover of all media of the day. Every major paper and radio station has an editor that feeds and edits the content. Same today. All the treasonous subjects you mentioned are all controlled. They allow opposing views like Carlson but they all, including Rush, are under 100% control of their handlers. It would be a cold day in hell for you to ever get to speak. If you do be ready to get bushwhacked.”

As I’ve offered for over 20 years, these two videos need to be seen by every American, every governor, every senator and every college and high school student. This is what everyone faces within the next 28 years if not much sooner.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Joe Biden: A Crypto CFR member?

By Servando Gonzalez

June 23, 2022

In an address to the United States Senate in three parts, June 29, June 30 and July 1, 1992, “On the Threshold of the New World Order: The Wilsonian Vision and American Foreign Policy in the 1990’s and Beyond,” then Senator Joseph R. Biden said,

“When the peace conference convened at Versailles in 1919, Woodrow Wilson presented, to a world desperately eager to hear it, America’s second vision of a new order. The first American vision —the Founders’ vision— had concerned the establishment of a just new order within nations through institutions of democracy. The second American vision —Wilson’s vision— concerned the establishment of a just new order among nations through institutions of cooperation.

… Modern-day conservatives who are instinctively frightened by the Wilsonian vision have propounded a mythical image of Woodrow Wilson as a dangerously naive idealist. Idealist he was. But there was no naiveté in the Wilsonian vision. As history soon proved, the danger lay in a failure to implement what Wilson proposed.

… How is it, then, that the United States failed so conspicuously and so fatefully to join the League of Nations that Woodrow Wilson himself had designed and advanced as the ultimate protection against future cynicism and future cataclysm?

… With that turn of history, the League of Nations was doomed and a new world was born, but not a new world order.

… Now, as the century nears it close, the near-universal repudiation of the totalitarian idea has removed the last great obstacle to the Wilsonian vision.”

Senator Joseph Biden did not explain, however, how this “near-universal repudiation of the totalitarian idea” could bring about the totalitarian “Wilsonian vision” of Edward Mandell House. Apparently, Biden ignored, or wanted us to ignore, that Wilson had no ideas of his own. His controller, Col. House had implanted all of them in his impressionable mind. Wilson himself publicly admitted it when he said,

“Mr. House is my second personality. He is my independent self. His thoughts and mine are one.”

In his book The Strangest Friendship in History: Woodrow Wilson and Colonel House, author George Sylvester Viereck mentioned that it was House, not Wilson, who made the slate for the Cabinet. House also planned the first policies of the Administration and practically directed the foreign affairs of the United States.

Biden also forgot to mention that Col. House was an agent of a group of international bankers and a founding father of the treasonous Council on Foreign Relations. Eventually, Wilson discovered the true nature and goal of the “Colonel” who betrayed him, regretted his actions and, before his death, stated:

“I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilized world. No longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.”

He was talking about the Federal Reserve Act, passed by the 63rd United States Congress and signed into law by President Woodrow Wilson on December 23, 1913. The law created the Federal Reserve System, the central banking system of the United States. the Federal Reserve System, the central banking system of the United States.

Some people see globalization as an attempt to extend corporate monopoly control over the entire globe, over every national economy, over every local economy, over every life. But that’s not the whole truth. Actually, globalization is just a tool for the implementation on a global scale of a process of destruction of industrial civilization, resulting in a sort of neo-feudalism, with only two social classes: the super rich and the super poor.

Strangely, this world without sovereign nations, where the super poor will be forced to live just above subsistence (sustainable) levels, is not too different from the aberration Fidel Castro successfully implemented in Cuba. Paradoxically, most “progressive” Americans were proud of their regressive admiration of Castro’s policies —which are nothing but a testing ground for the corporate monopoly conspiracy they claim to oppose.

In the same fashion, some liberals see imperialism as an expansionist form of capitalism, though they usually make the distinction that they are not talking about mom and pop stores competing among each other, but about the big financial institutions and the transnational corporations. Like Lenin, they see imperialism as a superior phase of capitalism. According to them, you cannot talk about imperialism without talking about capitalism.

But they are dead wrong. Actually, you can talk about imperialism without talking about capitalism, because imperialism, the direct product of monopoly capitalism, actually is not capitalism at all, but another form of socialism —the political system liberal progressives love so much. In fact, most of the evils attributed to capitalism are not of its own, but the result of socialist, anticapitalist features surreptitiously infiltrated inside capitalism by the monopoly globalists.

For sure, one of the most useful and beneficial characteristics of capitalism is competition. Yet, contrary to what most people may think, the person who said, “Competition is a sin,” was not Marx, Lenin, or Mao, but John D. Rockefeller. Therefore, monopoly capitalism is nothing but socialism in disguise. One outcome of the Draconian measures implemented to “protect” us from alleged dangerous virus was the elimination of true capitalist businesses by declaring them “non-essential.”

Searching on the web, I found that even though Joe Biden was invited on some occasions to share his ideas with key CFR members, he is not a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. So, what did he try to accomplish with such a passionate address to the U.S. Congress? Was he just looking to get an invitation to join the Sancta Sanctorum of America’s true political power? We know that the CFR has secret members. Is Joe Biden one of them?

I don’t have an answer to such questions, but what becomes clear is that, as early as 1992, opportunist Joe Biden discovered which side the political bread is buttered on in the U.S. and acted accordingly. He benefited enormously from his discovery. As the saying goes, hard work always pays off, whatever you do.

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Government Giving a Month of Celebration to What American Laws & Bible Condemn

By Bradlee Dean

June 22, 2022

“Sex before eight before it’s too late” -North American Man Boy Love Association motto, Seen holding signs during homosexual pride parades

It should be of interest to the American people to know for what the government today is allowed to advocate, by the people, is against the laws of our union, as well as the One that established this governmental institution (Exodus 18:25), which, in turn, makes them criminal.

“No enactment of man can be considered law unless it conforms to the law of God.” -William Blackstone

Yet, everything for which the government pays falls to the people that are working to pay for it, namely you and me. If not corrected, this will be to our own demise (Genesis 19:24; Numbers 32:23).

Why is this a month of pride as it is called, when the Lawgiver Himself condemns it (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13; Romans 1:24; Jude 1:7)? Where are the American people at when it comes to holding their said representatives accountable to the laws (Romans 3:31)?

“Righteousness exalts a nation, but sin is a reproach to any people.” -Proverbs 14:34

We all know to whom this is aimed, the children (Luke 17:2).

Conclusion: Maybe this video will help the American people understand where this is all coming from.

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Stay the Course, for the Goal Is in Sight!

by Rolaant McKenzie

June 21, 2022

Whenever the Olympic games take place, I especially enjoy the opening and closing ceremonies. It is wonderful seeing athletes from all over the world wearing the distinctive garb of their countries and carrying their national flags.

During the opening ceremonies, it is customary for the athletes of the many participating nations to march into the stadium under their own nations’ flags. This is in preparation for the national teams to compete against each other to gain glory for their respective countries. In contrast, during the closing ceremonies flag bearers of the nations proceed into the stadium together followed by the athletes from the countries those flags represent. The athletes come into the stadium as one body singing, dancing, and celebrating their common bond that they participated in the Olympic games, no matter to what nation they belonged.

It is like Van Halen’s rendition of the song Dancing in the Street (originally sung by Martha & the Vandellas), where people from all over the world get out into the streets and swing and sway to sweet music, expressing their joy of life and celebrating it with each other.

Armin Van Buuren, the famous Dutch DJ, is known worldwide for his very energetic progressive trance and dance-pop music concerts. It is obvious the joy he feels as he brings joy to his hearers. Armin dances as he controls the synthesizer and other equipment rolling out the show. The lights and music amaze and excite the crowd as they dance together waving flags from nations around the world.

In a small way this reminds me of the joy that will be when Jesus returns and takes from every nation and all tribes and peoples and tongues a great multitude which no one will be able to count home to heaven (Revelation 7:9-17), where with great joy they will sing, dance, and celebrate as they make their way down the streets of gold praising and thanking God. Praising Him as the Creator and Sustainer of all things and thanking Him for sending Jesus, His one and only Son, who redeemed them from their sins, the devil, and his minionswho had tormented them on earth.

In the 2006 epic historical action film 300, Leonidas, King of Sparta, led 300 Spartan warriors during the Battle of Thermopylae (480 BC) in a seemingly hopeless fight to defend his home against the army of King Xerxes of Persia more than 1,000 times the size.

In a pivotal scene, Leonidas met personally with Xerxes, who offered him great wealth and power if only he would kneel and worship him.Leonidas refused Xerxes’ offer, choosing instead to meet death with his fellow warriors defending their home. He further told him that contrary to being forgotten, history would remember that free men stood against a tyrant, that few stood against many, and that in the end all would know that Xerxes was no god at all.

Ephialtes, a Spartan who was turned away from joining Leonidas in the fight against the Persian invaders due to a physical deformity that prevented him from holding up his shield high enough, became embittered and made a different choice. He defected to Xerxes, who offered him wealth, luxury, women, and a military uniform if only he would kneel and worship him and tell him of the hidden pathway where he could trap and destroy Leonidas and his men. Ephialtes, awed by and desirous to partake of the splendor around him, prostrated himself before Xerxes and worshiped him, thus betraying his countrymen.

The first scene in 300 is reminiscent of another temptation that took place long ago that has made an indelible mark in history.

“The devil took Him [Jesus] to a very high mountain and showed Him all the kingdoms of the world and their glory; and he said to Him, ‘All these things I will give You, if You fall down and worship me.’ Then Jesus said to him, ‘Go, Satan! For it is written, ‘YOU SHALL WORSHIP THE LORD YOUR GOD, AND SERVE HIM ONLY.'” (Matthew 4:8-10)

Because Jesus refused the devil’s offer to gain rulership of the world by avoiding suffering and death on the cross, all who trust in Him have complete forgiveness of their sins and an eternal place in His universal kingdom with all its unfading glory.

In contrast, global elitists such as some of those affiliated with organizations like the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the Bilderberg Group may have responded to the offer of wealth and power in a similar fashion as Ephialtes by bending the knee to the “god” of this world (2 Corinthians 4:3-4). In doing so, they serve a defeated lord for a kingdom that will not last but will be destroyed and replaced by the eternal kingdom of the Resurrected One, the King of kings and Lord of lords, Jesus Christ.

God’s people throughout history up to current times, have faced tests to their faith and temptations to compromise their fidelity to Jesus. Like Xerxes in 300, the devil will come to us and dangle something in front of our eyes we desire, or feel is indispensable to life in this world. It could be wealth, power, position, something, or someone. He will whisper in your ear,

“Do you want this? All you must do is kneel to me and this will be yours.”

Do not listen to him! Satan is a liar, thief, and murderer. You cannot bargain with someone who seeks your destruction no matter what. Instead, trust in the One who gives freely abundant life, eternal life. Jesus says,

“I am the door; if anyone enters through Me, he will be saved, and will go in and out and find pasture. The thief comes only to steal and kill and destroy; I came that they may have life, and have it abundantly. I am the good shepherd; the good shepherd lays down His life for the sheep.” (John 10:9-11)

Subtle or clear, whatever tests come or their level of difficulty, God’s grace is sufficient to carry us successfully through them just as it was for His faithful believers gone home to heaven before us. This is an encouragement for all who trust in Jesus alone for forgiveness of their sins and salvation to press on with the race to the not-so-distant finish line.

“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to His great mercy has caused us to be born again to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to obtain an inheritance which is imperishable and undefiled and will not fade away, reserved in heaven for you, who are protected by the power of God through faith for a salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.” (1 Peter 1:3-5)

One of the most memorable scenes at the end of the 2014 Winter Olympics opening ceremony at Fisht Olympic Stadium in Sochi, Russia was the end of the Olympic torch relay leading up to the lighting of the Olympic cauldron.

Former award-winning figure skater Irina Rodnina took the torch and was met by former champion ice hockey goalkeeper Vladislav Tretiak, handing the torch to him. On both sides of the long path leading out of the stadium to the cauldron were all those who previously participated in the program. It was moving to watch them cheer on Tretiak and Rodnina as they jogged out of the stadium to the culmination of the program, the lighting of the cauldron.

This reminded me of the great cloud of witnesses described in Hebrews 11-12:1-3, whose stories encourage us to remain faithful to God and stay in the race until the finish line is crossed.

“Therefore, since we have so great a cloud of witnesses surrounding us, let us also lay aside every encumbrance and the sin which so easily entangles us, and let us run with endurance the race that is set before us, fixing our eyes on Jesus, the author and perfecter of faith, who for the joy set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and has sat down at the right hand of the throne of God.” (Hebrews 12:1-2)

Do not give way to even intense pressure or throw in the towel. Bend not the knee to Baal or Molech, or receive thirty pieces of silver, or drop the pinch of incense to Caesar. Do not cast aside the approval of God for the approval of men (John 12:42-43). Bow not to the powers and principalities in this world that animate the elitists seeking global domination over all life (Ephesians 6:11-13). Persevere, standing firm with hope in the Lord. It really is worth it!

“For whatever was written in earlier times was written for our instruction, so that through perseverance and the encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope. Now may the God who gives perseverance and encouragement grant you to be of the same mind with one another according to Christ Jesus, so that with one accord you may with one voice glorify the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ.” (Romans 15:4-6)

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Federal Election Commission V. Ted Cruz For Senate Et Al. Opinion

“Under The Color of Law”

By Andrew C Wallace

June 21, 2022

Title 18 USC Sec. 241 and 242

Majority Of Federal Elected Officials, Bureaucrats and Judges Exercise Power “UNDER THE COLOR OF LAW” in Violation of ENUMERATED POWERS IN THE CONSTITUTION

THIS IS TREASON AND VIOLATING OATH OF OFFICE AND IS PUNISHABLE,BY DEATH.

Whoever, under color of any law, statute, ordinance, regulation, or custom, willfully subjects any person in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District to the deprivation of any rights, privileges, or immunities secured or protected by the Constitution or laws of the United States, … shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than one year, or both; and if bodily injury results from the acts committed in violation of this section or if such acts include the use, attempted use, or threatened use of a dangerous weapon, explosives, or fire, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both; and if death results from the acts committed in violation of this section or if such acts include kidnapping or an attempt to kidnap, aggravated sexual abuse, or an attempt to commit aggravated sexual abuse, or an attempt to kill, shall be fined under this title, or imprisoned for any term of years or for life, or both, or may be sentenced to death

My objective as a patriot writer is to inform people of the truth that is not readily available in the schools or media. In the process I hope to help preclude armed revolt like the French Reign of Terror which many think is a near term certainty if nothing changes.

Elected Officials, Bureaucrats and Judges are enforcing laws that are unconstitutional because they are not authorized by the “Enumerated Powers” of the Constitution. They are ruling unlawfully “Under the Color of Law”.

The Constitution under the “Enumerated Powers” allows federal government to ONLY pass laws related to Immigration, Defense, Foreign Relations, Post Office, Commerce, Currency and some house keeping functions. This means that a majority of federal departments, agencies and related laws are unconstitutional usurpations of state powers and their enforcement is “Under the Color of Law”.

Our Constitution gave the federal government no police powers in the states, absolutely none. Constitution specifies that “federal laws” are to be enforced by the Militia of the Several States. But elected officials abolished the Militia with the unconstitutional Dick Act. So we are left with the costly, corrupt, incompetent FBI, Justice Department and Judiciary.

In November 2021 the FBI raided the homes of Project Veritas Journalists based upon a warrant issued by a federal judge for theft which is a state crime over which the FBI and Federal Judges have no authority. This is but one example of countless deprivations of our Constitutional Rights by rogue members of our government. These reporters made at least three mistakes, they allowed entry to their homes, talked to agents without a lawyer being present and didn’t bring charges against the agents.

The federal government is spending twice as much as it gets in taxes with the Private Federal Reserve Bank printing the balance. The resulting inflation is destroying the average citizen but enriching the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC). Our economy is being destroyed along with the value of our money. At this rate those on Social Security, fixed income and government charity will STARVE.

It is my opinion, and that of many others that starvation and death are the only things that will convert the ignorant from a lifetime of Communist indoctrination..

The thought of starving gangs of Communists who think the world owes them a living, roaming the streets looting, burning and killing is really scary. Many patriotic Americans would die, but most of the Communists will be dead. This is not a wild forecast; we have already seen it done, financed by the large corporations. and protected by corrupt officials.

Everyone wants to know what can be done when federal law enforcement and the courts are corrupt? The ultimate answer is Guerrilla Warfare, but I certainly am not advocating this bloody solution. There must be other ways. You could charge federal officials with operating “Under the Color of law” when they do it. But what corrupt federal law enforcement official would arrest them and what corrupt judge would try them.

The answer may be in using the Militia of the Several States. The most comprehensive and authoritative information on the Militia of the Several states can be found in the extensive writings of Dr. Edwin Vieira Jr.

We know that the PSRRC is destroying our country to make way for the New World Order, nothing else makes any since.

We can’t give the PSRRC what they want . If you get nothing else from this paper I want you to know who controls everything, most people don’t have a clue. The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) own the stock controlling the large corporations which,in turn, control government, media, banks and most everything else. Nothing changes because both parties are paid by the PSRRC.

The PSRRC existed before our founding and was called the nobility in Europe. When the French faced a situation similar to the one we will soon face, their solution was the “French Reign of Terror” when they cut off the heads of all the nobility they could find.

God Bless Our Constitution

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Money, Speech, and Federal Overreach

By Paul Engel

June 20, 2022

When does spend money become speech?
Does Congress have the legal authority to regulate loans made by a candidate to their campaign?
What are the long term consequences of the Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act of 2002

Have you ever considered how money relates to speech? The federal government has. One of the issues with federal election law is the limitation on the use of money for a candidate to get their message out. What does the case FEC v Cruz have to do with free speech? More important, what does it show about the state of elections in America?

During his 2018 reelection campaign, in compliance with federal law, Senator Ted Cruz loaned his campaign $260,000. To repay this loan, along with other campaign debts, federal laws allows campaigns to receive contributions after Election Day. According to Section 304 of the Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act of 2002 (BCRA), the amount of loans that a candidate can be repaid from the campaign is limited to $250,000. The Federal Election Commission (FEC) has promulgated regulations that allow the repayment of loans above the $250,000 threshold as long as repayment happens with 20 days of the election.

The campaign committee began repaying Mr. Cruz’s loans after the 20-day post-election window. It therefore repaid the maximum allowed by FEC regulation of $250,000. Mr. Cruz and the campaign committee filed suit in Federal District Court, alleging that this law violates the First Amendment. The District Court granted Mr. Cruz and the campaign committee’s request for summary judgement on their constitutional claim. The District Court held that the loan-repayment limitations burdens political speech without sufficient justification. The District Court also ordered the challenges to the regulation to be dismissed as moot. The federal government appealed this decision to the Supreme Court.

Supreme Court Opinion

Section 304 of BCRA burdens core political speech without proper justification.

The court found that the loan repayment section of the Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act burdens “speech” without proper justification. Let’s dig into that a little further.

The loan-repayment limitation abridges First Amendment rights by burdening candidates who wish to make expenditures on behalf of their own candidacy through personal loans. Restricting the sources of funds that campaigns may use to repay candidate loans increases the risk that such loans will not be repaid in full, which, in turn, deters candidates from loaning money to their campaigns. This burden is no small matter. Debt is a ubiquitous tool for financing electoral campaigns, especially for new candidates and challengers. By inhibiting a candidate from using this critical source of campaign funding, Section 304 raises a barrier to entry—thus abridging political speech.

Federal Election Commission V. Ted Cruz For Senate Et Al. Opinion

In other words, the ability to use money in a campaign is a form of speech. I do see an indirect correlation, since campaign funds are used to fund speaking engagements, but does that directly link spending to speech? After all, isn’t it more accurate to say that limiting the ability to spend money abridges the freedom of the press?

The art or business of printing and publishing.

Press – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

It’s not so much that money allows you to speak, but it allows you to publish your ideas.

To discover or make known to mankind or to people in general what before was private or unknown; to divulge, as a private transaction; to promulgate or proclaim, as a law or edict.

Publish – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

By the court’s logic, all communication is considered speech. So any law that directly or indirectly deters communication is an abridgment of speech. However, the court has also long held that government can abridge speech, as long as it’s for a good enough reason.

The Government has not demonstrated that the loan-repayment limitation furthers a permissible goal. Any law that burdens First Amendment freedoms, even slightly, must be justified by a permissible interest.

Federal Election Commission V. Ted Cruz For Senate Et Al. Opinion

In other words, it’s not that Congress cannot pass a law that abridges speech, but that it must be for a goal the court finds permissible.

The only permissible ground for restricting political speech recognized by this Court is the prevention of “quid pro quo” corruption or its appearance.

Federal Election Commission V. Ted Cruz For Senate Et Al. Opinion

In this case, the government argues that repaying the candidate’s loan raises a heightened risk of corruption. I, like the court, don’t see how that could be so. First of all, the candidate is not simply asking for money from the campaign, but the repayment of a loan. If you lent someone money, but the government prevented them from repaying you the full amount simply because they had passed some arbitrary due date, you wouldn’t find that just, would you? Secondly, while the campaign can continue to collect contributions, which are used for, among other things, paying back loans to the campaign, those contributions are capped at $2,900 per election. That means that the loan repayment limitation of Section 304 is just another layer of regulation, and therefore, not necessary.

As a fallback argument, the Government analogizes post-election contributions used to repay a candidate’s loans to gifts because they enrich the candidate as opposed to the campaign’s treasury. But this analogy is meaningful only if the baseline is that the campaign will default.

Federal Election Commission V. Ted Cruz For Senate Et Al. Opinion

I love this one… paying back a loan is suddenly a gift. I think I’ll remember that the next time I borrow money from a bank. Congress basically is demanding that campaigns default on certain loans because they are afraid it might look bad.

The Rest of the Story

While the court focused on the impact of the Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act on campaign speech, I want to look at the constitutionality of the act itself. Does Congress have the legal authority to regulate campaign finances for the election of U.S. Senators?

The Times, Places and Manner of holding Elections for Senators and Representatives, shall be prescribed in each State by the Legislature thereof; but the Congress may at any time by Law make or alter such Regulations, except as to the Places of chusing Senators.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 4

The legislature of each state is supposed to set the time, places, and manner of elections for Senators and Representatives, but Congress may change the rules. Well, for everything but the place of choosing Senators, that is prescribed by the Constitution. Mr. Cruz was a U.S. Senator running for re-election, Obviously campaign finance laws do not involve the times or places of holding the election. But does the method of financing an election fall under that manner of holding elections?

Form; method; way of performing or executing.

Manner – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

While I can see how financing could be part of how we execute elections, I think it’s pushing what the Framers of the Constitution meant. The idea that the power to determine the times, places, and manner of choosing Senators and Representatives would reside in Congress certainly was a concern during the ratification debates.

What can be more defective than the clause concerning the elections? The control given to Congress over the time, place, and manner of holding elections, will totally destroy the end of suffrage.

The Debates In The Convention Of The Commonwealth Of Virginia, On The Adoption Of The Federal Constitution.

Mr. Wythe of Virginia went so far as to suggest the following amendment be included in the Bill of Rights:

That Congress shall not alter, modify, or interfere in the times, places, or manner of holding elections for senators and representatives, or either of them, except when the legislature of any state shall neglect, refuse, or be disabled, by invasion or rebellion, to prescribe the same.

The Debates In The Convention Of The Commonwealth Of Virginia, On The Adoption Of The Federal Constitution

So then why do we still have this language in the Constitution? James Madison explained on the floor of the federal convention:

The necessity of a Genl. Govt. supposes that the State Legislatures will sometimes fail or refuse to consult the common interest at the expense of their local conveniency or prejudices. The policy of referring the appointment of the House of Representatives to the people and not to the Legislatures of the States, supposes that the result will be somewhat influenced by the mode, This view of the question seems to decide that the Legislatures of the States ought not to have the uncontrolled right of regulating the times places & manner of holding elections. These were words of great latitude. It was impossible to foresee all the abuses that might be made of the discretionary power. Whether the electors should vote by ballot or vivâ voce, should assemble at this place or that place; should be divided into districts or all meet at one place, shad all vote for all the representatives; or all in a district vote for a number allotted to the district; these & many other points would depend on the Legislatures. and might materially affect the appointments. Whenever the State Legislatures had a favorite measure to carry, they would take care so to mold their regulations as to favor the candidates they wished to succeed.

The Records Of The Federal Convention Of 1787

While there were concerns about Congress setting the manner of electing Representatives, there was also concern that those chosen to represent the people would be manipulated by the state legislatures based on their power to regulate how they are elected. I guess the Framers planned on Congress keeping its meddling with state elections to a minimum.

Conclusion

Should the funding of political campaigns be regulated? I’m not 100% sure. On the one hand, the ability to purchase media coverage to get ones message out is important, but unlimited funding could also be used to corrupt an election. I suppose, if the American people weren’t so easily swayed by the blatant bribery of our current campaign strategies, then how they were financed wouldn’t be as much as a problem. On the other hand, placing the controls on campaign financing in the hands of those who are elected by those campaigns isn’t much better either. After all, history has shown that those in Congress will tend to use such laws to advantage the incumbents or those within their political party whenever possible.

Did the Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act of 2002 burden the free speech of candidates? I’m not sure I would say it burdened free speech, but it certainly did place a burden on their freedom of press. It therefore violated the First Amendment. So while I disagree with the court on the question of freedom of speech, I do agree that the BCRA violates the First Amendment.

I think this case brings up the question of financing elections. Let’s face it, things have changed since the 18th century. As more and more people have become professional politicians, the need to regulate how they campaign has grown. As power has accumulated in our political class, the corruption of the election process was sure to follow. And as money has flowed into political campaigns, the temptation to use donations purchase influence has been gone along with it. It appears John Adams was correct:

Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious People. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.

John Adams to Massachusetts Militia, 11 October 1798

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Part 2: Interesting Responses To My Commentaries: Great Points

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 20, 2022

Part 2: Serious topics we face.

Your responses prove compellingly powerful to me. Everyone of us Americans provides the heartbeat of America. Letters stream into my computer from truck drivers, nurses, mothers, fathers, military corporals and generals, teachers, construction workers, firemen, EMT’s, loggers, and SO many more down to earth Americans.

This response arrived about the “Absurdities Going on in America”:

Hello, Frosty Wooldridge!

I hope you’re still riding, and keeping the tires warm on that Bike! Just wanted to write and let you know that I still love your articles, but I just don’t write about all of them (except to send them to my family). But this article about the absurdities of our times is one that really caught my attention. You’ve hit the nail on the head again, drove it clear down and countersunk it with just one blow! It is truly mind-boggling, just how ignorant our nation has become. And I’m an old man, worried.

Our Federal Government and a minority of the elite are the cause of the declining spiral that we’re in. It’s happened to us over the last 60 or 70 years, and it’s the majority’s fault for allowing it to occur… (and I do think I’m in that majority to be blamed for being silent continuously)… only for not wanting to take the flak that comes with rocking the boat. But now my 82 years are telling me that there is only one way that things will ever possibly be turned around to set this – our – nation back on the right path.

Mark my words: Nothing will change unless some truly patriotic, God-fearing, field-grade, combat-trained military (or former) commanders decide to organize a truly constitutional militia, and use guns to either change, or totally remove, the present government, and re-instate the limited, Godly government the constitution proposed, and our founders began with.

Like I said, “Mark my words.” Nothing but that will ever do it. Or we are just doomed to become another Venezuela or Ukraine…I love you like my brother, Frosty. Keep telling the truth! (Even though I don’t believe enough people are yet understanding it.) Be Blessed. Allen. Childress, TX., U.S.A.

This response arrived from a judge in Nevada on my commentary as to the endless immigration invading our country:

Mr. Wooldridge:

The best thing that could happen for the United States and for all of humanity would be for the price of gasoline to reach $25 per gallon. An exploding human population using a finite resource will cause the price of the finite resource to increase– that is the law of supply and demand and that law cannot and will not be changed by humanity. Humanity has a choice— voluntarily contract the economy of the planet and voluntarily reduce the human population. Any attempt to maintain either or both population and economic growth must, and will, lead to the collapse of civilization and the deaths of billions. No matter what action may be taken by humanity there will be a reduction in the human population and the current level of economic activity at some time in the future The only questions are when and how those reductions will occur, but they will occur.

You need to help Americans understand their dilemma. Jason GB.

Response on my commentary about “Abortion”:

Dear Mr. Wooldridge:

You’re one of my favorite commentators. That being said, the above referenced article is full of relevant information but misses the point why Roe vs Wade should be overturned.

The U.S. Constitution is the highest law of the land and does not give 9 justices the legal right to make a law that affects the whole country. In addition, if one believes abortion is murder the people are made to pay for murdering the unborn with their tax dollars.

The correct thing to do is for the Supreme Court to overturn Roe vs Wade and let each State decide the issue. This is the only way boundaries can be put on this procedure.

Abortion, like prostitution, will always be with us. But States can vote to limit abortions to the first (2nd or 3rd) trimester, or make the procedure illegal altogether. States can vote to fund or defund the procedure. Right now, the people have no voice. And that is UNCONSTITUTIONAL. Regards, Jean M. Dallas, TX

Response to the Uvalde shooting:

Frosty,

99.95% of all mass shootings that were NOT false flags have a common thread. The perps were taking psychotropic drugs. Paxil, Ritalin and the rest cancel the filters in the brain that prevent the behavior. Since the controlled media is programmed to end gun ownership the MSM NEVER brings up this constant connection.

I downloaded and reviewed all mass shooting since 2000. There is a direct correlation to these events as these medications began coming online. This is just business, right? A little collateral damage insignificant to big Pharma profits and the underlying goal of subjugating all Americans critical thinking.

We are now living the intentional dismantling of the remainder of the USA. The Constitution has been ignored. I see 2/3 of the US population dead in a couple years. Cities need massive inflow. Those structures are collapsing.

We are in Godless, lawless times. There is zero justice. As a collective remnant that WE are, getting out of the way seems to be the only option. I am done speaking to those that don’t listen or understand. Your messages HAVE reached and enlightened many who get it. At this point, seek self-help. The USA and what was accomplished, what we lived is now just a memory in remnants like you and me.

In speaking with a retired cop friend, he says that places like LA, Chicago, New York, Miami are what cops call self-cleaning ovens. As EBT cards stop, food stops, money system fails, like Rats in BF Skinner’s experiment, they will self-clean. I see it beginning with massive uptick in violence in Miami. The key is to be a couple tanks of gas away from any of those places. Airline pilot

As you can see, tremendous passion and knowledge by these responses. Thank you writing!

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Illegal Aliens Stealing Our Jobs, Food, Housing, Water, Clogging the Courts & Health Care System

By: Devvy

June 20, 2022

How many decades have we heard there’s 11 million illegal aliens in this country? The more realistic number is 35-40 million. Illegal aliens are called undocumented migrants by the prostitute media. Federal agencies are no longer allowed to use the words illegal aliens.

Both sets of my grand parents came through Ellis Island legally. There was no UNCONSTITUTIONAL federal welfare. You worked or you didn’t eat. Simple as that. You came here AFTER passing a test in the country you were leaving demonstrating you could speak at least some English and had a doctor’s letter dated less than 30 days prior to getting on the ship you did not have TB (tuberculosis).Illegals invasion: Outbreaks include TB, measles, scabies, lice, dengue fever, leprosy // ICE Agent Blows the Whistle: Illegals Receiving Costly, Taxpayer-Funded Medical Treatments – Nothing has changed over the past three decades except YOU paying more and more taxes for these freeloaders – most illiterate and will remain on the dole from YOUR paycheck while working underground for cash. ALL borrowed debt from the “FED”.

It does NOT matter if the illegal is from Mexico, South America, Ireland, Iraq, Canada, China or where ever – illegal means just that. If you enter this country without permission, you have NO right to be on U.S. soil. Period. It has nothing to do with the worn-out racism charges against anyone who believes our immigration laws matter.

The invasion of illegals got so bad, President Eisenhower put his foot down and began rounding up illegals and deporting them. Tens of thousands left on their own; in total about 1.2 MILLION were sent packing.

Then came good old Ronnie Regan who opened the flood gates with what he termed as the mother of all immigration bills that would permanently end the invasion. What a liar. What he did was open the flood gates which has created an on-going human invasion which has caused so much damage to this country. Amnesty REWARDS and it’s a magnet for illegals.

Over the decades big corporations who want cheap labor, bol$tered by the whores at the U.S. Chamber of Commerce have continued buying the favors of BOTH parties to keep cheap labor coming into this country.

Illegals steal jobs that belong to Americans (which includes naturalized Americans who went through the legal process), no question about that. We’ve seen headlines – especially at meat packing plants where ICE used to round up hundreds of illegals for detention and then shipped out.

The usual propaganda has continued for decades that illegals will do work Americans won’t. That’s a lie. I had a friend in California, a contractor. One day I brought up the illegals invasion stealing thousands of construction jobs. He told me taxes were killing his business and barely making enough money to support his family so he was “forced” to hire illegals paying them cash daily because they would work for $50 bux a day. I never spoke with him again.

What the people of California should have done decades ago is vote out the socialists and communists who have been running their state legislature for 50 years. Instead, the state seduced millions with “free” everything after Prop. 187 was shot down by a partisan disgrace sitting on the bench. Each of my columns listed at the bottom have a lot of links. I know time is an issue for people but just scan them at the bottom of the columns while remembering BOTH parties did NOTHING to put a stop to the human invasion. What Real Immigration Reform Means, Mine June 22,2014

“Art Torres, California Democratic Party chairman, at the Latino Summit Response to Prop 187 at U.C. Riverside (Jan. 14, 1995): “People say to me when I was on the Senate floor, when I was in the Senate, why do you fight so hard for affirmative action programs. And I tell my white colleagues: because you’re gonna need them. Remember, 187 is the last gasp of white America.”

“Two federal judges struck down the vote of the people in California, Prop. 187 and thus began the sickening looting of we the people – for the past 20 years:

“The goal of Proposition 187 was to make illegal aliens ineligible for public benefits. It came in the middle of a deep recession in California and was popular partly because the fiscal estimate from the California Legislative Analyst’s Office said that it would save the state about $200 million/year.

“Proposition 187’s approval was the first time that any American state passed legislation related to immigration. “The day after Proposition 187 was approved by the state’s voters, several groups filed federal lawsuits against it, including the Mexican-American Legal Defense/Education Fund (MALDEF), the League of Latin American Citizens (LULAC) and the ACLU.

“Three days after Proposition 187 was approved, on November 11, federal district court judge Matthew Byrne issued a temporary injunction against the state of California, forbidding the enforcement of Prop 187. Federal judge Marianna Pfaelzer then issued a permanent injunction, pending a trial. The state of California asked in 1997 for the case to be dismissed and the injunction dropped, on the grounds that federal immigration law had changed in the meantime. The federal court denied the request that the case be dismissed. The state of California never appealed that decision, so the permanent injunction stands, and the case has never proceeded to trial.”

Then came state legislatures giving driver’s licenses to illegal aliens so they can work in violation of federal immigration laws. Did the Federal Department of Justice go after them? Not under either party.

We know illegals have been voting in our elections for a long time protected by the Democrat/Communist Party USA. Illegal aliens have NO right to vote in our elections but voter rolls filled with deceased, double voters (i.e., women who divorce, change their name but get two ballots) and illegals has allowed this to go on. Judicial Watch has won several major battles on that front. California Begins Massive Voter Roll Clean-Up – Notifies Up to 1.5 Million ‘Inactive’ Voters as Part of Judicial Watch Lawsuit Settlement // Judicial Watch Victory: Court-Ordered Consent Decree Requires Kentucky to Clean Up Election Rolls

Judicial Watch Uncovers Millions on Dirty Voter Rolls!: “Judicial Watch Finds 2.5 Million ‘Extra’ Registrants on Voting Rolls – Warns Five States to Clean Up Voting Rolls or Face a Federal Lawsuit”

“One of the most important things we can do in this election year is continue to force states and counties across the nation to comply with the National Voter Registration Act of 1993 (NVRA).

“And we are. We have sent notice-of-violation letters to 19 large counties in five states that we intend to sue unless they take steps to comply with the law and remove ineligible voter registrations within 90 days. Section 8 of the act requires jurisdictions to take reasonable efforts to remove ineligible registrations from their rolls.

“Despite our successful litigation to bring counties and states into compliance with the NVRA, voter registration lists across the country remain significantly out of date. According to our analysis of data released by the U.S. Election Assistance Commission (EAC) this year, 378 counties nationwide have more voter registrations than citizens old enough to vote, i.e., counties where registration rates exceed 100%.”

Along the way illegal “sanctuary cities” cropped up protecting violent criminal illegal aliens without any care about the safety and well being of Americans in those cities. DemonRAT mayors and sheriffs refusing to cooperate with ICE allowing rapists, murderers, robbers and free loaders to roam their cities. Those cities – mayors, county commissioners and/or city council and sheriff s should all have been charged with violating federal immigration laws. Did the Federal Department of Justice go after them for harboring and aiding illegals? Not under either party.

Here in Texas the battle over so-called sanctuary cities ended up in the courts: Does Texas have Sanctuary Cities?, Oct. 20, 2018

“Previously, Texas housed several sanctuary cities, including Houston and Dallas. In May 2017, Texas passed Senate Bill 4 (SB4) despite heated opposition by local governments and law enforcement officials. As written, SB4 requires local law enforcement officers to comply with federal immigration agents and operations. Additionally, SB4 allows police to question any arrested person about their immigration status. These harsh new policies place considerable stress on local law enforcement. Additionally, countless immigrants are now in danger of arrest and/or deportation.

“Because of the potential drastic consequences of SB4, several organizations filed appeals challenging the constitutionality of the bill. In August 2017, a judge in San Antonio temporarily blocked the enforcement of SB4. This action effectively prevented enforcement of its policies. As of March 2018, the Court of Appeals allowed the majority of SB4 to go into effect. Thus, SB4 is currently enforced in the state of Texas. But rights groups such as the ACLU continue to challenge the law. You can read further about the ramifications of SB4 here.”

Of course, the American Communist Lawyers Union (ACLU) would be out in front. ACLU to represent group backing man-boy sex – “BOSTON — The American Civil Liberties Union is stepping in to defend a group that advocates sex between men and boys against a federal lawsuit filed by the family of a murdered 10-year-old boy….Attorney Lawrence Frisoli, who represents the Curleys, said he believes that NAMBLA had stepped over the line from advocacy into actually participating in crimes.

“The commission of crimes is not constitutionally protected by the First Amendment. They participate. That’s the allegation of the lawsuit, that the organization is participating in the rape of children,” he said.

“Frisoli claimed that evidence in the lawsuit would show that NAMBLA staff assist NAMBLA members in raping children by educating them on how to locate victims, how to gain their trust and confidence, and how to avoid law enforcement so they won’t get caught.”

Mine, Dec. 3, 2004: ACLU fulfilling communist agenda, Worldnetdaily

Water is liquid gold in this country right now. The majority of Americans have NO IDEA how bad it is unless you live in a state or area suffering drought conditions.Tens of millions of gallons of water needed by Americans (especially farmers) being used up daily by tens of millions of illegals.

Housing shortage across this country – especially for low-income Americans and our vets being occupied by illegal aliens. Then banks decided to start giving mortgage loans to illegals and DOJ did nothing. READ: Illegal aliens: declaring war on the enablers

Food supply. Yes, things are going to get very bad for a number of reasons. Our farmers and ranchers are barely making it due to lack of parts for farm equipment, fertilizer and the weather. Tip: DIY RAISED GARDEN BED & Raised-Bed Gardening for Beginners: Everything You Need to Know to Start and Sustain a Thriving Garden – even if you live in an apartment. God helps those who help themselves.

Chinese nationals trafficked across border, recruited for illegal marijuana operations, June 17, 2022 – “Cartel laundered earnings through businesses, later sent proceeds to China”

Let us not forget the unimaginable and unnecessary disaster over the on-going baby food shortage. While American moms were scrambling and sick with worry, the maggots who work for OUR government in DC in the illegitimate Biden administration sent baby formula to illegal aliens in holding facilities.

The hell with America’s babies; illegal aliens regardless of country of origin get the baby formula instead of marching them back across the border. Let Mexico deal with the problem since they are complicit in allowing this invasion to continue which in my opinion can be considered an act of war; but, that’s for another column.

Help for the Obscene, Unnecessary Baby Formula Disaster

It is NOT our obligation or responsibility to educate illegal minors who have NO right to be on U.S. soil and yet schools across this country are drowning in illegal aliens. If I sound hard-assed, go read something else. If we have no borders and don’t enforce who comes into our country, we have no sovereign country which is EXACTLY what Satan’s Pimps like Klaus Schwab have been planning for decades with other treasonous individuals. I’m sorry for the children but they can blame their parents for smuggling them into OUR country.

There is a case that needs to be challenged and I fully intend to make our Texas AG aware of it if he isn’t already and demand the state of Texas sue to get it overturned. While the U.S. (Un) Supreme Court rarely overturns one of their prior OPINIONS, it can happen if argued correctly. I covered this in my August 24, 2014 column:

“Initially, I thought the decision to overturn Prop 187 was the genesis, but having done more research, here is the damning case once again bastardizing the meaning of the Fourteenth Amendment:

PLYLER v. DOE, 457 U.S. 202 (1982) – 457 U.S. 202 – Argued December 1, 1981; Decided June 15, 1982. Held:

“A Texas statute which withholds from local school districts any state funds for the education of children who were not “legally admitted” into the United States, and which authorizes local school districts to deny enrollment to such children, violates the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. Pp. 210-230.

“(a) The illegal aliens who are plaintiffs in these cases challenging the statute may claim the benefit of the Equal Protection Clause, which provides that no State shall “deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.” Whatever his status under the immigration laws, an alien is a “person” in any ordinary sense of that term. This Court’s prior cases recognizing that illegal aliens are “persons” protected by the Due Process Clauses of the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments, which Clauses do not include the phrase “within its jurisdiction,” cannot be distinguished on the asserted ground that persons who have entered the country illegally are not “within the jurisdiction” of a State even if they are present within its boundaries and subject to its laws. Nor do the logic and history of the Fourteenth Amendment support such a construction. Instead, use of the phrase “within its jurisdiction” confirms the understanding that the Fourteenth Amendment’s protection extends to anyone, citizen or stranger, who is subject to the laws of a State, and reaches into every corner of a State’s territory. Pp. 210-216……

“The court held that “the absolute deprivation of education should trigger strict judicial scrutiny, particularly when the absolute deprivation is the result of complete inability to pay for the desired benefit.” Id., at 582. The court determined that the State’s concern for fiscal integrity was not a compelling state interest, id., at 582-583; that exclusion of these children had not been shown to be necessary to improve education within the State, id., at 583; and that the educational needs of the children statutorily excluded were not different from the needs of children not excluded, ibid.” Continuing:

“Since the “supreme” court vomited up such a convoluted decision based on the Fourteenth and Fifth Amendments to the U.S. Constitution, shall we look at the historical facts regarding the Fourteenth Amendment? The largest number of illegals come from Mexico – or at least until this last surge of the on-going invasion; 80% are Hondurans. Mexicans who illegally enter the US are Mexican citizens under their constitution and so are their kids, born or unborn regardless of whether they leave the country or not:

“Mexican Constitution – Chapter II – Article 30. “Mexican nationality is acquired by birth or by naturalization. A. Mexicans by birth are: I. Those born in the territory of the Republic, regardless of the nationality of their parents: II. Those born in a foreign country of Mexican parents; of a Mexican father and a foreign mother; or of a Mexican mother and an unknown father.”

“The Fourteenth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution reads: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and the State wherein they reside.”

“Illegal aliens “reside” illegally on U.S. soil. And: “No state shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any state deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.”

“Since illegal Mexicans are Mexican citizens, their allegiance is to Mexico, not any state of the Union where they illegally “reside”.

In other words, too bad for the states of the Union and the taxpayers. Illegal aliens cannot be deprived of an education paid for by stealing from the taxpayers! Illegal alien students who have no legal right to be on U.S. soil. Here in Texas (that was almost ten years ago) there are more than 400,000 ILLEGAL aliens minors in grades K-12 costing we Texans nearly $4 BILLION dollars a year. Those illegal “students” have been bleeding our schools dry, not to mention trying to deal with – in some cases – 100 or more different languages and no English.

The court goes on to say that illegal alien students didn’t have any control over their parents smuggling them into this country, so they are entitled to special consideration under the 14th Amendment. What rot. In 1982, 4 justices on that court were appointed by Nixon, one by Eisenhower, one by LBJ, one by JFK and two by Reagan.

When that decision was made, Congress had already passed immigration laws. Anyone who enters this country without going through the proper channels is here illegally. They are not “persons” invited in the U.S., they smuggle themselves across the border. Well, now they just walk across the border, happy to get picked up by the U.S. Border Patrol so they can get turned loose throughout this country. Show up for court dates? There’s a sickening joke.

YOU pay for illegals and all their “free” health care – including very expensive dental work while your family goes without. This has been going on for decades and yet – the American people continue to vote back to Congress the same RATS stealing your paycheck.

Clogging our legal system. Between the ACLU and pro-illegal alien groups, organizations and lawyers, years ago states had to set up extra courts and judges just to deal with bogus amnesty applications. We the people are being raped to pay for all these legal bills for illegals. It’s flat out wrong and outrageous.

Our country is now suffering with the predicted inflation disaster, food shortages underway, shortage of doctors, nurses, lab workers, school resources, water and jobs – how much of all of our resources are being used up everyday by 35-40 MILLION illegals aliens who have no right to be on U.S. soil? Think about it.

Oh, but you can’t deport that many illegals. BULL. I’ve been pounding on the SOLUTION since 2014 in columns and letters to a dozen (still in office) senators and reps in Congress as well as President Trump. Twice I sent letters with the bill number and received not ONE RESPONSE.

If Republicans take both chambers of Congress in November, We the People MUST make this a top priority immediately. This is from one of my columns on the SOLUTION:

Our Federal Wallet Stretched To Limit By Illegal Aliens Getting Welfare’ “Even worse, Americans have seen heinous crimes committed by individuals who are here illegally.” – Senator Dirty Harry Reid, Democratic/Communist Party USA. He also said that the U.S. open door policy is being abused at the expense of honest, working citizens. August 5, 1993, Dirty Harry’s office issued the following:

“In response to increased terrorism and abuse of social programs by aliens, Sen. Harry Reid (D-Nev.) Today introduced the first and only comprehensive immigration reform bill in Congress. Currently, an alien living illegally in the United States often pays no taxes but receives unemployment, welfare, free medical care and other federal benefits. Recent terrorist acts, including the World Trade Center bombing, have underscored the need to keep violent criminals out of the country…..

“Our borders have overflowed with illegal immigrants placing tremendous burdens on our criminal justice system, schools and social programs. The Immigration and Naturalization Service needs the ability to step up enforcement. Our federal wallet is stretched to the limit by illegal aliens getting welfare, food stamps, medical care, and other benefits often without paying any taxes.”

“Safeguards like welfare and free medical care are in place to boost Americans in need of short-term assistance. These programs were not meant to entice freeloaders and scam artists from around the world. Even worse, Americans have seen heinous crimes committed by individuals who are here illegally.”

“His statements were to announce a bill he introduced back then titled the Immigration Stabilization Act [S.1351]. I’m betting it was not written by Dirty Harry, but by lawyers who know what they’re doing and the sure to come legal challenges. It covers the whole gambit of turning off the trillions spent over the past 28 years since Reagan sold us out. One section I want to highlight: TITLE X–CITIZENSHIP

SEC. 1001. BASIS OF CITIZENSHIP CLARIFIED.

“In the exercise of its powers under section 5 of the Fourteenth Article of Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, the Congress has determined and hereby declares that any person born after the date of enactment of this title to a mother who is neither a citizen of the United States nor admitted to the United States as a lawful permanent resident, and which person is a national or citizen of another country of which either of his or her natural parents is a national or citizen, or is entitled upon application to become a national or citizen of such country, shall be considered as born subject to the jurisdiction of that foreign country and not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States within the meaning of section 1 of such Article and shall therefore not be a citizen of the United States or of any State solely by reason of physical presence within the United States at the moment of birth.”

“Dirty Harry was speaking about the legal fiction called ‘anchor babies’ something I have been very vocal about: States Must Fight Legal Fiction Called Anchor Babies. Judge Jeanine ‘Illegally Entering U.S. Is Not a Right to Citizenship‘ – She is on point and says it like it is: “I draw but one conclusion: Barack Obama is intentionally using the immigration crisis as an excuse to change the demographics and ultimately the electorate of this nation.” Illegals tell filmmakers: we were told to vote democrat, or be deported: “Livingston wrote that, prior to the 2012 presidential election, “the illegals were handed voter registrations and told they would be sent to states with NO ID check for voting.”

“Of course, that puffed up peacock has changed his tune: Harry Reid: The Border is Secure, Now We Need Illegal Alien Amnesty – July 15, 2014: “Ladies and gentlemen, an idiot.” Reid is dead now, but that bill is the solution. It WILL facilitate self-deporting by millions of illegals and the rest can get rounded up and deported and I don’t care if it costs a trillion bux.

Who knows if Stage One Alzheimer Cheater China Joe Biden will still be the marionette in the WH in November? My personal opinion is Susan Rice is running the show. Most certainly dirty, filthy traitor, Hussein Obama and communist Valerie Jarrett are her minions. But remember a legitimate president (which would NOT be the ineligible giggling buffoon playing VP, Kamala Harris) can veto a bill but Congress can override a presidential veto:

How does Congress Override a Presidential Veto?

In the meantime, here in Texas, our courageous Border Patrol (hated by the commies in DC) and DPS are doing everything they can to continue rounding up the hordes. A tragedy we have no constitutional militia (“for the security of a free state”– Second Amendment) or things would be a lot different at the border. Some new wall sections are being built. But, it will NOT stop until the welfare stops and our immigration laws are forcibly enforced. Leadership requires a backbone and resolve to do what’s right under the law – not what will get you votes.

Number of terrorists arrested at Southern Border has skyrocketed this year, June 1, 2022

Texas Mother, Daughter Killed When Human Smuggler Crashes Into Their Vehicle During a Police Pursuit – All 6 Illegal Aliens Survive Crash, Dec. 12, 2021. No Merry Christmas for that family for the rest of their lives. Will you or your family be next?

Go look at this chart. – Ask a grieving parent about their teenager’s funeral – dead from overdosing on fentanyl or other drugs coming across the border. Spring Breakers overdose on fentanyl-laced cocaine at Florida rental house, March 11, 2022

Drugged out USA: The moment a couple high on meth and heroin were found passed out in SUV with their two babies in the back – Just remember how OUR troops guarded the poppy fields in Afghanistan for more than a decade which then makes it way as heroin into the U.S.

How much food, water, gasoline, “free” cash and jobs are stolen by tens of millions of illegals every day in this country? Yeah, stolen as thieves steal from others. Not to mention as covered above depleting the resources of public schools and health care. In flagrant violation of federal immigration laws: Denver Hires Illegal Alien as Teacher. Did DOJ go after them? No. Cheater Hussein Obama was playing president and he loves illegal aliens.

Our immigration laws aren’t about popularity or how nice an illegal alien is or how long they’ve managed to avoid being deported, it’s about OUR laws and sovereignty. Our once beautiful melting pot nation is becoming just another third world country sh*t hole paid for by the sweat of your labor.

Until the American people force this bill down the throats of Congress and demand it get passed, our resources will continue to be stolen reducing OUR quality of life by individuals who have no right to be on U.S. soil.Illegals say they want a better life for their children. What about America’s children? This is OUR country, not yours. I’m sorry for your situation but it’s up to the people in Mexico and South America to make themselves free even if they have to do as our brave colonials did by taking on the British.

The Collectivist Conspiracy Documentary is a must watch interview. G. Edward Griffin, Oct. 3, 2020 – This video interview (watch or listen) truly is a must for your time. I had the honor and pleasure of meeting Edward in February 2004 at an event in the DC area. A true gentleman and so very intelligent. A man whose been trying to educate the American people since 1959. NOW is the time to listen.

Below are all mine except the last one.

Biden to Open Border to All – Constitutional Militia to Be Called Up

Second Amendment: Massive, Dangerous Foreign Invasion by Illegal Aliens

Ship Illegal Alien Minors Back to Their Parents Now

Mexican pirates vs. constitutional militia

ICE Raids: Arrest These Elected Officials Obstructing Lawful Enforcement

‘Anchor Babies’, Posse Comitatus And The Invaders, Part 1

‘Anchor Babies’, Posse Comitatus And The Invaders, Part 2

Trump: Put The Army And Marines On OUR Border NOW

DACA Amnesty: Don’t Do It, Mr. President

And a hundred more.

Let’s Face It: We’re Being Invaded At The Hands Of Our Own President by Frosty Wooldridge

Synopses of Shameful, Silly and/or Spiked Media Stories

By Sidney Secular

June 19, 2022

FREE HIGH SPEED INTERNET: To get the poor on board with the digital dystopia and keep them transfixed to their media outlets, high-speed internet rates have basically been cut to zero. This was an element of the Affordable Connectivity Program passed by Congress as part of the 2021 infrastructure bill. 11.5 million people whose annual income is $27,180 or less will be able to get a high-speed internet connection from Verizon (via Fios), Comcast or Cox Communications gratis. Of course, as always happens with government largesse, the ordinary paying customers of these companies will now see their rates rise to cover this “giveaway.” Remember, nothing is “free!” This will allow the Government and the tech tyrants to better spy on and keep track of consumers who had previously escaped surveillance because they weren’t “tech savvy” or obtained their consumer goods the “old fashioned way” via direct cash purchases. This “gift” will provide another means for advertisers to ply their wares to the historically foolish and unwary.

FANATIC FOOL FURTHERS (ANTI-)FOSSIL FUEL FOLLY: UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres wants the world to abandon the use of “fossil fuels” – coal, gas and oil – in favor of so called “renewable resources!” Guterres has declared in his wisdom [!], “The ‘scientific’ imperative is clear. (Huh?) There must be no new investment in fossil fuel expansion, including production, infrastructure and exploration.” How ignorant must one be or how low an IQ must one have to qualify to lead the UN? Apparently, we have yet to plumb those particular stygian depths but I’m willing to bet that it’s deeper than coal, gas or oil!

LEADING “DEMONRAT” DELIVERS STUPID QUIP: Faux President and all-round bad joke Joe Biden made this quip at a recent Annual White House Correspondents’ Association dinner, drawing a chuckle from his “awedience” when he took aim at Donald Trump’s Presidency as a ” . . .horrible plague followed by two years of Covid.” According to Sleepy Joe, “I’m really excited to be here tonight with the only group of Americans with a lower (approval) rating than I have!” Instead of chuckles, anyone with brains would have said it was about time that he – Biden – was himself “chucked”.

OVAL OFFICE VOIDED OVER LACK OF TELEPROMPTER: The White House has abandoned using the “Offal” [sic] Office for press events “in part” because it can’t be equipped with a teleprompter. As is very well known by now, Joe Biden requires a teleprompter in order to “follow the script” since he frequently forgets his lines. Hell, he probably forgets his name! However, it must be noted that this is not a first. Barack Obama was notoriously speechless when his own teleprompter failed to function! Needless to say, Donald Trump had no such problems but then it is always easier to speak the truth than lies! Biden aides prefer the prop stage built into the Old Executive Office Building across the street, sacrificing the historic Oval Office for an otherwise sterile room outfitted with an easily read teleprompter screen for Joe’s screeds. The fake setting is styled to look like the White House and features fake windows that display a digital view of the Rose Garden. This “new” reality was apparently deemed a necessity to avoid even more gaffes by the gaffer-in-chief. Next, natural intelligence may be replaced by AI if Biden gets an implant to fill in for his failing faculties! Meanwhile, we keep hitting lower and lower bottoms.

WHITEWASHING (BLACKWASHING?) CRIME STATISTICS: After the George Floyd inspired riots of 2020, newspapers were seven times more likely to mention the race of an offender if he were White than otherwise. Before May 2020, news outlets were likely to mention a White offender’s race “only” twice as often as that of a minority. Statistically, half of media reports on homicides mention the race of the perp within the opening sentence of the article if the criminal is White, whereas half the articles that bother to mention a Black offender’s race, do not do so until halfway through the article – if race is mentioned at all. Where some sort of description is required of those involved, most readers recognize such adjectives as “youths” and “gangs” are as close to placing the blame where it belongs as the media is willing to go. It is amazing that given the tremendous rise in violent crime especially in our large cities, that reports of the true extent of Black crime is both half-hearted and half-headed!

BIG (a/k/a OBESE) IS BEAUTIFUL: Here’s the skinny: LARGE Black women exhibiting big breasts and prodigious rumps is the new Western cultural ideal. The latest women’s clothing ads display acres and acres of brown or black adipose. This “trend” indicates quite a change from the days of Ms. Twiggy when the ideal was skinny and white. Accordingly, the term “obese” – a word that does not lend itself to compliments – is now deemed “racist” by the woke police. More than 40% of Americans including half the Black population are considered obese, a condition associated with a plethora of health issues such as increased risks of heart disease, high blood pressure, strokes, cancer, and diabetes. The US is considered the most obese country in the West. In 1960, only 13% of the country’s population was considered obese but with chowing down on snacks and watching TV and the internet almost 24/7 it was inevitable that Americans would gain weight. The restoration of fat shaming would be a good sign that normalcy was returning to the USA. Fat chance that will happen anytime soon especially as the criteria now used to determine what is “beautiful” has gone from white to black and from trim to portly.

MURDER METHOD MEANINGLESS: One thing most intelligent people have discovered is that any crisis in government is usually followed – that is, offset – by a “mass shooting” event. These events have been and continue to be a direct consequence of something that our government doesn’t wish ordinary, intelligent Americans to think about or pay attention to for any length of time. Like a stage magician, some nut-job comes out of the woodwork to shoot a bunch of innocents as a means of distracting Americans from wondering why our food processing plants are burning down and our infant formula is being given away to people who aren’t even Americans!

And, of course, mass shootings provide a most needed opportunity to decry the “violence” in our society – violence our leaders do nothing to stop or even curtail! – while providing yet another opportunity to disarm law abiding Americans! Indeed, we’ve gone though this nonsense so many times that one wonders how it can all be trotted out yet again without ordinary Americans questioning the same old script.

Now, given the state of our present economy and more and more proof of a crooked election in 2020, the ante has been upped and so today we have not one “mass shooting” but several scattered throughout the US. Meanwhile, with every incident, all the past shootings are recalled and that includes the “crisis actors” who seem to appear in every such incident and ending with the school – if the event takes place in a school – being bulldozed to the ground very much as the remnants of the Twin Towers were removed before any forensic examination could take place!

Of course, even if at least some of these events are not “staged” – that is, they aren’t false flag “ops” intended to obfuscate all the real crimes going on, it really is possible to address them as actual crimes. First, of course, it is necessary to target the causes involved; that is, to look for both common causalities as well as behavioral commonalities in their commission. It’s easy to piece together profiles that lead to pugnaciousness and off-putting behavior in those involved. For instance, not too many years ago, it was discovered that virtually all mass shooters were on psychotropic medications. As these had been dispensed by physicians rather than being “street drugs,” there certainly was information available to law enforcement about those who might pose a threat as possible gunmen as well as those who had already acted on their madness.

Of course, given the desire by the Deep State to disarm decent, law abiding Americans, the nature of these attacks and the weapons used are very much part of the dialogue. Yet, statistics show that when it comes to assault and murder in the culture, guns play a much lesser role than Americans are led to believe. More people are killed and injured by knives, hammers and even fists than are murdered by guns. Ghetto entertainment like the knockout game and general fisticuffs are much more common means of murder and mayhem in our cities than is the armed thug. Even arson is more common than acknowledged, and among Muslims it is a routine means of violence often on a mass scale.

The rundown on the cultural maladies and social conditions associated with murderous mass mayhem include the fact that most murderers live in social settings far removed from normal life as seen on TV including black family sitcoms. They are not a part of or adjusted to a traditional nuclear family; that is, they have no normal relationship with a father-figure. Indeed, there is no father in the home at all if it can even be said that they have a “home” as we understand that word. Most criminal types – men and women – have no respect for human life; they are loners, locked out of day to day reality, connected to computers and/or “mobile devices” through which they live vicariously in violent video games and pornography. Such human interaction as they experience involve mindless “social media” rather than face-to-face relationships.

Where there is a mother figure involved, often the child has little support or comfort from her as can be seen when riots and looting often includes very small children learning the worst of lessons from that “parent.” Children who do remain home all day absorb leftist brainwashing and guilt-tripping from an early age, eventually becoming drug or alcohol addicted. They suffer from rejection and are often ill as the result improper diets and living conditions. The Covid lockdowns only exacerbated the situation by eliminating what opportunities for socialization that did present themselves.

BLACK LIES MATTER. Black lives don’t matter at all to those out to soak the suckers for Simoleans to supposedly help Blacks. The Black Lives Matter Global Foundation has released its IRS forms revealing that it is sitting on $43 million after raising nearly $90 million during the violent riots of summer 2020. What happened to the other $47 million plus is anyone’s guess but one doesn’t have to be Einstein to make a correct one! The filing shows BLM has an operating budget of $4 million, despite having no executive director or in-house staff while spending millions on real estate that includes $6 million on a sprawling Los Angeles compound complete with a sound stage, game room, and swimming pool. Just another example of advancing infantile and criminal personalities beyond their ability to function! As the old saying goes, “Put a beggar on horseback and he’ll ride it to death!”

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

How the Media Deceives the World

By Roger Anghis

June 19, 2022

One thing that I have seen over the years that I have been writing is how deceptive the media is. It isn’t anything new by any stretch. They have been doing it for decades if not centuries. To show you the depth the media will go I want to describe how they handled a story during World War II.

In the final months of WWII Britain and America were conducting bombing raids on Germany daily and nightly. Britain would typically bomb at night and America during the day . Their targets were manufacturing facilities, military sites, oil storage, etc. On the evening of February 15, 1945, the target was Dresden. It was more of a cultural city than a military city but it did manufacture machine guns and some munitions.

Hitler had ordered his bombers to not bomb London but one night some of his bombers were misdirected and did bomb London. Winston Churchill retaliated by bombing Berlin and everything seemed to escalate from there. Hitler proceeded to bomb dozens of British cities that were not of any military importance. Hitler’s objective was to break the British citizens will. London itself was bombed every day for 57 days, The air raids on London killed over 40,000 citizens.

Germany had indiscriminately bombed cities in Belgium, France, and Luxembourg. They did not target just sites of military importance but the civilians. The purpose was to break their morale. They did the same in the Soviet Union, Poland, and every other nation they invaded.

Britain’s Director of Bomber Command, Author Harris, adopted a plan to carpet bomb German cities with the understanding that if you eliminate Hitler’s workers, he can’t continue the fight. He was given a list of cities to bomb and told to create chaos. He started with Dresden. He scheduled two bombing raids on that city in the late evening of February 15, 1945. The first raid consisted of 244 bombers. It only took fifteen minutes for all of them to drop their payload.

In just a few hours the second raid began. There were 500 bombers in this raid. At daybreak the American bombers arrived targeting military and industrial sites but because of all the fires, many missed their targets and bombed residential areas.

The American papers reported that Dresden was no longer there which was untrue but a good portion of it was destroyed. Of course, Joseph Goebbels, Hitler’s Propaganda Minister, wasn’t going to let a disaster go to waste so he amplified what happened in Dresden. The actual number of people that died in the raid was estimated at no more than 25,000. Remember that just the raids on London took 40,000 lives. Goebbels decided to add a “0” to that number and claimed that over 200,000 people died in the raid. Even American papers referred to the raid on Dresden as “Terror Bombing’.

I am not discounting in any way the lives lost in that raid. Many died horribly. The fires were so intense that the fires created their own tornados that were so powerful that trees were uprooted and babies and small children were pulled out of the arms of their parents. But even the American reporting totally ignored the raids Germany had done on Britain and the lives lost in those raids. Germany complained about the raid without giving thought to what they had done to the Jews, Gypsies, the mentally handicapped, and the others they put through the concentration camps.

Virtually all the reporting from the British and American papers ignored what Germany had done. At this time there was very little knowledge of the camps but remembering that Germany bombed dozens of British cities and London was bombed for 57 days straight was given a pass. Germany was the aggressor in the war and Britain was simply fighting back in a way they thought would bring the war to a close.

We see today’s media doing the very same thing. When George W. Bush was president we heard about every dead soldier in the Iraq War but when Obama took office you didn’t even know there was a war going on even though he attacked Afghanistan, Pakistan, Libya, Yemen, Somalia, Iraq, and Syria.[1] We know that the Steele Dossier was a fake and was even proved a fake by the Mueller Report yet the media still reports as if it was true.

The integrity of our media is nonexistent for the most part. Not even FOX News can be relied on to report the truth. Very few news outlets report the truth. News agencies used to investigate but they no longer do that. They are hand in hand with the liberals to push their agenda. If they investigated ‘climate change’ they would report that it is a false claim. The Earth has been cooling for the last 19 years. Think about it, If the ice caps were melting and the seas rising was a real danger why would Obama and several other climate change pushers by ocean front property worth millions?

There was no logical reason for the news agencies in the 1940s to report some of the stories the way they did to discredit Britain and America just like the agencies today that push the liberal agenda ignoring the real facts.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

Countries that Obama bombed

Rewriting History

By Steven Yates

June 18, 2022

First things first. I would never have said that invading the Capitol on January 6, 2021 was a good idea. I said as much as the time. I was warning friends to steer clear.

I do not know how many people had assembled in Washington that day, but the number surely exceeds 15,000. I commented at the time: we saw no burned buildings or overturned cars; there were no random assaults on uninvolved passersby. No areas of the city were taken over and blocked off by “extremists.” By the standards of recent years, the crowd — most there to support Trump’s attempt to save his presidency — was extremely well-behaved. Most probably had no idea until they saw the news that night that a few hundred had breached the Capitol — even though the majority of those were peaceful.

Most are now political prisoners, and the visibly partisan inquiry known as the January 6 select committee looks to be headed in a single direction: not just nailing the official narrative that Election 2020 was “the most secure in history” as official history, but securing the “deadly riot” and “insurrection” narrative in a way that would open the door to actually indicting Donald Trump for a crime! This would be unprecedented! Never before in all of U.S. history as a past president been indicted for a crime. Nixon might have been, but he was pardoned, and it was clearly in the country’s best interests that he be pardoned.

That sort of thing happens in so-called banana republics!

Having to fight a criminal indictment which could be dragged out well into the next election season would prevent Trump from being a candidate in 2024! This, I submit, is the committee’s real goal. That Trump might run away with the GOP nomination and conceivably win a second term in the Electoral College scares the globalist ruling class to death!

The first installment of the Committee hearings were streamed live on June 9, and it was clear to me we were watching a carefully scripted performance. This whole fracas turns on one question:

Was Election 2020 stolen, whether by the Democrats or by someone else (possibly including foreign actors) acting on behalf of the Democrats?

The dominant side in the debate calls this the Big Lie, of course. It ridicules and demonizes the claim at every opportunity, never passing up a chance to call it “a false narrative,” “baseless,” a “conspiracy theory,”etc. I don’t need to recite the litany. We all know it. This side is moving in the direction of alleging that Trump tried to incite a coup in order to stay in the White House.

Many Republicans, including some running for office (or reelection) this coming November, are just as convinced that the coup already took place — on November 3-4, and then on November 7, when Joe Biden was declared the winner by corporate media despite major swing states not having announced who would get their electoral votes.One poll, from last year, shows two-thirds of Republicans believing Election 2020 was “rigged.” Among independent voters, the figure is 28 percent. Polls probably understate these percentages, since there are people who withhold their real beliefs from pollsters they don’t know or trust. What figures we have doubtless terrify the ruling elites.

What I recall: going to bed late at night of Tuesday, November 3, not sure if Trump would be reelected, but confident of his chances since the Democrats, for whatever reason, had picked one of the weaker candidates on their slate.

My biggest concern was that if Trump won reelection, leftist groups like Antifa would take to the streets, that we would again see riots that would continue until they forced Trump to declare martial law and put them down by force.

But would Trump actually do that?

That he was in this predicament indicated how the globalist-leftist alliance had boxed him into a corner. He would be damned if he did and damned if he didn’t. For if instigated riots broke out and Trump responded with police power, even military force if it came to that, he played right into the hands of those who call him an incipient dictator. He’d done surprisingly little to put down the George Floyd riots earlier that year, suggesting that with the right Soros dollars flowing into the right hands, the ploy would be easy to accomplish.

Thus in the post-election apocalypse I feared, Trump would win but be forced to use brute force to stay in office. This alone would transform the country forever. His only alternative would to step down — also effectively ending “democracy” in America (outside the Real Matrix, “democracy” in America ended long ago, of course, assuming it ever existed at all; we can read every contemporary reference to securing “our democracy” as securing control by its Establishment of ruling elites).

Those were my thoughts November 3 – 4. I went online and saw several reports of massive vote spikes in wee hours of the morning. All were “mail-in” votes for Biden. The claims were accompanied by charts where you could see the spikes in red.

The fraud was evident to anyone able to read those charts!

Not more than ten or so days later, when I went to retrieve the links to document the fraud for an article, they’d been scrubbed from the Internet! The evidence I’d seen with my own eyes was gone! Reproductions existed but were very hard to find!I was horrified!

Following a couple of articles on this site I had a brief, three-way email correspondence with two people both in Michigan who claimed to have witnessed ballot-stuffing and had signed affidavits to this effect. They quickly ceased to pursue the matter. They reported (to me, anyway) receiving death threats and threats to family members. One was also dealing with being publicly humiliated being dragged through the mud for a personal peccadillo totally unrelated to election fraud claims. This is a typical Corporate Media ploy: seize on any such extraneous circumstance and use it to destroy the credibility of someone who has become a threat. Both people ceased writing me since neither of us was using encrypted email.

Their affidavits, signed under penalty of perjury, disappeared down the Memory Hole. Alongside hundreds of others.

I had little trouble envisioning scenarios similar to theirs playing out in Wisconsin, Arizona, Georgia, Pennsylvania, and probably elsewhere, out of sight and out of mind, so that bought judges in those places could declare election fraud claims “baseless” since “there’s no evidence.” (Always remember that such people work for the system, not the pursuit of truth and justice.)

Trump’s bought attorney general, William Barr, could then summarize the Establishment view of stolen-election claims: “Bull***t!” Corporate media could site his judgment as authoritative (still does). Trump appointed him, after all.

So what happens next?

Dinesh D’Souza’s 2000 Mules came out recently, and purports to document how people he calls “mules” delivered “mail-in votes” late at night, caught on security cams. The film shows how such clandestine actions repeated over and over again could have easily swung the election in affected states.

Most secure election in history? There is doubt all over the place!

This is what the ruling elites — the Establishment, GloboCorp, whatever — must suppress at all costs! If enough Republicans and Independents decide to act on the conclusion that Election 2020 was stolen, they lose part of their power in November and conceivably lose the White House again in 2024! (Unless there’s another “rig,” of course.)

Hence the Establishment is playing the “insurrection” narrative for all it is worth, and will doubtless continue with these “hearings” on into election season.

The problem for them: there was no “insurrection.” An actual insurrection tries to overthrow the government. No one on January 6, 2021 was trying to do that. What was desired, at least by some, was preventing the certification of Biden as winner, under the assumption that Biden’s “win” was not legitimate in several states.

Nor was there any “Capitol riot.” Riots are what took place last summer, with hundreds of millions of dollars in damage done to buildings and other infrastructure. Nothing like that happened in D.C.

So what really happened? A legitimate (First Amendment) assembly petitioning the federal government for redress of grievances — with a small handful of individuals getting carried away — possibly egged on by outsiders.

For the truly terrible thing is that a few Senators had been prepared to discuss the doubts that Biden “won fair and square.” We might have had a chance to see a public review of the evidence. Those who entered the Capitol either didn’t know this, or really had been infiltrated by forces hostile to Trump (Antifa and the FBI being the most likely suspects). Several on-the-ground witnesses later recalled seeing people in the vicinity of the Capitol who were clearly not Trump supporters. Let us always remember that using agent provocateurs is the oldest trick in the book.

Be all this as it may, with the Bidenistas having secured the Executive Branch and Democrats, the Legislative Branch (what we may call the corporate left had control of Corporate Media and Big Tech all along), the Establishment had control over the narrative — which they have maintained ever since.

Hence the January 6 Committee, with Establishment GOP voices like Liz Cheney (daughter of the ultimate Establishment man, Dick Cheney).

I submit again that their goal is to thwart even the possibility of a second Trump presidency by circumventing any attempt Trump might make to run in 2024. The Establishment elites know that their present lock on power is far from absolute, and they doubtless know about the above polls (and their limitations). Most of their narratives collapse under scrutiny. Hence the censorship of such scrutiny by Big Tech (e.g., the scrubbing of the documentation of those vote spikes I and others saw on the morning of November 4, 2020).

Bottom line: there was no “attempted coup” on January 6, 2021. The real coup had already taken place. It happened November 3-4, 2020. So far, the perpetrators have gotten away with it. I would not be surprised if this Committee is able to see to it that they continue to get away with it. If the global covid power grab is the biggest power grab in history, this power grab probably comes in second.

History, Rush Limbaugh once said, is what happened. History is rewritten, however, to further specific narratives about nations, national elections, presidencies, “white supremacy,” “liberal democracy,” and so on. Bought members of the political class, bought attorney generals and judges, bought media “presstitutes,” and many others, through incessant repetition of official narratives and their use of words like baseless and conspiracy theory, do everything they can to cement their narratives firmly in the minds of the masses.

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock, 2021) is available here and here.

Steven Yates blogs at Lost Generation Philosopher, and has begun writing a philosophy course centered on freedom, its preconditions, and the choices a person must make in order to have it.

Do you wish me to continue? Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

The Most Glorious Freedom Loving Nation in the World is Dying, Can We Save Her?

By Kelleigh Neson

June 18, 2022

Liberty must at all hazards be supported. We have a right to it, derived from our maker. But if we had not, our fathers have earned and bought it for us, at the expense of their ease, their estates, their pleasure and their blood. —John Adams

Timid men…prefer the calm of despotism to the boisterous sea of liberty. —Thomas Jefferson

The people … are the only sure reliance for the preservation of our liberty. —Thomas Jefferson

But a constitution of government once changed from freedom, can never be restored. Liberty once lost is lost forever. —John Adams

Liberty cannot be preserved without a general knowledge among the people, who have a right…and a desire to know; but besides this, they have a right, an indisputable, unalienable, indefeasible, divine right to that most dreaded and envied king of knowledge, I mean of the characters and conduct of their rulers. —John Adams

The above quotes are from two of our early presidents. They ran against each other in 1800…In what is sometimes referred to as the “Revolution of 1800,” Vice President Thomas Jefferson of the Democratic-Republican Party defeated one-term incumbent President John Adams of the Federalist Party. Jefferson served two terms.

I recently read Glynn Adams wonderful article, True Biblical Christianity. It made me weep because he was so right. I had just one caveat. It started long before Saul Alinsky; he was just another cog in the 175-year-oldwheel promoting the replacement of a free capitalist society with a Marxist one. In 1848, European communists immigrated to America after failing to implant socialism in Europe. By 1860 they were flourishing. There were 13 high ranking officers in the Union Army who were avowed Marxist/Engels communists. The war was not over slavery, it was over economics to be exact, and 700,000 American citizens died because of that vile and unconstitutional war. The abhorrent evil of slavery was already on its way out as well it should have been. But that unconstitutional war was the watershed event that changed America forever.

Karl Marx wrote to Lincoln many times urging Lincoln to use the slavery issue as it would give America a centralized federal government in order to secure a birthplace for communism to easily be spread. Apparently, Lincoln wrote back to him. Yet, diaries of both northern and southern soldiers kept asking, “Why is slavery being brought into this?”

That watershed event has led to what our country has become today, and the totalitarian tyranny that has taken hold of our once great nation, the “land of the free and home of the brave.”

America’s Public Education

In 1880, John Dewey’s progressive education was blooming. Later, John Rockefeller Jr. was enamored with Dewey (no relation to the Dewey of the decimal system) and sent all four of his sons to the progressive school Dewey had birthed. Every one of them was not only dyslexic but they were functionally illiterate(lack of phonics). One of those sons was a heartbeat away from the presidency when he was VP under Gerald Ford. Nelson Rockefeller couldn’t read, and when he gave a speech, he’d come out and lay a bunch of papers on the dais and then proceed to tell the audience that he had prepared a speech, but was going to speak from his heart. He hired Soviet Agent Henry Kissinger to read to him.

That was the death knell of American academic teaching and the destruction of our youth, which in 1932 was well on its way to a coalition of Marxist thinking and collectivism. Then came teachers’ unions…you know the rest of the story, by the 50s McCarthy knew we were infiltrated, so the communists destroyed him. (For a look at the communist planners of the early 1930s, purchase the book, The Turning of the Tides, originally published in 1953. And for the truth of Senator Joe McCarthy, read M. Stanton Evans’ Blacklisted by History.)

Morality

Morality is gone, the filth paraded down the streets of America used to hide in the back alleys, and is now on full display, even to our kindergarten children. The perversion and fetid noxiousness of this sewage emanates directly from the very pit of hell. It has been growing for many decades in America and started long ago…does not our Lord call it an abomination in both the Hebrew Bible and the New Testament!? And these perversions are on display in American politics for all the world to see. Nearly every corporation has exploded with praise for “Pride Month!” Pride in perversion and disgusting and filthy activities now claimed by our culture to be normal. Even L.L. Bean has promoted Pride Day with the stolen rainbow promise of our Lord on their goods.

The Rule of Law

Although the preamble to the Constitution begins with “We the people,” the word “democracy” (mob rule) is not mentioned in the Articles of Confederation, Declaration of Independence, the Constitution, or the Bill of Rights. Even the Pledge of Allegiance is “to the Republic for which it stands.” We are supposed to be a nation of laws, “rule of law” rather than “mob rule.”One of the inherent weaknesses in a government based only on the will of the people is the potential for mob rule. This was often the downfall of direct democracies, where all the people decided on public matters directly rather than through representatives. We were created as a representative Republic, not a democracy.

Law, that precious thing of justice is now also gone. Daily we see examples of charges being thrust against the innocents forcing them to lose their savings and livelihoods to defend themselves. There are so many examples, one cannot possibly list them all, but there are obvious truths blaring to the nation that those with eyes to see and ears to hear know only too well.

Trump was innocent of charges, but the Stalinist leftists continue to harass him with charges that are unconscionable and serve only to cover over their sins while their comrades in the media continue the harangue of outright lies and prevarications. And Trump wasn’t the only one…General Michael T. Flynn suffered for three and a half years under this tyranny. Roger Stone is still suffering because of the fraudulent charges against him and the loss of his savings and livelihood. Both were fortunately pardoned by President Trump. Today it’s Peter Navarro being harassed and led away from the airport in handcuffs and chains. An unnecessary show of tyrannical force for the public.

Hunter Biden is free, the illegitimate president in our White House is not being impeached for his failure to protect America. Forty Billion taxpayer dollars has been sent to the fascist nation of Ukraine and you certainly understand just whose pockets the kickbacks will end up in. Inflation is skyrocketing, food plants are burned to the ground, the southern border is flooded with elements of danger for American citizens. It is an invasion the president is supposed to protect us from, but ignores his constitutional oath and duties in order to bring to us the “Great Reset.”

Durham continues his pseudo attempts at being an investigator who will bring justice and we all know that will never happen. Hillary’s campaign lawyer, Michael Sussman was acquitted of lying to the FBI because the trial was held in the democratic conclave of DC. That same conclave will find all Republicans guilty, i.e., Roger Stone.

The illegal and murderous actions of the last two years have served to destroy America’s people and rip the guts from our unalienable Bill of Rights. Few complained, they mostly complied. The American public acquiesced their freedoms and the societal impact of group think, or mass formation psychosis was parroted from the demonic entities hired by Task Force head, Benedict Arnold Pence.

Muzzling the Pulpits

The muzzling of the clergy was done through the Lyndon Baines Johnson Amendment of 1954. Johnson had faced political difficulties and attacks from organizations in his home state of Texas. So LBJ proposed the amendment to the tax code that has greatly restricted the free speech of pastors and churches on July 2, 1954. 100 Cong. Rec. 9604 (daily ed. July 2, 1954). The words “in opposition to” were added in 1986. Ass’n of the Bar of the City of N.Y. v. Comm’r, 858 F.2d 876,879 (2d Cir. 1988).

“The IRS rule that strips tax exemption from churches engaged in electioneering was born of Lyndon Johnson’s Texas politics, not the U.S. Constitution,” Larry Witham, Texas politics blamed for ’54 IRS rule LBJ wanted to keep Senate seat, WASH. TIMES, Aug. 27, 1998 (discussing a study done by James Davidson, a Purdue University sociologist).

Unbelievably, it passed and it was not clear why Congress even enacted it. There was little to no debate over the amendment or how it would even influence churches, so I suspect backroom finagling went on just as it has for over 175 years and as it is today.

For the first century and a half our nation had a tradition of our clergy being involved in the political activities of the day. It was commonplace for preachers and rabbis to speak of candidates and issues. But that was stopped by LBJ, who had also cheated to gain the Senate seat which he had actually lost to former Governor Coke Stevenson. Link Check out History of the 501(c)3.

The IRS Gov website states, “Section 501(c)(3) organizations are restricted in how much political and legislative (lobbying) activities they may conduct. For a detailed discussion, see Political and Lobbying Activities. For more information about lobbying activities by charities, see the article Lobbying Issues PDF; for more information about political activities of charities, see the FY-2002 CPE topic Election Year Issues PDF.”

So, if a church or organization has received tax exempt status as well as the ability to deduct your charity giving from your income tax, then you best keep your mouth shut about any political activities. Otherwise, you’ll be harassed into closure if you disobey these draconian and censorial laws.

Political Sermons of the American Founding Era

How different the sermons and papers were from 1730 to 1805, the founding era of our country. Ellis Sandoz’ edition of the 1600-page book of political sermons from that era is still available here. They are starkly different than any you’d hear today from any of our clergy.

In 1800, Tunis Wortman wrote to his Christian readers and his entire address can be read in full here. In this letter, he is defending Thomas Jefferson against the charge of deism.

Here is just one paragraph of that momentous tome:

I address you upon the most solemn and momentous subjects which can interest the mind—religion and liberty. I consider you in the capacity of believers and patriots, as equally anxious to maintain every inestimable right which appertains to Christians and to men. You have a religion which deserves your pious solicitude; but need I to remind you that you likewise have a country! Are you to be told that your duty, as Christians, is irreconcilable with the sacred obligations which bind you to the state? Are you at this day to be solemnly and seriously called upon to sacrifice your freedom upon the altars of your God? No, my countrymen, your religion is inestimable and worthy of your care. Your civil constitution is also invaluable. It is the palladium of all your social blessings, and the peculiar gift of providence. Your obligations to your children, to your country, and to heaven, command you to defend that constitution. With a voice too powerful to be resisted, they conjure you to cling to, and fasten upon it, “with the last strong hold which grapples into life.”

Conclusion

We have lost so much in these 235 years of America. Our country was founded by great statesmen, men of letters and men of faith, men who desired freedom and liberty at all costs. We have failed to defend what they gave us. It is way past time for all good men to stand for freedom, liberty, justice, morality, academic education and true God given Judeo and Christian faiths.

July 4^th is upon us…Independence Day, where our founders threw off the chains of taxation and control from Great Britain and fought for our own independence from tyranny. It is time to take to the battle once again. The cost is even higher this time, but if we wait much longer, our fate will be decided and the losses will be greater than those we’re seeing today.

Please take a stand against this Luciferian evil which has permeated our beloved nation. Too many have died to save her, let them not have died in vain.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Neither Republic, nor Democracy Today

By Lex Greene

June 16, 2022

Article IV, Section 4: The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against Invasion;

Yet, for decades now, Americans have been Pavlov trained to think the USA is a democracy, not a Constitutional Republic, and because most Americans don’t read or don’t comprehend what they read anymore, they believe anything they are told by so-called “scholars” and “experts.”

Foundationally, a Republican form of government relies upon Constitutional protections to prevent any majority from ruling over any minority, so long as the contents of the Constitution are tightly enforced by the people. The U.S. Federal Government is established and governed by the U.S. Constitution. It is further specifically restricted by the Bill of Rights. A republican form of government is limited to only the duties and authorities granted it in the Constitution, treating every citizen as an equal via the General Welfare clause.

By contrast, a Democratic form of government is a system run entirely by voter referendum. Government representatives can propose policies, but those proposals must be adopted by voters via State or National ballot referendums. Our Founders referred to a democracy as “mob rule” wherein a simple majority (50.01%) of voters can dictate government policies to the minority (49.99%) by simply outvoting them in the ballot box.

In a “two-party” true democracy, (democrats and republicans), 50.01% of the vote can run roughshod over 49.99% of voters and set official policy. So-called “independent” voters can simply jump back and forth between the two, based on the ballot initiative at hand. The 50.01% voters are the new “ruling class.” As an example, this would also be true with the elimination of the Electoral College system.

In a multi-party or no party system, the single largest majority voting group will become the “ruling class.” As an example, if we had five national political parties, splitting the popular vote by five options on the ballot, (averaging 20% of voters each), it would be possible for 30% of voters or less, the single largest voting bloc, to set official policy. The only way to prevent that, would be to require at least 50% voter support for any referendum issue, which would bring us right back to a two-party system.

In reality, a true democracy creates a “socialist” system, wherein a simple majority voting bloc can set policy for 100% of the people, with only 50.01% of the vote, which is why the recognized Father of Socialism, Karl Marx, said this, “Democracy is the road to socialism.”

How would life in the USA be today if we were a true democracy?

Every official government policy would have to be adopted by the voters in a referendum on the ballot. 50.01% of the vote would decide the future of every government policy placed on a referendum for the people to decide. Let’s look at how that would work out for the hottest political social issue of 2022…

GUN CONTROL – Should there be more restrictions on the current process of purchasing a gun?

Right out of the gate, this one proves why the USA was never to be a true democracy. On the heels of recent mass-shooting events, even many gun owners are being emotionally gaslighted into surrendering the most fundamental Right to Freedom, the Right to protect that freedom. Here, with 36M poll respondents, 43% said YES to more gun control laws and 39% said NO, among American respondents. In a true democracy, the 43% would set the policy for 100% of the people.

ABORTION – What is your stance on abortion?

With over 36M overall poll respondents, only 31% of American respondents voted Pro-Life, while 52% voted Pro-Abortion. The 52% would control the national policy.

LGBT RIGHTS – Should gay couples have the same adoption rights as straight couples?

With only 1.3M American respondents, 73% said YES, and only 15% said NO. The low respondent participation indicates that this issue is of little or no interest to most Americans. Still, those who are interested, could set the national policy for everyone, in a true democracy.

GAY MARRIAGE – Do you support the legalization of same sex marriage?

34.2M American respondents answered 61% YES and 28% NO. The policy would be set by the 61%. The other 39% would be forced to go-along to get-along.

GOV HEALTH CARE SYSTEM – Do you support a single-payer healthcare system?

Despite the fact that our government is only good at creating disasters, 41% of American respondents said YES, while only 31% said NO. Again, this was a low respondent issue with only 1.2M overall respondents. The 41% would rule, 59% be damned.

All of these responses are the direct result of massive gaslighting of the American population by our own anti-American government. I’ll stop here more examples here, because if you don’t already get the point, more examples won’t help you.

This is exactly why our nation’s Founders took great care to avoid creating a “democracy” for all future generations. This is why they instead, guaranteed every state and citizen in the union, a “republican form of government” in Article IV, Section 4:, established and regulated by the Supreme Law of the Land, the US Constitution.

In any pure democracy, it is indeed mere “mob rule,” and this is why every true democracy in world history, failed within about 200-years of existence.

Our Constitutional Republic is currently 235-years old, having already outlasted every true democracy in world history. It has lasted this long only due to all of the protections for the people, codified in our Charters of Freedom, the Declaration of Independence, the US Constitution and Bill of Rights.

Everything in these three documents preserves and protects not only our freedom and liberty, but that of all future generations.

Our Republic is in grave danger today though, largely because most living American generations have been intensely indoctrinated to not know, or not care about the facts presented here. Most have long been trained to vote themselves gifts from the public treasury in every election, driving our nation into bankruptcy.

If not for our three founding documents, the USA would already be gone. However, very few Americans know it today, and even fewer are working to keeping them intact and enforced. If this doesn’t change quickly, the clock will soon run out on American freedom and liberty.

Last, everything in the Charters of Freedom is protected and preserved by only one specific amendment in the Bill of Rights, the 2^nd Amendment. The most fundamental inalienable Right protected by a single clear sentence, is indeed “necessary to the security of a free state” and any free people.

At present, our country is not functioning as a Constitutional Republic or a “mob rule” Democracy. Right now, we are governed by unconstitutional criminal tyrants via unlawful orders, court opinions and legislation, all of which is repugnant to every foundation of freedom. This cannot end well at this point…unless THE PEOPLE wake up fast and take action.

(A recent rare radio interview)

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

True Biblical Christianity

By Glynn Adams

June 17, 2022

I wish I had the words and the ability to express and describe in such a way that all of America would clearly see and understand that we are in extremely grave danger having been captured by the demonic New World Order occults. I also wish I could get all pastors and the church in America to see that we are to be ruled by God but because of our blatant disobedience to our LORD Jesus Christ we are ruled by Satan and his New World demonic occults!! As a result, we are under the judgment of God because of our blatant disobedience of refusing to resist the evil overtaking this nation. Because we have so many false pastors and false religious people we have no idea that we are in a spiritual war that we have been losing since 1963 when Saul Alinsky and the Frankfurt School declared war on our Republic, our God, our Constitution, our freedoms, marriage, our family structure, our children, and our morality.

Jesus and His First Century Church is our example as it was lived out by the disciples of Jesus in the Book of Acts for us to see and we are not even in the ballpark or even close to that example in our churches in America today!! I learned a long time ago that I can’t make anyone see anything. Pastors and religious people that have eyes that see not and ears that hear not, Jesus did not spend a lot of time with them. He gave them truth and if they did not respond and act on it, Jesus simply moved on without them and left them to their devices!!! I fear that is what God has done to the pastors and religious church members in America, left them to their devices!!!

When the majority of our false pastors in America pick and choose smooth words to the people rather than the whole council of God, it has not taken long for our culture to be corrupted, our values assaulted, and our nation invaded by evil. As a result, our nation has become a dwelling place of demons where lies, dishonesty, corruption, greed, tension, violence, and despair prevail. “I did not send these prophets but they ran; I did not speak to them but they prophesied. But if they had stood in My council, then they would have announced My words to My people and would have turned them back from their evil way and from the evil of their deeds.” (Jeremiah 23:21-22)

Today, America is in a lot of trouble and we need warriors to fight this evil. In presenting this article, I reference two great pastors of old that will show us just how far we have drifted away from God in making disciples and obeying God. These men express the heart of God in a matter better than I or anyone I have read or heard on where our heart has to be if we are going to be a warrior for Christ in these last days and get back to making true disciples of Christ to restore our nation!!!

Leonard Ravenhill once said, “The world outside there is not waiting for a new definition of Christianity. It’s waiting for a new demonstration of true Christianity. In the First Century, while He was on this earth, Jesus cleansed the temple; today He would cleanse the pulpits of America from religious humanist false pastors.” Paris Reidhead, a pastor in the 50s, who preached and lived true Christianity, said in a sermon, “Paul warned us in Colossians 2:8 not to be taken captive by philosophy and empty deception but today our subtle philosophy and deception is religious humanism. You can define religious humanism as a philosophical statement that declares, “The end of all things is the happiness of man.” The liberal says, “The end of religious humanism is to make man happy while he is alive and the fundamentalist says the end of religious humanism is to make man happy when he dies.” This is unchristian and the betrayal of the ages. And it is a betrayal in which we live and I don’t see how God can revive this. True Biblical Christianity says, “The end of all being is the glory of God.”

Didn’t God intend to make man happy? Yes but as a byproduct not a prime product. What is the philosophy of missions, of evangelism, and of a Christian? If our motive is we don’t want people living a life of suffering and misery and going to hell, then we are using the provision of Jesus Christ as a means to improve upon human conditions of suffering and misery and thus, we are motivated by religious humanism

I would like to see some people repent on Biblical terms again. Here is somebody trembling because he or she is going to be hurt in hell but they have no sense of the enormity of their guilt, no sense of the enormity of their crime, no sense of the enormity of their insult against Deity, no sense of their rebellion against God, no sense of God’s righteousness, of His holiness, of His justice, the justice of His wrath and anger. I would like to see God so descend on people that they would repent because they had a revelation of the holiness of God, and in the light of that, they have seen the enormity of their sin against God and God so penetrated their minds and hearts they would fall to the ground in brokenness over their spiritual condition not their living conditions.

‘Lord Jesus, I am going to obey You, and love You and serve You, and do what You want me to do as long as I live, even if I go to hell at the end of the road, simply because you are worthy to be loved and obeyed and served, and I’m not trying to make a deal with you.’ There is only one reason for God meeting you and that is to bring you to the place where in repentance you have been pardoned for His glory and in victory you have been brought to the place of death that He might rule in your life. And in His fullness, Jesus Christ is able to live and walk in you and your attitude is the attitude of the Lord Himself who said, “I can do nothing of myself. I can’t speak of myself, I don’t make plans for myself because my only reason for being is the glory of God.” And if you don’t know the fullness of the Holy Spirit, then present your body a living sacrifice and let Him fill you so you can have the purpose for His death on the cross fulfilled in you so the Lord Jesus can get glory through your life and the people you influence. IT’S NOT WHAT YOU ARE GOING TO GET OUT OF GOD. IT’S WHAT GOD IS GOING TO GET OUT OF YOU. Let’s be done with this false humanist philosophy of Christianity in our day brought on by positive pastors and their sermonettes that make God a means instead of the glorious end that He is. MAY THE LAMB THAT WAS SLAIN RECEIVE THE REWARD OF HIS SUFFERING” (Paris Reidhead)

The American Church and most of their pastors have been captured by a demonic humanistic religious system that is passive, has no desire to assume any spiritual responsibilities and no controversy. Their focus is on the human condition of comfort, safety, what they can get out of God, and waiting for the rapture rather than the spiritual condition of themselves and this world. We are in a spiritual war of the ages and the American Pastor and Churches refuse to show up for this war!!!

As a pastor and watchman, I have always been concerned about our fast process in America of getting people “saved.” How many times have we seen people come down the altar, crying because they heard a sermon and “were trembling because he or she is going to be hurt in hell but they have no sense of the enormity of their guilt, no sense of the enormity of their crime, no sense of the enormity of their insult against Deity no sense of their rebellion against God, no sense of God’s righteousness, of His holiness, of His justice, the justice of His wrath and anger” and some pastor or counselor who immediately leads that person to repeat Romans 10:9, and after they confess with their mouth, they are declared a Christian. That pastor or counselor, who probably abhors abortion, just aborted a new birth because that was not a new birth from above; it was humanism and it had nothing to do with the heart and spiritual condition but everything to do with their human condition of suffering.

Our churches are full of these type of “false conversions” and most will never change their life and cannot live by every Word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. God does not rule our pastors and the life of churchgoers because they have never been brought to a place of death so God can rule in their life and in our nation. That is why we have made a false religion, a sectarian sect, and we have reduced Christianity to going to a building on a certain day. That is also why their lives do not influence anyone or a nation to give God the glory. This is why we do not resist this evil overtaking our nation. Watchman Nee, a pastor from China, after touring the churches in America, was asked what he thought of the church in America!! He replied, “I am amazed how much the Church in America can do without God.”

Oh, what we need in this hour in America are people who will come to the altar of God, broken people where “God had descended on that person that they would repent because they had a revelation of the holiness of God, and in the light of that, they have seen the enormity of their sin against God and God so penetrated their minds and hearts they would fall to the ground in brokenness over their spiritual condition not their living conditions.” Now this person has counted the cost and has become a true disciple of Christ!!! This is the Remnant that God is raising up in America from out of the American Church that will become brave warriors and obedient, faithful sons of God that will set our nation ablaze with the power and glory of God. Are you ready to count the cost of being that type of disciple today?

We must get back to the Book of Acts and develop their spiritual condition and mindset. Our spiritual responsibility is to be His witnesses, expand the Kingdom of God – in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and even to the remotest parts of the earth, door to door, resist evil, make disciples, and expose the unfruitful works of darkness. Right now our work is to be done first in our Jerusalem, America. This work of God is not accomplished in the church building but out in the culture in which we live. We are sojourners on this earth for such a short time, and we have been given all power and all authority to occupy, and to exercise dominion on this earth. If something goes wrong in our nation, His Body is to fix it using the Name, Word, authority, power, and weapons of God. Jesus is not going to do what He commanded us to do!!!

It is decision time for the church in America!!! Will we repent and allow God to develop in us a warrior’s heart and courage? Do we realize we are in a spiritual war? Do we realize if we will go to the battlefield, God will meet us there? Will we forsake or continue under this false religious flag we are flying in our Republic until all will be lost? Have we become cowards in America? Have we forgot the fear of God? Are we in the perilous times of the last days and are aware of the risks that lie ahead? Have we forgotten that we are not our own; we have been bought with a price? “He who finds his life will lose it, and he who loses his life for My sake will find it.” (Matthew 10:38) HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!! Yes, we just read it!! As Leonard Ravenhill said many, many years ago, “The world is waiting for a new demonstration of true Christianity.”

Will we in America provide that demonstration of true Christianity? God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman.

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

‘I Wanna Be in the Deep State When I Grow Up!’

by Lee Duigon

June 16, 2022

Where do these people come from? Out from under a rotting log?

What would you think if your child said this? “I wanna be in the Deep State when I grow up!” You might ask… why?

“Why? Are you kiddin’? When you’re in the Deep State, you can do anything you want to anybody and not get into any trouble for it! No one can touch you—most of the time they don’t even know who you are. You can spy on anyone you like; and if the president doesn’t like it, so what? You just take him down! Like they took down Trump.

“And even if you get caught doing something really bad, like cooking up a totally fake Russian conspiracy—so what? Ha, ha, ha! Then you just ‘resign’ and be on all the cable news shows and make piles and piles of money!”

Parents don’t like what their local school board’s serving up to them? They have the nerve, the gall, to show up to meetings and complain? What? They don’t like Critical Race Theory, transgender bathrooms, filthy pornographic books in the school library, or “teachers” telling first-graders all about their gross sex lives? Well! That makes them domestic terrorists, doesn’t it! And the Deep State will spy on them, and make sinister phone calls to their employers, and maybe even have them arrested. They’ll soon find out who’s boss!

Why, we can even call in foreign spies and sic them on any politician we don’t like. They can set up hoaxes and then we can, heh-heh, “investigate”! We can even get our friends in Congress to impeach!

And what can anybody do about it? Get us to investigate ourselves? “Nope, nothing wrong here! Everybody in the FBI is squeaky clean!” Like that guy in charge of the Justice Dept. is gonna clean up his own house!

The great thing is, we can go after anybody. No one’s safe! Evidence? We don’t need no stinkin’ evidence! And if we did, we’ve got plenty of agents who can fabricate all the evidence we need. Who’s going to say we can’t?

It’s called Fundamental Transformation, baby! We are fundamentally transforming the country into anything we please. No one sees us, no one hears us, and by the time anybody comes even close to finding out what we’re up to, it’s too freakin’ late! We aren’t voted in, we don’t have to worry about being voted out. Wait’ll you see who’s waiting for you after Biden finally conks out!

But whoever it is… well, we’re always there, you can’t get rid of us. And we’ll nail you if you try.

What are the parents of Deep Staters like?

Or is that one of those things that it’s better not to know?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit… before the Deep State makes us all disappear. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

A Letter to the Students of North Korea: Will America Follow Your Country’s Lead?

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

June 16, 2022

I woke up from a dream this morning that I was in North Korea, standing in the hallway of a university, waiting for you to arrive for a speech that I was to give about freedom.

Yes, it was just a dream, and it was complicated, as dreams are. But in my dream, I was there, in North Korea, with you. Toward the end of the dream, I was on a balcony overlooking a square filled with students. Your eyes were bright, and you all seemed eager and excited.

Not because it was me, mind you. Who am I, after all? No one famous. No, you were enthusiastic because someone was going to speak to you about freedom.

And then, of course, a university administrator came up to me and said, “You can’t use the word ‘freedom.’” We talked back and forth, but he was quite insistent, so I agreed and told him that I would not use that word. As I awoke, I thought, “Well, in that case, I shall use the word ‘love.’”

But that word might not work, either.

I recently watched a video interview with someone who escaped from your country. It was with a newspaper called The Epoch Times.[1] You won’t know the newspaper or her, but America is becoming familiar with Park Yeon Mi, who wrote the book In Order to Live: A North Korean Girl’s Journey to Freedom. In her interview, she stated that the North Korean regime has dominated your language: that in North Korea, there’s no word for “friend.”

She also said, “How do you fight to be free when you don’t know you’re a slave?”

When I think about all of you, students attending universities where you cannot learn the real truth about the world, I remember the British author George Orwell, who wrote the novel 1984. I don’t think you know about him, but he also talked about the distortion of language and the term Newspeak—the dystopian society’s redefinition of words. In that novel, the hero, a man named Winston, meets Syme, a specialist who explains the rise of Newspeak. He tells Winston:

“Don’t you see that the whole aim of Newspeak is to narrow the range of thought? In the end we shall make thought crime literally impossible, because there will be no words in which to express it. . . .

“The Revolution will be complete when the language is perfect. . . .

“Has it ever occurred to you, Winston, that by the year 2050, at the very latest, not a single human being will be alive who could understand such a conversation as we are having now?”[2]

Dear students, you are living in a fully-formed, Orwellian society. The tragedy is that many of you don’t know what you are missing. You were born into North Korean society and have listened to Kim Jong Un and his father Kim Jong Il before him, explaining to you how wonderful your life is, and how valuable you are to the Great Leader, and how the country of America is dreadful and evil and is your mortal enemy.

Your family members and friends die of starvation or are shipped to prison camps, but life is Good in North Korea because everyone in power tells you so.

When I think about you entering university, perhaps with a tiny glimmer of hope in your eyes, my heart bleeds for you. I’ve met enough of your relatives from South Korea to know how wonderful the Korean heart can be, how warm and welcoming your people can be.

And yet, there, beyond the DMZ, you struggle through life with no word for friend. You are just comrades, obedient servants to the state, terrorized that at any moment a “comrade” might betray you to the Ministry of State Security.

Some of you—if you’ve read about America from pamphlets dropped from South Korean balloons—might believe that America is good and brave and free. It will be difficult to imagine what freedom is like, but let’s start with language. In America, freedom means that you can run down the street at full tilt and yell, “I’m free!!!” No one will arrest you.

At least . . . not yet.

If you knew about the events of 2020 and 2021, you might wonder if there’s anywhere that you’ll be able to go, because unless something truly dramatic happens in the free world (that’s not North Korea, even if your Supreme Leader says it is), the predictions of Syme in 1984 may come true.

Countries around the world have placed their citizens in “lockdown” because of a disease called “Covid.” You may have heard of it. Perhaps not. It’s a disease that could have been cured by the judicious use of early treatments with a variety of medicines, but those medicines were blocked by the government. Our Marxist media people, whom your Dear Leader would applaud, infected many of our citizens with an intense fear of death. That might seem strange to you since you’re so familiar with suffering and death, but large numbers of our people have become almost hysterical.

They wear masks that don’t work, even as they’re driving in their cars. Oh, I’m sorry, you don’t have cars. They also wear masks as they ride their bicycles. Or as they walk alone with no one around. But back to the lockdowns. The government has closed businesses because of the “Dangers of Covid” and has fired people from their jobs if they don’t get experimental injections that they call “vaccines.” And Australia! It has become a prison country.

I mentioned language before. I misspoke that you could say whatever you wanted to. If we make a video (yes, we can do that here; sorry that you can’t) and post it on the Internet (another thing that you can’t use) and speak in opposition to the government’s policies about the Covid disease, Bad Things Happen.

That speech isn’t allowed. The videos are immediately removed from the most popular platforms. Many people get fired from their jobs. In some Western countries, the police come.

I know, I know. You’re thinking that it sounds just like North Korea.

We think so too, and we’re wondering: if America and the West follow your country’s lead, then how can we help you escape from the death and destruction wrought by your insane and murderous Supreme Leader?

The answer is that we can’t.

So, dear students, think of us. If you still have words for prayer and God, then pray for the West because if the West falls, there will be no light left anywhere.

We will pray for you as well.

Kamsahamnida.[3]

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Notes:

Image: Composite of two images with words added by Peter Falkenberg Brown.

* Map of United States: Public Domain, by MLeRoy at English Wikipedia. Color modified.

* Photo of Kim Jong Un: March 6, 2018, Cropped from File: Kim Jong-un meeting with South Korean envoys at the Workers’ Party of Korea main building.jpg, Blue House (Republic of Korea)

North Korean defector Yeonmi Park on communist tyranny and the suicide of western civilization
1984, by George Orwell. http://gutenberg.net.au/ebooks01/0100021h.html
“Kamsahamnida” is Korean for “Thank you.”

Interesting Responses To My Commentaries: Thank You Everyone, Part 1

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 16, 2022

Part 1: What the heck is happening to the USA?

No question that I write some pretty “pointed and stark” commentaries. I am forever thankful to the publisher at NewsWithViews. I am also thankful to you, all the millions of readers worldwide. For certain, we are all in this thing together.

For this three part series, I’m sharing your responses so that you all know that you’re in the vanguard of the very best people. People with morals, scruples, principles and courage.

This letter arrived from a reader in New Zealand: (all responses with permission to publish)

Hello Frosty,

I purposely read your contributions every time I see you in the NewsWithViews HIGHLIGHTS email. I am so in tune with your sentiments – TOTALLY !!

I have been meaning to reply to your email of 3rd May and I was especially moved to read in NewsWithViews about your wife and her Alzheimer’s Diagnosis. Since that time, I pray to GOD every night to give her a healing that she may be WHOLE again.

I just wanted to tell you that I share your sense of confusion – How can we be surrounded by so many STUPID people, be they American Presidents, New Zealand Prime Ministers, Congressmen, Senators, Parliamentarians or work colleagues and neighbors that just DON’T see what is REALLY going on ?? It would appear those in power just want to purposely crash the System and the rest don’t want to rock the boat !! The rest that is EXCEPT people like us that are not scared to call out the STUPIDITY that we CONSTANTLY witness. I cannot understand what would make people so compliant – Is it they are so stupid or just deliberately evil?

Whilst you are shocked at what is happening in your country (America) we also are equally shocked and dumbfounded at what is happening in ours (New Zealand).

I feel the only solution is to gather like-minded people and go live in a Siberian Community somewhere remote where we can watch the implosion at a safe distance with popcorn !!

I just needed to reach out and let you know that you are not alone – Take Care and May God Bless You, Your Family and Friends

Thanks, and Kind Regards,
B.F.

This letter addressed the “Flavors of Stupidity”:

Hello Frosty.

This was a great article and I have passed it along to everyone on my list. It’s your article in full with your email at the end just as it is written. No changes at all. Thank You so very much. However, the trouble is that everyone I send it to will be in total agreeance with it because the Stupid ones are not on my list. Granted, your article is out there such as it needs to be, but I fear that there are just too many stupid ones out there with their heads in their TV sets and for that they may as well have their heads up their ass. Nothing but lies coming from the so-called news they will get there. Where would we be without people like you and the News With Views. I love it. Thanks again for a GREAT article. Sincerely, DGW

Hello Frosty,

I read your articles on a regular basis and I agree with you about 98 percent of the time. However, your description of the AR15 as an automatic weapon is wrong. AR15’s are a semi-automatic weapon. You have to pull the trigger for each shot. An automatic weapon is a machine gun, pull the trigger and it continues to fire rounds until you let up on the trigger. (My bad! Thank you for keeping me on my toes as to my research for each column.)

We don’t have a gun problem. What we have is a people problem. These mass shootings occur in Democrat-run cities and they don’t want them to stop. It’s all a push to disarm America and it’s Law-abiding citizens. An unarmed society is a controlled society. This kid in Uvalde was a walking time bomb and those who knew him, knew it and did nothing about it. He was arrested 4 years earlier having said, “In 4 years I’ll be a senior and I’m shooting this school up!” In every single mass shooting the red flags were there yet nothing was done. Criminals couldn’t care less about the Laws, that’s why they are criminals. Outlaw weapons and only outlaws will have them, and that includes our Criminal Government. The only way to stop bad guys with guns, is good guys with guns. Do away with gun free zones.

Unfortunately, you and I will never stop the crap coming out of Hollywood or the video games. We the people can, but where has that gotten us. I am stunned at the number of people who pay to see actors beat each other up on BS programs like WWE. Has the American mentality sunk that low? These young kids have no respect for life or much of anything else. Thanks for your work, RM

A response from one of my “Inspirational commentaries”:

Hi Frosty,

Just want to tell you that you are a wonderful inspiration to me, I see the amazing things that you do and think to myself if Frosty can do all that he has done then I can do just a little….it means a lot because a “little” is a world more than the nothing that most people do. When you tell us about your workout routine it’s amazing that anyone can do that, let alone someone your age. most of us find exercise very painful and difficult, I maybe only do a couple hours a week among the 50-60 hours I work (truck driver as well). My philosophy is too just do enough to keep myself from totally falling apart. but I tell myself “ if Frosty can do that many hours a day then I can do 30 minutes a few times a week.”

I wish Sandy the best of luck, the way you are helping her is once again an inspiration for many people. God bless you Frosty! Kevin

To each of you who write me responses. Thank you from the bottom of my heart. Sandi and I are doing the best we can as to Alzheimer’s. We’re also doing the best we can to bring America back to its foundation, morality and ethics. It’s going to be a hard slog, yet we’re going to be here for at least another 10 to 15 years…so you will be hearing from us. God bless you and yours, Frosty

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Student Loans Cannot Be Forgiven

By Sidney Secular

June 15, 2022

The Demonrats are in a panic because they are beginning to lose the youth vote, something they (the elite) thought inconceivable if they punted the current presidential placeholder into the White House. Once he was in the quarterback pocket and in their pocket, they thought he could at least hold the line of scrimmage while they (the Deep State) called the plays. But now they have to call a Hail Mary play because they are losing too much ground to the advance of the Republicans for the midterm scoring opportunity.

So now the Dems are set to buy the youth vote with student loan forgiveness and a massive media ground attack to go with it. The Dems have limitless funding sources with deep pockets to do so. One can conjure up an image they have a stash of cash as deep as a well that goes straight down to hell with the devils such as Soros replenishing the stash as needed to further any and all of the Left’s limitless lunacies. The commanding far lefties are demanding Biden do their bidding and declare student loan forgiveness in order to buy about 40 million votes – with the taxpayers picking up the tab. If this scenario were to play out, Biden would be breaking new “ground” that is both illegal and unconstitutional for the Chief Executive cannot perforce cancel a contract between two legally constituted entities – and that is what this loan agreement is. The less pushy Dems appear to be satisfied if Biden forgives $10,000 of student loan debt whereas the lunatic wing of that Party is pushing to cancel the total student loan debt, however great the amount.

According to current statistics, total student debt forgiveness would be no less that a $1.6 trillion giveaway. That is a number that even in this day and age of billions in budgets and trillions of national debt is hard to wrap one’s mind around. That mind-numbing number would be 2.5 times the amount spent on federal welfare over the last 20 years! As well, such debt forgiveness would not magically whisk the debt away. The student loans debt was funded with US Treasury Notes. Someone will continue paying the interest on those notes — and that somebody is the American taxpayer! The loan payments are transferred from the loan recipient to the federal government which is us! This means that every man, woman, child and man-child(and there are many) in America would assume an additional $5,000 in debt. Given the current 4% interest rate on student loans, the average family would incur an additional $202 in taxes each month to fund the debt forgiveness These debt forgiveness related-taxes would continue until all the new debt is paid off always assuming that the “student loan” program is abolished and our government does not continue the process presently in force – and that’s a big assumption!

To add insult to injury, the debt tax payments would not be forgiven for those truly in need. According to “Fortune” magazine, only 7% of student debt is held by people below the poverty line. The average person with a student loan is a member of a family with an income of over $76,000 per year. An analysis by USA Today found that 40% of student debt is held by people with advanced degrees, like doctors and lawyers. Student debt forgiveness is the epitome of the “haves” benefiting on the backs of the “have-nots” – a situation that the Dems rail against but somehow always end up doing! That is, that these “defenders of the poor” manage to railroad the middle and lower classes into paying the debts of the elites. The end result of this further government largesse to the well-to-do is that a truck driver or waitress will assume the student loan payments for, say, a doctor or a lawyer so that he (or she) will have more left over each month to make a Lexus or Tesla car payment.

The American worker had no say in the original contract (loan) agreement but despite this money being given by the government without any input by We the People, now could bear the brunt of an additional and unconscionable burden. As a result, the “pee-ons” invariably are shafted. The entire tax system is immoral and unconstitutional, a wicked fraud foisted and forced upon the impotent masses, as their tax burdens continue to burgeon as time goes by. It is long past time to overhaul the tax system to make it more fair and equitable – and honest!

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

We the People Just Stopped WHO – For Now

By Kathleen Marquardt

June 15, 2022

“We the People” threw a sabot into the machinations of the WHO, the World Health Organization, stopping them from setting up a system that would grossly infringe on our national and individual sovereignty. In January, the Biden administration proposed amendments to the International Health Regulations (IHR) that cover 194 Member States. According to the IHR: “While disease outbreaks and other acute public health risks are often unpredictable and require a range of responses, the International Health Regulations (2005) (IHR) provide an overarching legal framework that defines countries’ rights and obligations in handling public health events and emergencies that have the potential to cross borders.” Overarching means comprehensive, all-embracing, and that, in my opinion, defines their aims exactly – and the reason to get the U.S. out of the WHO and, ultimately, the U.N. if we wish to save this country.

The amendments that started this whole firestorm would have given unilateral power to the Director General of WHO to determine WHAT CONSTITUTES A PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCY of international concern. Peter Breggin, a Harvard-trained psychiatrist, former U.S. Public Health Service officer, and former National Institute on Mental Health (NIMH) consultant, wrote, “The power to declare health emergencies is a potential tool to shame, intimidate, and dominate nations. It can be used to justify ostracism and economic or financial actions against the targeted nation by other nations aligned with WHO or who wish to harm and control the accused nation.” That would definitely be a tool in the globalists’ asymmetrical warfare arsenal. WE DON’T WANT IT.

Think about what constitutes a public health emergency. Does the non-existing climate change constitute a public health emergency? Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, the Director General of WHO (which is under the U.N. umbrella) would most likely believe it so. In fact, the World Health Organization has stated that Climate change is the biggest health threat facing humanity[1]. Bigger than COVID? Then it would definitely give Ghebreyesus a free hand to let those amendments loose on the world’s population.

One of the actions taken by “we the people” that was so very effective during this last skirmish was submitting responses re the proposed amendments. Dozens were able to submit their oral objections and many thousands sent in their objections. The WHO said they had received over 30,000 responses – most of them negative. There will be no invitation for responses this time.

But . . .

We bit the bullet – until next week. Yep. The WHO pulled a silly and fully illegal rabbit out of their hat to end the last meeting supposedly on an “high” note (see Catching Fire News Video, People Power Defeats Biden at the WHO).[1] But they have scheduled more rounds of meetings running from June 14th through the 17th [2] with Subgroup A (meeting the first two days) “discussing “the outline of substantive elements relating to the respective categories of pandemic prevention and preparedness” and Subgroup B will study “pandemic response and recovery” the last two days. The draft of their findings will be presented at the next meeting starting July 18th.

What are some of the things that will be addressed later this month? Let me give you just a few (or more) “highlights”:

• Set up permanent national (and, where possible, regional) multisectoral pandemic preparedness and response committees, comprising the IHR National Focal Point, and representatives from animal health, environmental health, civil protection and other relevant public bodies
• Regulation of the private sector What are they regulating in the private sector?
• Multisectoral participation for the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and Sustainable Development Goals for the broad approach for the recovery, prevention and mitigation of the effects of future pandemics This one makes me very hot under the collar; Sustainable Development is nothing more that a thousand tools to destroy Western Culture.
• Member States must be obliged to present WHO with routine reports outlining their level of commitment to the proposed agreement
• International vaccination registry for COVID -19 and all vaccines So they have complete surveillance of us 100% of the time.
• Create a multidisciplinary and multisectoral platform of public health emergency operations centres at global, regional and national level
• Consider other global health threats (i.e. climate change or chemical contamination)
• Envisaged treaty should go a step further to empower WHO to review the travel restrictions and issue binding recommendations in this regard Yes, let them control these areas also.
• Freedom of international movement for those fighting against the pandemics
• Support multistakeholder engagement including climate, environment
• Engagement of civil society, communities and non-State actors, including the private sector, as part of a whole-of-society-approach (public/private partnerships in control).

Now “We the People” need to make it clear that we meant what we said during the earlier meeting. We are not going to take any more. Please go to StopTheWHO.com[3] and share the information James Roguski has amassed there for us. Take this information to your local, state, and federal representatives and tell them WE are not going to fall for this. We want it gone. And we want the U.S. out of the WHO, now!

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

[1] People power defeats Biden at the WHO

[2] https://apps.who.int/gb/inb/pdf_files/inb1/A_INB1_11-en.pdf

[3] https://jamesroguski.substack.com/p/pandemic-treaty?s=r

The Ones Accusing Americans for Gun Crimes Are the Very Ones Responsible For Crimes Against the Innocent

By Bradlee Dean

June 15, 2022

“The very ones that are creating the “gun free” zones are the ones responsible for the crimes that they are decrying.”

It has been reported most recently that a said representative yelled “Spare me the b#** s#@# about constitutional rights.”

Congressman David Cicilline told House Republicans they should “spare me the b.s. about Constitutional rights,” during a debate on gun control Thursday.

The Rhode Island representative refused to yield his time during the outburst, while discussing legislation related to “red flag” laws, that would allow the government and law enforcement to confiscate firearms from anyone deemed to be a danger to themselves or others.

“You know who didn’t have due process?” Cicilline continued. “You know who didn’t have their constitutional right to life respected? The kids at Parkland, and Sandy Hook, and Uvalde and Buffalo, and the list goes on and on.”

[Twitter Video]

First off, Americans, there is no gun debate. They have, not a one of them from the president down, no right to strip you of your God-given rights (Psalm 94:20).

Secondly, are not these same said representatives, the ones claiming to protect the innocent, also the very ones for illegally sanctioning the murder of the innocent in the womb (Proverbs 6:17)?

Thirdly, do these that are creating these debates over gun confiscation using mass murderers represent the law-abiding gun owners? Not all, but the law abiders are always the ones accused of the crimes of the guilty (Proverbs 17:15).

Are you paying attention to the fact that it is these said representatives who are creating illegal policies to undermine Americans’ ability to protect themselves? Gun free zones is where 94-98% mass shootings take place (1 Samuel 13:22).